General Catalogue Chemistry - BECO Internacional LTDA.

General Catalogue 

Chemistry

Our quality is certified 

according to 

DIN EN ISO 9001 

Reg. No. 2998-01 

® 

by Leybold Didactic GmbH, 2000 

We reserve the right to make changes in construction and 

design, and to correct errors, similarly all rights as regards to 

translation, publication of extracts and photomechanical or 

electronic reproduction are reserved. 

All trademarks acknowledged. 

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GMBH · Leyboldstrasse 1 · D-50354 Hürth · Phone +49 (0)2233-604-0 · Fax +49 (0)2233-604-222 · eMail: info@leybold-didactic.de 

Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany · 11.001.02 · 7.5.03.00 lgh/DK · Technical alterations reserved

® 

Firmly focused on customer 

satisfaction, we constantly 

strive to make our products 

and services »best in class« 

ii LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY 

Leybold Didactic – serving our customers 

Leybold Didactic GmbH can do the whole job of equipping any school, 

university or other educational institution for programs in the areas of 

general education and occupational qualifications. 

Leybold Didactic’s range of products includes all teaching systems required 

for natural science instruction in physics, biology and chemistry, as well as 

electrical engineering and electronics - and our range grows with every 

project we complete. From individual materials to complete experiment 

apparatus - we offer everything you need to make your lessons come alive! 

We stand ready to assist you in all phases: project planning, supply of 

products, financing and even training. 

We are constantly developing not only our products, but also our services, 

to better meet our customers’ changing needs. We are in constant communication 

with our customers to ensure that our performance is always »best 

in class«. 

eybold Didactic

Leybold Didactic also provides complete equipment sets and apparatus for 

chemistry instruction. 

We offer the full range of apparatus, equipment sets, manuals and complete 

solutions you require to conduct modern, experiment-oriented 

chemistry lessons. 

We closely observe the latest trends and developments and adapt them so 

that they can be optimally integrated in modern teaching situations. In particular, 

take a look at our chapters on ecology and electrochemistry. Here 

you will discover a number of new devices and experiment assemblies pertaining 

to such current topics as fuel cells, ozone depletion and more. 

We hope you enjoy our catalogue! 

Leybold Didactic GmbH 

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY 

iii

Getting in touch with us… 

iv LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY 

here you can 

By mail 

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GMBH Place orders 

Leyboldstrasse 1 Request an expert 

50354 Hürth 

Germany 

By telefax Place orders 

+ 49 (0) 2233-604 - 193 Request an expert 

By e-mail We respond to 

info@leybold-didactic.de all eMail within 24 hours. 

www.leybold-didactic.com 

Visit our Internet site at:: 

http://www.leybold-didactic.com 

Come in and look around! We have a lot to offer… 

• Read our instruction sheets and experiment 

descriptions 

• Download the latest versions of our software 

• Learn about our many events and seminars 

And much more!

chemistry 

computer assisted 

experiments 

basic apparatus171 

index 


1 

81 

297 

587 

v

Have a question? Feel free to call us at any time! 

Your service representatives are looking forward to 

hearing from you under the following telephone numbers 

Europe: South America: North America/Australia: 

+ 49 (0) 2233-604-130 + 49 (0) 2233-604-128 + 49 (0) 2233-604-175 

Africa/Middle East: Asia: 

+ 49 (0) 2233-604-149 and –120 + 49 (0) 2233-604-188 and –117 

vi LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY 

Telefax: +49 (0) 2233-604-200

chemistry 

Ecology 2 

Electrochemistry 21 

Chromatography 45 

Photometry 57 

Further analysis methods 62 

Chemical engineering 76 

Chemistry Panel System (CPS) 81 

Biotechnology/biochemistry 114 

Special topics 123 

STM 127 

Illustrative media 129 

Literature 142 

ecology 

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY 

1

ecology 

Ecology 

Leybold-Didactic provides teaching and 

experiment material for all types of schools 

and institutions from general secondary 

level on up to enable students to learn 

environmentally responsible behavior in a 

manner consistent with their skills and 

abilities. 

2 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY 

Experiments on environmental pollution 

Experimental studies of ecosystems 

The effects of temperature on organisms 

Pollution of inland waters 

Study of habitats 

Water testing 

The effect of light on plants 

Physical and chemical properties of various 

soil types

666 240 

Case for environmental measurements 

The ideal kit for on-site recording of measurement 

data as part of ecological and environmental 

instruction. 

All four microprocessor-controlled measurement 

devices can be connected to the large 

digital display (666 250) with 26 mm high LED 

display. This allows the hand-held measurement 

devices to be used for demonstrations in 

class. Computers can be connected easily via 

the RS 232 serial interface. Recording measured 

values is easy using the user-friendly software 

“CASSY Lab“. 

In addition to the four hand-held measurement 

devices, the case contains all the required 

measurement probes, a manual, the necessary 

measurement and evaluation software, as well 

as the computer connection cable. There is 

space for two additional hand-held measurement 

devices. 

Dimensions: 380 x 275 x 100 mm 

Weight: 1.7 kg 

666 240 

Scope of delivery 

1 Hand-held pH-meter . . . . . . . . . .666 221 

1 pH single-rod electrode . . . . . . . .667 417 

1 Temperature sensor Pt 1000 . . . .666 241 

1 Hand-held conductivity meter . . .666 222 

1 Conductivity measurement cell with 

intergrated temperature sensor . .666 242 

1 Hand-held lux-UV-IR-meter . . . . .666 230 

1 Lux sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 243 

1 Hand-held photometer . . . . . . . . .666 225 

1 Set of 100 rectangular cells, 

polystyrene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664 474 

1 Experiment manual . . . . . . . . . . . .668 332 

1 Storage case with foam base . . . .666 239 

1 Computer connecting cable 

including software “CASSY Lab” 

(for hand-held measuring 

instruments only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 251 

The reagent case (> 666 260) is required 

as an accessory. 

> 

666 260 

666 224 666 231 

ecology 

666 252 

The case for environmental measurements has 

been designed to make using the measuring 

instruments as uncomplicated as possible, both 

in the field and in the laboratory. All instruments 

come equipped with an RS-232 interface 

as standard to enable their connection to either 

a large digital display (in the classroom) or to 

a computer. When working in the field, it is possible 

to connect up to four instruments to the 

data logger. Measured values can be processed 

and evaluated using “CASSY Lab“, the user-friendly 

evaluation software powered by sophisticated, 

state-of-the-art software technology. In 

the standard version the set enables measurement 

of pH, temperature, conductivity of 

liquids, illuminance and fast, simple and precise 

measurement of pollutant concentrations in 

liquids using a photometer – all in a single lowcost, 

high-tech, high performance measuring kit! 

see the following pages for descriptions 

and technical date of meters and 

usefull accessories 


3

ecology 

All-purpose hand-held instruments with a host 

of new features for fast, simple measuring. 

General features 

· Microprocessor-controlled measurement, 

operation and evaluation 

· Large, easy-to-read display with tendency indication 

(3 digit LED) 

· User-friendly operation by means of splashprotected 

membrane keypad 

· Ergonomically designed housing permits onehanded 

operation 

· Extra low power consumption 

· Automatic device cut-out when idle for more 

than 1/2 hour 

· Interchangeable sensors and automatic sensor 

recognition 

· Connection to external power supply possible 

via interface connector 

· Can be connected directly to a computer via 

connection cable (> 666 251)—no special 

interface device required! 


Weight: 23 g 

Sensors not included 

Hand-held 

pH meter 

All instruments shown here 

are described 

on the following pages 

Hand-held 

conductivity meter 


Microprocessor-controlled hand-held measuring instruments 

Hand-held 

lux-UV-IR meter 

Hand-held 

photometer 

Hand-held oxygen 

measuring instrument 

Hand-held 

sound level meter 

Connections for sensors 

Serial RS-232 interface 

for outputting data to a 

large display, computer or 

data logger 

Measurement quantity 

indicator 

Large-format display 

with tendency indicator 

Status indicator 

Hold key freezes 

measured-value display 

Selector keys 

for switching measuring 

ranges and displaying 

min. and max. values 

Calibration key 

calibration data is 

retained in memory when 

battery is replaced 

On-off key 

Summary of operating 

instructions (on back) 

Power supply: 

9 V battery (included in 

the scope of delivery) 

Data logger

666 221 

Hand-held pH meter 

For measuring pH, temperature and redox 

values. If a temperature sensor (666 241) is 

connected, temperature compensations are 

carried out automatically; otherwise the temperature 

is entered manually on the keypad. 

Measurement ranges: 

pH: 0 ... 14 pH ±0.05 pH 

–1999 ... +1999 mV ±5% 

Temperature: 

–199.9 ... +199.9 ˚C ±0.5 ˚C (Pt 1000) 

–10.0 ... +110.0 ˚C ±0.2 ˚C (NTC) 

Input resistance: 10 19 ohm 

Inputs: pH DIN socket (DIN 19 262) 

DIN socket, 8 pins (for temperature sensor) 

Output: DIN socket, 8 pins, serial (RS 232) 

Power supply: 9 V battery 

667 417 

pH single-rod electrode 

In unbreakable plastic shaft suitable for outdoor 

use, with DIN plug, 13 mm dia. 

666 241 

Temperature sensor Pt 1000 

For temperature measurement and automatic 

temperature compensation. 

667 415 

Redox probe 

For oxidation-reduction measurements, with 

platinum pin and Ag/AgCl reference system; 

with DIN connector, 13 mm dia. 

666 222 

Hand-held conductivity meter 

For measuring the conductivity (conductance) 

of solutions. Temperatures are compensated 

automatically by the temperature sensor (integrated 

in the conductivity measurement cell) or 

manually by entering the values. This device 

can also be used to measure temperatures. 

The conductivity measurement cell is calibrated 

by entering the cell constant or with the help of 

the calibration solution. The measurement 

range can be selected manually or automatically. 


Conductivity: 

0 ... 19.9 µS ±1% 

0 ... 1.999 mS ±1% 

0 ... 19.9 mS ±1% 

0 ... 199.9 mS ±2% 

Temperature: 

–10.0 ... +110.0 ˚C ±0.2˚C (NTC) 

–199.9 ... +199.9 ˚C ±0.5 ˚C (PT 1000) 

Input: DIN socket, 8 pins 



666 242 

Conductivity measurement cell 

With integrated temperature sensor for automatic 

temperature compensation 

666 224 

Hand-held oxygen meter 

ecology 

This device is used for measuring the absolute 

content of oxygen in solutions and the relative 

saturation of oxygen. The displayed concentration 

of oxygen is corrected automatically for air 

pressure and temperature, which can also be 

displayed. 


0 ... 19.99 mg/l oxygen concentration in 

aqueous solutions 

0 ... 199.9 % relative saturation in 

liquids or air 

Temperature: 0 ... 45 ˚C ± 0.5 ˚C 

Air pressure: 800 ... 1100 hPa ±10 hPa 

Input: DIN socket, 8 pins 



667 458 

Oxygen electrode 

For measuring concentrations of oxygen and 

the relative saturation of oxygen. Complete with 

an integrated temperature sensor for automatic 

temperature compensation, zero-point and 

electrolyte solutions for calibrating the 

electrode. 

667 451 

Accessory set for the oxygen electrode 

Contains 5 spare caps with membranes. 


5

ecology 

666 225 

Hand-held photometer 

Specially designed for students' and field experiments, 

the hand-held photometer is used to 

measure levels of pollution and turbidity in samples 

of water. The various possible measurements 

(14 pollutants and turbidity) are programmed 

inside the device and can be accessed 

easily. 4 calibration values can be entered 

additionally. 

Measurement type: 

transmission [% T], 

extinction, 

concentration [mg/l] 

Wavelengths: 6 fixed values; 405 nm, 450 nm, 

510 nm, 520 nm, 570 nm, 695 nm 

Measureable pollutants: 

Ammonium Chlorine 

Chloride Potassium 

Iron Silicic acid 

Nitrate Copper 

Nitrite Manganese 

o-Phosphate Zinc 

Sulphate Sulphide 

Turbidity 




1 Hand-held photometer 

1 Book titled “Ecology - Theoretical background 

and experiments with the environmental 

measurement case 666 240“ 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .668 332 

1 Set of 100 rectangular cells, 

polystyrene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664 474 

> 

Detailed information 

about the large digital display: 

see page 9 

666 261 

666 225 


Set of basic reagents 

For replacing the contents of the reagent case 

(> 666 260). 


Chemicals for detecting: 

Ammonium (for 100 tests) 

Chloride (for 50 tests) 

Iron (for 80 tests) 

Nitrate (for 50 tests) 

Nitrite (for 100 tests) 

o-Phosphate (for 100 tests) 

Sulphate (for 100 tests) 

Sulphide (for 50 tests) 

Buffer solutions, pH 4 and pH 7, 50 ml each 

KCI solution, 3 mol/l, 50 ml 

666 260 

666 260 

Reagent case with a set of basic reagents 

Set of basic reagents (> 666 261) in case 

with foam inlay. 

666 262 

Supplementary set of reagents 


Chemicals for detecting: 

Chlorine (for 50 tests) 

Potassium (for 50 tests) 

Silicic acid (for 100 tests) 

Copper (for 80 tests) 

Manganese (for 40 tests) 

Zinc (for 50 tests) 

Tests which can be conducted using the hand-held photometer and 

Set of basic reagents Supplementary set of reagents 

(> 666 261) (> 666 262) 

Code Test Concentration [mg/l] Code Test Concentration [mg/l] 

C 01 Ammonium 0.1…2.0 C 10 Chlorine 0.1…4.0 

C 02 Chloride 1…25 C 11 Potassium 2…20 

C 03 Iron 0.0…1.8 C 12 Silicic acid 0.1…1.5 

C 04 Nitrate 1…70 C 13 Copper 0.1…4.0 

C 05 Nitrite 0.05…2.0 C 14 Manganese 0.1…5.0 

C 06 o-Phosphate 0.1…5.0 C 15 Zinc 0.2…5.0 

C 07 Sulphate 25…400 C 16 - 19 user definable 

C 08 Sulphide 0.05…2.0 

C 09 Turbidity 50…16000 FNU 

Equipment list 

Measurement example as demonstration experiment 

with large digital display 

Quantity Description Cat. No. 

1 Hand-held photometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 225 

1 Reagents case with basic set of reagents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 260 

1 Large digital display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 250 

1 Bunsen stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 502 

1 Graduated pipette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 997 

1 Pipetting ball (Peleus ball) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 003 

1 Collecting vessel, 250 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 563 

1 Test tube rack: plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 050 

1 Test tubes, 16 x 160 mm, 10 pcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 043

Continuous measurement of the 

intensity of various types of radiation 

from artificial and natural light. 

Absorption of radiation by different 

materials and gases 

Absorption of UV-C radiation 

by ozone (“ozone hole“ issue) 

Relationship between UV radiation 

and air pollution (smog) 

Measuring the thermal radiation 

of hot objects 

Absorption of IR radiation 

by gases (greenhouse effect) 

666 230 

Lux-UV-IR meter 

For measuring lux (visible light) as well as UV-A, 

UV-B, UV-C and IR radiation (in W/m 2 ) without 

sensors. 

Measured quantities: lux, UV, IR 

Measuring ranges: 

0 ... 199.9 lx 0 ... 19.99 W/m 2 

0 ... 1999 lx 0 ... 199.9 W/m 2 

0 ... 19.99 klx 0 ... 1.999 W/m 2 

0 ... 199.9 klx 

Automatic or manual range selection 

Input: 8-pin DIN socket 

Output: DIN socket, 6-pin serial interface (electrically 

isolated) and external power supply 

Supply voltage: 9 V block battery or rechargeable 

battery (automatic cut-out after 30 min.) 

Dimensions: 21 x 8.5 x 3.7 cm 

Weight: 240 g 

666 265 

UV-IR-VIS experiment kit 

Contains radiation sources and materials for 

conducting experiments with UV-A/B/C and IR 

radiation as well as with visible light. The tray is 

used both in setting up the experiments and for 

storing the apparatus. 

Power supply: 12 V AC / 580 mA (via enclosed 

plug-in supply unit) 



Sensors for UV-IR-VIS experiment set 

Cat. No. Description Range 

666 244 

666 245 

666 246 

666 243 

666 247 

666 248 

UV-A-sensor 320...400 nm 

UV-B-sensor 280...320 nm 

UV-C-sensor 220...280 nm 

Lux-sensor 400...750 nm 

IR-sensor 750...1700 nm 

IR-CO2 sensor 4100...4300 nm 

ecology 

Measuring visible light, 

UV and IR radiations 


Radiation sources: UV-A, UV-B, UV-C, 

IR/VIS lamps, switchable 

Filters: IR, UV, sunlight filters (chemical) 

Cuvettes: For measuring the absorption of 

gases, with spark gap for generating 

ozone; for holding liquids 

Materials: Various samples (glass, quartz glass, 

plastics, etc.) for demonstrating the different 

radiation absorption characteristics; cards 

for fluorescence and luminescence 

Miscellaneous: 

Holder for cuvettes and sensors, cover 

666 2651 

IR-CO2 experiment set 

For experiments on infrared (heat) radiation, particularly 

IR absorption and emission of carbon 

dioxide (greenhouse effect). The experiment set 

contains an IR radiator, a mirrored measuring 

cuvette and various holders, e.g. for temperature 

sensors and IR sensor. The tray (including 

cover) is used both for experiment setup and for 

storage. A power supply, e.g. > 667 827, is 

required to power the IR radiator. 

IR radiator 

Range: approx. 1000 … 8000 nm 

(temperature-dependent) 

Dimensions: 43 mm dia., 75 mm long 

Current: 6 A; voltage: 4 V 

Measuring cuvette with GL thread for attaching 

a temperature sensor 

Dimensions: 44 mm dia., 150 mm long 

Overall dimensions: 390 x 335 x 80 mm 


7

ecology 

666 231 

Sound level meter 

For linear and aurally compensated (dBA) measurement 

of sound levels. The device can be 

matched to level variations by applying various 

time evaluations. The device can store up to 

4000 measured values. The measurement data 

can be transmitted to a PC for further evaluation 

via a serial cable (666 251). 

Measuring range: 20 ... 135 dB 

Type of measurement: dB (linear) or dBA 

(aurally compensated) 

Time evaluation: slow (1 s), fast (0.125 s) 

Display accuracy: 0.1 dB 

Measurement accuracy: ± 1.5 dB 

Frequency range: 20 Hz ... 20 kHz 

Storage function: 4000 measured values 

Interface: serial (RS 232) for computer connection 

Voltage supply: 9 V battery 

Length of microphone lead: 1 m 

Dimensions: 

housing: 210 · 85 · 37 mm 

microphone: 100 mm x 12 mm dia. 



1 Sound level meter 

1 Microphone 

1 9 V battery 

666 251 


Computer connection cable with software 

This cable allows the hand-held measurement 

devices to be connected directly to the serial 

interface (9-pin) of a computer. The cable is 

supplied together with the software “Cassy 

Lab“ for easy transmission, display and evaluation 

of measurement data. 

666 252 666 221 666 222 

Data-Logger with hand-held instruments connected 

666 252 

Hand-held data logger 

The data logger is used for storing values 

measured on-site with hand-held devices. Up 

to four hand-held devices can be connected 

simultaneously to the data logger, which stores 

up to eight measured values per measuring 

interval. The data logger can be powered by an 

external battery to permit measurement periods 

which exceed one week. The device 

records up to 6 measurement series, 8000 

values each, plus time. Data logger operation is 

menu-driven via a 3-line alphanumeric display. 

It can be connected to the serial interface (RS 

232) of a computer with the special connection 

cable (666 251). The stored measurement 

values can then be transmitted, displayed and 

processed with the help of the software 

“CASSY Lab“. 

The data logger can also be used as an on-line 

interface, enabling connection of up to four 

hand-held instruments to a single computer 

serial port for real-time measurement of up to 

eight parameters on the PC. 

Display: 3-line, 12-digit LCD 

allowing the display of stored data 

Data memory: 128 KB, for a maximum of 

6 measurement series, 8000 values each, 

plus time 

Interface: serial, allowing the simultaneous 

connection of up to four measurement devices 

(on-line interface); serial output for PC 

(9600 bps) 

Power supply: 

9 V battery or external power supply 

Integrated quartz clock 

With leads for 4 meters 

plus rechargeable battery

666 250 

Large digital display 

All microprocessor-controlled hand-held measuring 

devices can be connected directly to the 

large digital display via its serial input. The highly 

visible 26 mm LED display thus permits the 

hand-held meters to be used in demonstration 

experiments. The large display also has a printer 

and recorder output. 

The measurement values can be printed out at 

specified time intervals. 

A 1.5 m long connection cable for hand-held 

measurement devices is included. 

Input: serial for hand-held measurement 

devices with a voltage supply 

for hand-held measurement devices 

Output: 

1 x analog -2 V ... + 2 V for a recorder, 2 mV 

resolution, 4 mV accuracy, 

1 x Centronics (parallel) for a printer 

Display: 3 1 / 2 digits, 7 segments for measurement 

values (26 mm high), 4 x 14 segment 

display for measurement units (14 mm high) 

Adjustable printing time intervals: 1 s, 5 s, 10 s, 

30 s, 60 s, 10 min, 30 min, 60 min 



666 238 

Storage case for 

hand-held measuring instruments 

For storage and safe transportation of a handheld 

measuring instrument with accessories 

(battery, sensors, etc.). With foam inlay. 


Weight: 450 g 

Sensors and electrodes for digital hand-held and demonstration measuring instruments 

ecology 

Digital hand held measuring instruments Digital demonstration measuring intruments 

Cat.No. Sensors, probes pH-meter Conductivity Luxmeter Oxygen pH-meter Conductivity Thermometer 

meter meter meter 

666 221 666 222 666 230 666 224 667 420 667 439 666 209 

666 450 666 451 666 454 

Temperature 

666 193 NiCr-Ni ✔ 

666 212 NTC ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 

666 213 Surface temperature probe, NiCr-Ni ✔ 

666 214 Temperature sensor, Pt 100 ✔ ✔ 

666 241 Temperature sensor, Pt 1000 ✔ ✔ 

Single-rod pH electrode 

667 424 Single-rod pH-electrode, glass ✔ ✔ 

667 417 Single-rod pH-electrode, plastic shaft ✔ ✔ 

667 418 Single-rod pH-electrode, glass, conical diaphragm ✔ ✔ 

667 419 Single-rod pH-electrode, glass, flat diaphragm ✔ ✔ 

667 421 Single-rod pH-electrode, integrated temperature sensor ✔ 

667 415 Single-rod redox probe ✔ ✔ 

667 422 Ag/AgCl reference electrode ✔ 

667 423 Measurement electrode, platinum pin ✔ 

Special sensors 

667 426 Conductivity measurement cell ✔ 

666 242 Conductivity measurement cell, integr. temp. sensor ✔ 

666 243 Lux sensor ✔ 

666 244 UV-A-sensor ✔ 

666 245 UV-B-sensor ✔ 

666 246 UV-C-sensor ✔ 

666 247 IR-sensor ✔ 

667 458 Oxygen, integrated temperature sensor ✔ 

666 248 IR-CO2-sensor ✔ 


9

ecology 

Environmental testing 

666 329 

Environmental analysis case 

A great number of substances which are important to the environment may 

be analysed with the aid of test sticks in a semi-quantitative manner. The 

test sticks may be used as an economical alternative, supplementing measurements 

made with electronic measuring instruments. The test sticks are 

easy to use and rapidly provide useful results. 

The analysis case offers a versatile selection of test systems, matched specifically 

to the treatment of ecological topics. 


1 Set of 100 pH test sticks, pH 4.5-10.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 280 

1 Set of 100 water hardness rapid tests, 0-25 d. . . . . . . . . . . . 661 142 

1 Set of 100 rapid tests nitrate: 10-500mg/lnitrite: 1-50 mg/l . . 666 281 

1 Set of 100 iron rapid tests 2-100 mg/l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 282 

1 Set of 100 sulphite rapid tests 10–100 mg/l . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 283 

1 Set of 200 chlorine rapid tests detection limit 1mg/l . . . . . . . 666 284 

1 Set of 100 ammonia rapid tests 10-400 mg/l NH+4 . . . . . . . 666 294 

1 Set of 100 petroleum products rapid tests 1-10 mg/l . . . . . . 666 286 

1 Set of 40 lead rapid tests detection limit 

0.05 µg Pb or 5 mg/l Pb 2+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 144 

1 Set of 100 sulphate rapid tests 200-1600 mg/l . . . . . . . . . . . 666 287 

1 Set of 100 phosphate rapid tests 0.1-1.5 mg/l . . . . . . . . . . . 666 292 

1 Heavy metal test solution, summation parameter . . . . . . . . . 671 788 

1 Beaker, 100 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 121 

10 Snap-cap bottles, 20 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 251 

2 Wide-neck bottles, 250 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 285 

2 Syringes with exchangeable hollow needle, 10 ml . . . . . . . . . 665 958 


666 326 

Analysis case for ecological tests 

This low-cost, portable analysis kit permits determination of the most 

important substances and parameters in water with adequate accuracy 

using colorimetric and titrimetric testing aids. 

The case can also be used by students or lay persons thanks to cards with 

pictogram representations. The concentrations of a sample can be found 

and read off easily by sliding the comparator. As measurements are conducted 

using two cells (sample cell and reference cell), turbidity and 

discolorations of the sample are compensated and thus cannot falsify the 

measuring results. An undiluted sample can be used in most cases. 

The set contains no toxic chemicals. The reagents are sufficient for 50 to 

400 tests, depending on the type. Replacement testing aids are also 

available individually. 

The following tests can be conducted using the analysis case 

Parameter Measuring range Number of tests Type of test 

Ammonium 

Nitrate 

Nitrite 

+ 

0,2…3,0 mg/l NH4 - 

2…100 mg/l NO3 + 

0,02…0,5 mg/l NO2 50 

120 

150 

Comparator 

Comparator 

Comparator 

Phosphate 0,2…5 mg/l P 100 Comparator 

Total hardness 1 drop = 1 °d ca. 100 Titration 

Carbonate hardness 1 drop = 1 °d ca. 100 Titration 

pH 4,0…9,0 400 Titration 


4 comparator testers, each consisting of: 

Plastic syringe 5 ml for sampling 

2 measuring jars, 20 mm dia. with screw cap 

Sliding comparator for measuring jars 

Reagent bottles, Measuring spoon 70 mm 

3 titration testers, each consisting of: 

Plastic syringe 5 ml for sampling 

Sample jar with ring mark, Reagent bottles

666 325 

Sampling case for 

chemical analysis of water and soil 

This case is intended as a supplement to the 

other environmental measurement cases; it 

contains all instruments which are required for 

taking of water and soil samples and preparing 

these for analysis on the sampling site. 

Specifically it is possible to prepare the test 

solutions on the spot needed for measuring 

pollutants in the water with the aid of the 

photometer (> 666 225) . 

A removable foam inlay in the case is used to 

hold the sample bottles, so that any spillage is 

effectively prevented when preparing the test 

solutions. Included in the case is also a wideneck 

polyethylene bottle for disposal of the 

chemicals used in connection with the photometer 

and the set of chemicals. 


18 Snap-cap bottles, 20 ml 661 251 

2 Measuring flasks, 50 ml 665 792 

1 Piston pipette 665 987 

5 Wide-neck bottles, 250 ml 661 286 

1 Wide-neck bottle, 1 l 661 288 

1 Wash bottle, 1 l 661 244 

1 Hand shovel, plastic 666 970 

1 Adhesive film for labelling 663 612 

1 Felt pen 667 020 

1 Foam inlay for 

holding the sample bottles 

additionally recommended: 

Water sampling beaker 

with holding rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 340 

666 337 

Case for soil analysis 

Case for analysing samples of soil and for 

determining soil nutrients (potassium, phosphorus, 

nitrogen), pH, lime requirement, soil 

moisture, type of soil and soil density. The 

semiquantitative analyses are conducted with 

the aid of test sticks or with the Visicolor ® -test 

system. 

666 325 

666 337 


ecology 

1 Balance 

1 Soil sieve, 2 mm mesh 

1 Wash bottle, 500 ml dist. water 

1 Spraying insert 

2 Sample beakers, 250 ml 

2 Shaking bottles, 300 ml 

1 Tin for storing samples of soil, 500 ml 

2 Graduated cylinders on base, 100 ml 

2 Plastic shovels 

2 Funnels, 80 mm dia. 

1 Double-ended spatula, metal 

1 Glass pestle 

1 HE comparator 

1 Sedimentation tube 

4 HE measurement tubes with screw-on cap 

1 HE colour disc, pH 4.0 to 10.0 

1 HE colour disc, 1-20 mg P/100g 

1 Measurement tube 2-15 mg/l K 

1 Sample tube for potassium 

1 Sample tube for ammonia 

1 Syringe with hose, 10 ml 

1 Syringe, 5 ml 

1 Syringe with hollow needle, 1 ml 

1 Measurement spoon 

for potassium detection 

10 Pieces of cardboard, 240 x 320 mm 

1 CaCl 2 solution, 1 l 

1 DL solution, 1 l 

1 CaCl 2 concentrate, 100 ml 

1 DL concentrate, 100 ml 

2 pH test solutions, pH 4 to 10, 30 ml 

1 Reagent phosphorous 1, 30 ml 

1 Reagent phosphorous 2, 30 ml 

1 Reagent phosphorous-K, 30 ml 

2 Reagents ammonia 1, 30 ml 

1 Pyrophosphate solution, 30 ml 

2 Reagents potassium 1, 30 ml 

1 Reagent potassium 2, 30 ml 

1 pH test sticks, pH 2 to 9 (100 pcs.) 

1 Ammonia test sticks (100 pcs.) 

1 Nitrate test sticks (100 pcs.) 

1 Folded filters, 185 mm dia. (100 pcs.) 

1 Experiment manual, 48 pages 


11

ecology 

666 327 666 328 

668 311 

Evaluation of water quality 

based on biological indicators 

73 pages, A4 size, in German 

By Dr. W. Xylander 

This book describes the way in which to take 

samples and hints are provided on the various 

methods of evaluation and frequently encountered 

indicator organisms; a simple key for 

determining the kind of organism is included 

which specifically meets teaching requirements. 

668 391 

Investigation of all 

ground and bush-living organisms 


By G. Stumpf 

The book describes the methods for investigating 

the areas in question and hints are given as 

to important organisms and methods of investigation. 

666 328 


Sampling case for 

ground and bush organisms 

For investigation of the ground and bush zones 

as to the presence (type and quantity) of organisms. 

With the equipment contained in this case 

it is possible to equip up to four groups with 

different collecting bottles. This case is an ideal 

supplement to the sampling case for aquatic 

organisms (> 666 327 ) as investigations 

making use of the equipment from both cases 

may cover areas close to the bodies of water, 

thereby enabling comprehensive insights as to 

the organisms living in a well-defined area. 


1 Knock collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 370 

1 Grazing catch net . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 371 

1 Beetle sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 372 

1 Suction exhaustor with nozzle . . .666 373 

1 Sieve, plastic, 

2 mm mesh, 160 mm dia. . . . . . .666 351 

1 Selection dish, white, plastic . . . . .666 376 

15 Snap-cap bottles, 50 ml . . . . . . . .661 252 

3 Miniature separating tanks . . . . . .665 563 

1 Folding pocket magnifier, 

7 x magnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667 128 

1 Pair of tweezers, blunt . . . . . . . . .662 034 

1 Plastic foil, white, 1 m 2 


1 Extension stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662 309 

666 327 

Sampling case for aquatic organisms 

The chemical and physical examination of 

bodies of water provides important information 

on their momentary condition. 

To obtain information on the long-term changes 

in a body of water, however, it is necessary to 

undertake a biological analysis as well. An 

investigation based on certain “indicator organisms“ 

is highly suitable for determining the longterm, 

general condition of a body of water. 

The sampling case for aquatic organisms 

contains equipment for four groups, making it 

possible to take samples of water and examine 

them for the presence of organisms and 

to store the samples and the organisms they 

contain. 


1 Brush, size 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662 335 

1 Brush, size 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662 341 

4 Tweezers, blunt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662 034 

15 Pasteur pipettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 950 

15 Dropper teats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 954 

10 Block dishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662 006 

4 Preparation needles . . . . . . . . . . .662 011 

4 Sieves, 1 mm mesh, 70 mm dia. . .666 350 

4 Sieves, 2 mm mesh,160 mm dia. .666 351 

1 Aquarium thermometer . . . . . . . . .662 295 

10 Snap-cap bottles, 50 ml . . . . . . . .661 252 

1 Wash bottle, 1l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 244 

5 Wide-neck plastic bottles, 250 ml . .661 232 

1 Plankton net, mesh, 105 µm . . . .662 308 

1 Selection dish, white, plastic . . . . .666 376 


1 Extension stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662 309


Observing the composting process 


1 Compost trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662 323 

1 Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 209 

4 Temperature sensor, NTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 212 

1 Labjack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 583 

� 

666 343 

Imhoff funnel � 

Sedimentation vessel to DIN 12 672, with stopcock 

and continuous graduation to 1000 ml. 

Height: 560 mm 

666 345 

Rain gauge after Hellmann � 

Made of metal with clear polystyrene beaker. 

Catchment area: 100 cm 2 

Graduations: 0 ... 25 mm rainfall 

Increments: 0.5 mm 

Diameter: 12 cm 

Height: 35 cm 

666 330 

Soil drill � 

For taking samples of soil 

up to a depth of 35 cm. 

Length: 1 m approx. 

666 344 

� 

Various tools for ecology 

� 

� 

Elutriation cylinder after Atterberg � 

With drain for separation of coarse and 

fine soil particles. 

Dimensions: 90 x 305 mm (d x h) 

� 

� 

666 181 

Soil thermometer � 

With 30 cm long steel stake and two detachable 

handles for insertion into hard soil. 

Measurement range: -38 ... +50 °C 

Graduations: 1°C 

Length: 570 mm 

666 332 

Sieves for soil investigations � 

4 sieves with catch tray, to ISO 3310/1. 

Frame material: brass 

Sieve material: stainless steel 

Mesh: 0.063; 0.2; 0.63 and 2.0 mm 

Durchmessser: 150 mm 

Höhe: 50 mm 

666 335 

Peha-meter after Hellige � 

Tray with indicator liquid and colour scale for 

introductory student experiments on the determination 

of the pH value. 

666 340 

� 

Sampling beaker 

For taking water samples. 

Volume: 1 l 

Rod length: 1,2 m 

Demonstration compost trunk 

ecology 

Composting and accessories 

Demonstration compost trunk with digital thermometer 

662 323 

For vivid demonstration and observation of the 

decomposition processes (compostation) of 

organic materials also in the laboratory. 

The compost trunk is made of a clear material 

and carries an imprinted cm scale suitable for 

writing on. The temperature within the compost 

may be measured through the holes which are 

provided on the sides. 

When filled correctly there will be no unpleasant 

smells. 

Dimensions: 650 mm high; 300 mm dia. 


1 Compost trunk 

1 Trough made of black plastic 

(530 x 420 x 110 mm) 

2 Plastic pads (350 x 70 x 35 mm) 

Comprehensive instruction sheet 

662 308 

Plankton net 

Mesh made of nylon, for casting or pole use. 

A detachable collecting vessel with bayonet 

catch is attached to the end of the net. 

With thread for extension stick (> 662 309). 

Mesh: 100 µm 

Overall length: 580 mm 

Diameter at the top: 150 mm 

662 309 

Extension stick 

For > 662 308; made of aluminium tubes with 

standard attachment screw. 

Overall length: 2,2 m 


13

ecology 

Air pollution and waste gas purification 

The catalytic converter 

Automobile exhaust emissions are a major source 

of air pollution today and are considered as a 

major factor for the forest's dying off. 

The catalytic converter model from LEYBOLD 

DIDACTIC may be used to demonstrate in the 

lab that it is possible to markedly reduce the 

amount of oxides of nitrogen NOx hydrocarbons 

CxHy , and carbon monoxide CO emitted 

by vehicles (although the oxidation of CO and 

CxHy results in an increased output of the 

greenhouse gas CO2 ). The untreated exhaust 

gases (from the cold engine) are first collected in 

an air bag and tested for pollutants with the aid 

of testing tubes. The results are clear: The 

exhaust gas from cars contains detectable 

concentrations of pollutants. After the exhaust 

gas has been made to pass over a heated catalytic 

converter (300 °C) the same tests clearly 

demonstrate the effectiveness of the catalytic 

conversion process. Through calculation of the 

amounts of gas produced, it is possible to show 

that, in addition to reducing the primary 

pollutants, it is necessary to reduce fuel 

consumption if emissions of CO2 are to be 

meaningfully reduced. 

666 360 

Catalytic convertor 

Type: Original Monolith 3-way catalytic convertor 

in quartz tube 

Active phase: Plated with platinum (palladium), 

rhodium and metallic oxides 


Overall diameter: 30 mm 

666 310 

Gas tester 

For rapid and accurate measurement of gas 

and vapour concentrations in air. The gas tester 

consists of a suction bulb and a holder for the 

testing tubes. The testing tubes are matched to 

the substance which is to be measured and 

change colour in a characteristic way in the 

presence of a particular substance. 

Comprehensive operating instructions are 

included. 



CPS catalytic converter assembly 


1 CPS Exhaust gas catalytic converter 666 440 

1 CPS Digital thermometer 666 454 

2 CPS Gas syringe 666 435 

1 Labjack 666 583 

1 Temperature sensor, NiCrNi 666 193 

1 Butane gas burner 666 711 

1 Butane cartridges 666 712 

1 Spare air bags set of 10 662 301 

3 CPS glass connector 667 312 

1 Tube CO test, set of 10 666 319 

1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428 

2 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467 


Test tubes 

Set of 10 

Cat. No. Tube for Range/ sensitivity 

666 309 

666 311 

666 312 

CnHn test 

CO2 test 

CO test 

0.002...0.3 Vol. % 

0,1…7 Vol% 

5,0…1000 ppm 

666 319 CO test 0,5…7 Vol% 

666 317 formaldehyde test 0,2…2,5 ppm 

666 315 alcohol test 0,1…3,5 Vol% 

666 308 

666 313 

666 318 

666 316 

666 307 

alcotest 

NOx test 

NOx test 

* O2test ozone test 

0,8 % 0 ±2,5 % 

0,5…50 ppm 

10,0…300 ppm 

5,0…23 Vol% 

0,005…1,4 ppm 

666 314 

* = set of 8 

SO2 test 0,5…25 ppm


Experiment assembly DENOX plant 


1 CPS-DENOX-process 666 476 




1 CPS-wash bottle 666 478 


1 Temperature sensor, NiCrNi 666 193 

1 CPS Gas generator 666 436 





1 Labjack 666 583 

Chemicals 

Ammonia solution, 25% 670 360 

Copper, turnings 672 870 

Nitric acid, 65 % 674 660 

Sulphanilic acid 674 971 

Acetic acid 671 950 

Sodium hydroxide 673 680 

N-(Naphtyl)-ethylendiaminedihydrochloride 673 452 


Stack gas desulfurization 

666 477 

SCR-DENOX catalytic convertor 

Replacement for the CPS module for DENOX 

process (> 666 476). Also suitable for CPS 

exhaust catalytic converter (> 666 440). 

Original SCR catalytic convertor for removing 

nitrogen from exhaust gas, 100 x 39 mm dia. in 

a quartz tube. 

For integration into experiment configurations, 

includes 2 silicon plugs with holes 


Internal diameter: 40 mm 

Quantity Description Cat.No. 

1 CPS Gas washer 666 430 

1 CPS Gas collector 666 432 

1 CPS Woulff's bottle with manometer 666 438 

1 CPS Hose fastener 666 449 


1 Evaporating dish, 75 mm dia. 664 442 


1 CPS Pedestal 666 441 



1 Vacuum rubber tubing, 1 m 667 186 

1 Water jet pump* 375 56 



1 Silicone gasket for 667 312, 10 pieces 667 306 

* The controllable aeration pump (**666 482) can be used as an alternative. 

CPS experiment assembly DENOX process 

> 

ecology 

DENOX process 

This demonstration experiment for removing nitrogen oxides from flue gas 

(DENOX process) provides an insight into the mode of operation of largescale 

plants, thus familiarizing the students and trainees with practical procedures. 

The industrial-scale removal of nitrogen oxides from flue gas 

involves allowing NOx to react with atmospheric oxygen and either ammonium 

or urea as a reducing agent in the presence of a catalyst using the SCR 

method (selective catalytic reduction). The reactants react on the catalyst to 

form environmentally compatible substances. 

CPS experiment assembly stack gas desulferization 

For further information 

on the Chemistry Panel System CPS, 

see pages 81 


Stack gas desulfurization plants have now become virtually standard equipment 

for coal-fired power stations. The sulfur dioxide liberated when fossil 

fuels are burned, a major cause of acid rain, is precipitated as CaSO4 . The 

process can performed quite simply in the experiments. 


15

ecology 

Meteorology 

With the new radio-controlled weather station it is possible to record up to 

14 parameters, both indoors and outdoors, with no wiring required. 

The sensors can be mounted virtually anywhere. The measurement signals 

are transmitted up to distances of 100 m. 

The outdoor sensors are powered by built-in solar cells. The measurement 

data can be displayed concurrently in the LC display and/or transmitted to a 

computer via a radio interface for storage and evaluation. 

Outdoor temperature sensor (temperature, humidity) 

Radio rainfall gauge 


606 040 

Electronic radio weather station WS 2000 

Compact electronic weather station for simultaneous measurement and 

display of 14 measurement quantities relevant to weather and climate: 

• Indoor temperature 

• Indoor humidity 

• Outdoor temperature 

• Outdoor humidity 

• Wind speed 

• Variation range of wind direction 

• Total rainfall 

• Rainfall over 24 hours 

• Absolute barometric pressure 

• Barometric pressure tendency 

• Barometric history (24 hours) 

• Weather pictures 

• Super-accurate DFC time (radio-controlled clock) 

• Date 

Enables connection of up to 9 temperature/humidity sensors. 

Measurement data is transmitted via radio-no cables or wiring! 

Sensors can be set up to 100 m from the base station. The following values 

can be displayed at a keystroke: 

• Measured values 

• Min./max. values 

• Dew point 

Device permits programming of alarm values, e.g. frost danger. 

Display: 300 segment LCD display, for simultaneous display of measured 

values 160 x 83 mm 

Radio transmission: 433 MHz, for linking all sensors 

Temperature: two temperatures registered simultaneously; 

resolution 0.1 °C, accuracy ±1 °C, for connnection of up to 9 sensors 

Relative humidity: simultaneous dislplay of two measured values, 

resolution 1 %, accuracy ±8 %, for connnection of up to 9 sensors 

Wind speed: display in either km/h, m/s, knots, Beaufort; 

Resolution 0.1 km/h, Accuracy 2% 

Wind direction: graphical display with compass rose (resolution 22.5°) with 

indication of variation in wind direction, digital display with ° resolution 

instead of wind speed possible 

Barometric pressure: Range 300...1100 hPa, Resolution 1 hPa, 

accuracy ± 1 hPa 

Barometric pressure tendency: indicated by 5 arrows 

(rising, rising sharply, falling, falling sharply, steady) 

Change in barometric pressure: bar diagram display, up to 24 h history 

Rainfall: measuring range 0...999 mm with simultaneous display of total 

(since last reset) and 24 h or 1 h precipitation; resolution 0.5 mm, 

accuracy 2% ± 1 mm 

Weather forecast: with wather symbols sunny, partly cloudy, cloudy, rainy 

Storage options: min/max with date and time 

Voltage supply: 6 x mignon-type batteries, (> 685 44, not included) 

Housing dimensions: 217 x 160 x 30 mm 



1 Base station 

1 Indoor radio sensor (temperature, humidity, barometric pressure) 

1 Outdoor radio sensor (temperature, humidity, solar-powerd) 

1 Radio precipitation measuring system (solar powered) 

1 Radio wind sensor (solar powered)

Radio wind sensor 

606 043 

PC radio interface 

The PC radio interface and the corresponding 

Windows software enables all measured values 

from the sensors of the weather station WS 

2000 to be recorded by radio and graphically 

evaluated on a PC. The radio interface is 

connected to the computer via a standard 

serial port COM1...COM4). 

Sensor data can even be stored for periods of 

up to one month when the computer is 

switched off. 

The data can be exported in ASCII format for 

evaluation using external programs. 

Radio transmission: from radio sensor 

to interface 

Range (in the open): up to 100 m 

PC port: RS-232 

Windows evaluation softare: included with 

radio interface 

Harware requirements: IBM-compatible PC 

Voltage supply: 2 mignon-type batteries 

(not included) 

Dimensions: 100 ·50·70 mm 



1 PC-radio interface 

1 Connection lead 

1 9-pin connector plug 

1 CD-Rom with WINDOWS 

evaluation software; 

system description 

666 346 

Weather station (meteograph) 

For automatic registration of temperature, relative 

humidity and barometric pressure. In a stable 

die-cast aluminium housing with carrying 

handle. Glass surround for maximum visibility. 

Low-friction, corrosion-proof bearings for the 

internal measurement equipment. The electric 

chart drum drive is quartz controlled for 

extremely accurate timing of the charts. The 

drum rotation speed may be set for 1 revolution 

per 7 days or 1 revolution daily. 

Included is a battery (service life approx. 1 year) 

and a one-year supply of chart paper. 


Barometric pressure: 978 mbar to 1042 mbar 

Temperature: - 30 °C to + 40 °C 

Relative humidity: 10 % to 100 % R.H. 

Dimensions: 25 cm · 13 cm · 26.5 cm 


666 347 

Chart paper 

For weather station (> 666 346)), 105 sheets. 

666 270 

Digital thermometer/hygrometer 

ecology 

For measuring relative humidity and temperature; 

automatic temperature compensation 

during measurement. Complete with combined 

moisture and temperature sensor. 

Display: LCD, 3 1 / 2 digit, 13 mm high 


rel. humidity: 5 ... 95% 

temperature: 0 ... 60 °C 

32 ... 92 °F 

Accuracy: ± 2% of meas. value 

Voltage supply: 9-volt battery (included) 

Dimensions: 19.5 · 7.8 · 3.0 cm 



17

ecology 

667 917 

667 922 

Digital field meter 

For measurement of magnetic and electric 

alternating fields (electrosmog), e.g. under high 

voltage lines, in the vicinity of electric devices 

(monitor), in work rooms, close to railways, in 

the vicinity of electric coils, and for testing the 

effectiveness of electromagnetic screening 

(Faraday's cage). 

· Fast response 

· LCD display for reliable readings 

· Automatic battery monitor 

· Simple to use 

Detailed operating and experiment instructions 

in German are included with the instrument. 

Display: LCD 2 1/2 digits, 13 mm high 


Magnetic field: 200, 2,000, 20,000 nT 

Electric field: 20, 200, 2,000 V/m 

Accuracy (at 50 Hz): 

Magnetic field: ± 5% 

Electric field: ± 10% 

Frequencies: 

without filter: 16 Hz ... 100 kHz ± 1 dB 

with filter HP 50: 50 Hz - 100 kHz ± 1 dB 

with filter TP2K: 16 Hz - 2 kHz ± 1 dB 

Probe: 138 x 40 x 24 mm 

Power supply: 9 V battery (included) 




667 917 

Anemometer 

Hand-held instrument for straightforward wind 

speed measurements. 

With pointer lock for fixing the measured value. 


0 … 120 km h -1 

0 … 35 m s -1 

0 … 12° Beaufort 

0 … 70 knots 

Cup wheel dia.: 10 cm 

Height: approx. 20 cm 

Electrosmog Noise pollution 

667 922 

666 231 

666 231 

Sound level meter 

For linear and aurally compensated (dBA) 

measurement of sound levels. The device can 

be matched to level variations by applying 

various time evaluations. The device can store 

up to 4000 measured values. 

The measurement data can be transmitted to 

a PC for further evaluation via a serial cable 

(> 666 251) 

Measuring range: 20 ... 135 dB 

Type of measurement: dB (linear) or dBA 

(aurally compensated) 

Time evaluation: slow (1 s), fast (0.125 s) 

Display accuracy: 0.1 dB 

Measurement accuracy: ± 1.5 dB 

Frequency range: 20 Hz ... 20 kHz 

Storage function: 4000 measured values 

Interface: 

serial (RS 232) for computer connection 

Voltage supply: 9 V battery 

Length of microphone lead: 1 m 

Dimensions: 

housing: 210 · 85 · 37 mm 

microphone: 100mm x 12 mm dia. 

weight: 0.3 kg 


1 Sound level meter 

1 Microphone 

1 9 V battery

Radioactivity 

667 918 

Geiger counter 

Compact instrument for measuring beta, gamma, 

x-ray and neutron radiation with a considerably 

higher sensitivity than conventional Geiger 

counters and probes. The flat shape of the 

counter makes it ideal for contamination measurements, 

similar to a surface counter. Pulses 

indicated via loudspeaker plus direct analog 

meter. Enables direct counting of individual 

events (i.e. including the background effect) in 

conjunction with the pulse counter (> 667 

919 ). Complete with lead with 4-mm plugs for 

connection to counters with pulse input, e.g. 

counter P ( 575 45 ), Counter S (> 575 47 ) or 

CASSYpack E (> 524 007 ). Battery operated 

for portable, on-site use. Sturdy plastic housing. 

Comes complete with battery. 

Measuring ranges:0 to 3 mrem h-1 

0-3 mR h-1 

0 to 30 mSv h -1 

Measurement accuracy: ±30% 

Battery type: 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 (> 685 45 ) 

Dimensions: 155 mm x 75 mm x 45 mm 

Weight: 350 g 

667 919 

Pulse counter 

For expanding the functionality of the Geiger 

counter (> 667 918) and counting individual 

events even at high pulse frequencies. 

Measure values displayed either constantly or 

with reference to a time interval (1 or 10 minutes). 

With quartz-stabilized time base. Power supply 

via the Geiger counter (> 667 918) 

Display: pulse count or rate 

Counting volume: 6 decades 

Digit height: 9 mm (7-segment LED) 

Power supply: 

via Geiger counter (> 667 918) 

Dimensions: 155 mm x 75 mm x 45 mm 

Weight: approx. 0.2 kg 

666 300 

667 920 

Case for Geiger counter (> 667 918 ) 

and the pulse counter (> 667 919) 

Plastic case with foam inlay. 

Dimensions (W x H x D): 30 cm x 20 cm x 8 cm 

666 301 

Membrane filtration unit 

For microbiological work, consisting of filtration 

unit (clear polycarbonate, suitable for autoclaving) 

and catch basin 

Filter diameter: 47 mm 

Working volume: 250 ml 

Operating press.: max. 2 bar overpressure 

Sterilization: 120°C autoclave temperature 

Dimensions: 250 mm high, 100 mm dia. 


666 300 

667 920 

667 918 

Membrane filtration set 

Especially for water and soil analysis, complete 

with aluminium carrying case. The case contains 

all the equipment, consumables and a 

manual necessary for the following biological 

and chemical investigations: 

Detection of microorganisms 

- in water, in air, in soil 

The effects of antibiotics 

Gas formation during alcohol fermentation 

Detection of yeast in foods 

Growth of bacteria at different temperatures 

Detection of 

microorganims 

667 186 

Vacuum tubing 

Inside diameter: 8 mm 

Thickness of wall: 5 mm 

Length: 1 m 

Material: rubber 

667 026 

Tweezers 

Pointed , nickel-plated steel 


ecology 

667 919 


19

ecology 

Manuals 

Ecology 

668 332 

Theoretical fundamentals and experiments 

using the environmenmental case 666 220 

112 pages, DIN A4 

by Engler, Breuer, Dr. Müller, Seithe 

This book describes the theoretical fundamentals 

of ecology and the measurement devices 

in the measurement case. A practical section 

describes the possible types of measurement 

and their resaults. 

668 311 

Evaluation of water quality 

based on biological indicators 


By Dr. W. Xylander 

This book describes the way in which to take 

samples and hints are provided on the various 

methods of evaluation and frequently encountered 

indicator organisms; a simple key for 

determining the kind of organism is included 

which specifically meets teaching requirements. 

668 391 

Investigation of all ground and 

bush-living organisms 


By G. Stumpf 

The book describes the methods for investigating 

the areas in question and hints are given as 

to important organisms and methods of investigation. 

668 652 


Ecology I: 

Experiments with water 

93 pages, A4 size 

33 experiments on the chemistry of water. The 

experiments are designed so that they can be 

carried out by the students themselves. Clean 

and polluted water from natural sources is 

compared. The effects of pollutants on plants 

and animals are evaluated using comparison 

tables. 

668 662 

Ecology II: 

Experiments with air and soil 


10 experiments on soil analysis and 14 experiments 

on air investigations. The experiments 

are aimed at comparing unpolluted samples 

with polluted samples so that in addition to the 

actual analysis of the material it will be possible 

to estimate the extent of the impact a particular 

pollutant has on the natural environment. 

668 642 

Instructor's manual ecology - a study guide 


Instructor's manual for experiment manuals 

668 652 und 668 662. The manual contains a 

number of recommendations for experiments 

and background information. Extensive tables 

are provided in which basic data for water, soil 

and air analysis are given for the two manuals 

this manual refers to. 

Photosynthesis, botany 

668 632 

Photosynthesis - 

principles and experiments 

54 pages, A4, English 

by H. Breuer 

This manual explains the theoretical fundamentals 

of photosynthesis and the structure of the 

deciduous leaf and describes selected experiments, 

many of which use the factometer. With 

worksheets and model solutions. 

Alternative energies 

668 432 

Fuel cells and air cells 

57 pages, A4 size in English. The manual contains 

the theory and the experiment descriptions 

for all fuel cells, H 2 0 2 cell, aluminium/air 

element and formiate cell.

Electrochemistry is a sub-discipline within the 

field of physical chemistry. Its attention is directed 

primarily to all those processes where 

chemical reactions involve the migration of electrical 

charges or the generation of electrical 

potentials. 

Physics is concerned with current as electrons 

move within solid conductors (metals, 1st-order 

conductors). Of special interest for the field of 

microelectronics is the differing response of the 

semiconductors. Also the unexpected, rapid 

advances in the field of superconductors implying 

low-loss transmission of electrical energy 

give reason to anticipate new and spectacular 

applications in the future. 

In contrast to the science of physics, chemistry 

Using the electrochemistry demonstration unit (> 664 400) in the classroom. 

focuses on the transmission of electrical 

charges by means of ion migration in electrolytes, 

the so-called “2nd-order conductors“. 

Electrochemistry first examines the parameters 

which determine the electrical conductivity 

of solutions: the type of material, the concentration, 

the degree of dissociation, ion migration 

speed, etc. 

One of the main chapters in the study of electrochemistry 

is the determination of the electrochemical 

potentials of various galvanic cells, 

right down to the fundamental realization that 

every reduction oxidation system can be assigned 

a certain standard potential. This makes it 

electrochemistry 

Electrochemistry 

possible to set up an electrochemical series of 

elements and compounds, giving essential information 

as to their inert or active properties and 

to their strength as oxidation or reduction 

agents. Application of this knowledge leads to 

various galvanic elements, such as the Leclanché 

cells, the lead accumulator battery, etc. 

The situation in the case of electrolysis, and its 

application in galvanizing, for example, or in 

copper refining, anodizing and the electrolysis of 

alkali metal chlorides, is just the reverse. Here a 

chemical reaction is initiated by the application 

of electrical energy. Corrosion and corrosion 

protection also involve electrochemical 

processes. 


21


Demonstration 

664 400 

Electrochemistry demonstration unit 

With this demonstration equipment from 

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC, you now have available 

a universal power supply and measurement 

instrument which can be used to conduct a 

broad variety of experiments from the field of 

electrochemistry. Combining three functions 

in a single unit considerably reduces the required 

preparation time while at the same time 

simplifying the actual experiments. 

The measured voltages and currents are displayed 

simultaneously and independently 

of each other on a red LED display, the digits 

of which are 26 mm high. The numbers can 

be read clearly even from a distance of about 

10 metres. The demonstration unit fulfils three 

purposes: 

It functions as a power supply, delivering AC 

and DC voltage 

It is equipped with two measurement instruments: 

a) for voltage measurements from 0 ... 60 V 

b) for current measurements from 0 ... 2 A. 

Thus it can also be used as a multimeter. 

The measurement unit and the power pack 

can be linked internally or can also be used 

separately. 

This unit serves as a current indicator and load 

using the built-in miniature motor with segmented 

display disk. 

Additional instruments (chart recorder, 

CASSY interface or oscilloscope, for example) 

can be connected to the the chart recorder 

outputs (one each for voltage and current 

Included as standard equipment for the demonstration 

unit is a tray with recesses for the vessels 

(e.g. battery tray from accessory set 

(> 664 401). The CPS version (> 664 407) 

requires the use of the “table for electrochemistry“ 

(> 666 472) in addition. In both versions a 

white rear panel serves as the background to 

accentuate colour changes, precipitation reactions 

etc. The tray and the table each have 

sockets at the front, into which spring clips may 

be inserted for attachment of U-tubes. 

The demonstration unit (> 664 400) rests on 

two stable plastic feet; its height is adjustable. 

The CPS demonstration unit (> 664 407) is 

designed for use in a panel frame. 

664 400 

664 407 

664 407 

Demonstration unit 

CPS demonstration unit 

664 400 


Electrochemistry demonstration unit 

668 132 

Demonstration experiments in electrochemistry 

(164 pages, A4 size) 

Instructions for the experiments using the electrochemistry 

demonstration units (> 664 400 

and > 664 407) and the accessory set 

(> 664 401). The manual is supplied with the 

electrochemistry demonstration unit 

(> 664 400 and > 664 407). 

664 407 

666 472 

666 425 

Electrochemistry demonstration unit, 

CPS version with table for electrochemistry 

(666 472) and panel frame (666 425) 

Conductivity of solids and liquids 

Electrolytic dissociation 

Ion migration 

Electrochemical potentials 

Electrochemical series of metals and nonmetals 

Concentration potentials 

Corrosion and corrosion protection 

Ion product of water 

Electrolysis and electrolytic polarization 

Faraday's laws of electrolysis 

Galvanic cells: Leclanché cells, lead accumulator 

batteries, etc. 

Fuel cells 

Galvanic processes 

Manufacture of printed circuit boards 

Anodizing process 

Copper refining 

Electrolysis of alkali metal chlorides 

A detailed listing of the experiments is given in 

the table of contents for the instructor's manual.


Ion migration 

2- 

Separation and migration of CrO ions and 

4 

[Cu(NH ) ] 

3 4 2+ ions in an electrical field. 


1 Electrochemistry 

demonstration 664 400 

or 

1 CPS electrochemistry 

demonstration unit 664 407 

1 CPS-Table for 664 407 666 472 

1 Double-U-tube 664 091 

1 Rod electrodes, 

pair, platinum sheet 664 369 

1 Pair of cables, 

50 cm, red and blue 501 45 

3 Large clip plug 591 21 

664 401 


Daniell cell 

Current and voltage measurements on a Cu/Zn 

cell under load 




or 



1 CPS-Table for 664 407 666 472 

1 Accessories set 

for electrochemistry 664 401 



664 401 

Electrochemistry accessories set 


2 Plastic electrolysis cells, demountable,with 

plate, 125 x 70 x 55 mm > 664 403 

1 Set of paper diaphragms > 664 405 

24 Electrode plates, various metals and electrolytic 

carbon, 40 x 76 mm 

1 Set of connecting leads 

(2 x 50 cm, 2 x 25 cm, 2 x 10 cm) 

1 Set of 10 croc clips, polished 

2 Abrasive stones 

1 Pair of tweezers 

Various material samples for conductivity 

tests and experiments with electrolytes 

1 Silicon disc for semiconductor experiments 

1 Plastic storage tray 


664 406 

Adjustable load unit 


Copper refining 

Electrolytic recovery of pure copper 

from a brass alloy 




or 



1 CPS-Table for 664 407 666 472 

1 Accessories set 


alternatively to 664 401 

1 Electrode holder 664 373 

1 Set of 10 

brass plate electrodes 664 422 

1 Set of 10 copper plates 591 53 

1 Beaker, 400 ml, ts 664 114 

1 Base rail, 11 mm 666 601 

1 Stand tube, 150 mm 666 606 

2 Universal bosshead 666 615 



The adjustable resistance is used to apply a 

variable load to a current source (galvanic cell 

or battery). The capacitance, power curve, 

internal resistance and the recovery capacity of 

the cell can be evaluated on the basis of the 

voltage drop (load curve) in each case. Commercially 

available batteries can also be tested 

with this unit. 




23


Practical experiments 

664 395 

Electrochemistry workplace 


2 Cell batteries made of chemical-resistant 

plastic. They can easily be unscrewed and 

disassembled for cleaning. Filter paper is 

used as the membrane between the cells. 

Four galvanic cells can be set up simultaneously 

18 Plate electrodes (28 x 43 mm) which fit into 

the cell compartments described above, 

made of seven different materials: Cu 

(4 electrodes), Zn (4), Fe (2), Ag (3), C (graphite, 

2), Pt (mesh electrode, 1), Ni (mesh 

electrode, 2). 

2 Plastic plates and Mg tape for making Mg 

electrodes. 

3 Storage containers for electrodes which 

must be kept submerged in liquid during 

storage. 

1 Abrasive stone for cleaning the electrodes. 

1 Set of paper diaphragms (100 sheets). 

4 Droppers with rubber bulbs. 

1 Manual (> 668 421) 

Additionally recommended: 

(> 664 381) Clear PVC cover 

668 111 

664 395 

Instructor's manual 

“Introduction to Electrochemistry“ 

112 pages, A4 size, in German. 

Instructor's manual for a complete course in 

electrochemistry, designed for advanced 

secondary education. It contains all the theoretical 

background and evaluations of the 17 

experiments which can be conducted with the 

electrochemistry work place. 

664 394 

Measuring unit for electrochemistry workplace 

The measuring unit is inserted in the compartment 

of the workplace provided for that purpose 

to enable mesurement. The measuring unit 

can also be used independently of the electrochemistry 

workplace. 


1 Measuring instrument for virtually currentless 

voltage measurement from 1 mV to 10 

V, switchable in 7 measuring ranges 

Internal resistance approx. 10 8 Ω 

1 Motor with disk as current indicator 

(max. 3 V), for demonstrating flow of current 

in fuel cells 

4 Connecting leads with croc-clips 

1 Plug-in supply unit for connection to 230 V 

668 422 


664 394 

Experiment manual 

“Experiments in Electrochemistry“ 

32 pages, A4 size. 

This manual is to be used as a workbook and 

thus contains only those parts from the corresponding 

instructor's manual (> 664 111) 

which are relevant to the experiments themselves. 

The manual is included in the electrochemistry 

work place (> 664 395). 


Daniell cell 

Voltage measurements on simple galvanic 

cells 

Standard potentials of metals and nonmetals 

Standard potential of the Fe2+ /Fe3+ redox pair 

Nernst equation for concentration chains 

Influence of precipitation and sequestration 

on the voltage of a concentration cell 

Determining solubility products and dissociation 

constants 

Determining the potential of a silver/silver 

chloride electrode 

pH values and redox potentials 

Measuring the pH values of various 

salt solutions 

Acid-base titration 

Redox titration 

Applied electrochemistry 

Leclanché cell 

Lead acid battery 

Fuel cells 

Electrochemical corrosion of iron 

664 381 

Clear PVC cover 

For dust-proof storage of the electrochemistry 

work place and for stacking in a cabinet.

Electrochemistry workplace 

667 417 



use, with DIN plug, 13 mm dia 

661 125 

Electrochemistry chemicals set 

Contains 17 of the most important chemicals 

for experiments in the field of electrochemistry. 

The contents are sufficient for about five 

groups (for a list of chemicals see appendix). 

667 063 

Bottle tray for students' workplace 

664 395 

Made of plastic. Ideal for holding ten 50 ml and 

four 100 ml polyethylene bottles, also suitable 

for beakers up to 100 ml. 

664 394 

Polyethylene bottle 

Narrow neck, with screw cap, natural colour. 

661 220 

661 221 

50 ml 

100 ml 

667 063 



pH measurement 

The facility for connecting standard pH and redox 

electrodes makes it possible to measure pH and 

carry out acid-base and redox titrations. 


1 Electrochemistry workplace 664 395 

1 Measuring instrument 664 394 

1 pH single rod electrode 

with plastic shaft 667 417 

1 Beaker, 100 ml, ts 664 411 


Experiment examples 

Electrochemical voltage series 

Measuring the voltages between each of the maximum 

of eight half-cells which can be arranged 

makes it quick and easy to work out the relative 

voltage series for the metals. A simplified hydrogen 

electrode allows for determination of standard 

potentials of both metals and nonmetals. 


1 Electrochemistry workplace 664 395 

1 Measuring instrument 664 394 

1 Bottle tray 667 063 

10 Polyethylene bottle, 50 ml 661 220 

4 Polyethylene bottle, 100 ml 661 221 

1 Set of chemicals 


664 382 

664 383 

664 387 

664 389 

664 388 

664 390 

673 100 

Accessories 

Cat. No. Description Quantity 

Copper plate electrodes 10 

Zinc plate electrodes 10 

Carbon plate electrodes 5 

Silver plate elctrodes 2 

Nickel plate electrodes 5 

Platinum plate electrodes 

Magnesium, ribbon 

2 


25


Conductivity 

591 501 

Electrochemistry set 

For running all students' experiments in electrochemistry. 


1 Shallow electrolysis cell 591 51 

1 Copper plate from 591 53 

1 Zinc plate from 591 54 

1 Iron plate from 591 55 

2 Nickel plates from 591 56 

1 Aluminium plate from 591 57 

2 Electrolytic carbon plates from 591 61 

Additionally required: 

Variable extra low voltage 

transformer S, 20 V DC, 5 A . . . . . . . 521 35 

Set of 6 insulated croc-clips . . . . . . . . 501 83 

Multimeter METRAmax 2 (2x). . . . . . . 531 100 

Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue . . 501 46 

Electrolysis of water 

664 350 

667 429 

Conductivity tester 

664 350 


Used to measure the conductive properties of 

electrolytes. The unit is connected to 40 V AC 

max. (e.g. from the variable extra-low voltage 

transformer D, > 667 827) via two 4 mm 

plugs. 

A measuring instrument (e.g.> 667 908) is 

used to indicate the conductivity in qualitative 

measurements. The test cell consists of two 

parallel platinum plates and it is protected by a 

glass jacket. Included in the equipment is a 

stand rod, 100 mm long, 8 mm dia. 

Dimensions: 25 x 220 m 


Differentiation of weak 

and strong electrolytes 

Verification of 

dissociation in solutions 

Water electrolysis unit 

After Hofmann. To demonstrate the electrolysis 

of water; the gases bubbling off the electrodes 

are collected separately. 

The flexible design of the center branch makes 

it possible to establish pressure equilibrium 

when reading the volumes of the gas. This prevents 

measurement errors arising from differentials 

in the gas pressures. 


1 Glass section with 2 GL 18 and 1 GL 14 

screw thread, with calibration marks 

1 Topping-up vessel 

1 PVC tube 

1 Pair of platinum electrodes 

1 Base plate with polarity designations 

1 Stand 

667 430 

Lamp socket 

With 2 sockets ( E 10 and E 14) , included are 

2 bulbs (24 V/5 W and 6 V/0.3W), for use with 

the conductivity tester ( 667 429). The lamp 

socket is used for qualitative proof of the conductivity 

of stronger and weaker electrolytes. 

May be used as a stand-alone unit or in a 

laboratory stand arrangement. 



664 355 

Glass section 

With 2 GL 18 and 1 GL 14 screw threads 

for water electrolysis unit after Hofmann, 

with scale. 

664 369 

Pair of platinum plate electrodes 

Fused in glass, with sockets for 

4 mm plugs. 

664 352 

Topping-up reservoir 



1 Water electrolysis unit 664 350 

1 Variable extra 

low voltage transformer D 667 827 


1 m, red and blue 501 46

664 398 

Leclanché cell 

Voltage: 1.5 V approx. 


Diameter: 110 mm 



1 Battery glass 

1 Clay cell 

1 Zinc electrode 

1 Carbon electrode 

1 Manganese (IV) dioxide, 250 g 

1 Croc clip 

1 Lid 

670 401 

Ammonium chloride 

250 g 

673 221 

Manganese (IV)-dioxide 

500 g 

664 398 

664 356 

Corrosion set 

Equipment set for demonstrating the generation 

of electrochemical voltages as a cause for 

corrosion. 


664 358 

Fuel cell 

664 356 

1 Plastic dish (150 mm dia.) with seven 

openings 

1 Set of seven electrodes 

1 Set of cork halves on which to mount the 

electrodes 

1 Crystallization dish, 140 mm dia. 

The fuel cell demonstrates the generation of 

electricity by direct conversion of the chemical 

energy released through the oxidation of a fuel 

into electrical energy. 

The electrical energy generated here can 

be used e.g. to drive a miniature motor 

(> 667 433). 

Hydrogen, methanol, glucose and hydrazine 

can all be used as fuels. 

The fuel cell consists of a U-tube with two lateral 

connections, a sintered disk and two rodshaped 

nickel-wire mesh electrodes. The Utube 

is mounted using spring clips on a holding 

plate, which can be mounted to a stand rod by 

means of a clamp on its rea. 

Additionally required for 

palladium-coating of electrodes: 

Palladium (II) chloride, 1 g (> 674 040). 

664 397 

Daniell cell 


Clear representation of an electrochemical cell, 

consisting of 1 zinc and 1 copper cylinder and 

a clay cell. The two metal electrodes are provided 

with 4 mm sockets; with glass cylinder. 

Dimensions: 



664 020 

Clay cell 

Used to assemble an electrochemical cell 

in a beaker. 

664 020 

664 021 

664 021 

dia. 30 mm, h 100 mm 

dia. 50 mm, h 150 mm 

664 397 


27


Fused-salt electrolysis 

Experiment setup for fused-salt electrolysis 

664 085 

Reactor tube for fused-salt electrolysis 

For fused-salt electrolysis, with 2 necks for SB 

19 stoppers and 2 lateral nipples; complete 

with one pair of extra-length carbon electrodes, 

with silicon stoppers, SB 19, and sockets for 

connecting leads with 4 mm plugs. 

Length of arms: 200 mm 

664 089 

Reaction-tube, V-shaped, quartz 

Glass section from > 664 085. 

664 072 

Reaction-tube for fused-salt electrolysis 

V-shaped, arms 200 mm long, 2 side taps. 

SB grind: 2 SB 19 

Type of glass: DURAN 

664 359 

Carbon electrodes, 1 pair 

For use in connection with the reactor tubes for 

fused-salt electrolysis (> 664 072, 

> 664 085, > 664 089). 



Fused-salt-electrolysis 


1 Reactor tube for 

fused-salt electrolysis, quartz 664 085 

1 Variable extra low 

voltage transformer D 667 827 

1 Digital multimeter 667 908 

1 Base rail, 55 cm 666 602 

2 Stand tube, 45 cm 666 609 

4 Universal bosshead 666 615 

1 Gas syringe, 100 ml 665 912 

1 Gas syringe holder 100 ml 665 918 






1 m, red and blue 501 46 

Experiment apparatus for fused-salt electrolysis 

Salts become electrically conductive when the 

ions, the electrical charge carriers of which they 

are made up, become liberated. This is the case 

in solutions, and in fused salts as well. Fused-salt 

electrolysis demonstrates the conductivity and 

electrolytic dissociation of fused salts and permits 

its evaluation. As no solvents are used, there 

are no reactions with separated elements which 

can otherwise occur. 

Ion migrationunit, after Nernst 

667 457 

Ion migration unit, after Nernst 

Used to determine the migration speed of 

coloured ions in an electrical field. 

The U-shaped tube is first filled about half-way 

with a colourless liquid electrolyte; the stopcock 

at the topping-up vessel is then opened 

to slowly introduce a layer of coloured solution 

from below. After applying a direct current one 

will observe that the phase boundaries between 

the colourless and coloured solutions are 

of different heights in the different branches as 

a result of ion migration. 


1 U-shaped tube (arms 300 mm long), with 

two SB 19 and one standard ground joint 

1 Topping-up vessel 

1 PVC-tube 

Additionally necessary: 

Rod electrode, carbon (2x) . . . . . . . . 664 433 

Variable extra low 

voltage transformer S . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 35 

Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue . . 501 46

Fuel cells Alternative energy sources 

The use of alternative energy sources (sun, wind and water), when joined 

with more efficient storage and conversion methods (e.g. in fuel cells), 

represents a strong prospect for ultimately developing more environmentally 

friendly energy sources in future. 

Our experiment apparatus for this topic area reflect the current state of the 

art. They can be combined in a variety of ways and enable a realistic and 

quantitative treatment of the energy problem and possible alternatives. 

In the classical oxyhydrogen fuel cell, hydrogen gas and oxygen gas are combined 

at two separate electrodes to form water. During this process chemical 

energy is converted directly into electrical energy with high efficiency. 

The fuel cell can be reused indefinitely and supplies electricity as soon as the 

gases are supplied. 

The new proton-exchange membrane (PEM) fuel cell requires no electrolytes. 

The hydrogen (H 2 ) is first broken down into atomic hydrogen at a 

catalytically active electrode. After losing an electron (– pole), the proton 

H+ migrates through the polymer membrane to the oxygen side, where an 

electron is acquired (+ pole) and water is created: O 2 + 4 H + + 4 e - → 

2H 2 O. 

The experiment setup illustrates a complete electricity/hydrogen cycle: 

Electric current is produced e.g. from sunlight using a solar cell. The electrolysis 

apparatus uses this energy to break down the water into the higherenergy 

gases hydrogen and oxygen. The gases can be stored and used directly 

for heating or to drive a motor – or, as shown here, converted back into 

electricity, a more easily exploited form of energy. This energy can be used 

to power motors (mechanical energy) or lamps (light energy). Once again, 

the end product is water—the starting point of electrolysis. The result is a 

matter/energy cycle with virtually no environmental impact. 


Fuel cells 



1 CPS-PEM fuel cell 666 481 

1 PEM electrolysis unit (CPS) 666 484 

1 Electric load (CPS) 666 483 

1 Console, 30 x 16 cm 301 312 



1 Solar cells on base 664 431 

1 Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue 501 45 

1 Pair of cables, 100 cm, red and blue 501 46 


29



Hydrogen technology: hydride storage 


1 CPS-PEM fuel cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 481 

1 CPS-metal hydride reservoir (H 2 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 479 

1 Regulating valve for metal hydride reservoir (666 479) . . . . 666 4792 

1 Controllable aeration pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 482 

1 Electric load (CPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 483 

1 CPS Digital multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 453 

1 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 467 

1 Panel frame, C50, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 425 

1 Connecting lead, 2.5 mm 2 dia., 25 cm, red . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 20 

1 Connecting lead, 2.5 mm 2 dia., 50 cm, blue . . . . . . . . . . . 501 26 

1 Connecting lead, 2.5 mm 2 dia., 1 m, red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 30 


Using a variety of adjustable loads, it is possible 

to record the characteristic curve of a fuel cell 

for comparison to other galvanic elements. 

The electrochemistry demonstration set permits 

the simultaneous measurement of voltage and 

current required to show this effectively. 

Conclusions as to the efficiency and energy density 

can be drawn by additionally measuring the 

volumes of the gases. 


Characteristics and efficiency of fuel cells 

Hydrogen technology: 

hydride storage 


1 CPS-PEM fuel cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 481 

1 Electric load (CPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 483 

1 CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 407 

2 CPS Holder, for pressurized gas cans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 458 

1 MINICAN gas can: hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 997 

1 MINICAN gas can: oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 998 

2 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans. . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 980 

2 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 467 



The problems entailed in storing hydrogen are 

solved most easily by means of hydride storage. 

At just a slight overpressure, certain metal alloys 

are able to take up extremely large quantities of 

hydrogen in their metal lattice structures. 

The gas is released when the storage is tapped 

(by reducing the pressure). As this process is 

reversible, the storage can be recharged again 

and again. 

The handy hydride storage apparatus used here 

can be easily integrated in a wide variety of 

setups and recharged again and again from 

inexpensive gas bottles. It is an ideal hydrogen 

reservoir for fuel cells. Atmospheric oxygen is 

supplied as the oxidant by means of an adjustable 

pump. The voltage and current of the fuel 

cell with various loads can be measured using a 

multimeter. 

Characteristics and efficiency 

of fuel cells

Even without the CPS system, the PEM 

fuel cell can be used with a wide variety 

of other apparatus. A solar cell module 

or wind turbine can be used to generate 

electricity. The hydrogen can be generated 

using the electrolysis cell or the electrolysis 

apparatus after Hofmann. Miniature 

motors or extremely low-power 

lamps can be used as loads. 


Characteristic and efficiency of a fuel cell stack 


1 PEM fuel cell 667 401 

1 Solar cells on base 664 431 

1 Electrolysis cell on base 664 432 

1 STE Micromotor 1.5 V 579 37 

1 Adapter plug with 

two pairs of 4-mm sockets 666 486 

1 Pair of cables, 50 cm, 

red and blue 501 45 

You can measure the voltage and the current 

consecutively using the CPS-digital multimeter 

> 666 453. 

The characteristic of the fuel cell stack can be 

recorded using a variety of adjustable loads and 

directly to other galvanic elements. 


Characteristic and efficiency of a fuel cell stack 


1 CPS-PEM fuel cell stack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 4811 

1 Electric load (CPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 483 

1 CPS-digital multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 453 

1 CPS-metal hydride storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 479 

1 Regulating valve for metal hydride reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 4792 

1 Controllable aeration pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 482 

1 Panel frame, C50, two-level, with channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 425 

2 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 464 


Individual components 

Characteristic and efficiency 

of the fuel cell stack 


31


667 401 

PEM fuel cell (H 2 /O 2 cell) 

Membrane as electrolyte, no acid or base 

required. The supplied hydrogen and oxygen 

(e.g. from air) react to form water, producing 

electrical energy. 

No-load voltage: 0.9 V 

Max. current: 3 A 

Max. power. 1000 mW 

Area of electrodes: 20 cm 2 




1 PEM-fuel cell with 

2 Safety sockets, 4 mm 

4 Gas connections, 5 mm dia. 

Silicone tubing 4 mm i.dia, 1.5 m 

Fuel cells 

667 401 

666 481 

667 4011 

666 4811 

667 401 

666 481 


CPS PEM fuel cell (H 2 /O 2 cell) 

For use in the Chemistry Panel System (CPS). 

With proton-conducting polymer membrane as 

electrolyte, no acid or base required. The 

supplied hydrogen and oxygen (e.g. from air) 

react to form water, producing electrical energy. 



Max. power. 1000 mW 



Chemistry panel: 300 x 297 mm 



1 PEM-fuel cell with 


4 Gas connections, 5 mm dia. 

4 Bubble counters 

Silicone tubing 4 mm i.dia, 1.5 m 

1 Chemistry panel with mounting hardware 

Labels and spacers 

CPS-PEM 

fuel cell 

(666 481) 

667 4011 

667 4011 

PEM fuel cell stack 

The new PEM (proton exchange membrane) 

fuel cell stack enables up to four fuel cells to be 

connected either in series or in parallel. The fuel 

cell stack is operated with hydrogen H 2 and 

oxygen O 2 or air. The hydrogen and oxygen 

react at the polymer membrane to form water, 

releasing electrical energy in the process. 

When four fuel cells are connected in series, 

the fuel cell stack generates a no-load voltage 

of approx. 3.6 V and a maximum power of 

5 watts. These high voltage and power values 

are sufficient to e.g. power standard lamp 

types (e.g. halogen lamps). 

666 4811 

CPS PEM fuel cell stack 


The new PEM (proton exchange membrane) 

fuel cell stack enables up to four fuel cells to be 

connected either in series or in parallel. The fuel 

cell stack is operated with hydrogen H 2 and 

oxygen O 2 or air. The hydrogen and oxygen 

react at a polymer membrane to form water, 

releasing electrical energy in the process. 

When four fuel cells are connected in series, 

the fuel cell stack generates a no-load voltage 

of approx. 3.6 V and a maximum power of 

4 watts. 

This voltage is sufficient to e.g. power standard 

lamp types (e.g. halogen lamps). 



Max. power. 4 W 




Cat. No. Description No-load voltage Max. current Max. power Area of electrode Dimensions Weight 

PEM fuel cell (H2 /O2 cell) 0.9 V ca. 3 A ca. 1 W 20 cm2 100 x 100 x 60 mm 0.7 kg 

PEM fuel cell (H2 /O2 cell) CPS 0.9 V ca. 3 A ca. 1 W 20 cm2 300 x 297x 100 mm 1.4 kg 

PEM fuel cell stack 3.6 V ca. 3 A ca. 4 W 80 cm2 165 x 165 x 40 mm 1.3 kg 

PEM fuel cell stack CPS 3.6 V ca. 3 A ca. 4 W 80 cm2 300 x 297x 100 mm 2.0 kg

In addition to the direct use of hydrogen (liquified or stored as a hydride), 

methanol is gaining increasing attention as a potential source of hydrogen, 

particularly in larger vehicles and electric passenger vehicles. This fuel 

source could be distributed using the existing network of filling stations, 

and no additional safety measures would be needed. The hydrogen is 

extracted from the methanol during vehicle operation by means of a 

reformer. 

667 4021 

Methanol reformer 

For producing H 2 , CO 2 and CO from a 

methanol-water mixture. The methanol is 

broken down by means of a catalyst in an 

electrically heated reaction tube. Once the 

carbon monoxide is removed by the CO 

adsorber (> 667 4022), the mixture can be 

used to operate the fuel cells (> 667 401 and 

> 666 481) or the stacks (> 667 4011 and 

> 666 4811). A power supply with 4...5 A and 

approx. 20 V (e.g. > 667 827) is required for 

electrically heating the reaction tube. 

For heating the methanol-water mixture a 

heating mantle (> 666 752) is required. 


Panel: 400 x 297 mm 



1 Two-necked round-bottom flask, 250 ml 

1 Reaction tube 230 x 12 mm dia. with heating 

filament and catalyst filling 

(+ approx. 70 g replacement catalyst) 

1 Chemistry panel with mounting and 

connection fittings 


Stack with reformer 

CO adsorber 


Obtaining hydrogen from methanol 


1 PEM fuel cell stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 4811 

1 Methanol reformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 4021 

1 CO adsorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 4022 

1 Controllable aeration pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 482 

1 Electric load (CPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 483 

1 Sensor box - 30 Amperes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 043 

1 Sensor-CASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 010 

1 CASSY Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 200 

1 CPS Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 454 

2 Temperature sensor, NiCrNi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 193 

1 Protective tube for 666193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 194 

1 Heating mantle, 250 ml, 120W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 7521 

1 CPS Pedestal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 441 

1 Variable extra-low voltage transformer D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 827 

1 Panel frame, C100, two-level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 428 

2 Pair of cables, 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 46 

1 Pair of cables, 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 45 

1 Connecting lead, 50 cm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 25 

667 4021 

667 4022 

667 4022 

For adsorption of carbon monoxide, e.g. from 

the reaction gases of the methanol reformer 

(> 667 4021).The CO adsorber comprises 

three stages: 

1. Condensate collection in a safety wash bottle 

2. Drying of gas mixture using silica gel 

3. Removal of carbon monoxide via the 

adsorber material 

As H 2 O and CO adsorption is reversible, the 

materials can be regenerated after use by 

reheating them. 

The capacity of the adsorber is sufficient for 

operating the fuel cell stack (> 667 4011 and 

666 4811) for approx. 45 min. A CO testing 

tube indicates when the adsorber capacity is 

becoming exhausted. 





1 Wash bottle with safety insert 

4 Plastic tubes for adsorber material 

Adsorber material 

3 Testing tubes for CO 

1 Chemistry panel with mounting and connection 

fittings 

1 Silicone tubing l = 1 m; i.d. = 7 mm 


33


Fuel cells and alternative energy sources 

666 484 

PEM electrolysis unit 

For use in the Chemistry Panel System (CPS) 

and as benchtop unit. All that is necessary for 

generating current is to put distilled water in the 

reservoir vessel. The gases are collected in 

graduated containers. The electrical energy 

required for electrolysis can be provided using 

a solar cell module (e.g. > 664 431) or via a 

power supply (e.g. > 521 35). The gases 

produ–ced can be channeled directly to a PEM 

fuel cell. 

Voltage: 1.8 ... 2.0 V 

Max. current: 2.0 A 

Gas generation: 20ml/min (H 2 ) 

10 ml/ min (O 2 ) 

Connections: 5 mm dia. 



661 005 

Metal hydride reservoir (H 2 ) 

For simple and safe storage and dispensing of 

hydrogen, e.g. for use in fuel cells. The hydride 

reservoir is refillable (see accessories). 

Capacity: 20 l H 2 (2 g) 

Max. filling pressure: 10 bar 

Connections: 3 hose adapters 

Dimensions: 105 x 30 mm dia. 


666 479 


CPS-metal hydride reservoir (H 2 ) 

For simple and safe storage and dispensing of 

hydrogen, e.g. for use in fuel cells. The hydride 

reservoir is refillable (see accessories). For use 

in the Chemistry Panel System (CPS). 

Capacity: 20 l H 2 (2 g) 

Max. filling pressure: 10 bar 

Discharge pressure: approx. 1.5 bar 

Connections: 3 hose adapters 

Dimensions: 105 x 30 mm dia. (without panel) 

100 x 297 x 80 mm dia. (with panel) 


661 005 

666 4791 

666 479 

666 4792 

Metal hydride reservoir with charging adapter 

(666 4791) and regulation value (666 4792) 

666 4791 

Charging adapter for metal hydride reservoir 

For > 666 479 and > 661 005 for refilling 

with hydrogen gas. The hydrogen reservoir can 

be connected directly to the reducing valve of 

an H 2 gas bottle (e.g. > 661 010 and 

> 661 015) via the charging adapter to enable 

recharging. A safety valve prevents the pressure 

from rising above 20 bar while recharging. 

Connection: counter-clockwise thread for H 2 - 

reducing valve and threaded fitting for metal 

hydride reservoir, with safety valve 20 bar. 

Dimensions: 100 x 40 mm 

666 4792 

Regulating valve for metal hydride reservoir 

For > 666 479 and > 661 005. for precise 

regulation of dispensed quantity, e.g. for operating 

a fuel cell. 

Hose connection: 5 mm dia. 

Dimensions: 60 x 40 mm

579 37 

Micromotor 

Very small motor with integrated transmission 

and cord wheel for the mechanical demonstration 

of small voltages and currents, e.g. from a 

photoelectric cell. 

Operating voltage: 0.5 to 1.5 V d.c. 

Gear reduction: 40 : 1 

Size of plug-in elements: 2/19 

666 487 

Motor with propeller 

As indicator for low voltages 

U max = 10 V I max = 150mA 

579 06 

Lamp holder E 10, top STE 2/19 

Lamp holder with screw thread E 10; the lamp 

is positioned at the top in the circuit diagram 

and emits light upwards, providing light effects 

and signal displays which are extremely easy to 

observe and compare. 

505 051 

Incand. bulb, 1.2 V/ 220 mA, set of 10 

505 052 

Halogen lamp 2.8 V/ 0.85 A 

666 486 

Adapter plug with two 4-mm socket pairs 

With side hole for connecting plug-in elements 

(e.g. motor or lamp) to the PEM fuel cells. 

666 483 

Electric load (CPS) 


Contains a motor with propeller, a lamp and 

two adjustable load resistors as electrical loads 

(consumers). These load elements permit a 

defined discharge of a component and the 

recording of characteristics. 

Load elements: adjustable resistor 5 Ω, 4 W 

adjustable resistor 50 Ω, 4 W 

Motor: U max = 10 V I max = 150 mA 

Lamp: U max = 1.2 V I max = 220 mA 

579 06 

666 486 666 487 

505 051 505 052 

666 483 

579 37 


Accessories 


35


666 479 

CPS-metal 

hydride 

reservoir 

(H2) 

660 997 

MINICAN 

gas can: 

Hydrogen 

666 484 

PEM electrolysis 

unit (CPS) 

664 432 

Electrolysis 

cell on 

base 

666 446 

CPS Electrolysis 

setup 

579 06 

The PEM fuel cell in combination with other apparatus 

+ 505 051 Lamp 

H 2 

667 401 

Measuring instruments 

666 407 Eelectrochemistry demonstration unit 

666 453 CPS digital multimeter 

524 010 Sensor-CASSY 


666 483 

666 4811 

666 481 

Loads 

Electric load (CPS) 

Fuel cell stack (CPS) 

PEM fuel cell (CPS) 

667 4011 

O 2 

666 487 

>> 

Motor with propeller 

666 482 

Controllableaeration 

pump 

660 998 

MINICAN 

gas can: 

oxygen 

666 484 

PEM electrolysis 

unit (CPS) 

664 432 

Electrolysis 

cell on 

base 

666 446 

CPS Electrolysis 

setup

Aluminum/air cell in students’ experiment 


Formiate cell 

The inert electrode with catalytic action used in 

place of the metal electrode enables the conversion 

of formiate to carbonate. The electrolyte also 

serves as the fuel. The cell and the electrode can 

be reused indefinitely. 


1 Formiate electrode 664 424 

1 Formiate /KOH mixture, 

280 g 672 055 

664 423 

Aluminium-zinc alloy electrode 


664 424 

Formiate electrode 


664 408 

Cell trough with air electrode 

Basic unit; plastic, for plate electrodes 

(40 mm wide, 3 mm thick max.). 



591 54 

Set of 10 zinc plates 

Dimensions: 76 mm x 40 mm 

591 57 


Aluminum-air element · formiate cell 

Various metals and a sodium chloride electrolyte solution which are placed 

in the trough form a cell which is capable of generating a current. In this 

example current and voltage produced by the aluminum-air cell are measured 

with and without loading by the motor. In addition to experiments 

on optimizing the metal/air element, it is also possible to record load curves 

and characteristics. 


Aluminum-air element 


1 Cell trough with air electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 408 

1 Set of 10 aluminium plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591 57 

1 Aluminium-zinc electrode, 65 x 40 x 3 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 423 

1 Micro motor with blade wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 433 

1 Multimeter, e.g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 100 

1 Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 45 


1 Set of 6 croc-clips, polished. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 861 

1 Sodium chloride, 250 g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673 570 

664 408 

591 57 

Aluminum/air element (664 408), formiate electrode (664 424) 

Set of 10 aluminium plates 

Dimensions: 76 mm x 40 mm 

668 431 


57 pages, A4 size. The manual contains 

the theory and the experiment descriptions for 

the H 2 /0 2 cell, aluminium/air element and 

formiate cell. 

664 424 


37


Alternative energies 


Electrolysis using solar energy 


Wind and solar energy can be used to break 

down water into its constituents, hydrogen and 

oxygen, by means of electrolysis. The hydrogen 

produced in this process is a valuable energy 

resource which can be processed in a variety of 

ways for further exploitation. The burning of 

hydrogen produces pure water, which means 

that the use of hydrogen as a fuel has no environmental 

impact. 

Quantity Description Cat. No 

1 Solar cells on base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 431 

1 Electrolysis cell on base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 432 


Electrolysis using 

wind energy 

Like solar energy, wind energy is virtually 

unlimited. In areas where constant strong winds 

are common throughout the year (coastal 

regions, exposed foothill regions), energy 

generation using wind turbines is a viable 

alternative. 


Electrolysis using wind energy 

Theoretically, its economic use as an energy 

source is possible wherever there is enough solar 

or wind energy, and competing energy sources 

are not subsidized. However, a great deal of 

work remains to be done in the areas of storage 

and transportation techniques. 

Electrolysis using 

solar energy 

Solar energy is available in virtually unlimited 

quantities, making it an ideal energy source 

for water electrolysis wherever extensive 

sunshine is the norm and no infrastructure for 

fossil fuels exists. 


1 Windmill on base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 430 

1 Electrolysis cell on base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 432 

1 Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 45

664 431 

Solar cells 

Generates electrical current from the sun's 

energy. The two solar cells are mounted on a 

rotating shaft, making it possible to adjust them 

for varying angles of incidence to the sun's 

light. The two cell arrays may be connected in 

parallel (for higher current) or in series (for higher 

voltage). The voltage is available at the 

sockets on the base plate. 

Angle of inclination: 0 ... 90° 

Dimensions: 25 cm x 16 cm x 25 cm 


Light intensity [k|x] U max [V] I max [mA] 

10 5.1 70 

20 5.4 150 

30 5.4 300 

50 5.7 400 

664 430 

Windmill 

Generates electrical current when turned by 

wind energy. The air flow can be generated by 

a blower. The voltage thus generated is available 

at two sockets on the base of the stand. 

The windmill can also be operated as a motor 

(in conjunction with the solar cell > 664 431, 

for example). Wind generation by a blower 

(> 666 735, for example); distance between 

blower and windmill: 250 mm. 

Windmill operation 

U max : 3 V 

I max : 70 mA 

Motor operation 

U max : 12 V 

Dimensions: 28 cm x 1 cm x 12.5 cm 

Weight: 630 g 

664 432 

Electrolysis cell 


For producing hydrogen (and oxygen) by applying 

electric current. The electrolysis cell is of a 

very compact design and is attached to the 

stand with spring clamps. The platinum electrodes 

are mounted in the glass section by 

means of threaded connectors to reduce the 

risk of breakage. The electrolysis cells may also 

be used as a water electrolysis unit after 

Hofmann. The required electrical energy can be 

supplied either from a power supply unit 

(> 667 826, for example), the solar cell 

(> 664 431) or the windmill (> 664 430 ). 

Operating voltage: >2 V 

Uop: 3 V I = 70 mA approx. 






39


Electrodes 

Electrodes 

Cat. No. Material Form Dimensions [mm] Other* Quantity Use** Contained in 

591 57 

664 376 

664 436 

591 591 

664 377 

664 437 

591 55 

664 385 

664 379 

664 439 

591 61 

664 387 

664 370 

664 433 

664 359 

591 53 

664 382 

664 374 

664 434 

664 422 

591 56 

664 416 

664 388 

664 375 

664 435 

664 368 

664 420 

664 390 

664 369 

664 421 

664 389 

664 372 

591 54 

664 383 

664 378 

664 438 

Aluminium Plate 76 x 40 x 1 10 1,3, 8 > 591 50, > 664 401 

Aluminium Rod 150 x 8 dia. 2 8 

Aluminium Rod 145 x 8 dia. Stopper and socket 1 

Lead Plate 76 x 40 x 1 2 1, 3, 8 > 664 401 

Lead Rod 150 x 8 dia. 2 8 

Lead Rod 145 x 8 dia. Stopper and socket 1 

Iron Plate 76 x 40 x 1 10 1, 3, 8 > 591 50, > 664 401 

Iron Plate 43 x 28 x 1 10 2 > 664 394 

Iron Rod 150 x 8 dia. 2 8 

Iron Rod 145 x 8 dia. Stopper and socket 1 

Carbon Plate 76 x 40 x 1 5 1, 3, 8 > 591 50, > 664 401 

Carbon Plate 43 x 28 x 1 5 2 > 664 394 

Carbon Rod 150 x 8 dia. 2 8 

Carbon Rod 145 x 8 dia. Stopper and socket 1 

Carbon Rod 245 x 8 dia. Extra long 2 4 

Copper Plate 76 x 40 x 1 10 1, 3, 8 > 591 50, > 664 401 

Copper Plate 43x 28 x 1 10 2 > 664 394 

Copper Rod 150 x 8 dia. 2 8 

Copper Rod 145 x 8 dia. Stopper and socket 1 

Brass Plate 76 x 40 x 1 10 1, 3, 8 > 664 401 

Nickel Plate 76 x 40 x 1 5 1, 3, 8 > 591 50, > 664 401 

Nickel wire mesh Plate 76 x 40 x 1 5 1, 3, 8 > 591 50, > 664 401 

Nickel wire mesh Plate 43 x 28 x 1 5 2 > 664 394 

Nickel Rod 150 x 8 dia. 2 8 

Nickel Rod 145 x 6 dia. Stopper and socket 1 

Nickel wire mesh Stab 145 x 8 dia. Stopper and socket 1 7 > 664 358 

Platinum mesh Rod 55 x 40 x 1 2 3, 8 > 664 401 

Platinum mesh Rod 43 x 28 x 1 2 > 664 394 

Platinum sheet Stab 135 x 8 dia. Socket 2 5, 6 > 664 432, > 661 507, 

> 666 446 

Silver Plate 55 x 40 x 0,5 2 3, 8 > 664 401 

Silver Plate 43 x 28 x 1 2 2 > 664 394 

Tungsten Rod 340 x 3 dia. Stopper and socket 2 9 

Zinc Plate 76 x 40 x 1 10 1, 3, 8 > 591 50, > 664 401 

Zinc Plate 43 x 28 x 1 10 2 > 664 394 

Zinc Rod 150 x 6 dia. 2 8 

Zinc Rod 150 x 6 dia. Stopper and socket 1 

*Other: Stopper = 19 mm rubber stopper, Socket = for connection of 4 mm plug 

**Uses: 1 = with the glass tank (elektrolysis cell) (> 591 51); 2 = with the electrchemistry workplace (> 664 394); 3 = with the elecrochemistry (> 664 400, > 664 407); 4 = for fused-salt 

electrolysis (> 664 085); 5 = for water electrolysis (> 664 350);· 6 = for electrolysis cell(> 664 432) and projection chemistry (> 661 507); 7 = for fuel cell experiment (> 664 358) with U-tube; 

8 = suitable for mounting in electrode holder (> 664 373);· 9 = for abiogenic amino acid synthesis (> 661 535) 


664 373 

Electrode holder 

For two electrodes (rod electrodes up to max. 

8 mm dia. or plate electrodes up to max. 3 mm 

thick). With 4 mm sockets for connecting leads 

and stand rod (10 mm dia.) for attachment to 

stand material.

U-tubes and clay cells 

U-tubes 

664 088 

664 086 

664 087 

664 093 

664 090 

664 091 

667 535 

667 537 

667 538 


Cat. No Length of arms [mm] Dia. of arms [mm] Filters Stopper seat SB Taps/other Application Contained in 

160 22 - - 2 side taps Electrolysis 

Gas drying 

160 22 - 2 x SB 19 2 side taps Electrolysis 

Gas drying 

160 22 1x G 4 2 x SB 19 2 side taps Galvanic elements 

Fuel cell 

> 661 517 

160 22 - 2 x NS 19/26 2 side taps Electrolysis 

Gas drying 

> 661 510 

160 22 1 x G 4 2 x SB 19 with ST drain cock Fuel cell 

Voltage series, galvanic elements 

160 22 2 x G 4 3 x SB 19 with ST drain cock Ion migration 

3 side taps Dilution series 

85 12 - - - For projection chemistry > 661 507 

85 12 1 x G 4 - - For projection chemistry > 661 507 

105 12 2 x G 4 - - For projection chemistry > 661 507 

Clay cells for assembling an electrochemical element in a beaker 

664 020 

664 021 

664 086 

667 535 667 537 

664 087 

Cat. No. Diameter Hight Volume Salt bridge 

30 mm 100 mm ca. 45 ml 

50 mm 150 mm ca. 195 ml 

664 091 

667 455 

U-tubes and clay cells 

2 G4 filters, spacing between arms 50 mm. 

Filled with electrolyte solution, serves as 

connection between two galvanic elements. 

Length: 90 x 90 mm 


SB grind: 1 SB 19 

664 020 

664 021 


41


Literature 

Sample text from 668 422 

668 432 



The manual contains the theory and the experiment 

descriptions for the H 2 /0 2 cell, 

aluminium/air element and formiate cell. 

668 132 








electrochemistry demonstration units 

> 664 400 and > 664 407. 

668 111 

Instructor's manual 

“Introduction to Electrochemistry“ 

112 pages, A4 size, in German. 

Instructor's manual for a complete course in 

electrochemistry, designed for advanced 

secondary education. It contains all the theoretical 

background and evaluations of the 17 

experiments which can be conducted with the 

electrochemistry work place. 

668 422 

Experiment manual 

“Experiments in Electrochemistry“ 


This manual is to be used as a workbook and 

thus contains only those parts from the corresponding 

instructor's manual (> 668 112) 

which are relevant to the experiments themselves. 

The manual is included in the electrochemistry 

work place (> 664 395).

Classroom experiments 

with superconductors 


For determining the transistion temperature 


Turbulent developments in the field of ceramic 

superconductors have followed in the wake of 

the Nobel Prize being awarded to J. G. Bednorz 

and K. A. Müller in 1987. The superconductor 

effect was discovered in 1908 by Kamerlingh 

Onnes while he was conducting systematic 

examinations of the conductivity of metals at 

low temperatures. He determined that mercury 

loses its electrical resistance entirely once it is 

cooled to below the critical temperature – 

sometimes called the transition temperature. 

In the case of mercury this temperature is at 

4.2 Kelvin or –269.0 °C. This means that all the 

experiments required cooling with liquid helium. 

With the aid of ceramic superconductors it 

has in the meantime become possible to raise the 

transition temperature to above 100 K, which 

has alleviated many ot the difficulties otherwise 

encountered in expermental and industrial uses. 

One of the amazing things about the development 

of the recent years is the speed at which 

breakthrough experiments have been duplicated 

among lay persons. Just a few months after the 

publication of the scientific reports there were 

»recipes« in a variety of magazines, describing 

the production of the superconductors with 

simple technical facilities. 


1 Experiment kit for determining the 

transition temperature and electrical resistance . . . . . . . . . . 667 552 

2 Multimeter METRAMax 2* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 100 

alternatively 

1 Senor-CASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 010 

1 CASSY Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 200 

Determination of the transition temperature with the computer 


43


667 550 

Experiment kit for 

producing a high temperature superconductor 

Also used to demonstrate the Meissner-Ochsenfeld 

effect (levitation experiment). 

Working with this experiment kit and a muffle 

furnace (> 666 781) or crucible furnace 

(> 666 786) in conjunction with the temperature 

measurement and control unit (> 666 198), 

it is possible to make up super-conductor pellets 

ready for use. The required mixture of 

metallic oxides has already been made up at 

the correct proportions and homogenized. 

1 Ready-to-use mixture 

of Y 2 O 3 , BaCO 3 and CuO 

1 Sintering vessel 

1 Press form 

1 Dish for liquid nitrogen 

1 Plastic forceps 

1 Permanent magnet, 8 mm diam. 

1 Set of instructions for manufacturing 

superconductor pellets Materials 

Materials: 

661 108 

667 550 667 551 


Ready-to-use mixture 

of Y 2 O 3 , BaCO 3 , CuO 

667 551 


Experiment kit for 

the Meissner-Ochsenfeld effect 

This experiment kit makes it possible without 

undue effort to demonstrate the Meissner- 

Ochsenfeld effect, which serves as a simple 

proof that a material is superconductive. 

Liquid nitrogen is used to cool the superconductor 

to 77 K. When the transition temperature 

is reached the special permanent magnet 

(high magnetic field strength at minimum 

weight) begins to levitate above the 

superconductor. 


1 Superconductor pellet, 26 mm diam. 

1 Permanent magnet, 8 mm diam. 

1 Dish for liquid nitrogen 

1 Plastic forceps 

667 552 

Experiment kit for determining the 

transition temperature and electrical resistance 

(4-point measurement) 

This experiment kit permits exact determination 

of the transition temperature, the temperature 

at which the resistance of the superconductor 

drops to zero. 


1 Measurement adapter with integral highstability 

current source. 

The adapter sends linearized signals - for 

voltage drop and temperature - to two 

chart recorder output ports. The measured 

values are registered on a dual-channel 

chart recorder or at a computer fitted with a 

suitable interface (> 524 010) and 

the software CASSY Lab (> 524 200). 

1 Superconductor with four voltage-measurement 

contact points and integral temperature 

sensor, completely wired and 

ready for connection to the measurement 

adapter. 

1 Aluminium tin. 

1 Insulated vessel used to conduct the experiment; 

also serves as the storage case for 

the measurement adapter and the superconductor 

measurement module.

Environment analysis - food chemistry - dyes - 

biochemistry - pharmaceuticals and drugs cosmetics 

- organic chemistry. 

When using thin-layer chromatography as an 

analytical method the mixture to be separated is 

applied to a glass or plastic plate which has been 

prepared by applying a thin layer of silica gel, for 

instance. The plate is then placed upright in a 

glass tank filled with liquid to a point just below 

that at which the liquid would come into contact 

with the spot of material to be analyzed. The 

liquid (the mobile phase) rises on account of the 

capillary action of the fine-grained silica gel (the 

stationary phase). 

The more soluble the components of the mixture 

in the mobile phase, the further they will be 

661 055 

Chromatography paper 

Medium propagation speed, 25 sheets 


661 052 

Filter paper 

For tank saturation, 50 pcs. 


661 035 

Round filter 


Quantity: 100 

taken along by the mobile phase. Wide differences 

in the solubility of the components in the 

mobile phase will consequently result in greater 

separation on the thin-layer plate. 

In addition to the differing solubility, the separation 

of the mixture will also be brought about by 

the interactions between the silica gel (the stationary 

phase) and the components in the mixture. 

The better a component adheres to (is absorbed 

by) the silica gel, the more slowly it will be swept 

along with the mobile phase. 

The plate is removed shortly before the mobile 

phase reaches the upper edge; it is then dried. 

Colored materials will be identified immediately. 

Colorless substances can usually be made visible 

by spraying them with a color indicator 

Paper and foils for chromatography 

chromatography 

Prepared films for thin-layer chromatography - plastic backing material 

Cat. No. Stationary phase Size [mm] Quantity Remark 

661 049 

661 059 

661 060 

661 061 

661 062 

661 065 

Chromatography 

(e.g. ninhydrin for amino acids). Viewing under 

ultraviolet light is often helpful; this will make 

visible those substances which fluoresce under 

UV light. Some thin-layer plates are additionally 

coated with a fluorescent indicator. This makes 

many colorless substances visible which do not 

fluoresce under the UV lamp. 

Cellulose 80 x 40 50 


Silica gel 200 x 50 50 UV indicator 





45


Thin-film chromatography 

� 

665 560 

Separating tank � 

With V-shaped bottom, ground glass lip and 

cover, for chromatograms up to 200 x 200 mm 

in size. 


665 565 

Support for paper chromatograms � 

Used to suspend the chromatograms in the 

separating tank (> 665 560), glass, consisting 

of two side pieces and two cross pieces with 

glass hooks. 

Stand 

� 

Equipment for thin layer chromatography 

665 634 

665 634 

� 

For analysis lamp (> 665 635) 

665 635 




� 

� 

� 

� 

665 563 

Miniature separation tank � 

With screw top, for chromatograms measuring 

up to 50 x 100 mm. 

665 566 

Ribbed clamps � 

Used to fasten the filter paper for tank saturation 

and the prepared films in the separating 

tank (> 665 560) 

1 pair 

665 568 

Microcapillaries � 

For applying the solutions which are to be 

examined: package of 250 pcs. 


665 635 

Analysis lamp 

� 

For short- and long-wave UV radiation, for 

examination of the fluorescent properties of 

many inorganic and organic substances and in 

chromatography to differentiate among oils, 

dyes, minerals, nutrients, textiles etc. on the 

basis of their fluorescent colour. 

Wavelengths: 254 nm and 366 nm 

Power: 4 watts each 

Power supply: 230 V, 50 Hz 



� 

665 570 

Application and 

R F value template after MAEY � 

Combination template for reproductive application 

of the starting points and to evaluate the 

flow distance (R F -values). 

664 183 

Petri dish � 

For round filter chromatography. 

Dimensions: 100 mm dia. 

Height: 20 mm 

665 578 

Reagent atomizer � 

For atomization of reagents and dyes for chromatography 

without propellant gas 


1 Erlenmeyer flask, 100 ml, ST 19/26 

1 Atomizer attachment made of glass 

667 241 

Rubber bulb � 

Simple, for reagent atomizer (> 665 578) 

661 123 

Chromatography of amino acids 

Chemicals and equipment required for chromatographic 

identification of amino acids, can be 

used, for instance, in experiments dealing with: 

Merrifield synthesis 

Stanley-Miller experiment 

Food analysis 


1 Dansyl chloride, 1 g 663 970 

1 Set of 10 micropolyamide films 661 064 

1 Set of 250 microcapillaries 665 568 

1 Set of 100 disposable gloves 667 606

Separation of pigments, protein mixtures, 

nucleic acids, introductory experiments in 

HPLC and MPLC 

A glass column with a filter and one-way stopcock 

attached at the bottom is filled with a solid 

medium (stationary phase) which is then moistened 

entirely with the solvent. The mixture to be 

separated is applied to the material. Then the 

stopcock is opened slightly so that solvent can 

drain. Additional solvent drawn from a supply 

vessel can be added at the top to keep the 

column packing from running dry. 

Depending on the selection of the stationary 

phase, the separation of the mixture is effected in 

accordance with one of several different principles. 

A suitable ion exchanger is used as the car- 

Chromatography columns with P1 filter 

665 590 

665 592 

665 593 

rier medium for ion exchange chromatography. 

The mixture of substances is dissolved and 

applied to the column. The components are 

bound (heteropolar) to the carrier medium. 

This bond is reversible; the reversal can be effected 

with high-concentration saline solutions, 

for instance. If solutions of rising concentrations 

are flushed through the column, the components 

which are most weakly bound to the ion 

exchanger will be extracted first. Stronger bonds 

will be dissociated only with higher-concentration 

eluates. 

In the gel filtration process the carrier medium is 

an agar gel which, after chemical treatment, is in 

the form of small, spherical particles of differing 

pore sizes. The components of a mixture of sub- 

Cat. No. Length Diameter Material Remark 

665 074 

400 mm 20 mm Annealed glass With stopcock 

235 mm 20 mm Annealed glass With stopcock 

170 mm 10 mm Borosilicate glass With sleeve and 

3 GL screw connections 

Drip funnel for column chromatography 

500 ml, graduated, with GL 45 and 

ST stopcock. 

666 437 

CPS flow-through photometer 

The CPS flow-through photometer is intended 

for use as a detector, e.g. 

Column material for chromatography 

Cat. No. Material Weight 

661 057 

661 058 

670 291 

674 829 

674 830 

672 366 

671 383 

671 793 

672 361 

672 362 

671 382 

666 443 

CPS chromatography column 

Cellulose powder 500 g 

Silica gel 500 g 

Aluminum oxide 250 g 

Sephadex G 25 25 g 

Sephadex G 75 25 g 

IRA 93 100 g 

CM cellulose 23 100 g 

DOWEX 1 x 2 (200 to 400 mesh) 25 g 

Ion exchanger strongly acidic 100 g 

Ion exchanger strongly alkaline 50 g 

Carboxymethyl cellulose 100 g 

Module for the > 665 590 glass column. 

666 444 

CPS-gel filtration 

Module for column > 665 592 used for experiments 

in gelfiltration, ion exchange chromatography 

and adsorption chromatography. 


Column chromatography 

stances will now diffuse into these particles at 

varying speeds. The diffusion speed will depend 

on the size of the components. Small molecules 

will diffuse quickly into the particles, while the 

larger molecules will be flushed past, running 

through the column more quickly 

665 590 

665 592 

665 593 

Chromatography columns/dropper funnels 

Separating chlorophylls on silica gel 


665 074 

47


HPLC 

in Education and Training 

HPLC experiment setup using the CPS system 

High performance liquid chromatography 

(HPLC) is one of the latest chromatographic 

separation processes, which, due to its versatility, 

is currently enjoying increasing popularity. 

HPLC can be used in a variety of areas and analytical 

problems in biology, environment protection 

and chemistry. 


HPLC-chromatography 


1 CPS HPLC pump 665 485 

1 CPS-HPLC column support 665 481 

1 Separating column Sl RP-18 665 4791 

1 CPS HPLC reservoir 665 487 

1 HPLC basic kit 665 4801 

1 Set of hoses and septa for HPLC 665 488 

1 CPS Flow-through-photometer for HPLC 665 486 

1 CPS mains distributor 665 497 

1 Connecting lead, Ø 2.5 mm, yellow/green, cm long 501 41 

1 Reagent and shipping bottle: 500 ml 661 203 

1 Set of hoses and septa 665 488 

1 Sensor-CASSY 524 010 

1 CASSY Lab 524 200 


additionnally required: 

1 PC with Windows 95 or 98 or NT 


Natural products, organic polymers and biopolymers, 

pharmaceuticals, dyes, antioxidants, insecticides, 

protein mixtures, nucleic acid fragments, 

fatty components, pheromones or plant 

pigments, are just some of the substances suitable 

for analysis using HPLC. 

HPLC is capable of far higher separation than 

traditional column chromatography. The higher 

pressures substantially reduce the time required 

for analytical separation. In routine measurements, 

separation requires only a few minutes, 

no longer hours or days. 

A further result of the higher operating pressures 

is, that extremely fine-grained carrier materials 

can be used. This increases the exchange 

between the stationary and mobile phases (the 

number of “theoretical plates“ increases 

substantially). 

An inexpensive low-pressure system (max. 10 

bar) has been designed especially for educational 

use. HPLC is recommended for use in advanced 

secondary science courses, as well as in occupational 

training. 

The eluent (the mobile phase) is transported 

from the liquid reservoir through the pump and 

the separating column (containing the stationary 

phase). The sample to be analyzed is transported 

to the column via the column head. The end of 

the column is connected to a detector, and this 

signal is registered by recorder. Alternatively, 

using a computer makes for more efficient 

recording and evaluation of measurements. 

The LEYBOLD DIDACTIC HPLC system is 

based on a new concept for fast column chromatography 

using pressures of up to 6 bar. It comprises 

individual functional modules which, 

depending on necessity, can easily be assembled 

to create the entire HPLC system. All components 

are mounted on training panels. A wide 

variety of separating columns is available. An 

aeration pump with highly constant pumping 

capacity serves as the pump for this system. A 

UV/VIS-photometer with flow-through cell, or 

even more effective, the CPS flow-through photometer 

can be used as the detector. Control and 

regulation of the entire system is carried out 

using the CASSY interface device. 

Comprehensive instructions enable easy installation 

of the system. Experiment instructions for 

HPLC in education and training can be found in 

the manual “Biochemistry II“ (> 668 102).

665 486 


The CPS flow-through photometer is intended 

for use as a detector, e.g.: 

· for determining substrate or product concentrations 

in biotechnology 

· in preparative organic and biochemical 

analysis 

· with HPLC 

The detector utilizes the radiation of a lowpressure 

mercury discharge lamp with a UV 

component of over 90% at a wavelength of 

254 nm. The photosensitive semiconductors 

respond selectively to this wavelength, so that 

a monochromator is not necessary. To compensate 

for variations in the intensity of the light 

source, differential measurements are carried 

out on two light beams. One beam is passed 

through a quartz-glass cell containing the sample 

which is to be measured, while the other is 

used as the reference beam. The differential 

amplifier allows recording of the differential signal 

with the standard measuring ranges provided 

by most chart recorders or via a computer. 

Beam source: Hg discharge lamp 

Measurement wavelength: 254 nm 

Detector: photocell 

Cell: quartz, optical path length 2 mm 

Recorder output: 0 ... +2 V 

Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz 



665 485 

HPLC pump 

Short-stroke electromagnetic pump with Teflon 

membrane mounted on a CPS training panel; 

stainless steel head with special Teflon diaphragm. 

The only limitation for the liquid to 

be transported is that it may not contain 

any dispersed and coarse impurities. Connections 

for Teflon tubing with 1.4 mm diameter. 

The pump can be externally controlled via a 

TTL input. 

Pumping capacity: 60 ... 1300 ml/h 

Operating pressure: max. 10 bar 

Diaphragm: with steel core and PTFE coating 

Connections: for 1.4 mm Teflon tubing 

Power rating: 11 W 

Mains supply: 230 V/50 Hz 

Signal input: TTL, 2 sockets 4 mm 


Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm 


665 481 


HPLC support for chromatography columns 

CPS training panel for accommodating HPLC 

columns (> 665 478 - > 665 4791).Mounting 

the columns is extremely easy. They are 

simply mounted to the CPS system panel 

using clamping devices. 




665 478 

Separating column SI 60 

Preparative column, silica gel, 

particle size 40-63 µm, max. 6 bar/90 psi, 

for adsorption chromatography. 



665 4791 

RP-18 separating column 

Preparative column, reversed phase for distribution 

chromatography, particle size 40 - 

63 µm, max. 6 bar/90psi. 



665 488 

Set of hoses and septa for HPLC 

HPLC modules 

665 478 

665 481 

1 Teflon hose (0.8 x 1.5 mm), 2 m long 

25 Viton septa (10 x 1 mm) 

25 silicone septa (10 x 4 mm) 


49


665 4801 

524 010 

Sensor-CASSY 


Cascadable interface for measured-value 

recording. 

· For connection to the RS232 serial interface 

of a computer, another CASSY module or the 

CASSY Display 

· 4-fold electrical isolation 

(inputs A and B, relay R, voltage source S). 

· Cascading of up to 8 CASSY module possible 

(to expand the inputs and outputs) 

· Up to 8 analog inputs per Sensor-CASSY 

retrofittable using sensor boxes 

· Automatic sensor box detection by 

CASSY Lab (plug and play) 

· Microprocessor-controlled via the CASSY 

operating system (complete with software 

update functionality for fast, easy performance 

enhancements) 

· Can be set up as a benchtop, console or 

demonstration unit (also suitable for CPS/TPS 

panel frames) 

· Voltage supply 12 V AC/DC via cannon plug 

or an adjacent CASSY module. 

665 487 524 010 

665 487 

HPLC reservoir 

Mounted on CPS training panel, serves as a 

reservoir for liquid. 

Glass bottle 500 ml made of extra strong borosilicate 

glass. A stopcock for extracting gas 

from liquid is integrated into the screw-on top. 

The glass vessel is inserted into the clamping 

device and thus firmly attached to the panel. 




524 200 

CASSY Lab 

Software for Windows 9x/NT for recording and 

evaluating measurement data from the 

CASSY-S Family, with comprehensive integrated 

help features. 

668 102 

Biochemistry SII 

85 pages, A4. 

The main techniques of biotechnology are discussed 

in 10 sections. 

Ideal for use in a vocational context or in 

advanced secondary education. 

> 

665 4801 

HPLC accessories kit 

Set with all accessories needed for performing 

HPLC experiments. Including two column 

heads, septa, Teflon tubing, 1 microliter syringe 

for sample application, preparation jars and 

more. The set is designed to additionally permit 

connection of Merck LOBAR ® columns. 



on the CASSY system 

see pages 144 ff. 

2 Teflon injection heads with needle guide 

40 Viton septa, 12 x 1 mm 

20 Viton septa, 10 x 1 mm 

40 Silicone septa, 10 x 4 mm 

40 Preparation jars 

40 Perforated covers 

1 Roll of Teflon tape 

1 Teflon tubing, 1.7 x 0.9 mm, 2 m 

1 Pin 

1 Steel wire, 10 cm 

1 Sheet of sandpaper 

2 Nickel tube 

5 Disposable syringes, 1 ml 

1 Microliter syringe, 10 µl 

1 Instructions for use

In gas chromatography a mixture of substances 

is heated inside the injector until all components 

are present in a gaseous state. A uniform gas 

flow (the mobile phase) drives the mixture 

through a helical tube (column). The tube is 

packed with a solid carrier material such as 

Al 2 O 3 loaded with a liquid, such as paraffin, 

which has a high boiling point (the stationary 

phase). The components in the gas mixture will 

pass throughthe column at varying rates, depending 

on the carrier material or the solubility in the 

stationary phase. Evidence of the presence of the 

components is given with the aid of a sensor 

which responds to particular characteristics in 

the gases. Often the thermal conductivity properties 

of gases are used as a differentiating characteristic 

(heat conductivity sensor). The sensor 

registers the thermal conductivity of the gas and 

outputs an electrical signal which is either 

applied to a chart recorder or processed by a PC. 

At a controlled temperature and a constant carrier 

gas flow rate, the dwell time (retention time) 

in the column can be used to identify the substance 

(qualitative analysis). The surface area 

below the peaks is a measure of the quantity 

for the individual components (quantitative 

analysis). 


Gas chromatography 


1 Demonstration gas chromatograph, basic unit . . . . . . . . .665 490 

1 DC 550 column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 533 

1 Gas sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 495 

1 Controllable aeration pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 482 

1 Silicon tubing, 1 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 432 

1 CPS power supply, 24 V AC/3 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667 824 

1 Panel frame, C50, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 425 

> 

For more columns: 

see page 54 

Demonstration gas chromatograph CPS 490 

This equipment system is an inexpensive and 

reliable demonstration model for gas chromatographic 

separations at room temperature; the 

system has been developed for introducing the 

method of gas chromatography with simple 

means. 



Gas chromatography 

The separating columns can also be used in the 

gas chromatograph > 665 531 

Gas chromatography, alternative with heat conductivity detector 


1 Demonstration gas chromatograph, basic unit . . . . . . . . .665 490 

1 DC 550 column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 533 

1 Heat conductivity detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 496 

1 CPS holder for gas cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 492 

1 Disposable cartridge N 2 O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 491 

or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

1 Disposable cartridge CO 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 493 

1 Silicon tubing, 1 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 432 

1 CPS power supply, 24 V AC/3 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667 824 

1 Panel frame, C50, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 425 

as carrier gas also helium can be used, 

e. g. from a Minican gas can 

1 MINICAN gas can: Helium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .660 984 

1 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans . . . . . . . . . . .660 980 

1 Fine regulating valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .660 980 

1 Silicon tubing, 1 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 432 

1 CPS Holder, for pressurized gas cans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 458 


51


Gas chromatography modules 

665 490 

Base panel demonstration chromatograph 

Injection block made of stainless steel with 

connection for carrier gas, separating column 

and detector module, mounted on a CPS training 

panel. Fixing clips are used for mounting the 

detectors (> 665 495 or > 665 496). 

Voltage supply to detector, integrated amplifier 

and signal output via DIN cable. The analog signals 

of the detector can be transmitted to a single-channel 

recorder (e.g. > 575 702) via the 

recorder output. 

At the same time there is the possibility of evaluating 

the signals on a PC with the aid of the 

Sensor-CASSY ® interface (> 524 010). 

Power supply: 

24 V AC via power supply unit (> 667 824) 

Fuse: 150 mA 

Chart recorder output: analog, 0 ... +2 V 




667 824 

CPS power supply unit 24 V 

For supplying power e.g. to the CPS-gas chromatograph 

(> 665 490). 

Power supply: 230 V, 50/60 Hz 

Output: 24 V DC/3 A 




666 482 


CPS aeration pump, controllable 

For continuous aeration. The pump can also be 

used to create a partial vacuum. The flow rate 

can be controlled either manually (via a control 

knob) or externally (by means of a control voltage 

0...10V). 

Pump capacity: 0...3 l/min, 

manually set or externally controllable 

Max. pressure: 2 bar 

Partial vacuum: min. 380 mbar 

Supply voltage: 13 V/1.3 A via enclosed plug-in 

supply unit (230 V/50 Hz) 



665 492 

CPS Gas cartridge holder 

For supplying the CPS demonstration chromatograph 

(> 665 490 ) with CO 2 or N 2 O as carrier 

gases. 

Disposable cartridges are used for gas supply. 

Manometer: 0 ... 4 bar for N 2 O and CO 2 

Valve: pressure reducing valve, can be regulated 


Training panel: 100 x 297 mm 



666 482 665 492 

1 Pressure vessel 

1 Manometer 

1 Fine regulating valve 

1 Tubing 

1 Training panel with mounting hardware 

665 495 

Gas sensor with amplifier 

The gas sensor has excellent sensitivity regarding 

organic and some inorganic gases. 

Because the semiconductor oxide of the sensor 

is designed for operation in atmospheric 

oxygen, the sensor is ideally suited for operation 

with air as the carrier gas. 

Type of sensor: Taguchi sensor 

Semiconductor material: mixed oxide 

Power supply: 5 V DC 

Gain: 100x 


665 496 

665 496 

665 495 

Heat conductivity detector with amplifier 

This detector is designed particularly for operation 

in connection with the demonstration gas 

chromatograph. Special tungsten filaments 

allow it to be used in conjunction with He, N 2 O 

or CO 2 as the carrier gas. 

Type of sensor: heat conductivity detector, 

metal filament made of tungsten 

Power supply: 5 V DC 

Gain: 100x 

Weight: 0.2 kg

The Technochem gas chromatograph enables 

precise temperature control up to 250 °C. 

This two-column device enables rapid switching 

between e.g. non-polar and unipolar columns 

for optimum separation of the sample 

constituents. 

The furnace is easily accessible behind a hinged 

cover, in order to make explanation of the 

design of a chromatograph clearer and to permit 

easy column changing. 


Gas chromatography analysis 


1 Dual column gas chromatograph TECHNOCHEM 277 665 531 

1 Gas chromatography 

(German manual for 665 530/531) 668 681 

1 Flow meter for gas chromatographs 665 553 

1 Microliter syringe 665 615 

1 Replacement cannula, set of 3 665 616 

1 Gas bottle, 10l: Nitrogen 661 013 

1 Pressure reducing valve for 661 013, N 2 661 018 

1 Trolley for 1 gas bottle 661 019 

1 Silicon tubing, 1 m 604 432 

For recording the gas chromatogramm: 

1 Connecting lead, dia. 2.5 mm 2 , yellow/green, 50 cm long 501 41 



Alternative to the computer 

1 Yt recorder, single channel 57 570 

1 Graph chart paper, 5 rolls 686 23 

Complete gas chromatography analysis assembly 

Gas Chromatogram of a mixture of 

n-alkanes C6 to C10 



53


665 531 

Two-column gas chromatograph 

TECHNOCHEM 277 

With APL column for separating non-polar substances 

and PEGA column for separating 

semi-polar substances. Supplied with 2 separating 

columns and 230 V power lead. 

Gas supply: 

connection via quick-coupling to standard 

industrial gas bottle with pressure reducing 

valve 1-2 bar (secondary), preferably He or 

H 2 ; fine regulation via separate needle valve 

for both columns; gas consumption 20 to 

50 ml/min 

Heating: 

resistance heating with temperature 

selection potentiometer, temperature range 

+30 to 250°C; furnace is protected against 

overheating; heater on/off switch separate 

from bridge current on/off switch; 

display accuracy: 1°C. 

Detector: 

2 heat conductivity detectors in bridge circuit. 

Power 12 V, 140 mA, adjustable zero point, 

switched on separately from heater. 

Recorder output: sensitivity 100 mV 

Separating columns: 

1 APL separating column, 1 PEGA column, 

column length 1100 mm each, 

copper columns 

668 681 

Instruction sheet and experiment manual for 

TECHNOCHEM gas chromatographs 

88 pages, A4, ring binder, in German 

Application examples: 

· Separation and analysis of complex mixtures 

· Qualitative and quantitative analysis of minute 

sample quantities or trace components 

· Conducting and observing chemical reactions, 

analysis and detection of reaction products 

· Conducting known reactions on a micro-scale 

665 615 

Microliter syringe 


With stainless-steel scale and replaceable 

needle, gas- and liquid-tight, especially for 

metering small quantities for gas chromatography, 

capacity 10 µ. 

665 616 

Spare needles 

For > 665 615, set of three. 

665 553 

Flow meter 

For gas chromatograph, for reproducible 

adjustment of the carrier gas flow. 

665 536 

Set of septa and seals 

50 silicone septa 10 x 5 mm 

10 Teflon seals 10 x 6 mm. 

661 116 

Set for micropreparations 

With all small equipment for working with 

> 665 531. 

661 118 

Set of chemicals for gas chromatography I 

26 reference substances (particularly alkanes), 

mixtures and other chemicals, created 

especially for use with experiment manual 

> 668 681 and the set of micropreparations 

> 661 116. 

Accessories 

Columns for 665 531 and 665 490; 

all columns made of copper. 

Length: 110 cm 


665 537 

APL column 

10 % apiezon grease L Chromosorb P/AW, 

80 - 100 mesh; for separating non-polar substances 

(contained in > 665 531). 

Working temperature: up to 250 °C 

665 532 

PEGA column 

10 % polyethylene glycoladipat on 

Chromosorb P/AW, 80 - 100 mesh; for 

separating semi-polar substances (contained 

in > 665 531). 


665 533 

DC 550 column 

DC 550 methyl-phenyl silicone oil with 25% 

phenyl-group component on Chromosorb T; 

for separation of highly polar substances. 


665 534 

Chromosorb column 

Backing of high-molecular weight cross-linked 

polyacrylate (Chromosorb 108) without coating; 

for separating gases and highly polar substances 

with low molecular weights. 


665 535 

Empty column 

661 119 

Set of chemicals for gas chromatography II 

22 reference substances (particularly aromates), 

mixtures and other chemicals, created 

especially for use with experiment manual 

> 668 681 and the set of micropreparations 

> 661 116.

665 600 

Analytical gas chromatograph with packed 

column and heat conductivity detector 

Main features: 

· Integrated operating system and software 

· Graphical user interface with mouse control 

for parameter input and conducting measurement 

and evaluations: 

determination of retention times and peak 

areas 

comparison of two chromatograms 

referencing, i.e. comparison of reference 

peaks and measurement peaks for determining 

absolute quantities 

report generator 

· Automatic baseline calibration before every 

measurement 

· Excellent separation performance with 

packed columns 2 m long (1/8”); OV-1 

· Carrier gas supply via steel gas bottles 

Gas chromatograph 

Oven chamber: with motor-driven 

air circulation 

Heating power: max. 40 W 

Temperature sensor: Pt 500 

Temperature control: closed-loop PID control, 

4 programmable via integrated computer, 

complete temperature program with 

heating speeds between 1 and 10 K/min 

Accuracy: 1 K 

Separately heated injector and 

detector block 

Carrier gas: helium 

Computer 

CPU: 16 bit, 20 MHz clock speed 

RAM: 1 MB, EEPROM 512 KB 

Video adapter: VGA-compatible, 

resolution 640 x 480 pixels 

Mouse, keyboard and printer connectors 

Disk drive: 3,5”, 1,44 MB 

Mains voltage: 220 ... 240 V/50 ... 60 Hz 


Weight: 19 kg 


1 Gas chromatograph with heat conductivity 

detector and integrated computer 

1 Packed separating column 

1 Soap-bubble flow meter (for adjusting the 

carrier-gas flow) 

1 Mouse 

1 Gas connector set, with Teflon tubing and 

crimp connectors 

1 Power lead for gas chromatograph 

1 User's manual 

1 Working diskette 

This new generation of professional gas chromatographs 

offers incredible performance in a 

compact design. These modern, easy-to-use 

devices are designed for educational use in 

schools, universities and company-internal programs 

and represent excellent value for money. 


Analytical gas chromatography 

with packed column and heat conductivity detector 



Professional gas chromatography 

1 Analytical gas chromatograph 

with packed column and HCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 600 

1 Pressure reducing valve for Helium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 017 

1 Gas bottle, 10l: Helium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 014 

VGA monitor with connecting cable 

1 Trolley for 1 gas bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 019 

1 Microliter syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 615 

recommended accessories 

1 Replacement cannula for 665 615, set of 3 . . . . . . . . . . . .665 616 

1 Keyboard 

The gas chromatograph, computer and measuring 

and evaluating software are combined in a 

single unit. Together with user-definable temperature 

programs and automatic gain switching, 

this allows you to perform precise, reproducible 

analyses. 

This device is available in two versions: one with 

a packed column and heat conductivity detector, 

and one with a capillary column and flame 

ionization detector. 

Samples are injected manually using a microliter 

syringe. 


55


Peak assignment and determination of absolute 

mass by means of graphical evaluation 


Peak assignment and determination of absolute 

mass by means of graphical evaluation 

The integrated software is extremely user-friendly 

and intuitive to use. It enables not only determination 

of retention times and integration of 

peaks, but also direct comparison with other 

measurements, e.g. standards. In this way, measurement 

peaks can be assigned and absolute 

masses determined easily. The measurements 

can be saved to a file and stored an a database for 

later evaluations, or exported for processing with 

other programs, e.g. Excel or Word for Windows, 

on a separate PC. 

Temperature program configurable via 

graphical user interface 

When the boiling points of several components 

differ greatly, separation at a constant temperature 

is often virtually impossible. In such a case, 

the reproducible, continuous temperature 

increase in the form of a temperature program 

is the prerequisite for optimum separation of the 

sample constituents. The two gas chromatographs 

> 665 600 and > 665 601 enable 

temperature programs up to 280 °C with heatup 

speeds of between 1 and 10 °C/min. 

Gas chromatography with packed column and flame ion detector 


1 Analytical gas chromatograph 

with capillary column and FID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 601 

1 Pressure reducing valve f. H 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 015 

1 Gas bottle, 10l: Hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 010 

1 Trolley for 1 gas bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 019 

1 Microliter syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 615 

VGA monitor with connecting cable 

recommended accessories 

1 Replacement cannula for 665 615, set of 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 616 

1 Keyboard 


665 601 

Analytical gas chromatograph with capillary column and FID 

Main features: 

· Flame ionization detector (FID), with high sensitivity, low dead volume and 

high stability 

· Integrated operating system and software 

· Graphical user interface with mouse control for parameter input and conducting 

measurement and evaluations: 

· determination of retention times and peak areas 

· comparison of two chromatograms 

· referencing, i.e. comparison of reference peaks and measurement 

peaks for determining absolute quantities 

· report generator 

· Automatic baseline calibration before every measurement 

· Excellent separation performance with capillary columns, 25 m long, 

inside diameter 0.32 mm, granular size 0.6 µm, OV-1 

· Carrier gas supply via steel gas bottles 

Gas chromatograph 

Oven chamber: with motor-driven air circulation 

Heating power: max. 400 W 

Temperature sensor: Pt 500 

Temperature control: closed-loop PID control, programmable via integrated 

computer, complete temperature program with heating speeds between 

1 and 10 K/min, 

Accuracy: 1 KFID gas supply 

Separately heated injector and detector block 

Carrier gas: H 2 , He or N 2 

Detector 

FID, with thermostat, electrically isolated microprocessor-controlled evaluation 

electronics, 12 bit resolution, built-in supply with purified combustion 

air, cleaned by replacement of activated-charcoal filter 

Computer 

CPU: 16 bit, 20 MHz clock speed 

RAM: 1 MB, EEPROM 512 KB 

Video adapter: VGA-compatible, resolution 640 x 480 pixels 

Mouse, keyboard and printer connectors 

Disk drive: 3.5", 1.44 MB 

Mains voltage: 220...240 V/50...60 Hz 


Weight: 19 kg 


1 Gas chromatograph with flame ionization detector 

and integrated computer 

1 Capillary separating column 

1 Soap-bubble flow meter (for adjusting the gas flow) 

1 Mouse 

2 Gas connectoin sets, wtih Teflon tubing and crimp connectors 

1 T-connector (for connecting a single gas bottle when using hydrogen as 

the carrier gas and FID supply gas) 

1 Power lead for gas chromatograph 

1 User's manual 

1 Working diskette

Photometry is one of the most important 

methods used in chemical analysis. In instruction 

as well, it is used: 

· in water examinations (quantitative analysis of 

individual ions, determining the chemical oxygen 

requirement, etc) 

· in biochemical analysis (detecting enzyme 

activities, measuring sugar concentrations etc.) 

· in plant physiology (measurement of absorption 

spectra of chlorophyll, for example). 

There are two different types of photometer: 

spectral photometers and filter/LED photometers. 

Measurements with spectral photometers 

can be run either at a defined wavelength (quantitative 

analysis) or register the spectra for a substance 

over a broad band of wavelengths. 

LED photometers and filter photometers may 

only be used to carry out quantitative measurements 

since they operate only at a few, fixed 

wavelengths, determined by the selection of the 

LEDs or the spectral filters. All the photometers 

offered here are equipped with a chart recorder 

output, which can also be connected to a PC by 

means of an interface for convenient data logging 

and processing. 

To understand how photometry works, students 

must first learn the basic concepts of transmission 

and absorption. The spectral set is ideal for 

this purpose, as it permits a clear, understandable 

presentation of these phenomena. 

471 23 

Copy of a Rowland grating 

High resolution grating for quantitative experiments 

on spectrometry. On a foil between two 

glass plates, in slide tubes. 

Area of grating: 35 mm x 25 mm 

Number of lines in cm -1 : 6000 

Grating constant in µm: 1,75 

Dimensions in mm: 50 x 50 

Application of the spectral set 

With the aid of the spectral set for overhead projectors 

(> 452 11)or for the FANTEX projector 

(> 443 10) it becomes possible to present the 

principles of transmission and absorption within 

a short period of time. continuous spectrum is 

created with the aid of the diffraction grating 

(> 471 23). Filters (included), solid objects or 

colored liquids may be placed in the beam so as 

to create their respective absorption spectra. 

667 547 

Spectral set for FANTEX projector 


1 Cell holder with slit 

3 Transparencies (red, blue, yellow) 

3 Cells 

photometry 

Photometry 

The samples are placed in the slit in such a 

way that only one half of the created spectrum 

is changed by the sample. Thus by way of 

comparison with the reference spectrum one 

may then explain details of the absorption spectrum. 

The transmission curves are shown together 

with the filter spectra simply by folding out. 

667 546 

Spectral set for overhead projector 


1 Cover plate with three filters (red, blue, 

yellow) and three transmission curves 

1 Holder for the diffraction grating 

3 Cells with stoppers 


57

photometry 

Spectrophotometer 

667 347 

Digital diode array photometer 

The diode array photometer permits fast, 

precise recording of spectra and photometric 

concentration determinations. 

The apparatus can be connected to a computer 

using the retrofittable data output module 

(> 666 211 ) and connection cable for computer 

(> 667 931 ). 

The Windows software supplied with the instrument 

enables control of the photometer, as 

well as graphical display and evaluation of 

measured values. 

However, the device can also be used as a 

standalone unit or with a chart recorder. 

Wavelength range: 380 ... 750 nm 

Resolution: 2 nm 

Wavelength inaccuracy: ± 1 nm 

Diode array: 256 elements 

Electrical resolution: 10 bit 

Scan rate: 1 measurement run/2 s 

Cell holder: 

12 x 12 mm outside, square; 

16 mm outside dia., round 

Display 

Measured value: 

LED, 4 digits, 26 mm high, numeric 

Measured quantity: 

LED, 4 digits, 13 mm high, alphanumeric 

Measurement range 

Transmission: 0 ... 100 % T 

Extinction: 0 ... 1.999 abs. 

Concentration: 0 ... 99.99 mg/l 

0 ... 999.9 mg/l 

Resolution 

Transmission: 0.1 % T 

Extinction: 0.001 abs. 

Concentration: 0.01 mg/l or 0.1 mg/l 

Analogue output (standard) 

0 to 2 V, 10 bit D/A conversion, 

recording of a complete spectrum 

in 37 s (1 s ~ 10 nm) 

Data output module (for retrofitting) 

Power supply: 

via plug-in power unit, 13 V/1.3 A 




Included with each photometer is a highly convenient 

measurement and evaluation program 

(use of this program requires the presence of 

the data output module (> 666 211 ) and 

WINDOWS 3.1 or higher; without data module 

only simulations are possible. 

667 931 


Special features of the 

diode array spectrophotometer 

· High stability and very reliable since there are 

no moving parts 

· Zero compensation for all wavelengths by pressing 

of a single pushbutton 

· Display switchable to transmission, extinction 

or concentration 

· Direct readout of concentration after entry of a 

specific factor 

· 26 mm high digital display for readings from 

greater distances 

· Instrument is operated via a protecting and 

chemically resistant membrane key pad 

> 

Connecting lead for computer 

(RS 232, serial), female pin connector, 

pins 2 - 3, 4 - 5, 6 - 20 crossed. 

667 932 

Adapter cable 

For sets of reagents for photochemical 

determinations, 

see page 6 

Cuvettes: see page 61 

RS 232, 9 to 25 pin, for serial interface. 

· Suitable for retrofitting of a data output module 

(for computer and printer connection). All 

functions of the instrument can be controlled 

conveniently through WINDOWS software; 

evaluation of spectra and concentration measurements, 

3-D display of spectra among others. 

· Taking a spectrum requires only about 2 

seconds (computer) or 37 seconds (delayed for 

chart recorder) 

· Round cell quick tests may be used besides 

highly cost-effective rectangular cells 

· A flow-through cell may be used to monitor 

processes which take place in reactors 

666 211 

Data output module 

For connection of meters to a printer and PC. 

1 Parallel interface (Centronics) 

1 Serial interface (RS 232): 8 data bits, selectable 

2400/9600 bps, 1 stop bit, no parity. 

Output intervals: continuous, 1 s, 10 s, 1 min, 

10min, 30 min, 60 min; selectable via pushbuttons, 

time interval displayed on front panel 

of module 

Alphanumeric data output (ASCII characters) 

together with the unit of measurement. 


Weight: 0.3 kg

667 351 

Digital grating spectrophotometer 

Microprocessor controlled single beam spectrophotometer 

with grating monochromator, 

chart recorder output and holder for rectangular 

cells. The wavelength is selected via pushbuttons. 

Automatic self-test and calibration. 

Wavelength: 325 ... 1000 nm 

Spectral bandwidth: 8 nm 

Wavelength accuracy: 

photometry 

Cuvettes: see page 61 


59

667 349 

photometry 

Determination of the absorption characteristic 

of an untreated chlorophyll solution 

By simple means it is possible to produce an 

alcohol extract from crushed leaves. This untreated 

chlorophyll solution may then be subjected to 

photometric analysis. 

With the aid of the digital spectrophotometer 

(> 667 349) it is possible to record a continuous 

absorption spectrum; in spite of the presence 

of contamination the existence of absorption 

peaks in the blue and red ranges can be 

detected. 



667 352 

Determination of the absorption characteristic 

of an untreated chlorophyll solution 


1 Digital spectral photometer . . .667 349 

1 Computer connection cable 

with software . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667 352 

1 Personal computer 

667 349 

Digital spectral photometer 

The digital spectral photometer is an economical, 

easy-to-operate single beam photometer. 

The digital display allows the simultaneous indication 

of transmission and absorption or concentration 

and factor. 

The wavelength can also be indicated in both 

cases.The filter wheel contains 4 filters each of 

which covers a different range of wavelengths. 

Specific wavelengths are selected manually 

after the appropriate filter has been positioned 

in the beam. 

The integrated interface allows connection to 

the RS 232 interface of a computer. The software 

which is accompanying the computer 

connection cable (> 667 352 ) allows the 

recording of the absorption as a factor of the 

concentration, time or wavelength. 

The function of a large digital display can be 

called up on the monitor. 

Wavelength range: 340...900 nm 

Resolution: 2.5 nm 

Wavelength accuracy: ± 1.0 nm 

Photometric stability: ± 0.1 %T 

Photometric linearity: ± 0.1 %T 


Transmission: 0...100 % 

Absorption: 0...1.999 

Concentration: 0...199 

Factor: 0.1...999 

Display: 

LED, 4-digit, 7 mm high 

Cells: 

Round cells, 

15 mm external diameter, 

100 mm high 

Cell holder: 15 mm 

Data output: Serial, 9-pin 

Voltage supply: 

115/230V, 50/60 Hz, switchable 




1 Digital spectral photometer, 

including RS 232 interface 

2 Round cells 

667 352 

Computer connection cable 

This cable allows the digital spectral photometer 

(> 667 349 ) to be connected directly to 

the serial interface of a computer. DOS software 

is also included in the scope of supply

Filter photometer 

Determination of nitrate 

The nitrate content is an important parameter 

when investigating the quality of tap water. In 

the body nitrate can be converted to poisonous 

nitrite (a poison affecting cells). Moreover, 

nitrite may be converted to nitrosamines which 

can cause cancer. 

In Germany the limit for nitrate water 

is 50 mg/l. 

When making use of the large digital display 

unit (> 666 225) the measurement results 

obtained with the hand-held photometer 

(> 666 250) may be presented to a large 

audience. 


Determination of nitrate 


1 Hand-held photometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666225 

1 Reagents case with basic set of reagents . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666260 

1 Large digital display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666250 

1 Bunsen stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666502 

1 Graduated pipette, 10 ml: 0.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665997 

1 Pipetting ball (Peleus ball) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666003 

1 Collecting vessel, 250 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665563 

1 Test tube rack: plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667050 

1 Test tube, 16 x 160 mm, 10 pcs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664043 

Cuvettes 

664 474 

Rectangular cell 

Disposable cells, polystyrene, set of 100. 

Layer thickness: 10 mm 

664 475 

Flow-through cell 

Rectangular cell, 

suitable for measurements in the visual range, 

two hose connectors (outer diam.. 5 mm). 


Length of edge: 12.5 x 12.5 mm 

Height: 56 mm 

664 470 


Ordinary glass, 

suitable for measurements in the visual range. 


664 471 


Quartz glass, 

suitable for measurements in the UV-VIS range. 


664 477 

Round cell, set of 10 

Layer thickness: 12.9 mm 


Outer diameter: 1.5 mm 

666 250 

666 225 

666 225 

Hand-held photometer 

photometry 

Specially designed for students' and field experiments, 

the hand-held photometer is used to 

measure levels of pollution and turbidity in samples 

of water. The various possible measurements 

(14 pollutants and turbidity) are programmed 

inside the device and can be accessed 

easily. Calibration curves can be entered 

additionally. 

Measurement type:transmission [% T], 

absorbance, concentration [mg/l] 

Wavelengths: 6 fixed values; 405 nm, 450 nm, 

510 nm, 520 nm, 570 nm, 695 nm 

Measureable pollutants: 

Ammonium Chlorine 

Chloride Potassium 

Iron Silicic acid 

Nitrate Copper 

Nitrite Mangane se 

o-Phosphate Zinc 

Sulphate 

Sulphide 

Turbidity 

Output: 

DIN socket, 8 pins, serial (RS 232) 



1 Hand-held photometer 

1 Book titled “Ecology - Theoretical Fundamentals 

- Experiments with the Environmental 

Measurement Case“ (> 668 332) 

1 Set of 100 rectangular cells, polystyrene 

(> 664 474) 


61

analysis methods 

Optical activity 

Measurement of the optical activity of a sugar cane solution 


The experiment assembly is used to measure the angle of rotation of polarized 

light passing through a sugar cane solution and to determine direction 

of rotation. 

The angle of rotation depends on the concentration of the sugar solution. 




1 Lamp housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 60 

1 Lamp, 6 V/30 W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 51 

1 Aspherical condensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 20 

1 Iris diaphragm in holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 26 

1 Pair of polarization filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 40 

1 Round cuvette, 35 mm dia., 100 mm long. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 371 

1 Round cuvette, 35 mm dia., 200 mm long. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 372 

1 Holder for round cuvette, for 667 371/372. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 373 

1 Translucent screen, 300 x 300 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 53 

1 Lens in holder, f = - 500 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 07 

1 Variable extra low voltage transformer S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 35 

1 Base rail, 95 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 603 

1 Universal bosshead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 615 


657 590 

Polarimeter P 1000 

For determining concentrations of solutions of 

optically active substances. Polarimetric determinations 

can be carried out quickly, precisely 

and reliably. 

The polarimeter P 1000 comprises a sturdy 

metal housing with a slightly tilted magazine for 

round cuvettes of up to 220 mm in length. 

A sodium lamp with integrated filter holder 

is built in, the optical »zero-point« is determined 

with a three-part field of view. Central 

ocular with focus correction and two small 

magnifying glasses for improved reading of 

the divisions. 

With 2 round cuvettes, one 100 mm and one 

200 mm long 

Cuvettes: 15 mm dia. 

length up to: 220 mm 

Divisions: 2 x 0 -180° 

division: 1° 

Vernier scale to: 0.05° 

Power: supply: 230V/50 Hz, 20 W 

Dimensions: 20 x 36 x 45 cm 

Weight: 10 kg 

657 590

Applications for refractometers 

Determining the concentrations of 

aqueous and alcohol-based solutions and of 

ethereal oils 

Quantitative analysis of two-component 

mixtures 

Quality control in wineries and breweries 

Monitoring of intermediate products in the 

pharmaceutical and cosmetic industries 

Measuring the sugar and fat content of 

solutions 

Examining bodily fluids in clinical laboratories 

Measuring refractive indices of solid materials 

such as glass, minerals and plastics. 

667 355 

Laboratory refractometer (Abbé refractometer) 

For measurement of the refractive indices of 

liquids and solid objects using light at a wavelength 

of � = 589.3 nm and for determination of 

mean dispersion nc-nF. The prisms are illuminated 

by daylight or the supplied illumination 

unit. Measurements can be made using both 

transmitted and reflected light. The prism housing 

is provided with connector for a thermostat 

for keeping the samples at a constant temperature. 

The temperature of the prisms can be 

read from a thermometer mounted on the side 

of the prism housing. 

Complete with transformer, illumination unit, 

thermometer, tool for alignment, calibration 

object with engraved refractive index and 

contact liquid. 


Refractive index: n D =1.3 ... 1.7 

Scale divisions: 0 ... 95% 

Scale divisions: 

Refractive index: 0,0005 n D 

Solids content: 0.25 % 

Measurement inaccuracy: 

Refractive index: ± 0.0002 n D 

Solids content: ± 0.1 % 

Dimensions: 

Refractometer: 115 x 222 x 263 mm 

Protective housing: 160 x 240 x 325 mm 

Weight: 4.5 kg (without protective housing) 

667 355 

667 356 

Universal table-top refractometer 

For coverage of the full measuring range for 

liquids and solids which have a flat surface (e.g. 

minerals). With built-in interference filter (for 

maximum contour definition) and with polarization 

filter for measuring birefringence. 

Measuring range: 1.33…1.81 n D 

Scale divisions: 0.01 n D 



667 356 

667 357 


Refractive index 

Universal hand-held refraktometer 

With range selector switch for all measurement 

ranges. Direct and incident light admittance for 

examination of translucent or opaque substances. 

The sliding set of prisms permits 

extremely sharp contour lines. 

Three-step range selector switch. 

With correction thermometer. 

Measurement range: 1.333...1.517 n D 

Scale divisions: 0.0005 n D 

Dimensions: 35 x 40x 200 mm 



63


Viscosity 


665 906 

Falling ball viscometer after Höppler 

Substances differ one from the other not only 

according to their viscosity, but also because of 

differences in their structures and flow properties. 

The widespread view that the viscosity is 

a value typical for a particular substance, independent 

of shear load is only true for “Newtonian” 

fluids. The greater majority of all materials, 

however, demonstrates “non-Newtonian” flow 

properties, characterized by the dependency of 

the viscosity on shear load and shear duration. 

Among these “flow anomalies” are the structural 

viscosity, dilatancy, plasticity, thixotropy and 

rheopexy. The flow curve - the graphic representation 

of the relationship between shear rate and 

shearing strain -describes the flow properties in a 

clear and complete manner. 

Precise measurements on transparent “Newtonian” 

liquids can be made using a falling ball viscometer. 

The falling ball viscometer is used for precise measurement of the viscosity 

of transparent “Newtonian” liquids and gases. It complies with the requirements 

set forth in DIN standard 530 15 and has been approved by the German 

Physical Technical Bureau for official calibration purposes. 

Measurement principle 

Rolling, sliding movement of a ball in an inclined, cylindrical tube filled with 

the fluid which is to be examined. The time is taken which the ball requires 

to travel a defined measurement distance. The test cylinder can be turned 

upside down for additional measurement of the return of the ball. 

The measurement results are given as dynamic viscosity in the internationally 

standardized absolute unit of measure, millipascal-second [mPa · s] 

Temperature control 

Since viscosity is highly dependent on temperature, provision has been 

made for exact control of the sample temperature. This can be done, for 

example, with the recirculation thermostat (> 666 7701) or the recirculation 

cooler (> 666 766). The temperature is monitored using a thermometer 

which has been built into the viscometer (standard -1 °C to 26 °C, 0.1 K 

graduations). 

Typical application examples 

The falling ball viscometer is used primarily for low-viscosity substances, 

such as): oils, liquid hydrocarbons (petroleum industry), solvents, solutions of 

plastics and resins as well as inks (chemical industry), glycerine, raw materials 

(pharmaceutical industry), gelatines, sugar solutions (food industry). 

Viscosity range: 0,5 ... 10 5 mPa · s (cP) 

Temperature range: -20 ... +120 °C 

Repeatability: better than 0.5 % 

Comparability: better than 1 % 

Material: cylinder and balls 1, 2 and G are made of borosilicate glass; 

balls 3 and 4 are made of nickel/iron, balls 5 and 6 are made of steel 


Weight: 5.7 kg

667 500 

Melting point determination device 

After Thiele, with GL 18 screw fitting for 

thermometer, with two side tubes, glass 

661 095 

Paraffin oil, 1 l 

1000 ml, high-boiling, for use with the melting 

point apparatus > 667 500 


Measuring the surface tension 

367 46 

661 085 

Melting point tubes 

One fused end, set of 100, for > 667 500 

Dimensions: 80 mm long, 2 mm dia. 

382 48 

Thermometer 

Thermometer with mercury filling and glass 

eyelet. 

Range: - 10…+ 255 °C 

Graduation: 1 K 

Length: 30 cm 


Apparatus for measuring surface tension 

Light-alloy ring with knife edge and suspended 

from three threads. When the edge is dipped 

into a liquid the surface tension can be determined 

when withdrawing the ring again. The 

force at which the ring loses contact with the 

surface is equivalent to the surface tension of 

the liquid. 

Ring diameter: 6 cm 


1 Apparatus for measuring surface tension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 46 

1 Precision dynamometer, 0.1 N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 111 

1 Laboratory stand II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 76 

1 Stand rod for Bunsen stand, 750 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 525 

1 Stand base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 02 

1 Clamp with hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 08 

Apparatus for measuring surface tension, complete setup 


Melting point 

Surface tension 


65


Electrophoresis 

The method of electrophoresis is used to separate 

mixtures of substances in an electrical field. 

Separation occurs either due to differing 

electrical charges of the components involved 

or due to the action of the separating matrix 

and the size and structure of the components 

which are to be separated. The most important 

application of electrophoresis lies in the separation 

of biopolymers. 

The method of separating proteins and nucleic 

667 821 

665 509 


acids by way of gel electrophoresis has today 

become one of the standard methods used in 

molecular biology. The many and varied applications 

have led to a multitude of different separation 

matrices and chambers for electrophoresis. 

With the development of the “All-Agarose 

ProSieve TM ” gel system and the “SepBloc” 

(> 665 509) electrophoresis chamber by 

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC, it is now possible to 

experimentally investigate the principles of 

668 732 

668 732 

“SepBloc” chamber for electrophoresis (665 509) with power supply unit (667 821) and manual (668 732) 

Electrophoresis - Experiments with the flatbed 

electrophoresis chamber (665 509) 

30 pages, A4 size, by Dr. H. Schaal 

Describes the principles and function of the 

electrophoresis chamber. Experiments on 

separating proteins from different sources are 

presented, explained and evaluated. 

Topics: 

· Separation of pancreatine 

· Separation of proteins of egg proteins 

· Separation of serum proteins 

a) Identification of serum proteins by comparing 

their size with purified proteins 

b) Determination of the concentration of a 

serum protein by comparison with standard 

quantities 

· Separation of seed proteins 

· Separation of fish proteins 

· Separation of saliva proteins 

modern electrophoretic separation methods in 

analytical and preparative protein and nucleic 

acid chemistry. 

The “SepBloc” is a flatbed chamber for electrophoresis 

as it is commonly used today in many 

diagnostics and molecular biology labs for basic 

research. 

The “SepBloc” is a low-cost flatbed electrophoresis 

chamber which is ideally suited for separation 

of protein and nucleic acid mixtures whereby 

the composition, quantity and concentration 

of individual components in the mixture may be 

determined. Up to six samples may be applied 

simultaneously. 

The “All-Agarose ProSieve TM “ system which is 

employed makes it possible to produce protein 

gels also in the presence of oxygen. Thus the 

complicated process of pouring gel between two 

plates of glass, the ends of which have to be 

sealed is no longer required. The agarose is 

simply heated up and poured into the open 

“SepBloc”. Its own flattener ensures that a 

collecting or a separating gel may be produced 

for protein gels. 

As opposed to the components in the polyacrylamide 

gels which are normally used to separate 

protein, the specially derived agarose materials 

are non-toxic and are thus ideally suited for educational 

purposes in connection with the lowcost 

“SepBloc”.

665 509 

Flatbed electrophoresis chamber “SepBloc” 

Especially for electrophoretic separations of 

proteins in connection with non-toxic agarose 

gels. Production of the gels is straightforward 

and is run directly in the separation chamber. 

The voltage is applied via high tension safety 

sockets. 

The safety leads which are required are 

included. 

Max. operating voltage: 300 V DC 

Max. current: 100 mA 



661 109 

Set of chemicals for electrophoresis 

For production of agarose gels in the “Sep- 

Bloc” separating chamber (> 665 509) and 

for the experiments described in the manual 

(> 668 371). 


150 µg Antibody, goat, in 150 µg 1 x SDS 

sample buffer 

10 ml �-mercaptoethanol 

10 ml Bromophenol blue (0.1 %) 

500 mg Coomassie brilliant blue 

250 ml Acetic acid, conc. 

50 ml Glycerine 

50 g Glycine 

500 µg Lysozyme in 50 µl 1 x SDS samplebuffer 

200 µl Marker protein, 40 µl filled to 200 µl 

with 1 x SDS sample buffer 

1000 ml Methanol 

50 µg Ovalbumin, goat, in 50 µl 

1 x SDS sample buffer 

30 ml Collecting agarose 

200 µg Serum, goat, in 50 µl 2 x SDS 

sample buffers 

120 µg Serum albumin, goat, in 120 µl 1 SDS 

sample buffer 

25 ml Sodium duodecylsulphate solution 

(10 % w/v) 

120 ml Separating agarose 

10 g Tris base 

5 ml 0.5 M tris HCI pH 6.8 


Dried yeast 

665 509 665 635 

667 821 

667 821 

Electrophoresis power supply unit 

For supplying power to the flatbed electrophoresis 

chamber (> 665 509). The output voltage 

is electrically isolated from the mains and may 

be tapped off at high tension safety sockets. 

The output is continuously variable and a pointer-type 

meter is provided. Complete with mains 

cable. 

Output voltage: 270 V DC 

Output current: 

40 mA max., continuously variable 

Meter: 0 ... 1000 mA, pointer type 

Fuses: sec.: T 0.1 A, pri.: M 0.1 A 

Power consumption: 25 W 

Mains supply voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz 



665 635 

Analysis lamp 


For short- and long-wave UV radiation, for 

examination of the fluorescent properties of 

many inorganic and organic substances and in 

chromatography to differentiate among oils, 

dyes, minerals, nutrients, textiles etc. on the 

basis of their fluorescent colour. 

Wavelengths: 254 nm and 366 nm 

Power: 4 watts each 

Power supply: 230 V, 50 Hz 



665 634 

Stand 

For analysis lamp (> 665 635) 



665 510 

Pipetting kit 

for set of chemicals for electrophoresis 


1 Pipetting aid (graduated) 0.5 -125 ul 

100 pipetting tips 

(with volume measuring tabel) 

100 self-supporting reaction vessels 

30 srew-on caps for reaction vessels 


67


Calorimetry 

Determining the heat of combustion for crisp bread 

The term “calorimetry” covers a number of 

methods used to determine quantities of heat. 

Here the quantities of thermal energy liberated 

or consumed during physical processes can be 

measured (heat of mixing or solution, evaporation 

cooling), as can the energy absorbed or produced 

as heat during chemical reactions (reaction 

enthalpy, heat of combustion, calorific 

value). 

In addition, calorimetry delivers important thermodynamic 

data for substances and reactions 

(Hess's law, for example). 

A quantity of heat is measured in a calorimeter 

and ultimately is determined indirectly from the 

change in the temperature of a calorimetric 

fluid. Due to their high price alone, the use of 

scientific calorimeters for educational purposes 

can hardly be considered. In addition, the processes 

which transpire inside these calorimeters 

cannot be observed since they usually take place 

in a closed steel vessel. 

The calorimeters offered by LEYBOLD DIDAC- 

TIC represent a logical simplification: being 

made almost exclusively of glass, the apparatus is 

transparent; all the reactions can readily be 

observed. The various types of calorimeter 

which are available make it possible to deter- 


mine the reaction enthalpies of solid, liquid and 

gaseous substances, the cooling effect resulting 

from evaporation, and the heat of mixing. 

Since the metabolic processes in the body are 

essentially nothing but an oxidation of the nutrients, 

combustion may be used to simulate metabolism 

and the amount of energy liberated 

during combustion can be measured. This process 

is used to determine the energy content - the 

“physiological calorific values” - of the nutrients. 

The type of calorimeter required is indicated 

below with Roman numerals, the meanings of 

which are as follows: 

I Calorimeter for solids and liquids 

(> 667 325) 

II Calorimeter for gases (> 667 326) 

III Calorimeter for measuring evaporation cooling 

(> 667 322) 

Measuring combustion enthalpies of carbon, 

sulfur, mineral oil, sugar, bread, fats, etc. (I). 

Determining the molar combustion enthalpy of 

chemically defined compounds. (I). 

Determining the reaction enthalpy of gases (II). 

Determining the reaction enthalpy during 

the formation of carbon dioxide by applying 

Hess's law (I and II). 

Determining the evaporation cooling for media 

with low boiling points, e.g. alcohol, ether (III). 

Measuring the heat of solution for solids, 

e.g. salts in water (III). 

Measuring the heat of neutralization, 

e.g. of 5-mol hydrochloric acid and sodium 

hydroxide solution (III). 

Measuring the temperature effects during 

precipitation reactions or when mixing two 

liquids (III). 

Demonstrating the operating principle of 

an absorber refrigerator (III).


Measuring the heat of reaction of gases 


1 Calorimeter for gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 326 

2 Gas syringe with 1-way stopcock, 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 913 

1 Gas syringe with 3-way stopcock,100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 914 

3 Gas syringe holder 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 918 

1 Base rail, 95 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 603 


2 Stand tube, 50 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 605 

1 Stand tube, 150 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 606 

1 Stand tube, 400 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 607 

1 Spark-gap supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 818 

1 Magnetic stirrer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 845 




Measuring the evaporation cooling, heat of solution 

and neutralization heat 


1 Calorimeters evaporation cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 322 



1 Base rail, 95 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 603 


2 Stand tube, 450 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 609 

1 Stand tube, 150 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 606 


1 Support table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 617 

4 Universal clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 555 

1 Gas scrubber bottle, bottom section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 800 

1 Gas scrubber bottle insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 805 


Determining molar combustion enthalpies, 

calorimetric values of foodstuffs 


2 CPS Gas washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 430 

1 CPS Calorimeter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 429 

1 CPS Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 454 


1 Stirring top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 819 




1 CPS glass connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 312 

2 Rubber tubing, 1 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 180 

1 Variable extra low voltage transformer D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 827 

optional 

1 CPS Holder, for pressurized gas cans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 458 

1 MINICAN gas can: Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 998 


or 

1 Fine regulating valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 980 

1 Gas bottle, 10l: oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 011 

1 Pressure reducing valve f. O 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 016 



69


667 325 

Calorimeter for solids and liquids 

Used to measure the enthalpy of reaction when 

burning solid or liquid substances. The unit is 

made principally of glass. The lower section of 

the calorimeter is equipped with a glass inlet 

nipple for continuous supply of oxygen, the holder 

for the porcelain crucible with the product 

being oxidized, and the electrical lead for the 

incandescent wire coil required for ignition. The 

course of the reaction can be observed from 

the outside through the glass section, thus 

allowing for continuous control. The hot combustion 

gases are cooled in the double-helical 

heat exchanger, warming the calorimeter liquid 

(e.g. water) by several degrees Kelvin. The 

double-helical design of the heat exchanger 

minimizes the amount of heat lost in the form of 

residual heat in the combustion gases. 

This calorimeter is suitable not only for determining 

the molar combustion enthalpy of chemically 

defined compounds; it is just as good for 

measuring the calorific value of foods. There 

are two incandescent coils of differing diameters 

available, the choice depending on the 

ignition temperature and incineration period for 

the material being tested. 

Replacement to calorimeter 667 325: 

667 324 ignition coils , set of 2 

Measuring the combustion enthalpy of 

carbon 

sulfur 

sugar 

fats (e.g. vegetable oils) 

bread 

667 326 


Calorimeter for gases 

Used to determine the enthalpy of reaction for 

gaseous substances. 

Two gases are caused to react inside this 

calorimeter and the heat of reaction is measured, 

e.g. 

hydrogen and oxygen 

hydrogen and chlorine 

carbon monoxide and oxygen. 

The gases are forced out of two gas syringes 

and through two capillary tubes into the path of 

an electric arc. Continuous combustion takes 

place here. 

The combustion gases and the excess of one 

of the reaction gases flow through a helical 

heat exchanger, where the heat of reaction is 

transferred to the calorimetric fluid, and thence 

into a third gas syringe (e.g. > 665 914). The 

amount of fluid in the heat exchanger is kept 

small since gas reactions using gas syringes 

allow only small quantities of a substance to be 

burned. In addition we recommend that the 

calorimetric liquid used be a substance of low 

heat capacity, e.g. trichloromethane. The 

temperature rise is measured with a precision 

thermometer (> 666 176) or temperature 

sensor (> 666 193) connected to the temperature 

measurement instrument > 666 190 

or > 666 210. The unit is made entirely of 

glass. This gives the following advantages: 

All the processes are visible. 

Heat losses are low, particularly as the unit is 

not in any direct contact with any metal parts 

(stand components). 

We recommend using the spark gap power 

supply > 667 820 to supply the arc. When 

using other high voltage sources please bear in 

mind that excess power can cause the platinum 

wire to melt. 

Complete with 5 GL 18 threaded connectors 

used to attach three gas syringes and the 

thermometer and to vent the system. 

667 322 

Calorimeter for measuring evaporation cooling 

Every change in state of matter requires conversion 

of energy. This can be measured as a 

change in temperature. The effect can be 

demonstrated and analysed quantitatively with 

the calorimeter. Included with the unit is a 

detailed description of the experiments and calculations 

for the calorimetric data. 

Advantages: 

Clarity for students - the unit is made of glass 

Resistance to chemicals 

Short reaction times 

Low heat losses 

Determining the heat of solution 

and neutralization 

Determining the evaporation cooling of 

media with low boiling points (e.g. alcohol, 

ether, water) 

Determining the heat of solution of gaseous 

ammonia in water and reversal of this reaction 

Demonstrating the function of a compressor 

refrigerator and a heat pump

667 320 

Dewar flask 

Silver finish, with protective casing, for 

maintaining a constant temperature, e.g. in 

calorific experiments. 

Capacity: 500 ml 




667 319 

Dewar flask 

Silver finish, with protective casing, 

for experiments using the magnetic stirrer. 

Capacity: 500 ml 




667 321 

Plastic lid 

With stirrer and borehole for a thermometer, fits 

the Dewar flasks (> 667 320 and 

> 667 319). The lid serves as a holder for a 

thermometer and reduces the exchange of 

heat energy with the surroundings. 



All that is needed to conduct simple experiments 

in calorimetry is an insulating flask (Dewar 

flask) which reduces to a minimum the exchange 

of thermal energy with the environment, 

a plastic insert with a lid that holds the thermometer 

and the stirrer used for manual agitation. 

A magnetic stirrer may also be employed when 

using the special, flat-bottomed version of the 

Dewar flask. 

Application examples for a calorimeter which is 

assembled using > 667 321 along with 

> 667 319 or > 667 320 include: 

• Measuring the heat of solution 

• Measuring the heat of neutralization 

• Measuring the heat of reaction in solutions 

Stoichiometry 

The subject of stoichiometry deals with the 

quantitative description of chemical reactions. 

It is based on the realization that chemical elements 

will react one with another only in certain, 

constant proportions (law of constant proportions). 

Consequently the final product of the 

reaction - the chemical compound - always consists 

of a constant share of the initial substances, 

regardless of the quantities which were available. 

Based on this fundamental law, conclusions can 

be drawn regarding the relative masses of the 

reactants involved, allowing us, for instance, 

to calculate the yield factor for a reaction. 

One of the elementary experiments in stoichiometry 

is the quantitative synthesis of water, the 

complement to the water analysis experiments 

using Hofmann's electrolysis setup. 

This experiment demonstrates that the reactants, 

hydrogen and oxygen, join in a precise stoichiometric 

ratio of 2:1 to form water (H2O). Gravimetric 

examination of the water thus formed 

allows us to derive information on the molar 

mass of water. 

The reaction vessel for stoichiometry also permits 

the determination of the relative atomic 

mass and the valence of metals. 

668 802 

Chemistry demonstration experiments 

“General chemistry” 

216 pages, DIN A 4 

Demonstration experiments from the area of 

general chemistry based on the Chemistry 

Panel System. The equipement list of the 

experiments also takes account of conventional 

stand material 

667 320 

664 097 

Stoichiometric reaction vessel 

Metals react with water or acids in the stoichiometric 

reaction vessel, developing hydrogen 

while doing so. The atomic weight and the chemical 

valence of the metal can be determined 

on the basis of the volume of the gas collected 

in a gas syringe and the preweighed metal 

mass. The lower portion of the vessel is first 

filled with water or acid, the vessel is then 

purged with a non-reactive gas (N 2 ) and, after a 

gas syringe has been attached to the reaction 

vessel, the reaction is started by lowering the 

plunger. The reaction then proceeds calmly, 

without flames being produced. 

Glass with lateral connection (GL 18) and 

three-way stopcock at the lower end 





Calorimetry 

667 321 

664 097 


71


CPS experiment assembly for stoichiometry 


With the aid of this experiment assembly it is 

possible to determine the atomic mass and the 

chemical valence of many metals. The metals 

react quantitatively with water or diluted mineral 

acids. The volume of the hydrogen which is 

liberated is measured in a gas syringe. 

668 802 






Panel System. The equipemt list of the experiments 

also takes account of conventional 



Stoichiometry 


1 CPS Gas syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 435 

1 CPS Stoichiometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 455 

1 CPS-holder with bosshead, height adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . 666 470 

1 Stand ring, 70 mm dia.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 572 

1 Topping-up reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 352 

1 Silicone tubing, 1 m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 194 






Determination of the relative atomic mass 

and the chemical valence of metals 


1 Stoichiometric reaction vessel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 097 



1 Submerged-coil manometer after Schiele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 936 

1 Topping-up reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 352 

1 Minican gas can, nitrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 000 


1 Base rail, 55 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 602 

1 Stand tube, 400 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 607 

2 Stand tube, 450 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 609 


1 Stand ring, 70 mm dia.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 572 


1 Universal clamp, 0 ... 120 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 72 

1 PVC tubing, 5 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 191 

Stand arrangement 

for stoichiometry

Synthesis of water 

A capillary tube is used to direct the hydrogen to 

the arc, where it burns in the atmosphere of oxygen. 

The gases used here are introduced into the 

reaction vessel under slight pressure by means of 

gas syringes, thus permitting quantitative analyses. 

The water created here condenses on the 

chamber wall and is clearly visible. The combustion 

chamber itself is so light in weight as to 

allow for gravimetric determination of its mass. 

When 50 ml of H2 and 25 ml of 02 are consumed 

you will detect here an exact increase in 

weight by 20.0 mg (at standard conditions). 


Synthesis of water, CPS assembly 


1 CPS combustion chamber, water synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 439 

2 CPS Gas syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 435 

1 CPS 3-way valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 463 


1 Spark-Gap supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 818 

1 Pair of cables, 1 m, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 46 


1 Equipment platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726 21 



For the additionally required gases (H 2 and 0 2 ). 

Stand arrangement for 

synthesis of water 

CPS experiment assembly for synthesis of water 


Synthesis of water, stand arrangement 



1 Combustion chamber for water synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 400 

1 Gas syringe, 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 912 



1 Stopcock, 3-way valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 255 


1 Spark-gap supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 818 

1 MINICAN gas can: oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 998 

1 MINICAN gas can: hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 997 


1 Electronic analytical balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 788 

1 Base rail, 95 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 603 

2 Stand tube, 450 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 609 


5 Bosshead S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 09 


1 PVC tubing, 5 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 191 


73


Butane gas analysis by thermal decomposition 

667 400 

667 400 

Combustion chamber 

for quantitative synthesis of water 

667 403 

A capillary tube is used to direct the hydrogen 

to the arc, where it burns in the atmosphere. 

The gases used here are introduced into the 

reaction vessel under slight pressure by means 

of gas syringes, thus permitting quantitative 

analyses. The water created here condenses 

on the chamber wall and is clearly visible. The 

combustion chamber itself is so light in weight 

as to allow for gravimetric determination of its 

mass. When 50 ml of H 2 and 25 ml of O 2 are 

consumed one can detect an increase in 

weight of exactly 20.0 mg (at standard temperature 

and pressure). 

Application examples 

· Synthesis of water from the constituent elements 

(continuous combustion, the inverse of 

water electrolysis) 

· Synthesis of HCI from the constituent elements 

667 403 



Combustion chamber with incandescent wire 

The chamber is equipped with a platinum filament 

which is heated electrically to the point at 

which it glows. The chamber is connected by 

two GL 18 screw thread connectors to two 

gas syringes from which the gases are introduced 

under slight pressure. The electrical heating 

of the platinum coil allows for simple, nonhazardous 

generation of elevated temperatures. 

Reverse reactions are largely inhibited 

since the area inside the combustion chamber 

itself remains cold. 

Application examples 

· Dissociation of butane into its constituent elements 

· Elementary organic analysis and detection of 

oxygen in organic compounds, using dimethyl 

ether as an example 

· Model experiments for a thermal conductivity 

detector 

Butane gas analysis by thermal decomposition 

Combustion chambers 

All the combustion chambers supplied by 

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC are made of glass. They 

have GL 18 screw thread connectors at both ends 

for connecting gas syringes. The platinum wires, 

fused into the glass, are given additional protection 

against detachment with the lateral supports. 

The entire course of the experiment remains 

transparent -in the truest sense of the word 

Advantages: 

· Quick and easy setup on the laboratory stand 

· Quantitative statements regarding 

volumetric ratios are possible 

· Non-corroding platinum electrodes and coils 

· Platinum pins cannot break away from 

their attachments 


1 Combustion chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 403 

1 Gas syringe, 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 912 





2 Set of 6 croc-clips, polished. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 861 

1 MINICAN gas can: n-Butane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 989 



1 Base rail, 95 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 603 

2 Stand tube, 450 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 609 


4 Bosshead S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 09 


1 Universal clamp, 0 ... 120 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 72 

1 PVC tubing, 5 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 191 

667 818 

Spark gap supply unit 

Current-limited to 2 mA, thus no contact 

hazard according to VDE 0105; for generating 

a brief ignition spark or a constant spark gap 

with contact-safe high-voltage sockets and 

additional ground socket. 

Mains connection: 230 V, 50 Hz 

Output: DC, approx. 10,000 V/2.0 mA 




1 Pair of connecting leads 50 cm, 

1 Pair tapping terminals, 

1 Power lead.

667 496 

Apparatus for determining molar mass, 

boiling method 

The molecular weight of the dissolved material 

is determined using the increase in the boiling 

point of the solution over that of the pure solvent. 


1 Boiling tube with 2 ST 19/26, 1 ST 14.5/23 

1 ST 7/16 

1 Air jacket 

1 Immersion cooler with ST 19/26 

1 Drying tube with ST 7/16 

1 Beckman thermometer with ST 19/26, 

zero point at the bottom, 

range 5 K:1/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 173 

1 Stopper ST 14.5/23 

667 497 

Apparatus for determining molar mass, 

freezing point method 

The molecular weight of a substance is determined 

from the drop in the freezing point of a 

solution with respect to a pure solvent 


Equipment for determining molar masses according to Victor Meyer 


Determination of molar mass according to Victor Meyer 


1 Base rail, 55 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 602 


1 Heating mantle for gas syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 491 

1 Silicon stopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 494 

1 Gas syringe, 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 912 

1 Flask with 2 GL 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 493 




1 Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 193 

1 Base 

1 Cooling vessel with PVC lid 

1 Freezing tube with air jacket and ST 45/40 

1 Adapter piece with ST 45/40 and 

2 ST 19/26 

1 Metal stirrer for cold bath 

1 Metal stirrer for solution 

1 Tongs 

1 Thermometer for the cooling vessel, 

-50 ... + 35 °C 

1 Beckmann thermometer with ST 19/26, 

zero point at the bottom, 

range 5 K: 1/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 173 

665 296 

Adapter 


Determination of molar mass 

Equipment for determining molar masses 

according to Beckmann 

Determination of molar mass according to 

Victor Meyer and Gay Lussac's law 

When determining the molar mass according to 

Victor Meyer, the substance to be analyzed is 

vaporized in a gas syringe, and the gas volume 

which the substance subsequently assumes is 

measured. As pressure and temperature are 

known, the molar mass is determined using the 

ideal gas equation on the basis of the assumption 

that the substances behaves like an ideal gas. 

With 2 GL 14; using this device, a temperature 

sensor (> 666 193) can be inserted into any 

gas syringe to enable measurement of the 

exact temperature of the gas in the gas syringe. 

When used in conjunction with the heating 

mantle for gas syringe (> 667 491), the volume 

of the gas can be determined as a 

function of the temperature. 


Determining the absolute zero point 

Gay-Lussac's Law 

Joule-Thomson Effect 

667 493 

667 496 

Flask for determining molar mass 

With 2 GL 14; the substance to be analysed is 

heated by a heating mantle for gas syringes 

(> 667 491). 


667 497 

75

chemical engineering/applied chemistry 

Industrial processes – made understandable! 

Vacuum rectification apparatus CE 4 

Basic operations 

Chemical engineering processes are widely used 

in industry today. 

Consequently, chemical engineering is an 

important aspect of education in universities, 

technical colleges and company-internal training 

programs. An understanding of the basic operations 

is particularly critical. 

With its line of chemical engineering products, 

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC presents an educationally 

optimized, clearly structured plant concept in 

laboratory scale. 


All important basic operations of chemical 

engineering are explored using apparatus with a 

maximum capacity of 2 l. All components have 

been designed to be transparent and comprehensible 

to promote better understanding of the 

processes. 

Measured-value registration and plant control is 

realized using the proven CASSY-S interface 

device in conjunction with the Windows-based 

software CASSY Lab. The use of the Chemistry 

Panel System CPS enables fast and easy setup 

and dismantling. Many components of this 

modular system can be used for a variety of 

applications, helping to minimize costs. 

Comprehensive manuals are available for all 

plants. In addition to the theoretical principles, 

these contain detailed information on preparing, 

conducting and evaluating the experiments, as 

well as tables of measured values.

Complete three-stage CPS stirrer reactor cascade CE 7 


Transparent laboratory-scale chemical engineering systems for optimum learning success 

For further information, please request any of the following brochures 

· Thermal separating methods 

· Reaction technology 

· Extraction technology 

· Applied process information technology 

· Biotechnology 

· Measurement, sensor and control technology 

Chemical engineering hotline: 

Mark Metzbaur: (+ 49 2233) 604 – 269 

Telefax: (+ 49 2233) 604 – 222 

e-mail: > info@leybold-didactic.de 

> http://www.leybold-didactic.com 


77

chemical engineering 

NEW 

Extraction technology 

Liquid-phase extraction apparatus CE 9 


Liquid-phase extraction apparatus CE 9 

Apparatus for extraction from liquid phases in 

multiple extraction stages. Controlled via the 

CASSY interface using the Windows software 

CASSY Lab. 

Solid-phase extraction CE 10 

Apparatus for extraction of components from 

solids in multiple extraction stages.

Setup for filling level control 

Filling level control 

For measuring and controlling the flow quantity 

and filling level of liquids. 

Further controlled systems include flow control 

of gases and temperature control. 

chemical engineering 

Rebirth of a classic… 

Fascinating, practically relevant insight 

into applied instrumentation and process 

control technology. 

Compact for fast setup 

Multi-purpose pump and reservoirs can be 

used in other setups 

Modular integration of external sensors 

Expandable Additional holders for altered 

characteristic of controlled 

system 


79


Chemical engineering model (controlled using SIMULOG components) 

The following plant models are available: 

Thermal separating methods 

Equilibrium apparatus CE 1 

Rectification apparatus CE 2 

Rectification apparatus with two packed 

columns CE 3 

Vacuum rectification apparatus CE 4 

Carrier rectification apparatus CE 5 

Continuous rectification apparatus 


Reaction technology 

CPS batch reactor CE 6 

Three-stage CPS stirrer reactor cascade CE 7 

CPS flow-through reactor CE 8 

Extraction technology 

CPS liquid-liquid extraction CE 9 

Solid-liquid extraction CE 10 

Biotechnology 

CPS-biological reactor 

Applied process information technology 

Chemical engineering model (PLC-controlled)

chemistry panel system 

Chemistry Panel System (CPS) 

Principles 82 

Inorganic chemistry 87 

Organic chemistry 90 

Technical chemistry 92 

Physical chemistry 94 

Electrochemistry 95 

Analytical chemistry 96 

Measuring instruments 98 

Interface 101 

Individual modules 102 

Accessories 111 

Literature 113 


81


Basic assembly process 

First step: 

The experiment panels are inserted into the 

CPS frame. 

Second step: 

A GL-screw cap � (silicone seals are enclosed) is 

slid onto the glassware to be connected (e.g. 

three-way stopcock) and is secured in place with 

the aid of a glassware connector �. 

Third step: 

The second experiment panel is placed next to 

the first panel, and the second experiment panel 

is screwed to the CPS glass connector with the 

aid of the GL-type screwed glass joint �. Since 

the spaces and the heights are standardized the 

glass components will fit exactly into the CPS 

glass connector. 

This connects the glass components on the 

two experiment panels firmly and tightly to 

each other. 

To disassemble (for cleaning purposes, for 

example) proceed in the reverse order: 

1. Unscrew the screw connectors. 

2. Slide the panels apart 

3. Lift the panels out of their frames. 

4. Dismantle the glassware as much as 

possible for cleaning. 

The Chemistry Panel System (CPS) is a new 

system for the assembly of demonstration experiments 

in chemistry which offers a wide range 

of advantages: 

· Clear and easily comprehendible experiment 

assemblies without distracting stand material. 

· Simple and fast assembly process based on 

standardized modules which are inserted into 

the CPS panel frames within seconds. 

· No more tedious adjustment of glass items due 

to standardized spacings. 

· Assemblies may be set up and modified within 

the shortest possible time even while the 

demonstration is in progress. 

· Shortest possible preparation time. 


Placing the panels in the CPS panel frame. 

· GL-type screwed glass joints ensure leak tight 

and secure joints between the individual modules 

– no seized joints any more - no problems 

with hose connections which are too tight. 

· Secure installation of glassware on the experiment 

panels - reduced danger of breakage. 

· Flexible clamping system for rapid removal and 

replacement of glassware for cleaning. 

· Safe and convenient storage. 

� 

Connecting the glass components with the CPS glass connector 

� 

�

Easy to assemble 

· Rapid and reliable assembly based on modules. 

· Rapid installation and removal of glass items 

through flexible clamping system. 

· Simple adjustment by standardized spacings. 

· Set up and modification of assemblies within 

the shortest possible time. 


Example: assembly of a stack gas desulfurization plant 

Gas washer module 

Woulff's bottle, 

glass connector and 

attached tubing 

CPS frame and 

gas collector 

CPS frame, 

gas collector and 

gas washer 

Completed assembly 


83


Writing fields · pictograms 

CPS panel frames 

All panel frames are made of rectangular steel 

tube and aluminum profile sections with brush 

strips. The frames with L- or K-base may be 

attached to a bottom cabinet with the aid of two 

M8 wing screws. 

In the case of the versions with conduit (K) an 

666 428 

� 

� 

� 

726 21 

726 22 

666 426 

All frames have been designed to accept any type of experiment panel (297 mm 

high) and they are made from aluminum profiles with an integrated brush strip. 

The painted steel stand members with T-bases provide the stability. 


installation energy may be run under the lowermost 

aluminum profile, or this space may be 

used for placement of a burner or a magnetic 

stirrer. 

The spacings between the aluminum profile 

sections are the same on all panel frames, 

Besides the CPS panel frames, further panel 

frames for accepting SIMULOG panels, the 

666 425 

Labeled experiment panels for very clear experiment assemblies 

A good looking experiment assembly can make a major contribution to 

successful learning. A good visual ap-pearance is an inherent feature of all 

assemblies which are based on the chemistry panel system (CPS). Magnets 

on the rear of the experiment panels permit the addition of labeling panels, 

which may be used to indicate the type of chemical in the reaction vessel, 

for example. In addition to this, labeling plates may be included in the panel 

frame. Imprinted pictograms are used to provide additional information 

and to simplify setting up of the experiments. 

� Pictograms 

The pictograms which are printed on the experiment panels simplify 

arrangement and setting up of the experiments. 

� Labeling panels 

These panels can be inserted into the panel frames and are suitable for 

writing on with a felt tip pen. 

� Labeling plates 

These metal plates may be placed directly on the experiment panels 

with the aid of magnets so that they can be placed exactly where required 

within any experiment assembly. They are suitable for writing 

on with a felt tip pen. 

programmable control unit and the control unit 

for the process technology model (PTM) among 

others, are available. Please ask for our specific 

brochures. 

Console 

> 

301 312 

To be attached to the profile rails, e.g. on the 

demonstration experiment frame (> 666 425 

or > 666 428), e.g. for serving as a surface for 

placing measuring instruments, solar cells etc. 

in front of the profile rails. 

Dimensions: 30 cm x 16 cm 

726 21 

Equipment platforms 

For supporting bench-top devices which are to 

be integrated into the experiment assemblies. 

Dimensions 350 x 440 mm (W x D) 


726 22 

Equipment platform 

Accessories: 

see page 111 



Dimensions: 500 x 440 mm (W x D) 

Weight: 1.5 kg

1-level 


Frame with L-base Frame with K-base Frame with T-base 

without conduit with conduit without conduit 

Cat. No. Height Width Depth 

726 01 

726 02 

39.5 145 15 

39.5 175 15 

Cat. No. Height Width Depth Cat. No. Height Width Depth Cat. No. Height Width Depth 

666 403 

726 03 

726 04 

726 05 

2-level 

73.0 80 15 726 063 86.0 124 15 726 09 73.0 124 30 

73.0 124 15 726 073 86.0 145 15 726 10 73.0 145 30 

73.0 145 15 726 083 86.0 175 15 726 11 73.0 175 30 

73.0 175 15 

With conduit 


3-level 

86.0 93 30 

84.0 56 30 

Without conduit With conduit With conduit 


726 12 

726 13 

726 14 

All dimensions in mm 

666 428 

666 425 

106.5 124 15 726 153 119.5 124 15 666 426 116.0 93 54 

106.5 145 15 726 163 119.5 145 15 

106.5 175 15 726 173 119.5 175 15 

Panel frames 


85


Storage 

Cabinet for storing CPS modules 

CPS storage box (666 461) 


Storage cabinets with special grooved profiles 

permit safe, compact and clearly organized 

storage of all CPS modules. 

724 800 

Cabinet 

Storage cabinet with full-length doors. 


724 831 

Shelf with grooved mat 

Shelf with grooved mat on one side. 

Dimensions: 106 x 51 cm (W x D) 

Thickness: 29 mm 

724 832 

Shelf with grooved mats 

Shelf with grooved mats on both sides. 

Dimensions: 106 x 51 cm (W x D) 


200 26440 

Grooved mat 

For attachement to already existing shelves. 



666 461 

CPS-storage box 

Hard PVC box with special grooved inserts for 

storage and transportation of the experiment 

panels of the CPS system (297 mm wide). 

Boxes can be stacked and have carrying handles. 

Wider panels may also be accommodated 

and transported; however these panels will 

protrude over the top edges of the box. 


Weight: 0.7 kg

Gas generation 

The CPS gas generator after MAEY makes it 

possible to generate all gases required in school 

instruction quickly and safely. 

The chemistry panel integrates both the gas 

generator and the dropping funnel. Adhesive 

magnetic panels allow labeling of the chemicals 

used and the respective gases generated. When 

used in conjunction with the CPS gas washer, it 

is also possible to integrate this setup in a number 

of experiments. 


Experiment assembly for gas generation 









Chemicals 

Calcium carbonate, 50 g 671 230 

Hydrochloric acid, 1 mol/l, 500 ml 674 690 

Air analysis 

Quantitative determination of the amount of 

oxygen in the air can be realized with a very simple 

experiment configuration, A defined volume 

of air is passed through a heated copper mesh 

inside a quartz tube. The copper oxidizes. 

The reduction in volume corresponds to the 

oxygen content. 

668 802 

CPS experiment assembly 

for gas generation 






Panel System. The equipment list of the experiments 




CPS experiment assembly for air analysis 

Experiment assembly for air analysis 


Inorganic chemistry 



1 CPS Gas syringe, with 3-way valve 666 480 

1 CPS Air analysis 666 433 

1 Labjack 666 583 








87


CPS-experiment assembly for synthesis of water 


Experiment assembly for synthesis of water 


1 CPS combustion chamber, water synthesis 666 439 


1 CPS Gas syringe 3-way valve 666 480 

1 Spark-gap supply unit 667 818 

1 Pair of cables, 1 m, red and blue 501 46 


1 Equipment platform 726 21 



additonnally required: 

Gases H 2 and O 2 

CPS-experiment assembly for stochiometry 



Experiment assembly for stochiometry 

Synthesis of water 

The hydrogen is passed through a capillary tube 

to an electric arc; there it burns in the oxygen 

atmosphere. Gas syringes are used to pump the 

gases into the reaction area; these syringes make 

it possible to determine the quantities consumed. 

The water which is produced condenses as a 

clearly visible film on the walls of the chamber. 

The chamber itself is so light that the water's 

weight can be determined gravimetrically. Where 

50 ml of H2 and 25 ml of 02 are consumed one 

will find that (under normal conditions) the 

weight will have increased by exactly 20.0 mg. 



1 CPS Stoichiometry 666 455 

1 CPS-holder with bosshead, height adjustable 666 470 

1 Stand ring, 70 mm dia. 666 572 

1 Topping-up reservoir 664 352 

1 Silicone tubing, 1 m 667 194 

1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666428 




Stoichiometry 

This experiment assembly may be used to determine 

the atomic masses and valences of many 

metals. The metals react quantitatively with 

water or diluted mineral acids. The volume of 

hydrogen liberated is measured in the gas sampling 

syringe. 

668 802 








stand material

666 442 

CPS-distillation 

Complete with standardized spacers and 

attachment components. 

Suitable for: 

· Standard-pressure distillation 

· Vacuum distillation (after addition of some 

components) 

Dimensions: 

400 mm x 297 mm x 185 mm 

Experiment panel: 

400 mm x 297 mm 



1 Round-bottom flask, ST 29, 500 ml 

1 Distillation bridge after Claisen, 2 GL 18, 

cooling jacket with 2 nipples for the water 

connection, 1 nipple for the vacuum 

connection. 


1 Experiment panel 

Attachment components 

668 802 









Complete CPS distillation assembly with CPS panel frame and accessories 


Complete CPS distillation assembly 


1 CPS Distillation plant 666 442 

1 Heating mantle, 500 ml, 200W 666 753 

1 Chemical thermometer 666 161 



2 Joint clip 665 392 

1 Rubber tubing, 10 m 667 181 




Distillation 


89


Organic chemistry 

Fractional crude oil distillation 

This setup provides excellent didactic possibilities for effectively teaching 

the production process of fractional distillation by experimental means. 

A number of gasoline fractions are derived from the crude oil mixture; 

these fractions are collected individually. The special bubble cap column 

allows for the separation of fractions where there are only small differences 

in their boiling points. 

Temperature sensors in the assembly enable direct determination of the 

boiling points of individual fractions. This feature permits continuous process 

monitoring. 

668 222 

From crude oil to fuels and lubricants 

Complete setup for CPS-crude oil distillation with panel frame and accessories 


Six experiments and a detailed theoretical discussion on the composition 

and processing of crude oil. All experiments are closely related to practical 

matters and replicate to a large part the industrial processes which would 

take place in a refinery, for instance. The descriptions of the experiments 

are backed up by ten pre-printed work sheets which can be used to amplify 

the material. These pages may be photocopied and passed out to 

the students. The same sheets then follow for the teachers's use; 

here the solutions have been entered. 

· Crude oil distillation in a bubble-cap column 

· Vacuum distillation of medium-weight and heavy oil fractions 

· Thermal cracking of higher paraffins to hydrocarbons 

with shorter molecular chains 

· Boiling point analysis for a gasoline blend (quality analysis for gasoline) 

· Determining the flash point and burning point 

· Determining the conditions required for a mixture of fuel and air to explode 



CPS-fractional crude oil distillation 


1 CPS Crude oil distillation 666 447 


2 Temperature-box (NiCr-Ni/NTC) 524 045 

4 Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni 666 193 

5 Protective tube for 666193, set of 5 666 194 



1 Equipment platform 726 21 

1 Crude oil, 1 l 661 099 

1 Labjack 666 583 





additionally required: 

1 PC with Windows 95/98 or NT. 

The temperature can also be measured with the 

digital thermometer with 4 inputs (> 666 454 CPS).

Crude oil distillation 

This experiment variant uses the digital thermometer to display the temperature. 

The temperatures in the sump, the bubble caps and in the transition 

can be displayed automatically at user-definable intervals. 


CPS-setup crude oil distillation 


1 CPS Crude oil distillation 666 447 





5 Protective tube for 666 193, set of 5 666 194 




1 Crude oil, 1 l 661 099 

1 Labjack 666 583 



CPS-setup fermentation 


1 CPS-Biological reactor, basic kit 666 410 

1 Controllable aeration pump 666 482 

1 Plastic tubing, 6 mm int.dia., 1 m 307 641 


1 Stirrer motor, 60 to 700 rpm 666 821 

1 Stirrer, 370 mm with Teflon shaft and Teflon blades 666 826 

1 CPS ethanol sensor for 666 410 666 411 

1 CPS-Metering unit 666 413 

1 CPS Voltage supply, switchable through programmable 

control signal, TTL signal or contact thermometer 666 471 



1 pH box 524 035 

1 pH single rod measurement cell (glass electrode) 667 424 

1 Temperature-box (NiCrNi/NTC) 524 045 

1 Temperature sensor, NTC 666 212 


2 Connection lead, 50 cm, red 500 421 

2 Connection lead, 50 cm, blue 500 422 

2 Connection lead, 50 cm, black 500 424 





PC with Windows 95 or 98 or NT 

> 

For further experiments in biotechnology 

see page 114 


CPS-setup crude oil distillation with digital thermometer with four inputs 

CPS-setup crude fermentation 

> 

Literature: see page 113 

Biotechnology 

The goal of biotechnology is to use microorganisms, plant or animal cells 

and their components in industrial processes. 

The fascination of biotechnology is also due to the fact that this new field of 

technology promises the key to solving crucial problems of the present and 

the future. 


91


Technical chemistry 


Catalytic converter for exhaust gas 


1 CPS Exhaust gas catalytic converter 666 440 



1 Labjack 666 583 




1 Spare air bags set of 10 662 301 

1 Tube CO test, set of 10 666 319 






The catalytic converter for exhaust gas 

Automobile exhaust emissions are a major 

source of air pollution today and are considered 

as a major factor for the forest's dying off. 

The catalytic converter model from LEYBOLD 

DIDACTIC may be used to demonstrate in the 

lab that it is possible to markedly reduce the 

amount of pollutants emitted by cars (nitrogen 

oxides NOx , carbon monoxide CO and hydrocarbons 

CxHy ). 

Synthesis of sulfuric acid based on the contact process 



1 CPS Contact process 666 457 






2 CPS glass connector, with nipple 667 313 




1 Panel frame, T130, two levels, T-Base 726 09 

Chemicals: 

1 Sulphur, cryst. 674 750 

Synthesis of sulfuric acid 

based on the contact process 

Sulfuric acid is manufactured industrially from 

sulfur trioxide which is derived by catalytic oxidation 

of SO2 (contact process). Since SO2 , is very 

difficult to dissolve in water, it is introduced into 

concentrated sulfuric acid.


Experiment assembly DENOX plant 


1 CPS-DENOX-process 666 476 



1 Silicone gaskets for 667 312 667 306 


1 CPS-wash bottle 666 478 






1 Labjack 666 583 

Chemicals 

1 Ammonia solution, 25% 670 360 

1 Copper, turnings 672 870 

1 Nitric acid, 65 % 674 660 

1 Sulphanilic acid 674 971 

1 Acetic acid 671 950 

1 Sodiumhydroxide pellets 673 860 

1 N-(Naphtyl)-ethylendiamdihydrochloride 673 452 



666 477 

SCR-DENOX catalytic convertor 

Replacement for the CPS module for DENOX 

process (> 666 476)). Also suitable for CPS 

exhaust catalytic converter (> 666 440). 

Original SCR catalytic convertor for removing 

nitrogen from exhaust gas, 100 x 39 mm dia. in 

a quartz tube. 

For integration into experiment configurations, 

includes 2 silicon plugs with holes. 


Internal diameter: 40 mm 







1 Evaporating dish, 75 mm dia. 664 442 


1 Vacuum rubber tubing, 1 m 667 186 

1 Water jet pump 375 56 



1 Silicone gaskets for 667 312, 10 pieces 667 306 

*The controllable aeration pump (> 666 482) can be used as an alternative. 

CPS experiment assembly DENOX process 


DENOX process 

This demonstration experiment for removing nitrogen oxides from flue gas 

(DENOX process) provides an insight into the mode of operation of largescale 

plants, thus familiarizing the students and trainees with practical procedures. 

The industrial-scale removal of nitrogen oxides from flue gas 

involves allowing NOx to react with atmospheric oxygen and either ammonium 

or urea as a reducing agent in the presence of a catalyst using the SCR 

method (selective catalytic reduction). The reactants react on the catalyst to 

form environmentally compatible substances. 

CPS experiment assembly stack gas desulferization 


Stack gas desulfurization plants have now become virtually standard 

equipment for coal-fired power stations. The sulfur dioxide liberated when 

fossil fuels are burned, a major cause of acid rain, is precipitated as CaSO4 . 

The process can performed quite simply in the experiments. 


93


Physical chemistry 

CPS experiment assembly for calorimetry 

Calorimetry 

This experiment assembly makes it possible to determine 

· molar enthalpies of combustion and 

· calorific values of foods. 

CPS experiment assembly for general gas laws 

General gas laws 

With the aid of a single experiment assembly it is possible to derive all general 

gas laws (Boyle's Law, Amonton's Law and Gay-Lussac's Law). 



Experiment assembly for calorimetry 



1 CPS Calorimeter 666 429 



1 Stirring top 666 819 






1 CPS Holder, for pressurized gas cans 666 458 

1 MINICAN gas can: oxygen 660 998 

1 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans 

or 

660 980 

1 Gas bottle, 10l: oxygen 661 011 

Pressure reducing valve O2 additionally required: 

661 016 

Variable extra low voltage transformer D 667 827 

668 802 

Chemistry demonstration experiments “General chemistry” 


Demonstration experiments from the area of general chemistry based on 

the Chemistry Panel System. The equipment list of the experiments also 

takes account of conventional stand material. 


Experiment assembly for general gas laws 


1 CPS-basic unit for gas laws 666 474 

1 CPS-gas syringe for gas laws (> 666 474) 666 473 

1 CPS-Displacement transducer for > 666 473 666 475 

1 Spring manometer, 

measurement range: 200 ... + 200 hPa 665 944 

1 P/U Converter 734 83 

1 Stab. power supply ± 15 V DC 726 86 


1 NiCr-Ni-temperature sensor 666 216 

2 Demonstration meters 727 41 

1 Magnetic stirrer 666 847 

1 Stirring bar 666 854 

1 Beaker, 1000 ml, ss, hard glass 664 107 






2 Set of 10 bridging plugs 501 511 


1 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467

Daniell element 

For measuring the potential difference in a copper/zinc element and also 

monitoring the change in voltage current when driving a motor. 


Electrochemistry experiment setup 


1 CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit 664 407 

1 CPS-Table for 664 407 666 472 


1 Accessories set for electrochemistry 664 401 

668 132 



Instructions for the experiments using the electrochemistry demonstration 

units (> 664 400 and > 664 407) and the accessory set (> 664 401). 

The manual is supplied with the electrochemistry demonstration units 

> 664 400 and > 664 407. 


Experiment assembly with H 2 O 2 fuel cell 


1 CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit 664 407 

1 CPS-Table for 664 407 666 472 

2 Large clip plug 591 21 

2 Bubble counter 664 812 

1 Oxyhydrogen cell (H 2 O 2 cell) made of acrylic glass 664 409 


1 Safety connection lead, Ø 2.5 mm 2 , 10 cm, blue 500 602 



2 CPS Holder, for pressurized gas cans 666 458 

1 MINICAN gas can: hydrogen 660 997 

1 MINICAN gas can: oxygen 660 998 

2 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans 660 980 

1 Silicone tubing, 1 m 667 194 



1 Potassium lye, 30%, 100 ml 672 438 

668 432 


57 pages, A4 size in English. 

The manual contains the theory and the experiment descriptions for all fuel 

cells, H 2 /O 2 cell, aluminium/air element and formiate cell. 

CPS-electrochemistry experiment setup 

CPS experiment assembly with the H 2 O 2 fuel cell 


H2O2 fuel cell 

In this classical type of fuel cell, hydrogen gas and oxygen gas are combined 

at two separate electrodes to form water. During this process chemical energy 

is converted directly into electrical energy with high efficiency. The fuel 

cell can be reused indefinitely and supplies electricity as soon as, and for as 

long as, the gases are supplied. 

> 

Electrochemistry 

For further experiments on fuel cells 

see pages 29 ff 


95


Analytical chemistry 

Separation methods 

Most of the substances we encounter daily are 

mixtures of various pure substances. In order to 

separate these mixtures and to isolate the pure 

substances, suitable separation methods are used 

which specifically exploit the different chemical 

and/or physical properties of the individual 

components. In terms of energy expenditure, a 

distinction is drawn between mechanical and 

thermal separation methods. 


Experiment assembly gel filtration 


1 CPS Gel filtration 666 444 

1 CPS Drop funnel 666 437 

2 Sephadex G-25, 25 g 674 829 

1 Bromthymol blue 671 070 

1 Detrane blue 671 598 



1 Labjack 666 583 



Experiment assembly 

for column chromatography 


1 CPS Chromatography column 666 443 

1 CPS Drop funnel 666 437 


1 Beaker, 600 ml, ss 664 105 

1 Panel frame, C100, 

three-level, with conduit 666 426 

1 Silica gel, 500 g 661 058 

CPS-experiment assembly for gel filtration CPS-experiment assembly for 

extraction after Soxhlet 

CPS-experiment assembly titration stand 


Experiment assembly extraction after Soxhlet 


1 CPS Extraction setup 

after Soxhlet 666 445 

1 Joint clip, ST 29/32, plastic 665 392 

1 Heating mantle, 

500 ml, 200W 666 753 


1 Extraction thimble, 

diam. 33 mm, set of 25 661 051 

1 Labjack 666 583 



Experiment assembly titration stanad 


1 CPS Burette holder 

(with burette) 666 448 

1 CPS Digital pH-meter 666 450 

1 pH single rod measurement 

cell (glass electrode) 667 424 

1 CPS-holder with bosshead, 

height adjustable 666 470 

1 Miniature clamps, 

0 ... 25 mm dia. 666 551 


1 Labjack 666 583 

1 Magnetic stirrer 666 845 

1 Stirring bar 666 851 

1 Panel frame, C50, two-level 666 425

CPS demonstration gas chromatograph 490 

A low-cost, reliable demonstration unit for 

gas chromatographic separation at room 

temperature. 


CPS-experiment assembly gas chromatograph 


1 Demonstration gas 

chromatograph, basic unit 665 490 

1 Gas sensor 665 495 

1 DC 550 column 665 533 


1 CPS power supply, 

24 V AC/3 A 667 824 


1 Silicon tubing, 1 m 604 432 

1 Set of 10 bridging plugs 501 511 

668 802 








stand material. 


HPLC system 


1 CPS HPLC pump 665 485 

1 CPS-HPLC column support 665 481 

1 Separating column Sl RP-18 665 4791 

2 CPS HPLC reservoir 665 487 

1 HPLC basic kit 665 4801 

1 CPS Flow-throughphotometer 

for HPLC 665 486 


1 Pair of cables, 50 cm, 

red and blue 501 45 





1 PC with Windows 95/98 or NT 

CPS demonstration gas chromatograph 490 


HPLC system 

This HPLC system is based 

on a new concept for rapid 

column chromatography 

which operates at pressures 

of up to 6 bar. 

> 


For more information 

see page 48 

97


CPS measuring instruments 

General features 

· User operation via LEDs and 

membrane keyboard 

· Membrane keyboard is resistant to most 

liquids and solvents which are used in 

laboratories 

· 31/2 digits, 26 mm high LED display, can be 

read easily even from a distance 

· Simple retrofitting of a data output module - 

therefore easy connection to computer or 

printer 

· No resolution loss via the data output module 

· All functions can be activated from the computer 

(bidirectional interface) 

· Automatic/manual calibration or 

automatic/manual temperature compensation 

(selectable, depends on the measuring instrument) 

· Power supply: 12 V AC/580 mA via plug-in 

mains supply unit (included) 

· Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm 

· Weight: 1.5 kg 

All CPS measuring instruments are also available 

with another housing for use on the benchtop. 

666 450 


CPS-digital pH meter 

Display: 

LED, 3 1/2 digits, 26 mm high, 

(7 segment numeric) 

LED, 2 digit, 14 mm high, 

(14 segment alpha-numeric) 

Inputs: 

1 pH standard socket, 

13 mm dia., 1 DIN socket, 8 pin 


pH 0.00 ... 14.00 

0 ... +1000 mV 

NTC: -20 ... +120 °C 

PT 100: -50 ... +200 °C 

Resolution: 0.01 pH; 1 mV; 0.1 °C 

Measurement accuracy: 

pH: ±0.02 pH 

NTC: ±0.1 °C or ±0.3 % of 

measured value (>70 °C) 

Pt 100: ±0.2 °C 

Internal resistance: 10 12 Ω 

Temperature compensation: 0 ... 140 °C 

(automatic or manual) 

Slope matching: 40 ... 80 mV (pH) 

Zero point matching: pH 5 ... pH 

Analog output: 

12 bit conversion, 1 digit ^ = 1 mV 

Data outputs: Via plug-in module (data output 

module, > 666 211), for retrofitting 

Serial interface: (RS 232) 

Parallel interface: (Centronics) 



> 

666 451 

For further information and 

accessories 

see page 196 

CPS-digital conductivity meter 

Display: 

LED, 3 1/2 digits, 26 mm high 

(7 segment numeric) 

LED, 2 digits, 14 mm high (alpha-numeric) 

Inputs: 

2 x sockets, 4 mm dia. 

1 x DIN socket, 8 pin 


0 ... 200 µS/cm 

0 ... 2 mS/cm 

0 ... 20 mS/cm 

0 ... 2000 mS/cm 

NTC: -20 ... +120 °C 

PT 100: -50 ... +200 °C 

Resolution: 

0.1 - 1 - 10 - 100 µS/cm - 1 mS/cm 

0.1 °C 

Measurement inaccuracy: 

Conductivity: ±2 % (70 °C) 

PT 100: ±0.2 °C 

Measurement range: 

selection automatic or manual 

Cell constant: 0.7 ... 1.3 cm -1 

Temperature coefficient: 0 ... 6 % K 

Temperature compensation: 

0 ... 150 °C (automatic or manual) 

Analog output: 

12 bit conversion, 1 digit ^ = 1 mV 

Power supply: 12 V AC/580 mA, via plug-in 

power supply unit 

Data outputs: 

via plug-in module (data output module 

> 666 211 ), for retrofitting 

Serial interface (RS 232) 

Parallel interface (Centronics) 


Weight: 1.5 kg

667 909 


For connection of the multimeters > 666 453 

and > 667 908 to a chart recorder, 

printer or computer 

1 Analog output: 

1 digit ^ = 1 mV (12-bit conversion) 


1 Serial interface (RS 232): selectable 

2400/9600 bps for connection to a computer. 

Output intervals: 

continuous, 1 s, 10 s, 1 min, 10 min, 30 min, 

60 min; selectable via pushbuttons, time 

interval displayed on front panel of module, 

alphanumeric data output (ASCII characters) 

together with the unit of measur-ement. 



666 211 


For connection of meters > 666 450, 

> 666 451, > 666 452, > 667 420, 

> 667 439, > 666 210 and > 667 347 

to a printer and computer. 


1 Serial interface (RS 232): 

selectable 2400/9600 bps, 8 data bits, 

1 stop bit, no parity. 

Output intervals: 

continuous, 1 s, 10 s, 1 min, 10 min, 30 min, 

60 min; selectable via pushbuttons, time 

interval displayed on front panel of module, 

alphanumeric data output (ASCII characters) 




666 453 

Digital multimeter, 

CPS version (for use in panel frames) 

Display: LED, 4 1 / 2 digit, 26 mm high 

(7-segment, numerical) for measured values 

LED 2 digits, 14 mm high 

(alphanumeric) for unit of measurement 

automatic negative indication 

Inputs: V DC Ω/2 A/20 A 

Internal resistance: 

1M Ω (in voltage measurement range) 

Data outputs via insertable module 

(data output module, > 667 909) which 

may be retrofitted: 

serial interface (RS 232) 

parallel interface (Centronics) 

analog (chart recorder) output 

All outputs are electrically isolated 

from the inputs. 



> 


666 454 

For further information and 

accessories 

see page 193 

CPS digital thermometer 

Display: 4 1 / 2 digit red LED display, 26 mm high, 

7 segments (numerical), 2-digit, 18 mm high 

(alphanumeric), automatic negative sign 

Inputs: 4 DIN sockets, 8-pin 


NiCr-Ni: -200 ... +1200°C 

NTC: -20 ... 120°C 

Resolution: -200 ... +1200 °C: 0.1 K, 

0...199.9 K: 0.01 K 

(relative temperature measurement with NTC) 

Accuracy: 

0.2 °C resp. 0.2 % of measured value 

Analog output: 12-bit conversion, 

-200 ... +200°C : 0.1 K 

(1 digit corresponds to 1 mV) 

>200 °C : 1 K (10 digits correspond to 1 mV), 

resolution switchable 

Serial output: RS 232 

Data logger function: 

Storage of up to 14,400 measured values 

Supply voltage: 

12 V AC/580 mA, via plug-in supply unit 



Meas. quantity/number of ranges Measuring range Resolution Overload protection 

Voltage DC 200 mV 10 µV 1200 V DC 

5 ranges 1000 V 0,1 V 700 V AC 

Voltage AC 200 mV 10 µV 1200 V DC 

5 ranges 600 V 0,1 V 700 V AC 

DC and AC current 200 µA 10 nA 2,5 A Fuse 

6 ranges 20 A 1 mA insert 

Resistance 200 Ω 10 mΩ 300 V DC 

6 ranges 20 Ω 1 kΩ 270 V AC 


99


CPS-Measuring instruments 

> 


Conductivity of solids and liquids 

Electrolytic dissociation 

Ion migration 


Electrolysis 

Fuel cells 

For further electrochemistry experiments 

see page 21 


664 407 

CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit 

With this demonstration equipment from LEYBOLD DIDACTIC, you now 

have available a universal power supply and measurement instrument which 

can be used to conduct a broad variety of experiments from the field of electrochemistry. 

Combining three functions in a single unit considerably reduces 

the required preparation time while at the same time simplifying the actual 

experiments. 

The measured voltages and currents are displayed simultaneously and independently 

of each other on a red LED display, the digits of which are 26 mm 

high. The numbers can be read clearly even from a distance of about 10 

metres. The demonstration unit fulfils three purposes: 

- It functions as a power supply, delivering AC and DC voltage. 

- It is equipped with two measurement instruments 

a) for voltage measurements from 0 ... 60 V 

b) for current measurements from 0 ... 2 A 

Thus it can also be used as a multimeter. The measurement unit and the 

power pack can be linked internally or can also be used separately. This unit 

also serves as a current indicator and load using the built-in miniature motor 

with segmented display disk. Additional instruments (chart recorder, CASSY 

interface or oscilloscope, for example) can be connected to the two chart 

recorder outputs (one each for voltage and current). Included as standard 

equipment for the demonstration unit is a tray with recesses for the vessels 

(e.g. battery tray from accessory set (> 664 401). 

The CPS version (> 664 407) requires the use of the “table for 

electrochemistry” (> 666 472) in addition. In both versions a white rear 

panel serves as the background to accentuate colour changes, precipitation 

reactions, etc. The tray and the table have sockets at the front, into which 

spring clips may be inserted for attachment of U-tubes.The CPS 

demonstration unit (> 664 407) is designed for use in a panel frame. 

Dimensions (W x H x D): 40 cm x 29.7 cm x 17 cm 

Experiment panel: 40 cm x 29.7 cm 


A complete experimental manual is delivered with the demonstration unit 

(> 668 132) 

Experiment: 

characteristics and 

efficiency of fuel cells.

pH and conductivity titration 

524 200 

CASSY Lab 

Software for Windows 95/98/NT for recording 

and evaluating measurement data acquired 

using the CASSY-S family, with comprehensive 

integrated help functionality. 

524 010 

Sensor-CASSY 


> 

CPS-Interfaces 

Cascadable interface for measured-value recording 

· For connection to the RS 232 serial interface of a computer, another 

CASSY module or the CASSY display 

· 4-fold electrical isolation (inputs A and B, relay R, voltage source S). 

· Cascading of up to 8 CASSY modules possible 

(to expand the inputs and outputs) 

· Up to 8 analog inputs per Sensor-CASSY retrofittable using sensor boxes 

· Automatic sensor box detection by CASSY Lab (plug and play) 

· Microprocessor-controlled via the CASSY operating system 

(complete with software update functionality for fast, easy performance 

enhancements) 

· Can be set up as a benchtop, console or demonstration unit 

(also suitable for CPS/TPS panel frames) 

· Voltage supply 12 V AC/DC via cannon plug or an adjacent 

CASSY module 

5 Analog inputs (any two inputs A and B usable simultaneously) 

2 Analog voltage inputs A and B on 4-mm safety sockets 

Resolution: 12 bits 

Measuring ranges: ± 0.3/1/3/10/30/100 V 

Measurement error: ± 1 % plus 0.5 % of range end value 

Input resistance: 1 MΩ 

Scanning rate: max. 200,000 values/s (= 100,000 values/s per input) 

Memory: max. 32,000 values (= 16,000 values per input) 

1 Analog current input A on 4-mm safety sockets 

Measuring ranges: ± 0.1/0.3/1/3 A 

Measurement error: voltage error plus 1 % 

Input resistance: < 0.5 Ω (except under overload) 

See voltage inputs for further data 

2 Analog inputs at sensor box connector sites A and B 

(all CASSY sensor boxes and sensors can be connected) 

Measuring ranges: ± 0.003/0.01/0.03/0.1/ 0.3/1 V 

Input resistance: 10 kΩ. 

See voltage inputs for further dat. 

The technical data will change depending on a connected sensor box. 

In this case CASSY Lab automatically detects the possible measurement 

quantities and ranges when a sensor box is attached 

4 Timer inputs with 32-bit counters at sensor box sites A and B 

(e.g. for BMW box, GM box or timer box) 

Counting frequency: max. 100 kHz 

Time resolution: 0.25 µs 

Measuring time between two events at same input: min. 100 µs 

Measuring time between two events at different inputs: min. 0.25 µs 

Memory: max. 10,000 time points (= 2,500 values per input) 

1 Changeover relay (switching indication via LED) 

Range: max. 100 V / 2 A 

1 Analog output (PWM output) (pulse-width modulated, 

switchable voltage source, LED switching state indicator, e.g. for holding 

magnet or supplying experiment) 

Variable voltage range: max. 16 V / 200 mA (load ≥ 80 W) 

PWM range: 0% (off), 5-95% (1% resolution), 100% (on) 

PWM frequency: 100 Hz 

12 Digital inputs (TTL) on sensor box sites A and B (at present only used for 

automatic sensor box detection) 

6 Digital outputs (TTL) on sensor box sites A and B (at present only used 

for automatic switching of a sensor box measuring range) 

1 Serial interface RS232 subD-9 for connection to a computer 

1 CASSY bus 

For connecting additional CASSY modules or the CASSY display 

Dimensions (WxHxD): 115 mm x 295 mm x 45 mm 

Weight: approx. 1 kg 


on CASSY see page 144 


101


CPS full-system modules 

The full-system modules contain a complete experiment setup with all 

necessary apparatus – no additional modules are required. They merely 

need to be set up in a suitable panel frame, and supplied with electricity 

and/or water where necessary. 

666 442 

CPS-distillation 



Suitable for: 

· Standard-pressure distillation 

· Vacuum distillation (after addition of some 

components) 






1 Distillation bridge after Claisen, 2 GL 18, 

cooling jacket with 2 nipples for the water 

connection, 1 nipple for the vacuum 

connection. 




666 447 


CPS-crude oil distillation 



Suitable for experiments on: 

· Petrochemistry 

· Fractional distillation 





1 Double-neck round-bottom flask, 500 ml, 

ST 29 with side tapping point GL 18 

1 Bubble cap column with 2 trays, 280 mm 

long, with two cocks for tapping the fractions, 

two GL 18 threaded connectors for 

temperature sensors 

1 Distillation bridge, 200 mm, two ST 29, with 

GL 18 threaded connector for temperature 

sensor 

1 Return-flow cooler after Dimroth, 

300 mm long, two ST 29 with lateral hose 

nipples for cooling water 

1 Vacuum stopper, two ST 29 fittings, 

straight, with straight tube, with nipple 

1 Round-bottom flask, 250 ml, ST 29 

5 Joint clips, plastic 



666 446 

CPS-electrolysis 

For hydrolysis of water after Hoffmann. Complete 

with standardized spacers and attachment 

components. 


· Hydrolysis of water 

· Hydrolysis of aqueous acids, bases and salt 

solutions 

Dimensions: 

300 mm x 620 mm x 140 mm 

Experiment panel: 

300 mm x 620 mm 



1 Two-armed glass vessel with graduation 

and type GL 18 threaded fittings for electrodes 

and GL 14 threaded fitting with nipple 

for connection of the topping-up reservoir 

1 Pair of Pt electrodes in glass jacket 

1 Topping-up reservoir in adjustable-height 

metal holder, for regulating the fill level to 

ensure exactly reproducible measurements 

1 PVC hose for connecting the topping-up 

reservoir to the glass vessel 


Attachment components

666 445 

CPS-Extraction unit after Soxhlet 


mounting hardware. 


· Extraction of caffeine from tea 

· Extraction of cocoa powder 

· Determining the fat content of foods 

· Extraction of etherial oils 





1 Round-bottom flask, 500 ml, ST 29 

1 Extractor, 70 ml, ST 29 (bottom) 

and ST 40 (top) 

1 Reflux cooler after Dimroth, ST 40, cooling 

jacket 200 mm with 2 GL 14 screw threads 

for cooling water 

2 Labelling plates 


Mounting hardware 

661 051 

Extraction thimbles 

25 pieces, suitable for extractor according to 

Soxhlet > 665 454 

33 mm dia. 

100 mm high 

665 492 

CPS Gas cartridge holder 

For supplying the CPS demonstration chromatograph 

(> 665 490) with CO 2 or N 2 O as carrier 

gases. 

Disposable cartridges are used for gas supply. 

Manometer: 0 ... 4 bar for N 2 O and CO 2 

Valve: pressure reducing valve, can be regulated 


Training panel: 100 x 297 mm 



1 Pressure vessel 

1 Manometer 

1 Fine regulating valve 

1 Tubing 

1 Training panel with mounting hardware 

665 493 

Substitute cartridge CO2 Contents: 7 g 

(= 6 l at standard temperature and pressure) 

665 491 

Substitute cartridge N 2 O 

Contents: 6 g 

(= 6 l at standard temperature and pressure) 


CPS individual modules 

CPS individual modules (such as the gas syringe 

module) can be combined to conduct a broad 

range of experiments. Because they can be 

quickly set up and combined as required, 

only a minimum of apparatus need be purchased. 

Often, new experiments can be created 

simply by changing just one or two modules. 

666 458 

CPS-holder for pressurized gas cans 

For accepting Minican gas cans. 

For easy and safe experimenting with gases. 

The disposable aluminium cans 

are much easier to handle compared 

to steel cylinders. This experiment panel 

enables integration of the gas cans into the 

experiment assembly. 




666 436 

Experiments with gases 

CPS holder with MINICAN gas can 

CPS-gas generator 

Complete with standardized spacers, attachment 

components and glass connectors. 

Suitable for generating small volumes of gas. 





1 Gas generator 

1 Drop funnel (rear) 




103


666 432 

CPS-gas collector 




· Stack gas desulfurization 

· Combustion of organic materials such as 

wood or charcoal 

· Stack gas analysis 





1 Special funnel, borosilicate glass, 100 mm dia 

1 Gas wash bottle 

1 Glass tube insert for washing bottles 

1 Joint clamp 

1 Glass connector 



666 438 

CPS-Woulff's bottle 

With spring manometer; complete with standardized 

spacers, mounting hardware and glass 

connectors. 


· Vacuum distillation 

· Stack gas desulfurization 





1 Woulff's bottle, 2 GL 18, and 1 GL 25 

screw thread 

1 Spring manometer 0 ... 1013 mbar. 

2 Glass tubes, bent, 8 mm dia., 

with glass nipples 



666 430 

CPS-gas washer 




Suitable for experiments on gas generation, 

calorimetry, stack gas desulfurization, DENOX 

system and reduction of metallic oxides 





2 Wash bottles 

2 Joint clamps 

2 Glass tube inserts for wash bottles 

1 Glass connector 


1 Labelling plate 


666 438 

666 463 666 482 

666 478 

CPS-Wash bottle 


components and glass connectors. Suitable 

for experiments on: Gas generation, 

DENOX system and reduction of metallic oxides 





1 Wash bottle 

1 Glass tube insert for wash bottle 



666 463 

CPS-Three-way stopcock 







1 Three-way stopcock, plug, 2.5 mm hole 

1 Experiment panel, 

Attachment component 

666 482 


For continuous aeration. The pump can also 

be used to create a partial vacuum. The flow 

rate can be controlled either manually (via a 

control knob) or externally (by means of a control 

voltage 0...10V). 

Pump capacity: 0...3 l/min, manually set or 

externally controllable 






Weight: 1.3 kg

666 435 

CPS-gas syringe 

Complete with standardized spacers and atta-chment 

components. Suitable for experiments 

with defined volumes of gas: Air analysis, stoichiometry 

experiments, catalytic conversion of exhaust 

gases, combustion of gases. 



Weight: 1.0kg 


1 Gas syringe, 100 ml 


1 Labelling plate. 


666 480 

CPS gas syringe with 3 way valve 


1 Gas syringe with 3 way valve, 100 ml 


1 Lablelling plate. 


666 457 

CPS-contact process 

Reaction tube for filling with vanadium pentoxide 

granulate catalyst. Complete with standardized 

spacers and mounting hardware. 

Suitable for: 

Production of sulphuric acid based on the 

contact process. 



Weight 0.5 kg 


1 Reaction tube with 2 GL18 thread connectors 

1 Experiment panel. 


666 433 

CPS air analysis 


mounting hardware. Suitable for experiments 

involving quantitative measurement of atmospheric 

oxygen. 



Weight 0.5 kg 


1 Reaction tube, 160 mm, GL 18 quartz 

1 Roll copper mesh wire 

2 DURAN rods, L= 200 mm, 15 mm dia. 

(for reducing the internal volume) 


mounting hardware 

666 460 

666 457 


666 439 

CPS combustion chamber, water synthesis 

Complete with standardized spacers and mounting 

hardware. Suitable for experiments on the 

synthesis of water from the constituent elements 

(continuous combustion, reversal of the electolysis 

of water after Hoffmann). 



Weight 0.8 kg 


1 Combustion chamber with platinum wire, 

2 GL screw connections, DURAN ® 

1 Magnetic plate, suitable for labeling 



2 Safety clamps, mounting hardware 


Spark gap supply unit (> 667 818). 

666 460 

CPS-Combustion chamber 

with incandescent wire 

Complete with standardized spacers and attachment 


on: Breaking butane down into its components, 

organic elementary analysis and detection of 

oxygen in organic compounds using dimethyl 

ether as an example, decomposition of ammonia 

and model experiments using the thermal 

conductivity detector. 



Weight 0.8 kg 


1 Combustion chamber, electrically heated, 

with incandescent coil, 2 GL threaded fittings, 

DURAN® 

2 Sockets 4-mm, for connecting a power 

pack (667 827, for example) 

1 Magnetic labelling plate 

1 Cover 




105


Laws of gases 

666 474 

CPS-basic unit for general gas laws 

Special bottle with connections for manometer, 

temperature sensor and volumeter; complete 

with standardized spacers and attachment 

components. Suitable for experiments on 

general gas laws. 


Experiment panel: 200 mm x 297 mm 



1 Glass bottle, 500 ml, 1 GL 45, 3 GL 18, 

DURAN® 

3 Screw caps with hole seal, GL 18 

1 Screw cap, solid, GL 18 

1 Glass connector, angled, GL 18 

1 Brass support with thread 



666 434 

CPS-submersion tube manometer 

with three-way valve 

Complete with connector, standardized spacers 

and mounting hardware.Suitable for experiments: 

With gas syringes, on stoichiometry, on 

the combustion of gases 





1 Three-way stopcock 

1 CPS-glass connector, GL 18 

1 Submersion tube manometer after Schiele 

1 Experiment panel, mounting hardware 

666 474 

666 475 

666 473 

665 944 

Spring manometer 


665 944 734 83 

Pressure gauge with capsule spring. 

Because of the zero point correction facility 

this gauge may be used for deriving the general 

gas laws. 

Measurement range: - 200 ... + 200 hPa 

Connection: 1/2" 

Readout: Analogue 

Scale diameter: 80 mm 

666 475 

CPS-electronic displacement transducer 

Highly linear potentiometer for the conversion 

of linear displacements into voltages. 



Suitable for experiments on gas laws of: 

Boyle-Mariotte, Amontons, Gay-Lussac 





1 Potentiometer, 0-10 V output, 

power consumption 0.1 VA 

1 Pulley, 50 mm dia. 

1 Weight, 50 g 

1 Cord, 1 m 

1 Clamp for attaching holder of syringe 



666 473 

CPS-gas syringe for general gas laws 

Gas tight gas syringe for determination of the 

volumes of gases; complete with standardized 

spacers and attachment components. 

Suitable for experiments on: general gas laws. 





1 Gas syringe, 100 ml with three-way cock 



734 83 

CPS-P/U converter 

Pressure/voltage converter for the determination 

of the pressure using a piezoresistive pressure 

transducer, complete with 2 m long hose 

and reducing plug nipple. The P/U converter is 

firmly attached to an experiment panel. 

Pressure range: ± 1000 hPa (± 1 bar) relative 

Output voltage: - 10 V ... + 10 V (10 mV/hPa) 

Hose connection: 4 mm outside diameter 

Supply voltage: ± 15 V DC 


Weight: 1.8 kg

Catalytic converters 

666 440 

CPS-exhaust gas catalytic converter 


mounting hardware. Suitable for experiments 

on: catalytic conversion of exhaust gases. 





1 Catalytic converter in quartz tube, 

200 mm x 30 mm with 

2 silicone stoppers (> 666 360) 

2 Three-way stopcocks 

1 Heat protection panel 




Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni . . . . . . . 666 193 

Measuring instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 454 

Stochiometry 

666 455 

CPS-stoichiometry 




· Determining relative atomic masses 

· Determining the chemical valency of metals. 





1 Reaction vessel with three-way stopcock, 

1 GL 25 screw connector, 

1 GL 18 connector, 1 glass plunger 



666 476 

CPS-DENOX process 

Complete with standardized spacers and attachment 


on: removing nitrogen oxides from stack gas. 





1 SCR-DENOX-catalytic converter in quartz 

tube,with 2 silicone stoppers (> 666 477) 

1 Three-way stopcock 

1 Glass tube 

1 Heat protection panel 




Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni . . . . . . . 666 193 

Measuring instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 454 


Calorimetry 

666 429 

CPS calorimeter 

For solids and liquids. Complete with standardized 

spacers and mounting hardware. Suitable 

for experiments on 

· Measuring the reaction enthalpy in the combustion 

of solids or liquids 

· Measuring the calorific values (“calories”) 

of foods 

· Measuring the heat of combustion (combustion 

enthalpy) of carbon, sulfur, sugar, fats 

(e.g. cooking oil). 





1 Double-walled glass vessel 

with GL screw connections DURAN® 

1 Mount with glass inlet fittings 

and porcelain crucible 


mounting hardware 

666 819 

Stirring top with GL 32 screw thread 

For calorimeters 666 429 and 667 325, for 

mixing the calorimeter liquid or as stirrer for 

other vessels with GL 32 thread. With two 

4 mm sockets. 

A suitable power supply (e.g. 521 35) is 

required for operation. 

Operating voltage: 5 ... 6 V 

max. voltage: 10 V 

Max. current: 40 mA 


Weight: 110 g 

666 819 


666 429 

107


Liquid pumps 

666 420 

666 420 

Peristaltic pump 

665 498 

For continuous pumping of liquids. 

The flow volume is varied using three different 

silicone hoses. 

Maximum back pressure: 0.357 bar 

Flow volume: 0.75; 2.0; 4.0 [ml/min] 

Hose inside diameters: 1.0; 2.5; 5.0 [mm] 

Supply voltage: 230 V/50 Hz 

Dimensions: 

100 mm x 297 mm x 100 mm 

Experiment panel: 100 mm x 297 mm 


665 498 

666 413 

CPS-metering unit 


Peristaltic pump PM 2 

Hose pump with controllable capacity, switchable 

to control via external clock generator (e.g. 

computer). The pump capacity is designed for 

long-term constant operation! Fast replacement 

of hose section which is subject to wear 

via a quick release coupling. 

Pump capacity : 0 ... 2 l/h 





Measuring and metering liquids 

For metering of liquids via a solenoid valve; 

the valve may be operated manually or via 

a computer. With two sockets for connection 

to the relay output of a computer interface, 

1 pushbutton for manual operation, 

1 LED for operation monitoring. Intended, 

for example, to maintain the pH value in 

the bioreactor during fermentation. 

Power supply: 12 V AC/580 mA via 

plug-in power unit (included) 




666 418 

CPS flow-through reactor 


mounting hardware. Using the column reactor 

can help to clarify biotechnological processes 

which take place in a fluid-bed reactor or in 

which continuous recirculation of liquids is 

necessary. 

Examples here include: 

· Enzyme breakdown of lactose 

· Manufacture of invert sugar 

· Microbiological recovery of copper from 

excavated material (leaching of ore) 




1 Column reactor, 200 mm, 

with cooling jacket, 3 GL 14, 2 with nipples 

for connecting to a thermostat 

1 3-neck round bottom flask, 

250 ml, 3 GL 18 



1 Book: Biotechnology 



1 Reservoir vessel, 250 ml, with built-in scale, 

GL 45 screw thread and 

GL 14 screw thread 

1 Solenoid valve, 12 V, resistant to alkalis 

and acids, with hose nipple 


Mounting hardware

666 437 

CPS-drop funnel 




column chromatography, gel filtration, ion 

exchange chromatography. 





1 Drop funnel, 500 ml 




666 448 

CPS-burette holder (with burette) 


mounting hardware. Used in conjunction with 

the CPS-pedestal (> 666 441) to form a complete 

titration stand. 





1 Magnetic labelling plate 


1 Burette with lateral stopcock, 10 ml 

(> 665 843) 


666 443 

CPS chromatography column 

Complete with standardized spaces and 

attachment components. Suitable for experiments 

on separation of pigments and dyes, 

separation of chlorophylls, adsorption chromatography, 

ion exchange chromatography. 





1 Chromatography column, 

400 mm with P1 filter and stopcock 





666 444 

Column chromatography 

CPS-gel filtration 


attachment components. Suitable for experiments 

on gel filtration, ion exchange chromatography, 

separation of chlorophylls on silica gel, 

separation of dyes on aluminium oxide and 

immobilization of biocatalysts. 





1 Glass column, 235 mm 

with P1 filter and one-way stopcock 





109


Power supplies 

665 497 

CPS-mains distributor 

On the rear of the mains distributor panel there 

are three safety mains sockets which may be 

used to supply the mains voltage to connected 

equipment. The connected equipment may be 

switched on and off through switches on the 

front panel. 

Rating: 250 V AC / 16 A 




666 471 

CPS-mains supply switchable 

Mains outlet socket on experiment panel, 

switchable via bridging plugs, PLC signal, TTL 

signal or contact thermometer. 

Switching capacity of the relay: 1200 VA max. 

Fuse: 6.3 A 

Mains voltage: 230 V AC 




667 824 

665 497 

CPS power supply unit 24 V 

666 471 

For supplying power e.g. to the CPS-gas chromatograph 

(> 665 490). 


Output: 24 V DC/3 A 




667 824 

666 411 


Sensors 

CPS ethanol sensor 

Used to measure ethanol either in solution or in 

the gas collection chamber. 

Applications: 

· Process monitoring in the manufacture of 

ethanol or fermented acetic acid 

· Determining the ethanol concentration in 

liquids 

· Determining the ethanol content in the breath 

Sensor with sintered ceramic plate in a stainless 

steel housing; the sensitivity can be adapted 

to suit the particular measurement task by 

adjusting the amplifier gain. The electronics are 

located in a separate housing on the rear. 

Analog output, 0 to 2V, for connecting an analog 

chart recorder or computer interface. Can 

be connected to the CASSY interface device. 

With O-ring and special membrane (two). 

Sensor 


Dia.: 20 mm 


Length of lead: 1700 mm (coiled cord, stated 

length appiles to fully extended cable) 


665 486 


Is intended for use as a detector in biotechnology 

in preparative organic and biochemical 

analysis with HPLC 

Measurement wavelength: 254 nm 

Detector: photocell 

Cell: quartz, optical path length 2 mm 

Recorder output: 0 ... +2 V 

Pump connection: via DIN sockets 

Control connection: via DIN sockets 




666 470 

CPS-holder with clamp, height-adjustable 

For attachment of equipment using a universal 

clamp or devices with stand rod (e.g. stirrer 

motor). The holder is height-adjustable along a 

slot for adjustment to different spacings. Panel 

can be secured against movement. 

Dimensions: 10 cm x 29.7 cm x 12 cm 

Weight: 0.5 kg

666 421 

CPS universal glassware holder 

CPS holder for glassware with different radii 

and outlet positions. 


Metal base with spring clip: depth 250 mm 


Holders and pedestals 

666 410 


Complete with mounting hardware. Suitable for 

experiments on all fermentation processes 

based on the batch method 




> 


on biotechnology, 

see page 144 

666 449 

CPS-hose fastener panel 

Fastening component for vacuum hoses and 

for simple and secure connection of hoses to 

Woulff's bottles. 




666 441 

CPS-pedestal 

For accommodating burners, stirrers, beakers 

and conical flasks of various sizes. 

The platform is height-adjustable along a vertical 

slot, so that the pedestal can be adjusted to 

fit various experiment setups and different sizes 

of glassware. 

Metal plate with non-slip rubber coating. 


Metal plate: 180 x 180 mm 



666 472 

CPS-table for electrochemistry 

For use in connection with the CPS electrochemistry 

demonstration unit (> 664 407). 

The table is used to accept cells and U-tubes 

(with clip plugs > 591 21) when conducting 

demonstration electrochemical experiments. 




Accessories 

666 462 

CPS-metal labelling plates 

Metal plate with grip ledge; polyurethane coated. 

The plates are resistant to most chemicals; 

for writing on with felt-tip pens. 

The plates may be attached to the experiment 

assemblies by means of magnets (on the rear 

of the experiment panels). 

Set of six. 



666 465 

666 462 666 465 

CPS-plastic labelling plates 

Polystyrene plates with grip ledge for attachment 

to the cross bars on the CPS panel 

frames. For writing on with felt-tip pens. 

Set of ten. 

Dimensions: 80 x· 40 mm 



111


CPS-blank panel 

For mounting in any empty spaces in experiment 

assemblies to ensure a uniform appearance 

of the entire assembly. The plates are not 

equipped with any mounting hardware. 

Cat. No. Height x Width 

666 468 

666 467 

666 464 

Silicone gasket, ISO thread GL 18 

Set of 10, with PTFE sleeve. 

667 306 

667 295 

667 296 

29.7 cm x 30 cm 

29.7 cm x 20 cm 

29.7 cm x 10 cm 

Cat. No. Dimensions for tube 

dia 5.5 - 6.5 mm 

dia 7.5 - 9.0 mm 

dia 9.0 - 11.0 mm 

667 293 


CPS-glass connector, angled 

Angled glass tube for vertical connection of 

glass CPS parts on experiment panels which 

extend over two levels. 

Short arm with GL 18 thread with silicone 

seal (8 mm int. dia.) and flange-mounted 

Tefllon seal. 

Length of arms: 55 mm and 140 mm 

Diameter: 

long arm: 7 mm 

short arm: 16 mm 

667 312 

CPS-glass connector 

With two GL 18 threads with silicone seal 

(8 mm int. dia.) and flange-mounted 

Teflon seals. 

Length: 90 mm 


667 313 

CPS-glass connector with nipple 

With one GL 18 thread with silicone seal 

(8 mm int. dia.) and flange-mounted Teflon 

seal, 1 glass hose nipple. 

Length: 90 mm 

Diameter: 

Nipple: 7 mm 

Tube: 16 mm 

667 293 

667 313 

667 312 

Literature 

668 802 

Biotechnology - theory and experiments 

157 pages, A 4, English. 

by C. D. Paul and U. Maerz. 

The manual provides an introduction to the 

subject of biotechnology. 

A total of 45 experiment descriptions are presented. 

Most of these can be carried out in 

schools or vocational education programs and 

are designed to accompany the biotechnology 

equipment series. 

The manual lists up-to-date further sources, 

defines important topics (glossary) and contains 

suggestions for integration in instruction 

and training. 

The manual covers the following topics: 

· Biotechnological production processes 

· Biotechnology and environmental protection 

· Immobilization of biological catalysts 

· Controlling and monitoring of reactions in fermentation 

processes 

· Classical biotechnology processes 

The biotechnological experiments are complemented 

by a comprehensive introduction to 

microbial and biochemical working techniques. 

The experiments are designed to that they can 

be carried out in either a vocational context or 

in general secondary education. 

668 102 



83 experiments; the book contents 

following topics: 

· Isolation and chemical analysis 

of nucleic acids 

· synthesis of peptides after MERRIFIELD 

· Gel filtration 

· Ion exchange chromatography 

· Liquid chromatography 

· HPLC Separation and identification of proteins 

by SDS-gel electrophoresis 

· Enzymatic determination of glucose with glucose 

oxidase and peroxidase 

· Modern methods of analysis 

- Biological sensors

Worksheets from 668 802 

668 082 


157 pages, A 4, by C. D. Paul and U. Maerz. 


subject of biotechnology. A total of 45 experiment 

descriptions are presented. Most of these 

can be carried out in schools or vocational 

education programs and are designed to 

accompany the biotechnology equipment 

series. The manual lists up-to-date further 

sources, defines important topics (glossary) 

and contains suggestions for integration in 

instruction and training. 





· Controlling and monitoring of reactions in fermentation 

processes 





The experiments are designed to that they can 



668 222 

From crude oil to fuels and lubricants 


Six experiments and a detailed theoretical discussion 

on the composition and processing of 

crude oil. All experiments are closely related to 

practical matters and replicate to a large part 

the industrial processes which would take 

place in a refinery, for instance. 

The descriptions of the experiments are 

backed up by ten pre-printed work sheets 

which can be used to amplify the material. 

These pages may be photocopied and passed 

out to the students. The answer sheets then 

follow for the teachers's use; here the solutions 

have been entered. 

· Crude oil distillation in a bubble-cap column 

· Vacuum distillation of medium-weight and 

heavy oil fractions 

· Thermal cracking of higher paraffins to hydrocarbons 

with shorter molecular chains 

· Boiling point analysis for a gasoline blend 

(quality analysis for gasoline) 

· Determining the flash point and burning point 

· Determining the conditions required for a 

mixture of fuel and air to explode 


668 432 



The manual contains the theory and the experiment 

descriptions for the H 2 /0 2 cell, 

aluminium/air element and formiate cell. 

668 132 

668 802 







electrochemistry demonstration units 

> 664 400 and > 664 407 . 


113

iotechnology 

Batch 

reactor 

Biological 

reactor 

Biotechnological 

production processes 

Recovering copper 

with microorganisms 

Manufacturing isosyrup 

Production of citric acid 

Production of invert sugar 

Biotechnology 

and environmental protection 

Microbial desulfurization of coal 

Biotechnological use of whey 


The LEYBOLD biotechnology system 

Reactors Measuring and 

control modules 

Flow-through 

reactor 

Immobilization of bio-catalysts 

Binding invertase 

to non-organic base materials 

Inclusion of yeast in alginate 

Inclusion of enzymes in plastic films 

Measuring modules 

· Ethanol sensor 

· Oxygen sensor 

· Digital thermometer 

· Digital conductivity meter 

· Digital pH meter 

· CASSY-sensor boxes 

Control modules 

· Aeration pump 

· Peristaltic pump 

· Metering unit 

· Switchable voltage supply 

Control and regulation 

of fermentation processes 

Manufacture of biomass 

Fermentation of E. coli 

Manufacture of bakers' yeast 

Classical processes 

in biotechnology 

Manufacturing curds 

Manufacturing yogurt 

CPS-Panel frame C 100 

PC 

(WINDOWS 

95/98/NT) 

Computer 

assistance 

Software: 

CASSY Lab 

(> 524 200) 

CASSY-S-module (> 524 010) 

The goal of biotechnology is to use microorganisms, 

plant or animal cells and their components 

in industrial processes. Biotechnology makes it 

possible to exploit the metabolic functions of 

these biological systems for production, analysis 

or disposal purposes. 

The fascination of biotechnology is also due to 

the fact that this new field of technology promises 

the key to solving crucial problems of the 

present and the future. This is a topic which 

should not be missed in any course of science 

instruction which lays claim to being topical.

Control and reaction monitoring 

in fermentation processes 

Microorganisms can be used in biological 

reactors, e.g. for the production of enzymes 

or in the preparation of drugs. However, this 

involves extensive measurement and control 

equipment to maintain optimal conditions 

for growth of the microorganisms used 

(e.g. baker's yeast). 

A relatively simple and completely safe 

example of this is the production of ethanol 

from baker's yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae). 

This is a biochemical means of preparing 

alcohol from sugar using yeast cells. The process 

is controlled and monitored by the CASSY-S 

module and the software CASSY Lab. 


Control and reaction monitoring in fermentation processes 

Experiment setup for fermentation 

Quantity Description Catalog No. 

1 CPS-Biological reactor, basic kit 666 410 


1 Plastic tubing, 6 mm int. dia., 1 m 307 641 


1 Stirrer motor, 60 to 700 rpm 666 821 

1 HWS -turbine stirrer 661 361 

1 Stirring seal 661 366 

1 Stirrer coupling 661 367 

1 CPS ethanol sensor for 666 410 666 411 

1 CPS-metering unit 666 413 

1 CPS voltage supply, switchable through programable 

control signal, TTL signal or contact thermometer 666 471 



1 pH box 524 035 

1 pH single rod measurement cell (glass electrode) 667 424 

1 Temperature-box (NiCrNi/NTC) 524 045 






3 CPS blank panel, 100 mm 666 464 



1 Adapter for flat ground cover 664 346 664 347 

1 Schuko socket strip, 5 sockets (Safety mains sockets) 663 615 

additionnally necessary: 

1 PC with Windows 95 or 98 or NT 

Yeast 

Sterile sugar solution 

Anaerobic yeast fermentation 

monitor plot from CASSY Lab 

biotechnology 


115

iotechnology 



Quantity Description Catalog No. 

1 CPS-biological reactor, basic kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 410 

1 Controllable aeration pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 482 

2 CPS digital pH-meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 450 

1 Redox probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 415 

1 pH single rod measurement cell (glass electrode) . . . . . . . . 667 424 

1 Stirrer motor, 60 to 700 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 821 

1 Stirrer, 370 mm with Teflon shaft and Teflon blades, 

370 mm, matching to 666 824/825 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 826 

1 CPS-holder with bosshead, height adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . 666 470 

Bacteria strains: 

Thiobacillus ferrooxidans 

Thiobacillus thiooxidans 

*available from Deutsche Sammiung von Mikroorganismen (German Microorganism Collection), 

Brunswick, Germany 

The values for pH and redox potential are plotted in a diagram against 

the time. The redox potential has increased considerably. This can be taken 

as an indication that the sulfur and Fe(II) have been oxidized. The pH 

remains virtually unchanged. 


Microbial 

desulfurization of 

coal; monitor plot 

from CASSY-Lab® 

> 


Alternative desulfurization methods rely 

on removing the sulfur from the coal before 

it is burned. Besides chemical methods, the 

method of leaching by microorganisms is 

being investigated, a method familiar in ore 

mining operations. 

Microbial desulfurization primarily uses Thiobacillus 

ferrooxidans and T. thiooxidans. The 

former are capable of obtaining the energy to 

maintain their metabolism by oxidizing pyrite 

directly. The Fe3+ ions formed in this process 

also oxidize the pyrite by purely chemical means. 

T. thiooxidans then oxidizes the released elementary 

sulfur to sulfuric acid. 

CPS experiment 

assembly for microbial 

desulfurization of coal 

668 082 

Biotechnology 

For more information on 

computer-assisted measured-value 

recording see page 144 

157 Pages, A 4

666 410 


Complete with mounting hardware. Suitable for 

experiments on: all fermentation processes 

based on the batch method. 





1 Beaker with ground lip, 2000 ml 

1 Ground glass cover, 

2 ST 29, 2 GL 32, 2 GL 18 

2 Adapters for standard electrodes 

(GL 18 and GL 25) 

1 Aeration ring 

1 Heating rod, 100 W, ST 29 

1 Universal holder for glassware 

1 Stirring sleeve, ST 29/32 

1 Three-level panel frame (C 100) 


666 411 

CPS ethanol sensor 

Used to measure ethanol either in solution or in 

the gas collection chamber. Applications: 

· Process monitoring in the manufacture of 

ethanol or fermented acetic acid 

· Determining the ethanol concentration in liquids 

· Determining the ethanol content in the breath 

Sensor with sintered ceramic plate in a stainless 

steel housing; the sensitivity can be adapted 

to suit the particular measurement task by 

adjusting the amplifier gain. The electronics are 

located in a separate housing on the rear. Can 

be connected to the CASSY interface device. 

With O-ring and special membrane (two). 

Analog output: 0 … 2V 

Sensor length: 350 mm, dia.: 20 mm 

Length of lead: 1700 mm 


666 482 


For continuous aeration. The pump can also be 

used to create a partial vacuum. 

The flow rate can be controlled either manually 

(via a control knob) or externally (by means of a 

control voltage 0...10V). 

Pump capacity: 0...3 l/min, 

manually set or externally controllable 





Dimensions: 

100 mm x 297 mm x 130 mm 


666 416 

Aeration ring 

To supply oxygen to aerobic fermentation processes 

in the biological reactor. 

For use with CPS aeration pump > 666 482. 

Stainless steel. 



666 418 

666 413 

CPS metering unit 

For metering of liquids via a solenoid valve; the 

valve may be operated manually or via a computer. 

With two sockets for connection to the relay 

output of a computer interface, 1 pushbutton 

for manual operation, 1 LED for operation monitoring. 

Intended, for example, to maintain the 

pH value in the bioreactor during fermentation. 

Power supply: 12 V AC/580 mA 

via plug-in power unit (included) 





1 Reservoir vessel, 250 ml, with built-in scale, 

GL 45 screw thread and GL14 screw thread 

1 Solenoid valve, 12 V, resistant to alkalis and 

acids, with hose nipple 



666 418 

CPS flow-through reactor 


mounting hardware. Using the column reactor 

can help to clarify biotechnological processes 

which take place in a fluid-bed reactor 

or in which continuous recirculation of liquids is 

necessary. Examples here include: 

· Enzyme breakdown of lactose 

· Manufacture of invert sugar 

· Microbiological recovery of copper from excavated 

material (leaching of ore) 




biotechnology 

1 Column reactor, 200 mm, with cooling 

jacket, 3 GL 14, 2 with nipples for connecting 

to a thermostat 

1 3-neck round bottom flask, 250 ml, 3 GL 18 



1 Book: Biotechnology 



117

biotechnology 

666 420 

Peristaltic pump 

For continuous pumping of liquids. 

The flow volume is varied using three different 

silicone hoses. 

Maximum back pressure: 0.357 bar 

Flow volume: 0.75; 2.0; 4.0 [ml/min] 

Hose inside diameters: 1.0; 2.5; 5.0 [mm] 





666 847 

Magnetic stirrer with hotplate 

Stainless steel hotplate, heating control via 

relay. Wth fitting for attaching the M 10 stand 

rod. Temperature is automatically limited to 

350 °C, so that the unit cannot be destroyed if 

accidentally left on for long periods of time. 

The unit is equipped with connector sockets 

for contact thermometers (e.g. > 666 195), 

making possible external control of heating 

power. The status of the heater and stirring 

motor is indicated by LEDs. Complete with 

power cord and plug. 

Rotation speed: 0 to 1250 rpm (continuous) 

Plate: stainless steel, 14.5 cm dia. 

Heating power: 600 W, relay control 

Temperature constancy: ± 1 K 



666 824 

Stirrer sleeve, 100 mm 

With ST 29/32 standard ground joint core, 

10 mm nominal width. 

666 821 

Stirring motor 


High-torque design for mechanical mixing 

of solutions with low and medium viscosity. 

Mechanical drive with friction wheel gearing. 

Switch with indicator lamp. Thermal overload 

protection. 

Rotation speed: 40 ... 2.000 min–1 

Chuck: for round rods,0.5 ... 8 mm dia. 


Power supply: 230 V 



666 823 

Stirrer 

With adjustable stainless steel paddles. 


Diameter: 7.5 mm 

666 826 

Stirrer 

665 420 

With PFTE shaft and paddles, fitting the 

> 666 824 sleeve, KPG tube. 


665 498 

666 847 666 821 

For more stirrers see pages 231 

666 824 

666 823 

666 826 

665 498 

Peristaltic pump PM 2 

Hose pump with controllable capacity, 

switchable to control via external clock generator 

(e.g. computer). The pump capacity is designed 

for long-term constant operation! 

Fast replacement of hose section which is 

subject to wear via a quick release coupling. 

Pump capacity : 0 ... 2 l/h 





666 195 

Contact thermometer 

Used for temperature regulation in baths, etc. 

Rod-shaped, with milk glass scale. Set-point 

temperature can be set with rotary magnet. 

Mercury filled. 

Range: -10 ... 250°C 


Rod diameter: 9 mm approx. 

607 096 

KOMET magnetic stirrer bar 

Stirrer bar made of high-energy magnet material 

for medium to large stirring quantities. Octagonal 

shape. 

Length: 50 mm 


666 825 

Stirrer sleeve 

With ST 29/32 standard ground joint core, 

10 mm nominal width. 


666 195 

607 096

664 321 

Flat ground cover � 

Nominal width 150 mm, 4 sockets 29/32 ST. 

664 346 

Flat ground cover � 

Nominal width 150 mm, two sockets ST 

29/32, 3 screw connections GL 45, 1 GL 18 

screw connection and two adaptors for standard 

electrodes /GL 18 and GL 25). 

664 347 

Adapter for electrodes 

For use in connection with standard electrodes 

in the biological reactor (> 666 410). 


Screw connection: GL 25 

666 421 

666 421 

CPS universal glassware holder 

CPS holder for glassware with different radii 

and outlet positions. 


Metal base with spring clip: depth 250 mm 


666 470 

CPS-holder with clamp, height-adjustable 

For attachment of equipment using a universal 

clamp or devices with stand rod (e.g. stirrer 

motor) The holder is height-adjustable along a 

slot for adjustment to different spacings. Panel 

can be secured against movement. 



� 

� 

664 340 

Flat ground beaker � 

Duran ® , nominal width 150 mm. 

Contents: 2000 ml 

Flange O.D.: 18 mm 

Beaker dia.: 154 mm 



666 756 

Quartz heating element, 1000 W 

With ST 29, fitting the flat ground beaker 

> 664 340. 

Length: 30 cm. 

666 426 

CPS panel frame C 100 

For holding equipment on CPS panels, 

three levels, with wiring tunnel. 

Dimensions: 1160 x 930 mm (W x H) 


Equipment platforms 



726 21 

726 22 

301 312 

� 

� 

35 cm x 44 cm 

50 cm x 44 cm 

30 cm x 15 cm 

� 

� 

664 326 

O-ring � 

For flat ground beakers, 150 nominal width. 

664 325 

Quick closure � 

For flat ground beakers, 150 nominal width. 

666 757 

Quartz heating element, 100 W � 

With ST 29, fitting the flat ground beaker 

(> 664 340). 


> 

666 426 

biotechnology 

� � 


� 

For more accessories: 

see the Chemistry Panel System, 

pages 81 

726 21 

119

iotechnology 

Biochemistry 



Separation of chlorophylls 


1 CPS chromatography column 666 443 

1 CPS drop funnel 666 437 

1 Silica gel, 500 g 661 058 

1 Beaker, 600 ml 664 132 

1 CPS pedestal 666 441 

1 Panel frame, C100 666 426 


Extraction after Soxhlet 


1 CPS extraction setup 

after Soxhlet 666 445 

1 Joint clip, ST 29/32, metal 665 398 

1 Heating mantle, 

500 ml, 200W 666 753 


1 Extraction thimble, 

diam. 33 mm, set of 25 661 051 


1 Panel frame, C100 666 426 


Gel filtration 


1 CPS gel filtration 666 444 

1 CPS drop funnel 666 437 

1 Sephadex G-25 674 829 

1 Bromthymol blue 671 070 

1 Dextran blue 671 598 

1 Beaker, 600 ml 664 132 


1 Panel frame, C100 666 426 

Constituents of foodstuffs 

Protein separations 

Modern analysis methods 

Important and spectacular scientific discoveries, 

e.g. in the areas of protein synthesis, pharmaceuticals, 

genetic technology or biological technology, 

make biochemical knowledge in natural 

science instruction more important than ever. 

Until recently, biochemistry teaching was limited 

to describing the relative material classes such 

as proteins, carbohydrates or fats. The experiment 

setups shown here prove that the equipment 

of a school laboratory can be used to do a 

great deal more.

Creating primitive membranes 

Proteinoids in classroom instruction 

Using a simple experiment setup, it is possible to create amino-acid membranes, 

the so-called proteinoid microspheres. 

The reaction takes place under protective gas, resp. nitrogen. 


Creating primitive membranes 


1 Double-necked round-bottom flask, 

500 ml, ST 29/32, GL 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 316 

1 Suction part, ST 19/26 with ST cock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 304 

1 Stopcock, single-port, with ST stopcock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 251 

1 Joint clip, ST 19/26, metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 397 

1 Heating mantle, 500 ml, 200W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 753 

Chemicals: 

1 Asparaginic acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670 681 

1 Glutamic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672 118 

1 Glycine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672 131 

Sugar membranes 

Enzymes can easily be embedded in membranes. Thus, it is possible to create 

a “model organism” in the classroom which can be used to explain the 

metabolism of a cell. 

This experiment additionally requires an enzyme which catalyzes the reaction 

to a colored product, e.g. peroxidase [substrate: 3,3,5,5-tetramethyl 

benzidine (> 675 074)]. 


Sugar membranes 


1 Beaker, 50 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 100 

1 Erlenmeyer-flask, 250 ml, nn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 233 

1 Syringe, plastic, 20 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 21 


1 Stirring bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 850 

1 Glass stirring rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 212 

Chemicals 

1 Sodium alginate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673 494 

1 Calcium chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671 242 

Isolating nucleic acids 

Nucleic acids can be isolated from wheat 

germ and their components identified in a simple 

school experiment 

> 

biotechnology 

For detailed experiment descriptions 

refer to the manual “Biochemistry SII” 

(> 668 102). 


121

iotechnology 

Tools for biochemistry experiments 

666 010 

Microliter pipette 

100 µl, with interchangeable tip, 

for simple and fast metering of minute volumes. 

666 012 

Microliter pipette 

1000 µl, with interchangeable tip, 

for simple, fast metering of minute volumes. 

Tips for microliter pipettes 

50 pieces 

Cat. No. Color Volume 

666 011 

666 013 

665 957 

665 955 

665 958 

666 010 

666 012 

yellow 100 µl 

blue 1000 µl 

665 950 

Pasteur pipettes 


Length: 150 mm, diameter: 7 mm, set of 250. 

665 954 

Rubber bulbs 

Fitting the pipettes, set of 10. 

Syringes 

With Luer fitting 

Cat. No. Volume Graduation 

665 957 

665 955 

665 958 

375 21 

665 956 

665 950 

Disposable needles 

With Luer fitting. 10 pieces. 

Dia.: 0.8 mm 

Length: 38 mm 

665 954 

1 ml 0.1 ml 

5 ml 0.5 ml 

10 ml 0.5 ml 

20 ml 1.0 ml 

668 082 


157 pages, A 4, English. 

by C. D. Paul and U. Maerz 


subject of biotechnology. 

A total of 45 experiment descriptions are presented. 

Most of these can be carried out in 

schools or vocational education programs and 

are designed to accompany the biotechnology 

equipment series. The manual lists additional 

up-to-date sources, defines important topics 

(glossary) and contains suggestions for use in 

instruction and training. 





· Controlling and monitoring of reactions in 

fermentation processes 





The experiments are designed so that they can 



668 102 


142 pages, DIN A 4, 83 experiments; 

the book covers the following topics: 

· Isolation and chemical analysis 

of nucleic acids 

· Synthesis of peptides after MERRIFIELD 

· Gel filtration 

· Ion exchange chromatography 

· Liquid chromatography HPLC 

· Separation and identification 

of proteins by SDS-gel electrophoresis 

· Enzymatic determination of glucose 

with glucose oxidase and peroxidase 

· Modern methods of analysis - 

Biological sensors

Osmosis/diffusion 

Osmosis is a special instance of diffusion in 

which the molecules of a solvent (water in the 

simplest case) diffuse through a (semipermeable) 

membrane. If such a membrane separates 

two solutions of differing concentrations, solvent 

molecules will migrate through the membrane 

toward the higher-concentration solution 

until the concentrations have reached equilibrium. 

This process increases the hydrostatic pressure 

in the solution which had previously been 

more concentrated. The pressure which prevails 

at the conclusion of this process is referred to as 

the osmotic pressure. Osmotic pressures are of 

great significance, above all in biological systems 

(across the cell walls). 

662 403 

Osmosis apparatus/lens model 

The osmosis apparatus is used for quick and 

easy demonstration of osmotic pressure. It is 

supplied ready for use; cleaning is simple. 

Two liquids of differing concentration are separated 

by a large semipermeable membrane; 

the size of the membrane causes an especially 

rapid rise in hydrostatic pressure which is 

indicated by the capillary tube with the scale 

behind it. 


2 Mounting frames 

2 Osmosis vessels (transparent) 

4 Mounting rods with 8 knurled nuts 

3 Films 

5 Semipermeable membranes 

2 Capillary tubes, 300 x 8mm 

2 Rubber stoppers, SB 19 with hole 

2 Rubber stoppers, SB 19 for electrodes 

special topics 

The “chemical crystalline garden” shown on this 

page is an impressive example of such osmotic 

processes. The surface of metallic salts reacts 

with sodium silicate (water glass), forming silicates 

and at the same time creating a semipermeable 

skin at the surface which allows water to 

penetrate. A hydrostatic pressure develops inside 

this skin, causing the skin to rupture. Concentrated 

salt solution is discharged, again reacting 

with the sodium silicate. This process repeats itself 

continuously. In this way a collection of 

rapidly growing chemical “plants” is created. 

Accessories and spares 

667 501 

Scale for osmosis apparatus 

With mm divisions and 5 cm marking. 


667 503 

Pig bladder 

To demonstrate the permeability of a 

natural membrane. 

667 512 

Membranes 

Semipermeable, set of five. 

667 513 

Cation-permeable membrane 

To demonstrate the principle of an ion pump. 


Osmosis 

123


667 199 

Dialysis tubing 

Replacement for the osmosis demonstration 

apparatus (> 667 509 ). 


Length: 1 m 

Diffusion 

667 495 

Gas diffusion apparatus 

For demonstrating the various rates of diffusion 

of different gases (e.g. hydrogen, CO 2 or air) 

using a clay cylinder. 

Light gases, such as hydrogen or helium (e.g. 

from Minican gas cans), diffuse through a ceramic 

cylinder quickly and cause an overpressure 

in the Erlenmeyer flask, which is indicated by a 

small jet of water. 

Without stand material. 


1 Erlenmeyer flask 664 244 

1 Rubber stopper with two holes 667 269 

1 Glass angle tube with nozzle 665 238 

1 Glass tube 180 x 8 mm 

1 Rubber stopper with one hole 664 132 

1 Beaker, 600 ml 

1 Ceramic cylinder 

> 

See pages 280 for gases 

667 509 


Osmosis demonstration apparatus 

For demonstration and measurement of osmotic 

pressure. The inner section of the apparatus 

is filled with a saline or sugar solution, the outer 

part with distilled water. The water diffuses into 

the inner container through the semi-permeable 

dialysis tubing, making the solution rise in 

the capillary until the hydrostatic pressure 

generated equals the osmotic pressure. 


1 Test tube SB 29, with side arm 

1 Capillary tube, 400 mm long, 8 mm dia. 

1 Rubber stopper, SB 29 with 1 hole 

1 Rubber stopper, SB 19 with 1 hole 

1 Dialysis tubing, attached to glass nozzle, 

with stopper seating and tubing clamp 

2 Replacement dialysing tubing 

Diffusivity is the ability of a substance to permeate 

another medium even through porous 

materials. This process is particularly noticeable 

for gases, as the mobility of gas molecules is far 

greater than the molecular motion of solids or 

liquids; diffusion can, however, also take place in 

solids and liquids. 

In diffusion, all molecules in the observation 

area eventually mix and the composition becomes 

uniform; the time required for complete 

mixing depends on the temperature and the 

molecular density of gases concerned. Diffusion 

is faster at higher temperatures and low molecular 

densities than at lower temperatures and 

high molecular densities. 

In the area of biology diffusion is of great 

importance to the exchange of gases in 

breathing organs. 

Osmosis apparatus with stand material

Chemistry of plastics 

661 122 

Set of plastic samples 

For differentiating the physical and chemical 

characteristics of altered natural substances 

and plastics. The set consists of a storage tray 

with approx. 50 samples made of 8 different 

types of plastic. 



664 703 

Miniature plastic press 

A small-scale press used to manufacture plastic 

laminates. The press may be used to make 

metal-coated boards from phenol resin plastics, 

similar to those used as printed circuit 

boards in the electronics industry. 

664 705 

667 6451 

The plastics school, transparency files 

DIN A4 volume of transparencies with 

explanations and master copies for students 

work-sheets. 

· 18 three coloured basis transparencies 

without text which illustrate the technologies 

and production methods for the manufacture 

of plastics. 

664 700 

Reel 

For winding up synthetic fibres produced by 

precipitation polymerization, interfacial polymerization 

or produced in a precipitation bath. 

The spool can be attached to a stand without 

difficulty. 




664 703 664 704 

· 18 Overlays with text giving solutions. 

· 18 Master copies 

for students work-sheets. 

· 2 Transparencies "Polymerisation, 

Polycondensation and Polyaddition". 

· 2 Transparencies "The Chemical Structure of 

the most important Plastics". 


Plastics have influenced and changed our lives 

and environment considerably. These materials, 

once described as “substitute materials” and 

“disposable materials”, have acquired considerable 

influence on modern technical processes, 

which would be inconceivable or impossible 

without these plastics. Therefore, it is no surprise 

that the topic “plastics” is an integral part of 

modern, environment-related chemistry 

instruction. Chemistry instruction in the Federal 

Republic of Germany has adapted its curriculum 

to incorporate the chemistry of plastics. 

664 701 

Spinning nozzle 

For the production of synthetic fibres by means 

of precipitation reaction. The substance is filled 

into the container and pressed through the 

nozzle into the precipitation bath. Complete 

set, comprising material container, nozzle plate 

and seal. 




664 704 

664 700 

Casting mould 

664 701 

Negative mould for preparing a plastic model. 

This mould can, for example, be used to 

produce samples of artificial glass from 

methacrylic acid methyl ester polymers. 

664 705 

Plastic processing and vacuum forming device 

Combination device used to process plastics 

(e.g. cutting, bevelling, bending, turning and 

deep drawing). The compact design keeps 

material consumption to a minimum. It is 

possible nonetheless to cut expanded 

polystyrene ("Styrofoam") parts up to 190 mm 

high and 370 mm wide, for instance. When 

bevelling thermoplastics, parts up to 190 mm 

long and 3 mm thick may be used. The heating 

zone permits flexibility in bending, allowing for 

free-hand shaping. The unit also makes it 

possible to turn mouldings and balls. The 

vacuum moulding unit included in this set 

makes it possible to deep draw polystyrene 

panels up to 1 mm thick. 




125



Producing sulfuric acid with the contact process 


1 CPS Gas collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 432 

1 CPS Contact process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 457 

1 CPS Gas washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 430 

1 CPS Woulff's bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 438 

1 CPS Hose fastener. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 449 

1 Butane gas burner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 714 

1 Butane cartridges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 715 





1 Panel frame, T130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726 09 

1 Vandiumpentoxide granulate catalyst, 50 g . . . . . . . . . . . . 675 290 

661 541 

661 543 

Safety tapes 

Used to attach the glass section (> 661 542) 

to the blast furnace model (> 661 541), 

set of 5. 

661 541 


Blast furnace model 

This simplified but fully functional model produces 

an impressive demonstration of the 

reduction of iron ore. It comprises a stainless 

steel body and a glass attachment 

(> 661 542), so that the progress of the 

reaction can be observed. 

The following are required for operation of the 

blast furnace model: Activated charcoal, 

granulated, 250 g (> 670 201). 

Iron ore (hematite, Fe 2 O 3 > 661 139 

Electric mini compressor (> 664 752). 

A compressed air cylinder with pressure reducing 

valve may be used as an alternative. 

661 542 

Glass shaft attachment (throat) 

661 540 

Spare part for the blast furnace model, 

made of Duran glass. 

Length: 250 mm; Diameter: 50 mm at the top 

Producing sulfuric acid 

with the contact process 

Sulfuric acid is produced industrially from SO3 , 

which is derived form SO2 by means of catalytic 

oxidation (contact process). Since the solubility 

of SO3 in water is extremely low, it is introduced 

into concentrated sulfuric acid. 

The process: Sulfur is burned. The gaseous products 

of combustion are drawn into the first 

washing flask with the aid of a water jet pump, 

The dye is removed from the solution by a small 

portion of the gasses (primarily SO2 ). The larger 

volume passes into the combustion tube and is 

oxidized by catalytic means, One sees white 

clouds of SO3 in the second washing bottle, 

which is filled with water. Concentrated sulfuric 

acid is present in the third washing bottle, where 

S3 is dissolved in the form of H2S2O7 661 540 

Thermite experiment 

Joining two metals using the thermite welding 

process is of great importance both industrially 

and chemically. The reduction of iron oxide in 

the presence of aluminium induces extremely 

high temperatures. The reduced iron fluxes and 

thus can form a high strength weld between 

two pieces of metal. 


Industrial processes 

2 Refractory crucibles 

1 Tripod 

1 Base plate filled with sand to protect the 

supporting surface 

4 Packages of ready-to-use reaction mixture 

1 Package of starter to promote igniting the 

reaction mixture 

1 Cover plate

The STM chemistry system at a glance 

1 Inorganic chemistry Stand set + Basic + + 

2 Organic chemistry Stand set + Basic + Distillation 

+ 

3 Analytical chemistry Stand set + Basic 

+ Chromatography + 

4 Physical chemistry Stand set + Basic 

+ 

5 Chemical processes Stand set + Basic 

+ 

6 Ecology 

7 Chemistry of foodstuffs Stand set + Basic + Distillation + Chromatography + 

8 Chemistry of 

soaps and detergents Stand set + Basic 

+ 

9 Other topics 

9.1 Electrochemistry 

stm 

STM Chemistry 

IC/OC 

IC/OC 

AN 

PC 

CP 

LC 

CSD 

The Science Teaching Modules (STM) are 

designed to be used by students. They consist of 

simple, sturdy equipment, easily understandable 

experiment literature and all necessary chemical 

sets. Proven, space-saving storage systems are 

available for all apparatus. 

The system covers all important areas of 

chemistry with interesting, proven experiments. 

Group of topics Equipment sets Chemical sets Experiment literature 

STC 1 Inorganic chemistry 

Basic methods/separation 

Water 

Air and gases and their properties 

Acids and bases 

Salts 

Metals and non-metals 

STC 2 Organic chemistry 

Preliminary tests 

Hydrocarbons 

Alcohols, aldehydes and ketones 

Carboxylic acids and esters 

STC 3 Analytical chemistry 

Preliminary tests 

Anion and cation detection 

Chromatography 

STC 4 Physical chemistry 

Electrochemical processes 

Particle motions and energy 

STC 5 Chemical processes 

Inorganic key chemicals 

Building materials 

Glass and ceramics 

Ores - metals 

Black and white photography 

Fertilizers 

STC 6 Ecology 

Water 

Soil 

Air 

Radiation 

Energy 

STC 7 Chemistry of foodstuffs 

Fats 

Carbohydrates 

Proteins 

Active and inactive substances 

Stimulants and intoxicants 

Chemical set IC 

Chemical set OC 

Chemical set AN 

Chemical set PC 

Chemical set CP 

Chemical set LC 

Chemical set CSD 

Changes in food 

Food additives 

Water 

Analysis of foodstuffs 

STM- IC 

STM- OC 

STM- AN 

STM- PC 

STM- CP 

STM- LC 

STM- CSD 

STC 8 Chemistry of soaps and detergents 

Production of soaps 

Washing and cleaning effects of soaps 

Disadvantages and limitations 

Modern washing agents 

Washing agents and the environment 

STC 9 Other topics 

Electrochemistry: 

Measuring potentials 

Concentration chains and solubility products 

pH measurement and titration 

Applied electrochemistry 


127

stm 

Equipment storage 

There are two basic storage systems: 

storage by set or block storage. 

Both systems have the following advantages: 

· Quick inventory checking before and after 

experimenting 

· Illustrated storage charts with equipment lists 

and catalog numbers 

· Recessed bottoms for non-sliding stacking 

capability 

Block storage 

Identical apparatus are stored in a storage unit in 

groups of five. 

· Convenient collection of frequently used 

components in a single tray. 

· Issue only the equipment necessary for 

a particular experiment. 

· Time-saving equipment distribution and 

collection. 

· Quick inventory checking before and 

after experimenting 

· Front panels with illustrated labels 

with storage suggestions and numbering. 

· Space-saving storage in standard cabinets. 


Set storage 

All equipment for a single module is stored in 

one or more preformed storage trays. 

· Clear equipment storage for one working 

group each. 

· Convenient equipment distribution and 

collection. 

· Easy-to-recognize preformed slots 

· Storage in standard cabinets.

The atomic models after Stuart and Briegleb 

serve to illustrate the true steric configuration of 

molecular models with covalent bonds - primarily 

in the field of organic chemistry. Being spatial 

components reflecting in correct proportions 

the distances between the atoms, these models 

are of significance both inresearch and in school 

instruction at the upper grade levels. 

The atomic models illustrate the sphere of 

action of the individual atoms in covalent 

bonds at magnification of 1.5 x 10 8 . 

A distance of 15 cm in a molecule assembled 

from the atomic thus corresponds to a distance 

of 10 Å = 1 nm = 10 -9 m in the actual molecule. 

The shapes and dimensions of the models have 

been selected in accordance with the latest findings 

and have been chosen so as to represent 

the various methods for calculating these values; 

they compensate for deviations which may appear 

in the internuclear spacings and in the 

valence angles in ring compounds, for instance. 

The possibilities for assembling organic compounds 

are virtually unlimited ranging form the 

simple ethanol model through to representation 

of the haemin-iron complex. 

660 788 

Cat. No. Description Color 660 788 660 782 

660 700 

660 701 

660 705 

660 706 

660 707 

660 708 

660 710 

660 711 

660 712 

660 713 

660 714 

660 715 

660 718 

660 719 

660 730 

660 731 

660 782 

660 788 

Set of atomic models, S, 

for schools 

Hydrogen white 14 30 

Hydrogen bridge white 10 

Fluorine dark yellow 4 

Chlorine green 3 4 

Bromine brown 4 

Iodine 

C-aliphatic 

violett 4 

black 6 12 

C-ethylene 

C-aromatic 

black 4 8 

C-aromatic, condensed 

black 6 10 

C-5 ring, saturated 

black 2 

C-5 ring, unsaturated 

black 5 

black 4 

C-allene black 2 

C-acetylene black 2 

Nitrogen amino blue 2 2 

Nitrogen azo blue 2 

Used to represent more than 150 aliphatic, 

aromatic and cyclic compounds. 

660 782 

illustrative media 

Illustrative media 

Atomic models after Stuart and Briegleb 

660 732 

660 733 

660 735 

660 750 

660 751 

660 755 

660 756 

660 764 

660 765 

660 766 

660 770 

660 776 

Accessories 

660 790 

660 791 

660 796 

Set of atomic models, C, 

for larger organic structures 

Sufficient to satisfy most requirements in regard 

to the structures to be illustrated. 

Cat. No. Description Color 660 788 660 782 

Nitrogen aromatic blue 2 

Nitrogen group red/blue 1 2 

Nitrogen -5 ring, unsaturated blue 2 

Oxygen, carbonyl red 2 4 

Oxygen, ether red 6 6 

Sulfur, sulfane yellow 2 

Sulfur, thiophene 

Phosphorus, tetrahedral 

Phosphorus-oxygen group 

yellow 

light brown 

1 

Sulfone group 

red/light brown 

red/yellow 

Metal, planar, covalent silver-bronze 

Aluminium silver-bronze 

Set of 10 dual bonds 

(metal) 2 11 

Set of 10 clamping springs 2 3 

Ejector for dual bonds connectors 1 1 


129


Overview of the atomic models after Stuart and Briegleb 

Cat. No. 660 700 * 660 701 * 

and description H H-bridge F Cl 

Atomic symbol 

Sectional view 

Use For hydrogen 

bridge bonds 

Effective radii r � and r � r � = 1.5 cm r � = 1.5 cm r � = 1.9 cm r � = 2.3 cm 

Calotte height h h = 1.8 cm h = 1.2 cm h = 2.9 cm h = 3.8 cm 

(in bond direction) (with spring) 

Valance angle �; �; �; � 

Color white white dark yellow green 

* Connector permanently attached in calottes > 660 700 and > 660 701 

Cat. No. 

and description Br J C-aliph. C-ethylene 

Atomic symbol 


660 707 

660 708 

Carbon for aliphatic Carbon for ethylene 

hydrocarbons, also f double bonds in open chains 

or saturated rings with 6 chains and ring systems, for 

Use or more atoms double bonds in six-membered 

rings, for cyclooctatetraene 

and quinones as 

well as carbonyl groups, etc. 

660 710 

Effective radii r� and r� r� = 2.6 cm r� = 2.7 cm r� = 1.9 cm r� = 1.9 cm 

r� = 2.4 cm 

Calotte height h h = 4.3 cm h = 4.7 cm h = 3.1 cm h1 = 3.1 cm 

h2 = 4.8 cm 

Valance angle �; �; �; � � = � = � = � = 110° � = � = � = 120° 

Color brown violett black black 


660 705 

660 706 

660 711

Cat. No 

and description C-arom. C-arom, kond. C-5 ring, sat. C-5 ring, unsat. 

Atomic symbol 


660 712 

660 713 

Twin model as Carbon for unsaturated 

Use Carbon for intermediate piece for Carbon for saturated five-membered rings, also 

aromatic compounds assembling condensed five-membered rings for use in condensed 

aromatic ring systems ring systems 


r� = 2.4 cm r� = 2.4 cm r� = 2.4 cm 

Calotte height h h1 = 3.1 cm h1 = 3.1 cm h = 3.1 cm h1 = 3.1 cm 

h2 = 4.8 cm h2 = 4.8 cm h2 = 4.8 cm 

Valance angle �; �; �; � � = � = � = 120° � = 120° � = 108°, � = 110°, � = 106°, � = 120°, 

� = 110° � = 134° 

Color black black Black, side faces Black, side faces 

between � and � yellow between � and � yellow 

Cat. No 

660 714 


and description C-allene C-acetylene N-amino N-azo 

Atomic symbol 


660 718 

660 719 

Carbon for Nitrogen for amino 

Nitrogen for 

azo and diazo 

Use making allene Carbon for groups, hydrazines, compounds, imidoether, 

compounds acetylene hydroxylamines, hydrazide amidines, guanidines, 

and ketenes oximes, imines 

660 715 


r� = 2.4 cm r� = 2.4 cm 

Calotte height h h1 = 3.1 cm h = 2.0 cm h = 3.0 cm h1 = 3.1 cm 

h2 = 4.8 cm h2 = 4.8 cm 

Valance angle �; �; �; � � = 180° � = 180° � = � = � = 110° � = 120° 

Color black black blue blue with slot and eyelet 

for hydrogen bridge bond 

660 730 

660 731 


131


Overview of the atomic models after Stuart and Briegleb 

Cat. No 660 732 * 660 733 * 

and description N-aromatic NO 2 N-5 ring, unsat. O-carbonyl 

Atomic symbol 


Nitrogen for six-membered Nitrogen for double bonds in Oxygen for combining 

Use rings like pyridine, quinoline, Nitro-group unsaturated five-membered carbonyl groups in ketones, 

pyrimidine, pyrazine etc. rings like pyrazole, aldehydes, chinones 

imidazole, purin etc. and carbonic acids 

Effective radii r� and r� r� = 1.9 cm rN = 1.0 cm r� = 1.9 cm r� = 1.8 cm 

r� = 2.4 cm rN = 0.9 cm r� = 2.4 cm r� = 2.4 cm 

Calotte height h h1 = 3.1 cm h1 = 3.1 cm h1 = 2.6 cm 

h2 = 4.8 cm h1 = 4.8 cm h1 = 4.8 cm 

Valance angle �; �; �; � � = 120° � = 127° � = 106° 

Color blue with slot and eyelet for red and blue blue, red with slot and eyelet for 

Cat. No 


660 735 

660 750 

hydrogen bridge bond side faces yellow hydrogen bridge bond 

and description O-ether S-sulfane S-thiophene P-tetr. 

Atomic symbol 


660 751 

660 755 

660 756 

Oxygen for hydroxyl group, Sulfur for inclusion in Organic phosphate 

Use ethers, esters and heterocyclic rings Sulfur for sulfide five-membered rings of esters and their 

rings with 5 or more atoms, 

also lactones 

hydricles and sulphicles thiophene type metal chelates 

Effective radii r � and r � r � = 1.9 cm r � = 2.2 cm r � = 2.0 cm r � = 2.3 cm 

Calotte height h h = 2.9 cm h = 3.7 cm h = 3.2 cm h = 3.7 cm 

Valance angle �; �; �; � � = 109° � = 100° � = 116° � = � = � = � = 110° 

Color red yellow yellow, light brown 

side faces brown 

660 764

Cat. No. 

and description P=O-group SO 2 group Metal, planar, covalent Aluminum 

Atomic symbol 


660 765 

660 766 

660 770 


660 776 

For constructing models 

of plane metal chelates with In organic and 

Use In organic In sulfone groups covalent d s p2-bond, e.g. in coordination 

phosphate groups di-salicyl-aldehyde ethylene 

diimine-Co 

compounds 

II 


r� = 2.3 cm r� = 2.1 cm 

Calotte height h hP = 3.7 cm hS = 3.6 cm h = 3.9 cm h = 4.4 cm 

hP=O = 6.4 cm hS=O = 6.4 cm 

Valance angle �; �; �; � � = 105° � = 110° � = � = � = � = 90° � = � = � = 120° 

Color red red and yellow silver-bronze silver-bronze 


133


Molecular models 

667 757 

667 758 

Molecular building system 

Ball and stick model - particularly suitable for 

spatial demonstration of molecules and crystals 

in general secondary education. Due to its 

great clarity, the good size and its robust 

design, this set is particularly suitable for elementary 

introduction to chemical bonding. 


Ball, stick and calotte model 

of ethanol 

667 758 

Quantity Shape Size Colour Element 

28 Ball 30 mm dia. natural, polished Hydrogen 

2 Ball 40 mm dia. gray Metal 

4 Ball 40 mm dia. green Chlorine 

4 Ball 40 mm dia. yellow Fluorine 

4 Ball 40 mm dia. violet Iodine 

2 Ball 40 mm dia. brown Bromine 

6 Ball 40 mm dia. black Carbon 

12 Ball 40 mm dia. black Carbon 

12 Ball 40 mm dia. red Oxygen 

8 Ball 40 mm dia. yellow Sulphur, fluorine 

4 Ball 40 mm dia. blue Nitrogen 

20 Stick 8 mm dia. x 80 mm natural Cross-slits 

30 Stick 8 mm dia. x 50 mm natural Cross-slits 

6 Spring 8/10 mm dia. x 130 mm Bonds 


667 757 

Molecular building system MINOR 

For the assembly of ball/stick and calotte 

models. 

The 31 different molecule elements (atoms) 

made of impact-resistant plastic in the standard 

international colours (10) have holes in 

them to accommodate the short and long 

connecting pieces (bonds). The angles of these 

holes have been chosen in such a way that “toscale 

molecules” can be assembled either with 

sticks or calottes. The building system is suitable 

for presentation of the spatial structures 

particularly of larger molecules and their specific 

characteristics, in both demonstrations and 

students' exercises. 

The wooden box with 12 compartments 

and removable lid contains 171 atom models, 

134 bonding elements and a calotte 

detachment tool. 


Quantity Description Colour 

40 Hydrogen calotte white 

36 Hydrogen white 

18 Carbon tetrahedral black 

6 Carbon aromatic black 

1 Carbon double bond 

ethane skeleton black 

1 Carbon triple bond ethyne skeleton black 

1 Benzene skeleton black 

14 Oxygen red 

4 Oxygen red 

2 Sulphur, tetrahedral yellow 

8 Sulphur yellow 

2 Phosphorous, trigonal pyramidal orange 

4 Nitrogen, pyramidal blue 

1 Nitrogen, planar blue 

2 Nitrogen, aromatic blue 

1 Nitrogen, ammonium tetrahedral blue 

4 Flourine violet 

4 Chlorine green 

4 Bromine brown 

4 Metal green 

2 Metal gray 

2 Metal gray 

2 Metal, pyramidal gray 

2 Metal, tetrahedral gray 

2 Metal, planar gray 

1 Metal, trigonal pyramidal gray 

1 Metal, octahedral gray 

60 Single bonds dark gray 

14 Multiple bonds dark gray 

68 Calotte bonds black

Illustrating molecule and crystal structures using 

models makes it easier to impart knowledge of 

chemical interrelationships. In many cases, it is 

the only way to teach the structures of molecules 

and crystal lattices. 

The molecular building systems are intended 

for various topic areas in chemistry; thus, 

they comprise different arrangements of 

atoms and binding sticks. All models 

described on this page have the same scale 

(30 mm = 10 -10 m = 1 Å), so that they can be 

combined with each other. 

The atoms are represented using colored 

plastic centers; the color and the angle of 

the bond sticks have a great variety. This 

permits even complicated structures to be accu- 

667 754 

Molecular model set for biochemical structures 

With 400 atoms and 400 bond sticks, 

for assembling peptides, nucleic acids, 

steroids etc. 

Set includes detailed instructions. 

rately reproduced. The molecule models are 

supplemented by a student's set, which allows 

the students to practice using the system 

outside of the classroom. Thus they learn to 

recognize the typical bond and structured forms 

of organic chemical molecules. 

667 759 

DNA model 

Consisting of 880 atoms, bond sticks, as 

well as two circular wooden plates and plastic 

strings for suspending the model in the room. 

The model shown displays the DNA code for 

the enzyme lysozyme. It is highly suited for 

group project work. Described on the enclosed 

cards is the way in which to assemble the 

model and the process of transcription. 

The model is supplied fully separated. 

667 750 

Students' model set system 

With 63 atoms and 70 bond sticks. For representing 

about 150 standard compounds of 

organic chemistry. 


667 751 

Set of 700 bond sticks 

Fits molecular sets > 667 750 , > 667 753 

and > 667 754 , consisting of 500 green 

bond sticks and 200 red bond sticks, 

each 30 mm long. 

667 753 


Molecular model sets 

Molecular model set for inorganic 

and organic chemistry 

With 540 atoms and 400 bond sticks. For 

assembling organic and inorganic structures up 

to carbohydrates or polymers. 



135


Orbital models 

Orbital model set 


Orbital model of ethene 

667 641 

The orbital model set enables the ground 

states of the carbon atom, its hybridization, 

double bond, triple bond, protonation and 

other interesting reaction mechanisms to be 

explained in an easily understandable manner. 

The storage box includes a description. 


Weight: 2020 g 

667 642 

Fullerene-C-60 

In addition to graphite and diamond, a further 

form of carbon has been discovered in recent 

years: the fullerene family. The most important 

representative of this family is the C-60 molecule. 

This model is fully assembled and made 

of 100% plastic. 

Diameter: approx. 140 mm 

Weight: 44 g

667 760 

Set of 14 Bravais lattices 

According to Bravais, contains the seven primitive 

translation lattices, which correspond to 

the seven translation lattices which build on the 

first seven lattices in a face-centered or bodycentered 

fashion. 

These 14 lattices form the basic types from 

which almost all natural crystals are derived. 

The lattice models have an edge length of 

about 15 cm. They are assembled using 9 to 

14 balls with a diameter of 25 mm, connected 

by metal rods. 

667 763 

Set of 9 crystal lattices 

Basic series of the nine most important structural 

types, contains crystal lattice models for 

copper, magnesium, diamond, rock salt, graphite, 

cesium chloride, wurtzite, calcite and a 

general triclinic translation lattice. The crystal 

lattice models are made of balls 20 mm in diameter 

and connected with metal rods. 

667 765 

Crystal lattice graphite I 



667 766 

Crystal lattice diamond 


667 767 

Crystal lattice rock salt 


667 769 

Crystal lattice ice 


667 760 

667 763 

667 767 667 769 

667 765 667 766 


Crystal lattice models 


137


667 678 

Periodic table of the elements 

Transparency for use with the overhead projector. The table makes it possible 

to illustrate the electron configuration for elements in the first to fifth periods, 

including the subgroup elements. With term diagram in wich the electron 

configurations can be illustrated by inserting plastic plugs; elements 

can be marked using plastic disks. 



1 Acrylic glass plate 

5 Coloured disks 

60 Plastic pins 

667 7062 

Isotope chart 

By G. Schuster and U. Lamberts. Wall chart, four-colour offset, mounted on 

linen with rolling staves at the top and bottom. The isotope chart contains 

all the stable and unstable isotopes of the elements. They are shown in a 

neutron-proton coordinate system. 


667 712 

Periodic table of the elements 

Wall chart; 4-color print on flexible plastic. 

Representation in accordance with the international 

Union for Pure and Applied Chemistry 

(I.U.P.A.C.). Long period with detailed information 

as to the electron configuration in all shells 

in the normal state. Atomic masses are referenced 

to 1 /12 of the atomic mass of the 

carbon 12 C isotope. Detailed explanatory literature 

is included with the chart. 


667 7102 

Spectrum chart 


Multicolour offset print wall chart, on cloth 

backing with roller rods at the top and bottom. 

This chart shows twelve different spectra in the 

form of prismatic spectra, all at identical total 

dispersion in a range from 380 nm 667 712, A 4 format. Detailed 

explanatory text on the rear of the sheet. 

Dimensions: 319 x 219 mm.

667 651 

Rock collection, basic collection 

Basic set containing the 20 most important 

types, wooden box 260 x 480 mm. 

The rocks of this collection provide a systematic 

representation (e.g. deep-seated rock, 

igneous rock, sediments etc.) for an introduction 

to the structure of geological formations. 


Sand Shell lime 

Loess Brownstone 

Quartz conglomerate Halite 

Alkali basalt Liparite 

Quartz trachyte Anthracite 

Lignite Coral lime 

(Common) Chalk Clay slate 

Lithographic sheet limestone Graptolitic slate 

Posidonien slate Phyllite slate 

Biotite granite 

667 654 

Minerals 

Collection of the 30 minerals most commonly 

used in industry, in a wooden case 260 x 380 

mm, with plastic inserts measuring 45 x60 mm. 

The collection demonstrates clearly that many 

of the minerals used in daily life must be recovered 

from minerals which are found in 

nature and then refined for use. 

All the essential raw materials for metals production 

(e.g. for lead, copper, aluminium), for 

insulation materials, ceramic products, lubricants 

etc., are included. The minerals are taken 

from the classical mining regions and have 

been selected as typical and especially easily 

remembered samples of the mineral. 


667 654 

Apatite Andalusite 

Phosphorite Cyanite 

Chile saltpeter Quartz 

Magnesite Quartz sand 

Dolomite Diatomite 

Sassoline Amazonite 

Sulfur Stilbite 

Gypsum Muscovite 

Anhydrite Vermiculite 

Barite Graphite 

Fluorite Lardite 

Limestone Kaoline 

Chalk Montmorillonite 

Corundum Halite 

Sillimanite Sylvite 


Geoscience sets 

Geoscience sets 

Designed to improve understanding of the 

structure of the earth’s crust. Each collection 

is organized and arranged in a sturdy storage 

box. All samples are numbered and described 

precisely in the enclosed list. The occurrence, 

chemical composition as well as the technical 

use of the individual samples is discussed in 

particular detail. 

667 653 

Metal ores 

Collection of 40 industrially important ores, 

wooden box 260 x 495 mm, with plastic inserts 

45 x 60 mm. 

The collection contains the world's most 

important raw materials for metals production, 

e.g. for the metals: aluminum, antimony, 

beryllium, lead, chrome, iron, cobalt, copper, 

magnesium, manganese, nickle, mercury, 

tantalum, zinc, tin. 

All samples have been selected from extremely 

rich deposits. 

The collection is supplied complete with 

explanatory booklet which describes the chemical 

composition, world-wide deposits 

and areas of application. 


Magnetite Cinnabar 

Hematite Auripigment 

Siderite Antimonite 

Limonite Quartz 

Psilomelanite Bauxite 

Braunite Magnesite 

Rhodonite Dolomite 

Skutterudite Beryl 

Chromite Pyrite 

Descloizite Pyrrhotite 

llmenite Calcite 

Molybdenite Strontianite 

Scheelite Celestite 

Chalcopyrite Barite 

Copper schist Lepidolite 

Azurite Halite 

Galenite Sylvine 

Sphalerite Carnallite 

Smithsonite Pandermite 

Cassiterite 


139



667 652 

Pig-iron production 

A collection of 15 samples in a wooden case 

230 x 280 mm, with plastic inserts measuring 

45 x 60 mm. 

The collection contains 15 selected, typical 

samples of raw materials, intermediate stages 

and final products in steel production. The 

collection is particularly suitable for explaining 

the blast furnace process and steel refining, 

since the progress from the raw ore to the ultimate 

steel products is shown quite clearly. 

The chemical compositon is indicated for all 

specimens. 


Coke LD-AC furnace dust 

Limestone LD slay 

Hematite Metallurgical sand 

Limonite Foamed sand 

Magnetite Mineral concrete 

LD sinter Gray pig iron 

LD-AC sinter Steel 

LD furnace dust 

667 650 

Mohs hardness scale 

Collection of minerals in a wooden case 

230 x 130 mm. 

The determination of a mineral's hardness is 

based on an internationally recognized standard 

set of minerals of increasing hardness. All 

these minerals are present, using specimens 

which were especially selected for use in 

hardness testing. 

The diamond chip is mounted in a steel stylus. 

A magnetic pin, cleavage knife and streak plat 

are provided for additional classification experiments. 


Talcum Feldspar 

Gypsum Quartz 

Calcite Topaz 

Fluorite Corundum 

Apatite Diamond

667 655 

Crystals 

Collection of 25 pieces, housed in a case 

170 x 245 mm, with plastic inserts measuring 

45 x 30 mm. 

The crystalline form specific to each mineral 

reflects the molecular or atomic structure. With 

the use of appropriate ancillary equipment it is 

thus possible to demonstrate the physical and 

chemical characteristics of the crystals which 

are dependent on the structure. In addition, 

knowledge in the field of crystallography is one 

of the prime requirements for understanding 

mineralogy. 

The collection contains examples of all seven 

classes of crystals. The Miller indices for the 

major facets are noted on the labels. 


Fluorite Rutile 

Garnet Copper pyrite 

Galena Scapolite 

Magnetite Aragonite 

Pyrite I Topaz 

Pyrite II Staurolite 

Apatite Gypsum 

Vanadinite Augite 

Corundum Hornblende 

Calcite Adularia 

Tourmaline Orthoclase 

Quartz Copper 



141


Chemistry manuals at a glance 

Cat. No. Title 

668 082 

668 102 

668 132 

668 222 

668 332 

668 422 

668 432 

668 642 

668 652 

668 662 

668 732 

668 802 

Biotechnology 

Biochemical methods, biochemistry S II 


(manual for 664 400/407) 

From crude oil to fuels and lubricants, manual 

(manual for 661 501) 

Ecological experiments with the case for 

environmental measurements 666 220 

Electrochemistry, students' experiments 

(manual for 664 380/396) 


Ecology, teacher's manual 

Ecology I, water analysis, student's manual 

Ecology II, soil and air analysis, student's manual 

Electrophoresis, experiments with the flat-bed 

electrophoresis chamber 665 509 

Demonstration Experiments Chemistry: General chemistry 

142 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY

computerunterstütztes experimentieren 

CASSY-S family with software 144 

Sensor boxes and accessories 150 

Order lists 160 

Popularly priced packages 162 

computer-assisted 

experimenting 


143

computer-assisted experimenting 

Bring state-of-the-art computer-based measuring 

into your natural-sciences classroom 

CASSY-S family 

The new generation of our popular CASSY computer-assisted measuring 

system provides the most complete range of functionalities ever for recording 

measured values in physics, chemistry, biology and electrical engineering/electronics 

instruction. The various new CASSY-S modules can be 

combined in a variety of ways. Up to eight modules can be cascaded for 

complex demonstration experiments—or alternatively, each unit can be 

used as a stand-alone measuring station. The connectivity capabilities of 

each module or module array via the serial RS 232 interface makes possible 

mobile deployment on multiple computers. The CASSY Display module 

lets you evaluate your measurements independently of a computer. The 

physics 

cassy 

chemistry 

biology 

Flexible 

…the unique physical design 

enables versatile deployment 

of equipment in lessons. 

Devices can be inclined at 

different angles or used in 

panel frames 


result: equipment that can be adapted to meet individual classroom needs 

and optimized equipment collections at an affordable price. 

The unique physical design enables the modules to be used in a flexible 

manner in the classroom. The folding feet allow you to set up the device in 

any one of three different angles. The top and bottom edges have been 

formed so that they fit securely in the experiment frame systems (CPS/TPS 

System). And with its sturdy aluminum housing and scratch-resistant front 

membrane, CASSY-S is tough enough to stand up to daily use in real classrooms. 

Compatible 

...all CASSY sensor boxes 

and sensors can be used 

with CASSY-S 

Cascadable 

…up to eight modules can be 

connected to one serial interface 

or to CASSY-Display

Titration of common vinegar 




1 pH box 524 035 

1 pH single-rod electrode 667 424 

1 Conductivity box 524 037 

1 Conductivity measuring cell 667 426 

1 Magnet stirrer 666 845 

1 Beaker, 250 ml, ts 664 113 

1 Stand tube 666 607 

3 Double bossheads 301 09 

3 Universal clamps 666 555 

1 Burette, 50 ml 665 847 

1 Burette funnel 665 816 

1 Pipette, 10 ml 665 975 

1 Pipetting ball 666 003 

1 PC with Windows 95/98/NT 

524 202 

Software manual for CASSY Lab 

All information on using CASSY Lab, plus all experiment examples, in a 

single ring binder. 

524 200 

CASSY Lab 


The high-performance CASSY Lab software immediately detects which 

CASSY modules are connected to the serial interface, as well as all connected 

sensor boxes. Just click on the sensor box in the display and the software 

automatically configures the corresponding hardware for the experiment. 

The software is supplied with detailed experiment examples, including 

complete setup instructions. When these examples are opened, CASSY Lab 

loads all settings required, so that the software is ready to run the measurement 

immediately. In addition to the CASSY-S devices, the software also 

supports other instruments with serial interface (e.g. hand-held measuring 

instruments, balances, etc.). The state-of-the-art 32-bit software is designed 

to run under Windows 9x/NT. It is available as a single-user license or as a 

school site license - equip your entire school at once! 

Plug and play 

...automatic detection and 

configuration or CASSY ® and 

sensor boxes. 

> 

Updates available for download 

free of charge at our website: 


This same information is provided 

with the software in electronic form, 

and can be printed out. 


145


Sensor-CASSY is equipped with two electrically 

isolated voltage/sensor box inputs as well as one 

alternative current input with switchable 

measuring ranges. The built-in adjustable 

voltage source supplies a holding magnet or electronic 

experiment – no external power supply 

required. The powerful 

switchover relay is a useful tool in 

numerous experiments. 


524 010 

Sensor-CASSY 

Cascadable interface for measured-value recording. 

· For connection to the RS232 serial interface of a computer, 

another CASSY module or the CASSY Display 

· 4-fold electrical isolation (inputs A and B, relay R, voltage source S). 

· Cascading of up to 8 CASSY module possible (to expand inputs and outputs) 

· Up to 8 analog inputs per Sensor-CASSY retrofittable using sensor boxes 

· Automatic sensor box detection by CASSY Lab (plug and play) 

· Microprocessor-controlled via the CASSY operating system (complete with 

software update functionality for fast, easy performance enhancements) 

· Can be set up as a benchtop, console or demonstration unit 

(also suitable for CPS/TPS panel frames) 

· Voltage supply 12V AC/DC via cannon plug or an adjacent CASSY module 

5 analog inputs 

(any two inputs A and B usable simultaneously) 

2 analog voltage inputs A and B on 4-mm safety sockets 

Resolution: 12 bits 

Measuring ranges: ± 0.3/1/3/10/30/100 V 

Measurement error: ± 1 % plus 0.5 % of range end value 


Scanning rate: max. 200,000 values/s (= 100,000 values/s per input) 

Memory: max. 32,000 values (= 16,000 values per input) 

1 Analog current input A on 4-mm safety sockets 

Measuring ranges: ± 0.1/0.3/1/3 A 

Measurement error: voltage error plus 1 % 

Input resistance: < 0.5 Ω (except under overload) 

See voltage inputs for further data. 

2 analog inputs at sensor box connector sites A and B. 

(all CASSY sensor boxes and sensors can be connected) 

Measuring ranges: ± 0.003/0.01/0.03/0.1/0.3/1 V 

Input resistance: 10 kΩ 

See voltage inputs for further data. 

The technical data will change depending on a connected sensor box. 

In this case CASSY Lab automatically detects the possible measurement 

quantities and ranges when a sensor box is attached. 

4 timer inputs with 32-bit counters at sensor box sites A and B. 

(e.g. for BMW box, GM box or timer box) 

Counting frequency: max. 100 kHz 

Time resolution: 0.25 µs 

Measuring time between two events at same input: min. 100 µs 

Measuring time between two events at different inputs: min. 0.25 µs 

Memory: max. 10,000 time points (= 2,500 values per input) 

1 changeover relay (switching indication via LED) 

Range: max. 100 V / 2 A 

1 Analog output (PWM-output) (pulse-width modulated, 

switchable voltage source, LED switching state indicator, 

e.g. for holding magnet or supplying experiment) 

Variable voltage range: max. 16 V / 200 mA (load ≥ 80 Ω) 

PWM range: 0% (off), 5-95% (1% resolution), 100% (on) 

PWM frequency: 100 Hz 

12 digital inputs (TTL) on sensor box sites A and B 

(at present only used for automatic sensor box detection) 

6 digital outputs (TTL) on sensor box sites A and B (at present only used 

for automatic switching of a sensor box measuring range) 

1 serial interface RS232 (subD-9) for connection to a computer 

1 CASSY-bus for connecting additional CASSY modules or CASSY Display 

Dimensions (W x H x D): 115 mm x 295 mm x 45 mm 



1 Sensor-CASSY 

1 CASSY Lab software, without activation code, for Windows 95/98/NT 

with comprehensive help function (20 full-functionality sessions free, 

then usable as demo version) 

1 Installation manual 

1 Serial cable (subD-9) 

1 Plug-in supply unit 230 V / 20 W

524 011 

Power-CASSY 

Cascadable interface device as programmable current or voltage source 

(power function generator) with integrated current or voltage measurement 

· For connection to the RS232 serial interface of a computer, another 

CASSY module or the CASSY Display 

· Electrically isolated 

· Microprocessor-controlled via the CASSY operating system (complete with 

software update functionality for fast, easy performance enhancements) 

· Can be set up as a benchtop, console or demonstration unit (also suitable 

for CPS/TPS panel frames) 

· Voltage supply 12 V AC via cannon plug 

1 programmable voltage source with simultaneous current measurement 

(e.g. for recording characteristic curves) 

Resolution: 12 bit 

Output range: ± 10 V 

Measuring range: ± 0.1/0.3/1 A 

Voltage error: ± 1% plus 0.5 % maximum range value 

Current error: voltage error plus 1 % 

Sampling rate: max. 200,000 values/s (= 100,000 values/s current and 

voltage) 

Memory: max. 32,000 values (= 16,000 values for current and voltage) 

1 programmable current source with simultaneous voltage measurement 

(can be activated alternatively to voltage source) 

Output range: ± 1 A 

Measuring range: ± 1/3/10 V 

See voltage source for additional data 

1 Serial interface RS232 (subD-9) for connection to a computer 

1 CASSY bus for connecting additional CASSY modules or the CASSY 

Display 

Dimensions (W x H x D): 115 mm x 295 mm x 45 mm 



1 Power-CASSY 

1 CASSY Lab software, without activation code, for Windows 95/98/NT 

with comprehensive help function (20 full-functionality sessions free, 

then usable as demo version) 

1 Installation manual 

1 Serial cable (subD-9) 

1 Plug-in supply unit 230 V / 20 W 


Power-CASSY is a programmable voltage and 

current source. This means that you can also use 

Power-CASSY in place of a power function 

generator. The module automatically measures 

current when operated as a voltage source, so 

that an input on a second CASSY module is not 

required. Thus, a single Power-CASSY unit is all 

you need e.g. to record the characteristic of a 

two-terminal network. 


147



524 020 

CASSY ® -Display 

2-channel display for displaying measured 

values without a computer 

· Microprocessor-controlled via the CASSY 

operating system (complete with software 

update functionality for fast, easy performance 

enhancements) 

· Can be set up as a benchtop, console or 

demonstration unit (also suitable for CPS/TPS 

panel frames) 

· Supports up to 8 Sensor-CASSYs (equivalent 

to 16 measuring channels) 

· Measurements are carried out using Sensor- 

CASSY or a sensor box connected there (see 

specifications of respective device for measurement 

quantities and ranges) 

· Measured values can be switched and calibrated 

individually. The measuring range and 

unit are matched automatically when plugging 

and swapping sensor boxes 

· With integrated real-time clock and data logger. 

The data memory for up to 32,000 measured 

values retains its contents even when 

the device is switched off so that it can be 

subsequently read out to a computer via the 

serial interface. 

· Voltage supply 12 V AC/DC via cannon plug. 

Measured value recording also possible independently 

of mains with portable power supply 

unit (12 V) 

Dimensions (W x H x D): 

215 mm x 295 mm x 45 mm 


The CASSY Display module 

shows the current measured 

values of all connected Sensor- 

CASSY units. The device automatically 

displays the quantity 

which matches the currently 

connected sensor box. As a 

result, it replaces a computer for 

simple measuring tasks, and 

can be used in conjunction with 

a Sensor-CASSY module in 

place of conventional demonstration 

measuring instruments 

(e.g. voltmeter, ammeter, tesla 

meter, newton meter, barometer). 

And the integrated 

CASSY Display data logger 

stores your measurement data 

for subsequent computer-based 

evaluation with CASSY Lab.

Updates available 

for download free of charge 

at our website: 


524 200 

CASSY ® Lab 

For the demo software automatically provided on data media with the devices 

> 524 010 and > 524 011, the activation code is supplied. 

Software for Windows 95/98/NT for recording and evaluating measurement 

data acquired using the CASSY-S family, with comprehensive integrated 

help functionality 

· Supports up to 8 CASSYs on one serial interface 

· Supports all CASSY sensor boxes 

· Additionally supports numerous devices via the serial interface (e.g. IRPD, 

balance, hand-held measuring instruments, thermometer) 

· ”Plug and play” enabled for easy use: the software automatically detects 

the connected CASSYs and sensor boxes and displays these graphically, 

inputs and outputs are activated simply by pointing and clicking and typical 

experiment parameters are automatically loaded (depending on the 

connected sensor box) 

· Measurement data can be displayed in the form of analog/digital instruments, 

tables and/or diagrams (with user-definable axis assignment) 

· Measured values can be recorded manually (at keystroke) or automatically 

(choice of time interval, measured time, trigger or additional measurement 

condition); measures up to 1,600,000 values/s (for 8 Sensor-CASSYs) 

· Multiple measurement series can be recorded in a single diagram for comparison 

· Powerful evaluation functions including various fits (straight line, parabola, 

hyperbola, exponential function), integrals, diagram labeling, calculation of 

user-definable formulas, differentiation, integration, Fourier transforms 

· Convenient exporting of measurement data and diagrams via the clipboard 

· ”Logbook” function lets you briefly document other experiment information 

in the experiment file 

· Complete with numerous experiment examples from physics, chemistry 

and biology with detailed descriptions 

· Graphical display of CASSY, sensor box and connector allocation when 

the experiment file is loaded 



149


Sensors/sensor boxes – chemistry 

524 037 

Conductivity box 

For measurement of electrical conductivity with 

conductivity measurement cell (> 667 426). 

Recommended software: 

CASSY Lab > 524 200 

667 426 


Measurement cell in plastic holster 

with cable and plug for connection to the 

conductivity box (> 524 037). 

Cell constant: 1.0 1/cm 

667 426 

Reaction kinetics 


667 424 

524 035 

pH Box 

For measurement of pH and redox potentials in 

aqueous media. With DIN socket. 



additionally required: 

for example single-rod pH electrode . . 667 424 

667 424 


Glass electrode for pH measurements, with 

DIN connector, 13 mm dia.

666 193 666 212 

524 045 

Temperature box 

For temperature measurement with up to 

two NiCr-Ni or NTC temperature sensors 

(> 666 193 or > 666 212). 

Measuring ranges: NiCrNi: -200 °C to +1100 °C 

NTC: -20 °C to +120 °C 

Connections: DIN sockets 

recommended software: 


666 193 

Temperature sensor NiCr-Ni 

Including connecting lead (1.5 m) 

with DIN plug 

Measuring range: -200 °C to + 1100 °C 

666 212 

Temperature sensor NTC 

Including connecting lead (1.5 m) 

with DIN plug. 

Measuring range: -20 °C to +120 °C 

524 057 

Climate box 

For measuring humidity, temperature, illuminance 

and barometric pressure in conjunction 

with Sensor-CASSY > 524 010. 

The pressure sensor is integrated in the climate 

box; external sensors are required for measuring 

all other quantities. 


With humidity sensor > 524 057: 

relative humidity: 0 … 100 % 

Temperature: -40 … + 80 °C 

With NTC sensor > 666 212 


With lux sensor > 666 243: 

Illuminance: 0 … 200 klx 

Internal: barometric pressure 800 .. 1500 hPa 




524 036 

KTY box 

For measuring temperatures in the air and in 

non-aggressive liquids using the KTY-sensor 

(> 529 036) and for temperature compensation 

with the pH-box (> 524 035) and the conductivity 

box (> 524 037) 

Temperature measuring range: 

-50 °C to +150 °C/0.1 K 

Measurement error: ± 1 K 

Connection: 2.5 mm jack socket 

recommended software: 


529 036 

KTY sensor 

529 036 

NTC temperature sensor for KTY-box 

> 524 036: including connecting lead with 

jack plug 2.5 mm. 

529 057 

Humidity sensor 

For measuring relative humidity in conjunction 

with the climate box > 524 057. The integrated 

temperature sensor additionally enables 

measurement of the atmospheric temperature. 


Relative humidity: 0 … 100 % 


Connection: 8-pin DIN socket 


151


Sensors/sensor boxes – chemistry 

524 052 

Oxygen box 

This box is used for measuring the oxygen 

content in liquids or in air. In addition to this, 

temperature measurements can be made 

through the temperature sensor which is integrated 

into the oxygen electrode (> 667 458). 

Measurements ranges: 

0 to 200% rel. oxygen saturation 

0 to 20 mg/l oxygen concentration 

0 to 50° C temperature 



667 458 

Oxygen electrode 

667 458 

The oxygen electrode after Clark is used to 

measure the oxygen content in liquids or in the 

air. In addition to this, temperature measurements 

can be made through the temperature 

sensor which is integrated into the oxygen 

electrode. 

Measurement rages: 

0...20 mg/l oxygenconcentration in H 2 O 

0...45°C 

Connection: 8-pin DIN connector 

524 051 

Lux box 


For measuring illumination using the lux sensor 

(> 666 243). Calibration of the sensor and 

switchover of the measurement range are carried 

out via software. 

Measuring ranges: 0 to 100 lx 0 to 1 klx 

0 to 10 klx 0 to 100 klx 



Illuminance and lamp power 

666 243 

Lux sensor 

666 243 

For measuring illumination. The photometer 

probe consists of an Si-photo element equipped 

with VCO-filter to match the photo element to 

the spectral sensitivity of the human eye. The 

sensor is also made watertight so that it is also 

suitable for immersion in water samples 

(e.g. for measuring turbidity). 

Measuring ranges: 0 to 200 klx 

Connection: 5-pin DIN plug

662 148 

Push-button 

For connection to the reaction test box 

(> 524 043); including cable with 6-pin-plug. 

662 149 

Foot switch 

For connection to the reaction test box 

(> 524 046); including cable with 6-pin-plug. 

524 048 

Skin resistance box 

For measurement of the change of the skin 

resistance of the test person in relation of the 

physical and mental condition. Two electrodes 

are attached to the finger tips; electrically isolated 

from the interface. 

Recommende software: 


524 047 

Pulse box 

For measurement of the pulse frequency with 

the aid of an infrared sensor which is attached 

to the ear lobe or the finger tip; the sensitivity is 

adjusted automatically; electrical isolation from 

the interface. 

Recommende software: 


662 149 

Measuring reaction times with CASSY 


Sensor boxes/sensors – biology 

524 046 

662 148 

Reaction test box 

For measurement of the reaction time via a hand 

or foot push-button (> 662 148/149) and for 

determining the speed at which nerve pulses 

travel. 

Connection: two DIN sockets 




153


Sensor boxes/sensors – biology 

524 049 

ECG/EMG box 


For measurement of the electrical processes at 

the heart muscle (ECG, electrocardiogram) or 

skeletal muscles (EMG, electromyogram). 

The tension of the muscles is recorded with aid 

of silver electrodes, which are strapped to the 

extremities. In case of the ECG measurement all 

three standard measurements after EINTHO- 

VEN can be run. 

The sensors are electrically isolated from the 

measurement input of the CASSY interface. 

Cable length: 1 m (screened) 



Recommend software: 


524 050 

Blood pressure box 

For blood pressure measurements according 

to the oscillatory method without stethoscope 

and microphone, including arm collar with 

Velcro fasteners and with pump-up bulb, automatic 

valve and connector. 

Pressure range: ±375 mm Hg (±500 hPa) 



524 056 

524 056 

Spirometer box 

For measurement of various tidal volumes, the 

flow-volume curve and the forced expiratory 

volume per second. measurement principle: 

pneumotachographic. 



662 381 

Consumables for spirometer 

100 cardboard mouthpieces/10 spare filters 

662 383 

Accessories for spirometer 

Used for examining the oxygen consumption in 

conjunction with the Oxygen box (> 524 052) 

and the oxygen electrode (> 667 458).

524 034 

Timer box 

Sensor box with two TTL and light barrier 

inputs for CASSY (see Sensor-CASSY timer 

inputs for technical data). 

Input E can be used as a counter, timer and 

frequency input. The two inputs E and F can 

be used as timer inputs for measuring the 

time between selected edges (e.g. measuring 

the transit time from E to F, measuring the 

obscuration time at E and/or F) 

Connections: two 6-pin sockets (for 501 16) 

and three 4-mm-sockets 

required accessory: 

1 Multi-core cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 16 

529 034 

g ladder 

Falling body for determining gravitational acceleration 

g through measurement of the falling times 

of all ladder rungs through a light barrier in a 

single measuring run. With two holes for attaching 

additional weights for proving that gravitational 

acceleration is independent of mass. 

Number of rungs: 21 

Rung spacing: 1 cm 

Dimensions (WxH): 75 mm x 205 mm 

579 43 

DC motor tachogenerator 

For use as a driving motor, tachogenerator and 

an oscillation exciter. 

For direct connection to Sensor-CASSY 

(as motor via Power-CASSY). 

529 034 

337 46 

Forked light barrier 

Precision light barrier with infrared light 

source for time measurements; connection to 

timer box > 524 034. 

Connection: 6-pin socket (for > 501 16) 



529 031 

337 46 

Displacement sensor 

Potentiometer, in housing, with turning wheel 

for registering displacement via a thread; 

connection to current supply box (> 524 031); 

for mounting with stand material or on 

a plug-in-board. 

Measuring ranges: 0-15 cm/150 cm 


529 031 

Sensor boxes/sensors – physics 

337 461 

337 461 

Spoked wheel 

Smooth-running deflection pulley on rod with 

thread groove, for measuring distances with 

the light barrier (> 337 46). 

524 031 

Current supply box 

586 26 

Multi-purpose microphone 

Battery-operated probe microphone for all 

acoustic experiments in the audible frequency 

and ultrasonic ranges; with built-in amplifier and 

switchable rectifier for direct connection to 

Sensor-CASSY. 

Connection: Cable with 4-mm-sockets 

Recommened software: 


501 16 

For operating any sensor in which the resistance 

changes as a function of the physical 

quantitiy, e.g. LDR, NTC, PTC resistors. 


100 �, 1 k�, 10 k�, 100 k�, 1 M� 

Saturation voltage: 10 V 

Connections: 4-mm sockets 




155



524 041 

Bridge box 

For voltage measurements at sensors with 

measurement resistors connected in bridge 

configuration, e.g. force sensor (> 314 261). 

Differential amplifier input: 1x, 10x, 100x with 

damping on/off 

Measurement accuracy of the amplification: ±1% 

Input resistance: 1 k� 

Output for external compensation: 

± 2.5 V (digital generation) 




501 16 

Multi-core cable, 6-pole, 1.5 m 

337 16 

337 16 

Pair of recording pulleys 

For measuring the time and instantaneous 

speed along the path on the student's track; 

determination of acceleration from the velocitytime 

diagram; for connection to the motion 

transducer box (> 524 032). 

Connection: 6-pin socket (for 501 16) 



314 261 

524 032 


Motion transducer box 

501 16 

501 16 

For direct application of the motion sensing element 

(> 337 631) or the pair of recording pulleys 

(> 337 16) at Sensor-CASSY. 

Connections: two 6-pin sockets (for 501 16) 



314 261 

Force sensor 

For measuring force with the bridge box 

(> 524 041) and senor CASSY (> 524 010) 

or with newton meter (> 314 251). 

2 flection elements arranged in parallel with 

4 strain gauges in bridge configuration with 

support clip, for plugging in (> 314 04). 

Force measurement range: ± 3 N 

Lift: approx. 0.5 mm/N 

Resolution: ± 0.1 mN 

Output voltage: 1 V/1N ± 0.5 % 

Connection: 6-pole socket 

337 631 

Motion sensing element 

Uniformly acceterated motion on the 

students’ track for experiments 

337 631 

For simultaneous registration of transit time, 

distance, speed and acceleration of a body in 

motion under consideration of direction of 

motion; for connection to the motion transducer 

box (> 524 032). 



CASSY Lab > 524 200

524 038 

B box 

For measuring magnetic flux densities using 

the tangential or axial B probe (> 516 60/61), 

for pressure measurements using the pressure 

sensors (> 529 038 /039/040). 

Differential amplifier input: 

1x, 10x, 100x (without attenuation) 

Input resistance: 1k� 

Output for external compensation: ±2.5 V 

(analog generation, can be switched off) 




559 01 

559 01 

End-window counter for �, �, � and x-rays 

Self-quenching Geiger-Müller counter tube with 

a very thin mica end-window which also allows 

the registration of soft �-radiation. With a permanently 

attached cable. 



524 033 

GM box 

For measuring radioactive radiation using a 

Geiger-Müller counter tube (> 559 01/05). 

The high voltage for the counter is generated 

and the counter-tube pulses are converted into 

suitable signals in the sensor-box. 

Counter tube voltage: 500 V via 1 M� 

Connection: coaxial socket 




157



529 040 

501 16 

Pressure measurement: 

recording and evaluating 

a pV diagram 

529 038 

529 042 


529 038 

Pressure sensor 

For differential pressure measurements using 

the B box (> 524 038). 

Measuring range: ±20hPa, ±200hPa, ±2000hPa 

Compensation: up to 2000 hPa 

Measurement error: < 1% 


Hose connections: 

overpressure connection P1: dia. 2.5 mm 

low-pressure connection P2: 

Schott-connectionfor 4-mm-tubing 

529 042 

Absolute pressure sensor 

For absolute pressure measurements using the 

B box (> 524 038). 

Measuring range: ±15 hPa, ±150 hPa, ±1500 hPa 




Hose connections: small flange DN 16 KF 

529 040 

Pressure sensor 

For differential pressure measurements using 

the B box (> 524 038). 

Measuring ranges: ±0.7 hPa, ±7 hPa, ±70 hPa 



Connection: 6-pin socket (for> 501 16) 

Hose connections: 

overpressure connection P1: dia. 2.5 mm 

low-pressure connection P2: 

Schott-connection for 4-mm-tubing

516 60 

Tangential B probe 

For measuring tangential magnetic flux density; 

connection to Teslameter (> 516 62) or to 

Sensor-CASSY via the B box (> 524 038). 

Data with B box: 

Measuring ranges: ±10 mT,±100 mT, ±1000 mT 

Compensation: up to 1 T 

Measurement error : ± 2 % 


516 61 

Axial B probe 

For measuring axial magnetic flux density; 

connection to Teslameter (> 516 62) or to 

Sensor-CASSY via the B box (> 524 038). 

Data with B box: 


±10 mT, ±100 mT, ±1000 mT 

Compensation: up to 1 T 

Measurement error : ± 2 % 

Connection: 6-pin socket (for 501 16 ) 

501 16 


524 040 

µV box 

> 

B box 

Description page 157 

For measuring very low voltages (e.g. thermocouples, 

induction coils) using Sensor-CASSY 

Measuring ranges: ± 1 mV, ± 3 mV, 

± 10 mV, ± 30 mV, ±100mV 

Resolution: 0.05 % of max. range value 

Measuring accuracy: 

2.5 % including Sensor-CASSY error 

Offset error: < 0.5 % 

Input resistance: 100 K� 

Cutoff frequency: >1 Hz 

Max. overvoltage: 100 V 

Connection: 4-mm sockets 

524 043 

30 A box 

For electrically isolated current measurement 

in extra-low voltage circuits; indirect 

measurements via a magnetic field using a 

Hall sensor. 

Contact resistance: < 0.01 � 

Measuring ranges: 1 A, 3 A, 10 A, 30 A 

Measurement error: ± 1.5 % 

Connection: 4-mm-sockets 


516 60 


516 61 

524 054 

Electrometer box 

501 16 

Used in electrostatic experiments for measurements 

of high resistance voltages with respect 

to earth; can be connected to capacitors and 

resistors. 

Max. input voltage: ± 8 V 

Max. overvoltage: 100 V 

Input impedance: 10 11 � 

Measurement error: ± 1.5 % 

Frequency range: 0 Hz to 1 kHz 

Connection: 4-mm-sockets 

Recommend software for 524 043 / 054 / 040: 



159


Order list for physics experiments 

Topic Ca. No. Sensor ✔✘ Cat. No. Sensor box ✔✘ 

Acoustic oscillations and beating 586 26 Multi-purpose microphone �� 

Recording motions 337 631* Motion sensing element �� 524 032 BMW box �� 

Collision experiments alternatively 

Coupled pendulums 337 462* Combination light barrier �� 524 032 BMW box �� 

337 464 Combination spoked wheel �� 

337 46 Light barrier 

alternatively 

�� 524 034 Timer box �� 

337 462* Combination light barrier �� 524 034 Timer box �� 

337 46 Light barrier �� 524 034 Timer box �� 

337 461 Spoked wheel 

alternatively 

�� 

337 462* Combination light barrier �� 524 034 Timer box �� 

337 464 Combination spoked wheel 

alternatively 

�� 

337 16* Pair of recording pulleys on rider �� 524 032 BMW box �� 

579 43 

529 031 

STE motor and tacho generator �� 

Displacement sensor �� 524 031 Current supply box �� 

Radioactivity 559 01 End-window counter for �, �, � 

and x-ray radiation 

alternatively 

�� 524 033 GM box �� 

667 918 Geiger counter �� 524 034 Timer box �� 

Pressure measurements 529 038* Pressure sensor �� 524 038 B box �� 

529 042* Absolute pressure sensor �� 524 038 B box �� 

529 040* Pressure sensor 70 hPa �� 524 038 B box �� 

Magnetic field 516 60* Tangential B probe �� 524 038 B box �� 

Electromagnetism 516 61* Axial B probe �� 524 038 B box �� 

Induction 314 261* Force sensor �� 524 041 Bridge box �� 

Electrostatics 524 043 30 A box �� 

524 054 Electrometer box �� 

524 040 µV box �� 

Temperature measurements 529 036* KTY sensor �� 524 036 KTY box �� 

666 193 

666 212 

Temperature sensor NiCr-Ni 

alternatively 

�� 524 045 Temperature box �� 

Temperature sensor NTC �� 524 045 Temperature box �� 

Illuminance 666 243 Lux sensor �� 524 051 Lux box 

Resistance measurements 524 031 Current supply box �� 

* additionally required: multi-core connection cable (> 501 16) 


Order list for biology experiments 

Topic 

Pulse 

Resistance of the skin 

ECG (standard leads acc. to Einthoven) 

EMG (action potential of muscles) 

Blood pressure measurement & pulse frequency 

Determining reaction times 

Respiratory volume, respiratory frequence 

Photosynthesis, illuminance 

Oxygen content (absolute and relative) 

�✔Present in collection �✘To 

be added to collection.

Titration of 

common vinegar 


Order list for chemistry experiments 

Topic Ca. No. Sensor ✔✘ Cat. No. Sensor box ✔✘ 

ph, titration 667 424 pH single rod electrode �� 524 035 pH box �� 

667 417 pH single rod electrode �� 



Redox potentials 667 415 Redox probe �� 524 035 pH box �� 

Conductivity mesurement, titration 

Determining concentrations 

Reaktion kinetics 

667 426 Conductivity measuring cell �� 524 037 Conductivity box �� 

Temperature measurement/calorimetry 666 193 Temperature sensor NiCr-Ni �� 524 045 Temperature box �� 

666 212 Temperature sensor NTC �� 

Thermometic titration 529 036 KTYsensor �� 524 036 KTY box �� 

Differential thermal analysis 666 193 Temperature sensor NiCr-Ni �� 524 045 Temperature box �� 

Surface temperature measurement 666 213 Surface 

temperature sensor NiCr-Ni �� 524 045 Temperature box �� 

666 217 Paddle surface 

Temperature sensor NiCr-Ni �� 

Oxygen content (absolute and relative) 667 458 Oxygen electrode �� 524 052 Oxygen box 

Ethanol content 666 411 Ethanol sensor �� 

Illuminance 666 243 Lux sensor �� 524 051 Lux box 

Photometry 665 486 UV flow-through photometer 

for HPLC �� 

Cat. No. Sensor ✔✘ Cat. No. Sensor box ✔✘ 

662 148 

662 149 

666 243 

667 458 

524 047 

524 048 

524 049 

524 050 

Pulse box �� 

Skin resistance box �� 

ECG/EMG box �� 

Blood pressure box �� 

Push button �� 524 046 Reaction test box �� 

Foot switch �� 

524 056 

Spirometer box �� 

Lux sensor �� 524 051 Lux box �� 

Oxygen electrode �� 524 052 Oxygen box �� 

Send us your checklist. We will be happy to prepare an individual quotation 


161


Specially priced sets in the CASSY-S family 

We would be happy to provide a quotation to 

your specifications. 

Tell us what you require and we will put 

together a low-cost equipment set specially 

designed to meet your individual needs. 

The comfort packages 

524 010 K1 

Comfort package K1 

The all-purpose system for measuring with or without a computer, consisting 

of one Sensor-CASSY, one CASSY-Display and the software CASSY Lab. 

Cat. No. Description 

524 010 

524 020 

524 200 

524 010 K3 


Sensor-CASSY 

CASSY-Display 

CASSY Lab 

The ultimate power-user solution! 


524 010 

524 011 

524 200 

Sensor-CASSY 

Power-CASSY 

CASSY Lab 


524 010 S 

CASSY-Starter 

This set enables you to perform a number of measuring tasks in the lesson 

(all measurements in which electrical voltages or currents are registered) – 

sensors and sensor boxes expand the specific measuring capabilities in 

physics, biology and chemistry teaching. 


524 010 

524 200 

524 010 K2 


Sensor-CASSY 

CASSY Lab 

Starter package 

Cascade your hardware and expand your horizons! 

Consisting of two Sensor-CASSY units and the software CASSY Lab. 


524 010 

524 010 

524 200 

Sensor-CASSY 

Sensor-CASSY 

CASSY Lab

Measuring equipment 

measuring equipment 

Length, time, mass, force 164 

Electricity 176 

Recorders 187 

Pulses, frequencies, rates 189 

Temperature, pH, conductivity 191 

Energy supply 202 

Electrical aids 211 

Stand material 218 

Heating, stirring, laboratory equipment 224 

Glass, plastic and porcelain ware 237 

Tools and aids 265 

Consumables 268 

Safety 274 

Laboratory gases 280 

Storage 282 

Illustrative media 283 

Chemical sets 285 

basic apparatus 


163

measuring equipment – length 

Instruments for length measurement 

311 02 

Metal scale 

With alternating white and red background for 

easy reading from a distance. 

Length: 1 m 

Graduation: cm, mm easily estimated, 

dm indicated by colours 

Width: 25 mm approx. 

311 22 

Vertical scale 

With cursors, for use in experiments on 

falling objects and spring pendulums, with 

stand rod at one end for vertical mounting 

to stand bases. 

Length: 1 m 

Graduation: mm, cm, dm (indicated by colours) 



Saddle base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 11 

311 03 

Wooden ruler 

With double scale on either side. Can be 

clamped in base > 300 11. 

Length: 1 m/39 inches 

Graduation: cm, mm, 1 /8 inch 


311 77 

311 02 

311 22 

311 03 

311 77 

460 97 


Steel tape measure 

With automatic rewind. 

Graduation: cm and inch 

Range: 2 m divided in cm and mm 

78 inches subdivided in 1 /16¨ 


311 86 

460 97 

Scaled metal rail, 0.5 m long 

With clearly graduated scale which is well visible 

even from a larger distance; dm graduation 

by red and white fields. 

Scales: mm, cm and dm divisions 

Width: 25 mm 

311 86 

Spherometer 

For measuring thicknesses and determining 

radii of curvature, e.g. of lenses. 

Range: 0 to 25 mm ( - 10 mm to + 15 mm) 

Distance between feet: 50 mm 

Pitch of micrometer screw: 0.5 mm 

Micrometer head divisions: 

250 (1 scale div. corresp. 0.002 mm) 

Inaccuracy: 0.001 mm

311 52 

Vernier callipers 

For measuring inside and outside diameters and depths, plastic. 

Measuring range: 120 mm/5 inches 

Graduation: mm with vernier reading to 1/10 mm 

1/16 inch with vernier reading to 1/128 inch 

313 05 

311 27 

Stop-clock 

Adding stop-clock with start, stop and reset 

button. Spring work. 

Range, 360° turn: 60 mins. 

Inaccuracy of reading: 1 s 

Max. running time: 20 h 

Graduations: 60 and 100 divs. 


Stop-clocks 

311 52 311 54 311 83 

Timing and timekeeping 

Adding stop-clocks with start, stop and reset buttons. With unbreakable 

watch glass, shock-proof, and unbreakable spring. Including cord and 

protective pouch. 

313 07 

313 17 

313 05 

Range, Inaccuracy 

Cat. No. 360°turn of reading Graduations Diameter 

15 mins 0.1 s 30 s/15 min 5.5 cm 

30 mins 0.2 s 60 s/30 min 5.5 cm 

311 27 

measuring equipment – length/time 

Model of vernier 

To demonstrate vernier reading on numerous length and angle measuring 

instruments. With retrograde and direct vernier graduation. 

Main scale: 1 m, graduated in units of 5 cm 

Vernier length: 45 cm resp. 55 cm 

311 83 

Precision micrometer 

With constant-torque thimble and locking device, high-quality steel. 

Range: 0 to 25 mm 

Reading: 1/100 mm 

311 54 

Precision vernier callipers 

With instant-action locking device for internal, external and depth measurements, 

stainless steel (all hardened). 

Measuring range: 150 mm and 6 inches 

Graduation: mm with vernier reading to 1/20 mm 

1/16 inch with vernier reading to 1/128 inch 

313 07 

313 12 

Digital stop-watch 

313 17 

313 12 

Quartz-controlled stop-watch with LCD display 

with start, stop, split and reset. Including cord 

and protective pouch, without battery. 

Range: 9 h 59 min 59 s 99/100 s 

Resolution: 0.01 s 

Display: 7-segment LCD, 7 digits 

Heigth of digits (h, min, s): 8 mm 

Battery: 1.5 V, type IEC R 6 (> 685 44 ) 

Dimensions: 8.5 x 6 x 2.5 cm 


165

measuring equipment – time 

666 095 

Time switch 


For programmed switching of electrical devices, 

e.g. hot plates, heating hoods, furnaces, 

thermostats, stirrer motors, etc. 

Switch-on time: from 0.25 h at constant operation 

in 24-hour cycle, 3 on-off phases per 

24-hour period can be programmed 

Switching capacity: max. 16 A 

Power supply: 230 V 

(for direct connection to a mains socket) 


313 031 

Electronic stop-clock P 

666 096 

Timer 

Forwards and/or backwards counter (two-channel 

counter) or time; buzzer alarm (1minute) 

when the timer has counted down to zero; each 

counter channel can be read out separately. 

Display: LCD, 6 digits 

Timer range: 99 h 59 min 59 s 

Clock interval: 1 s 


Weight: 65 g 

For measuring short time intervals, with quasi-analogue 0.01 second display 

consisting of 100 LEDs arranged in a circular array. Full seconds indicated 

on luminous digital display, with overrun indicator LED. 

Timing started and stopped either dynamically, i.e. the inputs (START 

and STOP) respond to rising and failing edges (edge-sensitive) or statically, 

i.e. the input (START/STOP) responds to the state (state-sensitive). 

This enables timing of either intervals between two events of the duration of 

an event. 

Timing can also be started and stopped manually using the integrated 

rocker switch. Switches or electrical pulse generators can be used for 

external control, e.g. a light bar-rier at a DIN socket or a contact plate or 

microphone at the 4-mm sockets. 

The electronic stop-clock P can either be used as a bench-top unit or 

inserted in the demonstration experiment frame. 

Measuring range: 99.99 s (overrun indicator when exceeded) 

Reading accuracy: 0.01 s 

Time base: quartz, 16 MHz 

Dial: LED ring, 17 cm diameter 

Numeral height: 18 mm (7-segment display) 

Signal inputs: 

three 4-mm socket pairs, as well as three DIN sockets with built-in voltage 

supply for light barriers (5 V DC for photodiode and 6 V DC for light source) 

Reset input: 4-mm socket pair 

Power supply: 230 V, 50/60 Hz via mains cable 

(115 V available on request) 

Power consumption: 10 VA 

Fuses: 230 V - T 0.125 B; light barriers - T 0.315 B 


Weight: 1.4 kg

Weights 

388 24 

Each weight has a suspension hook, and at the bottom a transverse bar for the attachment of additional 

weights; made of cast iron 

Set of 7 Weights 

Cat. No. Weight Dimensions 315 36 

683 10 

683 11 

315 38 

315 39 

315 40 

388 24 

315 36 

315 34 590 27 

315 31 

Weight Material 590 27 

315 34 315 31 

10 mg aluminium – – 1 

20 mg aluminium – – 2 

50 mg German silver – – 1 




1 g German silver 1 1 1 






100 g cast iron – 2 2* 

200 g cast iron – 1 1* 

500 g cast iron – 1 – 

1000 g 

* Material : brass 

cast iron – 1 – 

0.1 kg 7.5 cm x 1 cm dia 1 

0.2 kg 8.5 cm x 4 cm dia 2 

0.5 kg 10.5 cm x 5 cm dia 1 

1 kg 13.5 cm x 6.5 cm dia 2 

2 kg 17cm x 8 cm dia 1 

5 kg 21 cm x 11 cm dia – 

measuring equipment – mass 

Mechanical balances and accessories 

315 22 

315 31 

Set of weights 10 mg to 200 g 

In hardwood box with lid, complete with forceps. 

590 27 

Set of weights, 1 g to 50 g 

In plastic box. 

315 34 

Set of weights 1 g to 1000 g 

In wooden block without lid. 

315 22 

Laboratory balance 

Two-pan balance with scale on top. Made from 

sheet steel. Knife-edges and bearing made 

from special hardened steel. 

Weighing range: 5 kg 

Sensitivity: 1 g 

Pan areas: each 18 cm x 18 cm 




Set of weights, 1 g to 1000 g . . . . . . . 315 34 

Set of 7 weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 36 

315 36 

Set of 7 weights 

Preferably for use with laboratory balance 

(> 315 22). Additionally, they can be used either 

as loads or weights e.g. in experiments on 

extension of helical springs and wire, simple 

machines and the conversion of energy. 

362 351 

Lead shot (not shown) 

For use as a tare weight and for measuring 

specific heat. 

Shot diameter: 3 mm 

Total mass: 100 g 


167


315 25 

315 24 

School and laboratory balances 

Set of 3 additional weights 

For top-pan balances (> 315 23 /24) for 

range extension up to 2610 g 

Weights: 1 x 147.5 g, 2 x 295 g 

315 05 


315 25 

Main Features: 

Non-removable captive sliding weights, i.e. a separate set of weights is not required. · Quick operation due to magnetic damping 

and notches for arresting the sliding weights. · Graduated beam, decimal notches and parallax-free equilibrium indication make for 

very accurate instruments. · Reasonably priced due to straightforward construction. 

315 05 

315 06 

315 23 

Type 311 T 310 610 Tara T 610 Tara 

System Single-pan Single-pan suspension Single-pan suspension Single-pan suspension 

suspension balance balance scale on top balance scale on top balance scale on top 

Weight range 311 g 310 g 610 g 610 g 

Weight range with 

additional weights – – 2610 g 2610 g 

Sensitivity 10 mg 10 mg 0.1 g 0.1 g 

Torsion spring 0.01 bis 10 g 0.1 g to 10 g 

adjustmant range – (with vernier reading) – 

Sliding weight 0.01 to 1 g – 0.1 to 10 g – 

range 1 to 10 g – – – 

10 to 100 g 10 to 100 g 10 to 100 g 10 to 100 g 

100/200 g 100/200 g 100/500 g 100/500 g 

Tare range – – 225 g 450 g 

Load platform, 

height-adjustable x x – – 

315 24 

Pan diameter 10 cm 10 cm 15 cm 15 cm 

Dimensions 37 x 14 x 28 cm 37 x 14 x 31 cm 47 x 16 x 17 cm 47 x 16 x 17 cm 

Weight 1.7 kg 1.9 kg 2.5 kg 3.0 kg 

Precision slidings-weight balances 

for demonstration and practical experiments 

and laborarory use 

315 06 

315 23

315 01 

Hydrostatic balance 

Suitable for the determination of densities, the 

demonstration of Archimedes' Principle and 

the weighing of air with a sphere. With stand 

rod for height adjustment. 

Three removable balance pans of equal weight, 

one with a short stirrup and hook for hydrostatic 

measurements. 

Max. load: 200 g 

Sensitivity: 8 mg 

Pan diameter: 100 mm each 



Set of weights 10 mg to 200 g . . . . . . 315 31 

315 07 

362 01 

667 360 

Single pan balance 

With removable pan. 

Ranges/graduation: 100 g range, 1 g divs. 

500 g range, 10 g divs. 

Max. load: 500 g 

Pan diameter: 11 cm 



667 360 

Student's balance 

315 31 

Lifting force in fluids (Archimedes’ Principle) with 315 01 

Beam balance with non-removable sliding 

weights. Removable, bright chrome-plated 

balance pan with handle and 2 spouts. 

Test tube holder with frame. Attachment fittings 

for hydrostatic weighing and flush weighing. 

Weighing range: 301 g 

Sensitivity: 50 mg 

Sliding weight range: 0-100 g/1 g 

0-1 g/50 mg 

Attachment weights: 100 g and 200 g 

Pan diameter: 90 mm 



169


Sartorius Basic lite 

The right balance for any task and any budget. 

Now even for analytical weighing tasks 

In designing this series, our primary aim was to 

create a program of measuring instruments that 

would meet all the many needs of modern educational 

use. 

The balances had to be precise yet sturdy, easy to 

use but still with all necessary features. 

And all this for a price that fits in with today’s 

tight educational budgets. And the incredible 

success of our new BL series shows just how well 

we’ve succeeded. 

Now with new models, even for demanding analytical 

applications! 

667 7788 

Basic models 

Cat. No. Model Range Resolution Pan 

667 7781 

667 7782 

667 7785 

667 7780 

667 7788 

667 7783 

667 7784 

667 7787 

667 7786 

BL600 600 g 0.1 g 174 x 143 mm 

BL1500 1500 g 0.1 g 174 x 143 mm 

BL3100 3100 g 0.1 g 174 x 143 mm 

BL310 310 g 0.01 g 116 mm dia. 

BL610 610 g 0.01 g 116 mm dia. 

BL1500S 1500 g 0.01 g 174 x 143 mm 

BL 150S 150 g 0.001 g 100 mm dia. 

BL120S 120 g 0.0001 g 80 mm dia. 

BL210S 210 g 0.0001 g 80 mm dia. 


Innovation and quality from Sartorius. 

· Sturdy balance mechanism, high-quality workmanship 

and excellent value for money are key 

characteristics of each and every Basiclite unit 

· Basiclite instruments prove themselves in actual 

practice thanks to their highly readable display, 

short measuring times and ease of use 

· The sturdily designed balance housing, the use 

of stainless-steel balance pans and a protected 

membrane keypad ensure reliability and 

weighing accuracy – even under the most 

demanding use 

667 7784 

Accessories for basic models 


667 7790 

667 7791 

667 7793 

667 7794 

667 7795 

· The full glass draft protection of the analysis 

balances with smoothly turning doors enables 

a constant unobstructed view of the sample 

· The balances are ideal for mobile use, because 

in addition to mains operation (plug-in power 

supply included), the balances can also be 

powered using batteries (except models 

BL150S, BL1500S and BL120S, BL210S) 

· Integrated application routines for maximum 

flexibility in use: 

Counting, net total recipe, percent weighing, 

toggling between two units of weight 

External battery pack 

RS-232 data interface, retrofitting kit 

Testing/calibration weight for BL 310 

Testing/calibration weight for BL 600 

Testing/calibration weight for BL 1500 and BL 3100

The new Sartorius Basic plus balances combine 

state-of-the-art balance technology, comfortable 

features and ergonomic design to create a new 

balance standard. The innovative monolith technology 

ensures excellent balance data and 

breathtakingly short measuring times. A reduction 

in the number of parts of more than 70% 

additionally makes for extremely high reliability 

and low downtimes. The RS 232 interface, 

together with easy-to-use application routines, 

enables incredible flexibility. And user-oriented 

design makes using these balances child’s play! 

Basic plus models 

667 7798 

667 7799 

667 7881 

667 7797 

Accessories for all Sartorius models with data interface 232 


667 397 

667 7796 

> 

Cat. No. Model Range Resolution Platform 

BP4100S 4100 g 0.01 g 180 x 180 mm 

BP410S 410 g 0.001 g dia. 115 mm 

BP121SP 120 g 0.0001 g dia. 80 mm 

BP221S 220 g 0.0001 g dia. 80 mm 

Overhead display, 7-digit display 

Interface cable (serial) for connection to computer 

measuring equipment - mass 

Sartorius Basic plus 

The standard of excellence for industry, research and education 

Now with 

extended measuring ranges! 

Innovation and quality from Sartorius 

· State-of-the-art monolithic balance-system 

technology for lifelong maximum precision 

· Internal motor-driven calibrating/adjusting 

weight built into the analytical balances 

· Integrated bidirectional RS232C data interface. 

· Ultra-high contrast display 

with large numerals 

· Full glass draft protection of analysis balances 

with roomy, smooth-turning doors and 

optimum cleanliness of balance chamber 

· 4 digital filter stages for optimum adaptability 

to ambient site conditions 

· ISO/GLP-compliant logging of balance values, 

calibration and adjustment via optional 

measured-value printer 

· Large rectangular balance pan 

with extremely sturdy 4-point support on 

models with 0.01 g resolution 

· Simple and intuitive to use thanks to key with 

palpable pressure point and 2 ergonomically 

situated tare keys (for left-handed and righthanded 

users) 

· Integrated user routines for percent weighing, 

counting, net total recipe 

· Flush-mounted balance mechanism, 

e.g. for simple determination of density 

667 7799 

667 7797 


171

measuring equipment - mass 

Accessories for Scout and CS-Series 


685 45 

605 030 

605 031 

605 032 

605 033 

Block battery 9.0 V (block type) 

AC power Adapter for LS-series 

Transportkoffer 

Security device for Scout-series 

Polycontainer (1000 ml) for LS-series 


667 793 

605 012 

Electronic balances CS 

· Universal compact balance 

· Modern, easy-cleaning design 

· Fast and easy single-key operation 

· High-contrast, easily readable LCD display 

· Power supply via battery or mains 

· Tare range: full weighing range, subtractive 



Cat. No. Model Range(s) [g] Reading [g] Balance platform 

667 793 

667 794 

CS 200 200 0.1 133 x 108 

CS 2000 2000 1.0 133 x 108 


Mains adaptor 230 V AC, 1050 ml container, 9 V block battery 

School balances, Scout TM 

· Large, high contrast LCD display for great visibility 

· Easy to use with simple two button operation 

· Multiple weighing units and parts counting 

· Weigh below hook 

· Operated by battery or adapter 

· Large stainless steel pan 

Dimensions: 171 x 210 x 61 mm (W x L x H) 


Cat. No. Model Capacity [g] Readability [g] Plattform 

605 010 

605 011 

605 012 

ScoutTM 200 200 0.01 102 dia. 

ScoutTM 400 400 0.1 127 x 146 

ScoutTM 600 600 0.1 127 x 146 


Security device, Carrying case, 9 V block battery

Portable Precision Balance Navigator 

· Compact precision balance for a variety of applications 

· Intuitive keypad layout and high contrast display 

· Stainless steel pan and a rugged composite housing 

· RS232 bidirectional interface included 

· Menu and calibration lock-out switch 

· Parts counting, percent weighing, animal weighing, checkweighing 

· One programmable custom weighing unit specific to your application 

· Integral weigh below hook 

· Programmable auto shut-off 

· Operated by battery or adaptor 

Cat. No. Model Capacity [g] Readability [g] Platform [mm] 

605 070 

605 071 

605 072 

605 073 

605 074 

605 075 

Precision Balance Aventurer 

N20330 32 0.002 60 

N22120 210 0.01 120 

N24120 410 0.1 120 

N28110 810 0.1 140 x 150 

N2B110 2100 0.1 140 x 150 

N2D110 4100 0.1 140 x 150 

· Economically priced 

· Simple three-button operation 

· Contoured for easy cleaning 

· Multiple weighing units including parts counting 

· RS232 interface standard 

· Weigh below hook 

· Draft shield on 150, 310 and 410 models 

Cat. No. Model Capacity [g] Readability [g] Platform [mm] 

AR1530 150 0.001 100 

ARRV70 100*/410 0.001*/0.01 100 

AR5120 510 0.01 180 

ARA520 1500 0.01 180 

ARC120 3100 0.01 180 

ARD110 4100 0.1 180 

* Moveable FineRangeTM 605 042 

605 043 

605 044 

605 045 

605 046 

605 047 

Accessories for Navigator und Adventurer 


605 056 

605 057 

605 058 

605 059 

Security device 

Carrying case for Navigator 

In-use cover for Adventurer 

Draft shield for Adventurer 



173


Mettler Toledo College-balances 

667 7961 

Electronic analytical balances 

· Balances specially designed for educational needs 

· Stable enough for daily classroom and teaching laboratory use 

· Easy to use 

· All models switchable between gram (g) and newton 

· Built-in serial interface (RS 232) 

· Connectable at serial interface using interface cable 

Cat. No. Model Maximum load capacity[g] Readable increment[g] Platform[mm] 

667 7962 

667 7961 

667 795 

B154-S 151 0.0001 dia 80 

B203-S 210 0.001 dia 100 

B502-S 510 0.01 dia 180 


667 7962 


729 769 

Computer connecting cable 

667 795 

Complete metal housing 

Protective shielding 

Glass wind screen (for 0.1 mg and 0.001 g balances) 

Flush-mounted weighing mechanism 

Adjusting weight for > 667 7962 

RS 232, serial, sub-D connector, 9-pin

Spring balance (With excessive strain protection for the spring.) 

With scale on transparent tube for good visibility of the spring balance construction, 

suitable for projection on the overhead projector. 

Inaccuracy: ± 3 % of max. scale value 

Length of scale: 7 cm 

Cat. No. Range Division Length 

314 44 

314 45 

314 46 

314 47 

1 N 50 mN 20 cm 

2 N 50 mN 20 cm 

5 N 0.25 N 20 cm 

10 N 0.5 N 20 cm 

Dynamometers, tension and compression (Without compression rod.) 

With scale on transparent tube and protection against overloading the 

spring. Support ring swings to side for compression measurements. 


314 01 

314 02 

LDS00002 

Precision dynamometer 

1.5 N 0.1 N 16 cm 

3.0 N 0.1 N 16 cm 

In strong plastic sheath, with stop to prevent excessive extension of the 

spring. With zero-point slide adjustment to compensate for the weights of 

accessories required for the experiment, e.g. balance pans or pulleys. The 

scale is easily readable, as it consists of alternative red and white divisions, 

each containing 10 marking divisions. 

314 081 

314 111 

314 141 

314 151 

314 161 

314 171 

314 181 

669 040 

314 201* 

314 45 314 47 314 02 

314 44 314 46 

Set of 6 dynamometers 

* without zero-point adjustment 

314 01 


0.01 N 0.1 mN 19 cm 

0.1 N 1 mN 19 cm 

1.0 N 10 mN 19 cm 

2.0 N 20 mN 20 cm 

5.0 N 50 mN 21 cm 

10.0 N 0.1 N 21 cm 

20.0 N 0.2 N 22 cm 

50.0 N 0.5 N 23 cm 

100.0 N 1.0 N 23 cm 

LDS00002 

Scale on transparent sleeve in g/kg and N to reveal the design, with stop to 

prevent overextension of the spring. With zero-point adjuster. (Not for commercial 

use, as these instruments cannot be gauged by trade authorities!) 

250 g / 2.5 N; 500 g / 5 N;1 kg / 10 N; 2 kg / 20 N; 3 kg / 30 N und 5 kg / 50N 

669 040 


314 04 

Support clip, for plugging in 

For securing e.g. dynamometers, helical 

springs etc. to stand equipment with 4 mm 

bore, e.g. clamping block (> 301 25), 

perfo-rated stand rod (> 590 12) etc. 

Plug diameter: 4 mm 

Total length: 3.5 cm 

Width: 1 cm 

341 13 

Precision: ± 0.5 % of max. value 

Length: 10 cm approx. 

Zero-point displacement: up to 2 cm 

Measurement of force 

Set of 3 spring balances for 

parallelogram of forces 

Including 60 cm of string and 5 large 

drawing pins. 

Length: 25 cm approx. 

Spring constant: 0.33 N/cm each 

Max. load: 10 N 


175

measuring equipment – electricity 

Demonstration multimeters 

Selector switch for 

current (µA, mA, A) 

voltage (mV, V, kV) 

resistance (Ω, kΩ) 

Handle 

Automatic Blocking System 

(ABS) makes it impossible to 

connect measuring leads to 

the wrong sockets (safety 

sockets). 



type of measurement 

(AC, DC, Ω) 

battery test 

manual battery 

switch-off 


measuring-range scale 

Rear panel – but not a blank panel! 

Complete information including 

· Selected measuring mode (A/V/Ω) 

· Set scale (1-3-10-30-100-300/10…0…+1) 

· Measured value (via analog instrument)

The Original: 

Leybold Demo-Multimeter 

Adjustable scales 

531 900 

Demo-multimeter 

Electronic pointer instrument for current, voltage 

and resistance. This device is equipped with a 

patented automatic socket blocking system to 

prevent unintentional switching of measurement 

types. This instrument is ideal for demonstrations 

thanks to the extremely large display scale 

and the controls provided on both the front and 

rear. Analog instrument with scale for monitoring 

measured value and battery on rear of 

device. Direct display of measured values on 

seven switchable scales in 1 – 3 gradation; 

including zero-point-middle scale. Large display 

fields for type and range of measurement. 

Moving-coil meter (core magnet) with built-in 

battery-powered measurement amplifier and 

effective overload protection in all measuring 

ranges. Low amplifier power consumption and 

automatic battery cut-out when left on for 

longer periods (approx. 55 min.) without scale 

change. Includes carrying handle, batteries 

and hook for mounting the instrument in the 

demonstration-experiment frame (> 301 300). 


1/3/10/30/100/300 mV AC/DC 

1/3/10/30/100/300 V AC/DC 

1/3/10 kV AC/DC 

1/3/10/30/100/300 µA AC/DC 

1/3/10/30/100/300 mA AC/DC 

1/3/10/30 A AC/DC 

Currents > 30 A to 300 A DC/200 A AC with 

clip-on ammeter (> 531 901) 

DC voltages up to 300 kV with high-voltage 

probe (> 531 93) 

± 10 µA/± 10 mA/± 10 A 

± 10 mV/± 10 mV/± 10 kV 

1/3/10/30/100/300 kΩ 

Internal resistances: 

100 kΩ for measuring function mV 

10 MΩ for measuring function V 

1 GΩ for measuring function kV, without probe 

30 GΩ for measuring function kV, with probe 

Voltage drops: 

120 mV for measuring function µA, mA 

200 mV for measuring function A 

Accuracy: class 1.5 

7 different scales: 1/3/10/30/100/300 division 

1x scales: 105 scale divisions 

3x scales: 66 scale divisions 

Zero-point middle scale: 42 scale divisions 

Length of scale arcs: 200 mm each 

Numeral height: 25 mm 

Overload capacity (sustained): 

250 V in mV range (AC/DC) 

600 V in V range (DC), 400 V in V range (AC) 

15 kV in 10 kV range 

20 A in range up to 300 mA (AC/DC) 

30 A in 30 A range (AC/DC) 

Power supply: 3 batteries 1.5 V type IEC R 20 

or rechargeable battery 1.2 V IEC HR 20. 

Automatic battery cut-out after 50...60 minutes 

Battery life for Ni-MH rechargeables: 

approx. 100 h 




531 901 

Clip-on ammeter 

Accessory for connection to 

demo-multimeter > 531 900. 


I DC 0-30 A / 0-300 A; Uout max 3 V DC 

I AC 0-20 A / 0-200 A; Uout max 2 V AC 

Frequency: DC - 400 Hz (20 kHz) 

Error: ± (1 % from mean + 0.03 A @ 20 A resp. 

+ 0.3 A @ 200 A) 

Working temperature 0 - 50 °C 

Temperature sensitivity: 0.1 % / °C 

531 93 

High-voltage probe 

High-voltage proof series resistor with insulted 

handle for measuring nonharzardous DC voltages 

from high-voltage sources normally used 

in schools. 

Measuring ranges: 30/100/300 kV DC 

Internal resistance: 30 Ω 

Accuracy: class 5 

Output: 4-mm safety plug 

Length of probe: approx. 32 cm 

Length of cable: 2 m 


177

Digital multimeter 

667 908 

666 453 

667 909 


For connection to a chart recorder, printer or 

computer. 

728 069 

PC printer cable 

With 25 pin sub-D-plug for the connection 

of a printer with parallel (Centronics) interface 

to the PC. 

667 931 



pins 2 - 3, 4 - 5, 6 - 20 crossed. 

667 932 

Adapter cable 

RS 232, 9 to 25 pin, for serial interface. 



The demonstration multimeter from LEYBOLD DIDACTIC for all natural 

science subjects: versatile, accurate and sturdy. This microprocessor- 

controlled instrument is characterized by high accuracy, enhanced resolution 

and extreme ease of use. The menu-driven user set-up is actively supported 

by the display and LEDs. The measuring range is displayed alphanumerically. 

A plug-in power supply and two measuring leads with safety plug and test 

probe are included in the scope of delivery. Using the separately available 

data output module (> 667 909), these meter can be connected directly to 

a printer, computer or chart recorder. This unit is also supplied with a software 

program which enables computer-supported measured value recording 

and evaluation in conjunction with the data output module (> 667 909) 

Display: LED, 4 1 / 2 digit, 26 mm high, 

(7-segment, numeric) for measured value, LED 2-digit, 14 mm high 

(alphanumeric) for unit of measure, automatic negative indicator 


200 mV ... 1000 V DC / (10 µV ... 0.1 V) 

200 mV ... 600 V AC / (10 µV ... 0.1 V) 

200 µA ... 20 A AC/DC / (10 nA ... 1 mA) 

200 Ohm ... 20 MΩ (10 mΩ ... 1 kΩ) 

Overload protection: 

1200 V DC / 700 V AC 2.5 A fuse 

300 V DC / 270 V AC (Ω-range) 

Inputs: V - Ω/2 A/20 A 

Internal resistance 1MΩ (in voltage measuring range) 

Measuring range selection: automatic, semiautomatic or manual 

Voltage supply 13 V AC/1.3 A via plug-in power supply 

(included in scope of delivery) 

Dimensions: 

200 x 140 x 150 mm (> 667 908) 

200 x 297 x 160 mm (> 667 453) 

Weight: 1.1 kg (> 667 908) / 1.5 kg (> 667 453) 

Data outputs retrofittable via plug-in unit (data output module, > 667 909): 

serial interface (RS 232), parallel interface (Centronics), 

analog (recorder) output 

All outputs are electrically isolated from the inputs. 

667 908 

666 453 


· No loss of resolution via serial and parallel interface of 

data output module 

· All device functions can be controlled from the computer 

by means of the data output module 

· Measures voltages up to 1000 V DC and 600 V AC and 

currents up to 20 A 

· RMS measurement for AC 

· Fully automatic, semiautomatic or manual range switchover 

· Separate inputs for current and voltage measurement 

· User-friendly operation via ergonomically laid out membrane 

keypad 

· 26 mm high LED display for excellent readability 


Digital multimeter, CPS version 

Recommended accessories: 

Data output module for connecting a recorder, 

printer and/or computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 90 

PC printer cable (Centronics, parallel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728 069 

Connection cable for computer (RS 232, serial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 931 

Adapter lead (RS 232, serial; 9-pin to 25 pin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 932


LEYBOLD DIDACTIC has the 

right instrument for all your 

electrical measuring needs 

Have a question? 

- Send us a fax: 

(+49) 22 33 / 604-200 

- Or send us an email: 

info@leybold-didactic.de 


179


Bench-top measuring instruments 

“Hands-on” meter for students 

Mirror for 

parallax-free readings 

Off 

Zero point left 

Zero point center 

5 AC voltage 

measuring ranges 

3 V…300 V 

8 DC voltage 

measuring ranges 

0.1 V…300 V 

Current measurements 

up to 10 A via shunt 


Rotary switch for all measuring ranges 

Zero point left-zero point centerswitchable 

in one unit 

Scales for zero point 

left – black – 

Scales for zero point 

center – red – 

Zero point adjuster 

Battery monitor 

(automatic cut-out 

after 45 min) 

6 AC current measuring 

ranges 0.1 mA…3 A 

6 DC current measuring 

ranges 0.1 mA…3 A 

Device shown here in actual size

531 100 

Multimeter METRAmax 2 

High overload-capacity measuring instrument with integrated protection 

against damage due to improper handling; specially designed for student's 

and practical experiments. The moving coil instrument is protected against 

damage with two anti-parallel diodes. Automatic battery cut-out after 

approx. 45 min. 

DC voltage ranges: 0.1 ... 300 V (8 ranges) 

AC voltage ranges: 3 ... 300 V (5 ranges) 

DC current ranges: 0.1 mA ... 3 A (6 ranges) 

AC current ranges: 0.1 mA ... 3 A (6 ranges) 


Voltage at meter movement: 0.1 V 

Accuracy: class 2 DC/3 AC 

Zero point: center/left (switchable) 

Mirror scale: yes 

Overload capacity in current ranges: 3 A/250 V 

Fuses: F 3.16 A/250 V 

Battery: 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 (> 685 45 ), included in scope of delivery 

Dimensions: 9.2 cm x 13.7 cm x 3.5 cm 

Weight: 320 g 


METRAmax 2 in student’s experiment with plug-in system for electricity and electronics 

531 109 

Shunt resistor 

For extending the measuring range to 10 A 



181


531 51 

Multimeter MA 1H 

For quick routine measurements of general and 

investigative nature, not requiring exceptionally 

high accuracy; limited overload capacity. 

531 51 

531 51 

531 712 


531 712 

Multimeter METERAmax 3 

Sturdy moving-coil measuring instrument with 

automatic overload protection relay and easily 

readable scale division. 

Contains no fuses which can blow - the ideal 

school measuring instrument. 

531 712 

531 57 

531 57 

Multimeter METRAport 3E 

Multimeter with high overload capacity and special 

built-in protection against damage resulting 

from incorrect use; with integrated measuring 

amplifier for accurate measurements. Control 

and display fields are each located in different 

halves of the hinged housing. Closing the housing 

automatically switches off the battery. The 

user can tilt the hinged meter display to achieve 

the optimum viewing angle. 

Instrument Multimeter MA 1H Multimeter METRAmax 3 Multimeter METRAport 3E 

DC voltage ranges 9 ranges: 0.15 V to 1000 V 3 ranges: 3 V /300 V / 600 V 9 ranges: 0.1 V to 1000 V 

AC voltage ranges 6 ranges: 1.5 V to 500 V 3 ranges: 3 V /300 V / 600 V 9 ranges: 0.1 V to 1000 V 

DC current ranges 6 ranges: 50 µA to 5 A 3 ranges: 0.3 A /3 A /15 A 7 ranges: 10 µA to 10 A 

AC current ranges 5 ranges: 0.5 mA to 5 A 3 ranges: 0.3 A /3 A /15 A 7 ranges: 10 mA to 10 A 

Resistance ranges 4 ranges: 1 Ω to 1 MΩ 3 ranges: 1 Ω to 500 kΩ 5 ranges: 1 Ω to 20 MΩ 

Other measuring ranges Capacitance: 2 to 200,000 µF 

Level (dB scale) Level (dB scale) 

Internal resistance 20 kΩ/V DC 4 kΩ/V AC 1 kΩ/V 10 MΩ (const.) 

Accuracy Class > 5 Class 2.5 Class > 1.5 DC , class 2.5 AC 

Zero point left left left 

Mirror scale yes yes yes 

Battery (scope of delivery) 1.5 V/IEC R 6 (685 44) 1.5 V/IEC R 6 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 (685 45) 

Overload capacity limited 1.2 x max. range value, all ranges up to 250 V 

except for current ranges 

Fuses - Circuit breaker, 15 A/250 V FF 1.6 G/250 V 

Dimensions 9.2 cm x 12.5 cm x 4.5 cm 10 cm x 16 cm x 3.5 cm 14.6 cm x 11.8 cm x 4.4 cm 

Weight 250 g 350 g 450 g 

531 57

531 581 

Multimeter METRAport 32 

Folding digital multimeter with adjustable 

reading angle for optimum measuring 

True RMS measurement even for non-sinusoidal 

quantities such as V-AC and A-AC, with evaluation 

of DC and AC components (AC + DC) 

Diode tester and acoustic continuity tester. 

531 581 

531 090 

Instrument Multimeter METRAport 32 Multimeter METRAmax 12 

Voltage measuring ranges 200 mV / 2 / 20 / 200 / 650 V AC/DC 400 mV to 600 V AC/DC 

Voltage resolution in lowest range 100 µV 100 µV 

Current measuring ranges 2 / 20 / 200 mA / 2 / 10 A AC/DC 40 mA/400 mA/10 A AC/DC 

Current resolution in lowest range 1 µA 10 µA 

Resistance measuring ranges Lo: 2 / 20 / 200 k�/ 2 M� 

Hi: 200 � / 2/20/200 k� / 2/20 M� 400 � / 4/400/4000 k� / 40 M� 

Resistance resolution in lowest range 0.1 � 100 m� 

Internal resistance 10 M� (const.) 10 M� (> 20 MW ) 

Diode/continuity tester yes yes 

Display 3 1 / 2 digit/18 mm LCD 3 1 / 2 digits/10 mm LCD 

Battery (scope of delivery) 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 ( 685 45 ) 2 x 1,5 Mignon (> 685 44 ) 


Multimeter METRAmax 12 

531 090 

Inherent deviation for V DC ± 0.1 % of mes. value/+ 1 digit ± 0.5 ...1.5 % of mes. value/ + 5 digit 

Overload capacity Voltage: Voltage: 

(200 mV) 250 V 

(2 V-650 V) 780 V 

720 V 

With digital and analog display in LCD field, 

measured-value storage, acoustic warning signal 

when range end value is exceeded, automatic 

battery cut-out after approx. 30 min. 

Current: Current: 

(2 mA-200 mA) 1 A (40 mA - 400 mA) 

(2 A) 2.4 A 480 mA 

(10 A) 12 A 10 A 12 A 5 min. 

Resistance: all ranges 250 V Resistance: all ranges 420 V 10 min 

Fuses FF 2.0/250 G FF 1.6A/500 V 

Dimensions 14.5 cm x 11.5 cm x 4.5 cm 9.2 cm x 15.4 cm x 2.5 cm 

Weight 450 g 250 g 


183


Features: 

· Automatic socket blocking to prevent plugging 

of leads into the wrong sockets 

· Automatic and manual battery cut-out 

· Warnings for fuse breaks and overloads 

· Automatic and manual range selection 

· Measured-value storage DATA HOLD, 

MIN/MAX and current value 

· True RMS measurement 

for 25 S: TRMS AC up to 1 kHz 

for 26 S: TRMS AC/AC+DC up to 20 kHz 

531 281 531 291 

531 281 


· Infrared data interface 

· 4 3 / 4 digit display/± 30,000 digits 

· Analog display, ± 35 scale divisions 

· Automatic scaling of analog display (18 S) 

· Pulse and square-wave generator, 1 Hz...1 kHz 

· EMC-compliant design 

· Measures levels, events, time 

· Rubber coating with stand and carrier strap 

· Set of safety leads 

Designation Digital-analog Digital-analog Digital-analog 

multimeter METRAHit 24 S multimeter METRAHit 25 S multimeter METRAHit 26 S 

DC voltage ranges 300 mV ...1000 V 300 mV ...1000 V 300 mV ...1000 V 

AC voltage ranges 300 mV ...1000 V 300 mV ...1000 V 300...1000 V 

DC current ranges 300 µA ...10 A 300 µA ...10 A 300 µA ... 10 A 

AC current ranges 3 mA / 300 mA / 10 A 3 mA / 300 mA / 10 A 300 µA ... 10 A 

Resistance measuring ranges 300 �...30 M� 300 �...30 M� 300 �...30 M� 

Capacitance 3 nF...30mF 3 nF...30mF 3 nF ... 30 000 mF 

Frequency 300 Hz .... 100 kHz 300 Hz .... 100 kHz 300 Hz ...100 kHz 

Temperature - 200 °C (- 100 °C) ...+ 850 °C - 200 °C (- 100 °C) ...+ 850 °C 200 °C (- 100 °C) ...+ 850 °C 

Resolution 10 µV; 10 mA; 10 mW;1 pF; 10 µV; 10 mA; 10 mW ; 10 µV; 10 mA; 10 mW ; 

0.1 Hz; 0.1 °C 1 pF; 0.01 Hz; 0.1 °C 1 pF; 0.01 Hz; 0.1 °C 

Event counter, duration yes yes yes 

Continuity/diode test yes yes yes 

DATA storage function yes yes yes 

MIN/MAX storage function yes yes yes 

TRMS - AC AC/AC + DC 

Fundamental error, V DC 0.05 % of measured value / ± 1 digit 0.05 % of measured value / ± 3 digits 0.05 % of measured value / ± 3 digits 

Battery (included) 2x 1.5 V/IEC R6 2x 1.5 V/IEC R6 2x 1.5 V/IEC R6 

Overload capacity Voltage ranges: 1200 V Voltage ranges: 1200 V Voltage ranges: 1200 V 

300 µA - 300 mA: 360 mA 300 µA - 300 mA: 360 mA 300 µA - 300 mA: 360 mA 

3 A, 10 A: 12 A (5 min), 16 A (30 s) 3 A, 10 A: 12 A (5 min), 16 A (30 s) 3 A, 10 A: 12 A (5 min), 16 A (30 s) 

Fuses FF (UR) 16 A/ 1000 V AC/DC FF (UR) 16 A/ 1000 V AC/DC FF (UR) 16 A/ 1000 V AC/DC 

Dimensions 8.4 cm x 19.5 cm x 3.5 cm 8.4 cm x 19.5 cm x 3.5 cm 8.4 cm x 19.5 cm x 3.5 cm 

Weight 350 g 350 g 350 g 

531 291 

531 301 

531 301

531 16 

531 16 

Analog multimeter C.A 406 

For quick routine measurements of general and 

investigative nature, not requiring exceptionally 

high accuracy; limited overload capacity. 

Color-coded display for clear and unmistakable 

correspondence between the scales and the 

selected measuring ranges. 

Mirror scale for parallax-free readings. 

531 17 

Digital multimeter C.A 5220 

Compact multimeter with large digital display 

and analog bar-graph type indicator for fast 

recognition of changes in the measured value. 

Automatic display of function symbols and low 

battery indicator; illuminated display. Automatically 

switches off after 30 minutes without a 

measurement. 

531 16 


Instrument Analog multimeter C.A 406 Digital multimeter C.A 5220 

DC voltage ranges 100 mV …1000 V (8 ranges) 400 mV …600 V (5 ranges) 

AC voltege ranges 3 V …1000 V (6 ranges) 400 mV …600 V (5 ranges) 

DC current ranges 1 mA …1 A (4 ranges) 40 mA …10 A (3 ranges) 

AC current ranges 0,3 mA …3 A (5 ranges) 40 mA …10 A (3 ranges) 

Input resistance DC: 20 k�/V; AC: 6,32 k�/V DC: 10 M�/V; AC: 270 k�/V bzw. 10 M�/V 

Resistance ranges 0.5 �…1 M� 400 �…40 M� 

Capacitance – 4 nF …40 µF 

Frequency – 100 Hz …200 kHz 

Continuity/diode tester – yes 

Measured value storage HOLD – yes 

MIN/MAX storage – yes 

Accuracy for V DC/AC ± 1.5 % / 2.5 % of max. scale value ± 1 % / 1.5 % of meas. value / ±1 digit 

for A DC/AC ± 2.0 % / 2.5 % of max. scale value (except 3 A AC) ± 1.5 % of meas. value / ±2 digits 

Battery (scope of delivery) 1.5 V/IEC R 6 (685 44) 2x1.5 V/IEC R 6 (685 44) 

Overload capacity V: 600 V rms. V, Hz: 600 V rms. �, cap.: 500 V rms. 

Fuses F 3.15 A (6.3 x 32 mm), F 0.16 A (6.3 x 32 mm) F 0.4 A (6.3 x 32 mm), F 12 A (10.3 x 38 mm) 

Dimensions 16.5 cm x 10.5 cm x 5 cm 6.4 cm x 17.7 cm x 4.2 cm 


531 17 


531 17 

185


531 18 

Analog/digital multimeter C.A 5010 

Conventional multimeter for RMS value measurements 

of sinusoidal signals. Large analog 

scale and digital display in small window. 

Indication of polarity, of values exceeding 

measuring range and for low battery. Fuse test 

with acoustic signal. 

531 19 


531 18 

Digital multimeter C.A 5120 

High-performance analog/digital multimeter for 

true RMS (TRMS) measurements on all signal 

forms. Automatic switchover for AC and DC 

signals. Large-format LCD display, acoustic 

and optical self-test for overload, battery and 

fuses. Automatic cut-out after 10 minutes without 

a measurement. 

531 18 

Instrument Analog/digital multimeter C.A 5010 Digital multimeter C.A 5120 

DC voltage ranges 200 mV …1.000 V (5 ranges) 300 mV …1.000 V (5 ranges) 

AC voltage ranges 200 mV …1.000 V (5 ranges) 300 mV …1.000 V (5 ranges) 

DC current ranges 200 µA…20 A (5 ranges) 30 mA …10 A (3 ranges) 

AC current ranges 200 µA…20 A (5 ranges) 30 mA …10 A (3 ranges) 

Input resistance V DC: 100 M�/10 M� / V AC: 1 M� 2 M� 

Resistance ranges 200 �…20 M� 300 �…30 M� 

Capacitance – – 

Frequency – 300 Hz …30 kHz 

Temperature – yes 

Continuity/diode tester yes yes 

Measured value storage HOLD – yes 

MIN/MAX storage – Max 

Accuracy for V CD/AC ±0.5 %/1 % of meas. value ±0.5 %/1 % of meas. value 

for A DC/AC ±1 %/1.7 % of meas. value ±0.5 %/1 % of meas. value 

Battery (scope of delivery) 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 (685 45) 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 (685 45) 

Overload capacity V: 1000 V rms. �: 380 V rms. V: 1100 V rms �: 380 V rms (15 A) 

Fuses F 0.315 A (6.3 x 32 mm), F 16 A (6.3 x 32 mm) F 1 A (6.3 x 32 mm), F 10 A (6.3 x 32 mm) 

Dimensions 10.5 x 6.6 x 5 cm 10.5 x 6.6 x 5 cm 


531 19 

531 19

575 70 

Yt-recorders 

For recording one measurement variable as a function of time. For this 

purpose, this variable must be available as voltage signal or covered into 

such a signal by means of appropriate converters, e.g. the tachometer 

(> 337 41) or the motion transducer (> 337 63). Voltages can also be 

registered as a function of space by mechanically coupling a displaceable 

or rotatable experiment set-up to the paper feed. 

Includes a roll of graph chart paper, red disposable felt-tip, 1 spare fuse. 

Special features: 

· Clearly arranged operating consoles on the modular measuring channels 

and timer 

· Electronic signal limitation (over the selected measurement range) for protecting 

the servo motors. 

· Anti-skid and anti-slide paper feed, forward wind and rewind for all speeds 

· Paper feed alo externally controllable, additional position switches for quick 

and accurate return to selected points. 

Writing width: 250 mm 

Measuring ranges:10/100 mV; 1/10/100 V 

Intermediate ranges/ sensitivy gain: x 10, continuously variable 

Normal position: horizontal um to 30° tilt 

Input impedance: 1 GW (to 1 V), 1 MW (from 10 V) 


Writing speed: 50 cm/s 

Cut-off frequncy (DIN 43 782): 1 Hz 

Zero point adjustment: -5 % to +105 %, infinitely variable 

Overload capacity: max. 250 V 

Feed ranges: 1 cm/h ... 120 cm/min (forward wind and rewind) 

Control (external): paper feed through TTL, or CMOS signal or switch 

Supply voltage: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz 


Fuses: M 0.16 C (for 115 V), M0.315 C (for 230 V) 


Masse: ca. 5 kg 

575 70 

575 71 

1 channel 

2 channels 

measuring equipment – recorders 

Yt recorders are used to register one or 

two measurement quantities as a 

function or time. This means that these 

values must be present as voltage 

signals or converted to voltage values 

using suitable converters. 

Recorders and accessories 

Accessories 

686 13 

Set of 3 disposable felt-tips, red (short) 

For > 575 70/ 71 (channel 1) and > 575 662. 

686 14 

Set of 3 disposable felt-tips, blue ( long) 

For > 575 71 (channel 2). 

575 73 

Graph chart paper, 1 roll 

For the TY recorders > 575 70/71). 

With perforation edges for feed paper. 

Writing width: 270 mm 

Length: approx. 32 m 

Divisions: T-axis: cm 

Y-axis: cm und mm 


575 71 

187

measuring equipment – recorders 

Chart recorders are still among the most useful 

measuring instruments. They are versatile, 

simple to connect and easy to use. That is why, 

in so many cases when measured values are 

required in graph form on paper, there is still no 

real alternative to chart recorders. 

686 13 

Set of 3 disposable felt-tips, red (short) 

For > 575 70/ 71 (channel 1) and > 575 662. 


575 662 

XY-Yt recorder 

For recording one variable as a function of another or as a function of time. 

Tor this purpose, the variables must be available as voltage signals or 

covered into such signals by means of appropriate converters. 

Includes one felt-tip, red; Recording paper and one spare fuse. 

Writing area: 280 mm (X) x 180 mm (Y) 

Measuring ranges:10/100 mV; 1/10/100 V 

Intermediate ranges/ sensitivity gain: x 10, continuously variable 

Normal position: horizontal um to max. 85° tilt 

Input impedance: 1 G� (for mV ranges), 1 MW (for V ranges) 


Writing speed: 60 cm/s (x-axis), 80 cm/s (y-axis) 

Cut-off frequncy (DIN 43 782): 1 Hz 

Zero point adjustment: -5 % to +105 %, infinitely variable 

Overload capacity: max. 250 V 

Feed ranges/time ranges: 0.1/0.2/0.5/1/2/5/10/20 s/cm 

Control (external): pen lift through TTL, or CMOS signal or switch 

Supply voltage: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz 


Fuses: M 0.16 C (for 115 V), M0.315 C (for 230 V) 


Weight: 6.5 kg

575 45 

Counter P 

For counting of counter tube pulses or other 

electrical pulses as well as for frequency and 

time measurement. Especially suitable for student 

work. With LED display and special 

counter tube input with internal high-voltage 

supply. Counter start, stop and reset either 

internally via built-in switches or by external 

switches such as, for example, contact plates 

or light barriers. With built-in loudspeaker, switchable, 

for acoustical pulse indication. 

Display: frequency, pulse rate or period. 

Range: 4 decades with decimal point 

Height of digits: 18 mm, 7-segment type 

Pulse input: 4-mm sockets 

Sensitivity: 

> + 3.5 V (TTL or CMOS compatible) 

Frequency range: 0 to 1 MHz 

Max. input: - 60 V to + 60 V 

Counter tube input: 

coaxial socket with + 500 V voltage supply 

Time base: 

quartz, error less than 10-3 % max. ± 1 digit 

Frequency and pulse rate measurement 

ranges: 9999 Hz/999.9 kHz 

Time measurement ranges: 9999 ms/999.9 s 

Mains: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz 


Fuses: 230 V: T 0.315 B 

115 V: T 0.63 B 


Weight: 1 kg approx. 

measuring equipment – pulses, frequencies, rates 

Path-time diagrams of rotational motions 

- time measurements with the counter P 


189

measuring equipment – pulses, frequencies, rates 

575 46 

GM Counter S 

For counting of counter tube pulses from end-window counter tube 

(> 559 01/05). With LED digital display and output for loudspeaker 

(> 579 28 , plug-in unit) to make the measured pulses audible. 

Built-in start/stop change over switch and rest button. 

Pulse indication 

Range 4 decades 

Height of digits: 8 mm (7-segment display) 

Counter tube input: coaxial socket 

High voltage supply: + 500 V 

Loudspeaker output: 4-mm sockets 

Mains: 230 V, 50/60 Hz via mains cable 



Front panel inclined by 15° 


Absorption of � radiation 

when passing through matter 


575 47 

Counter S 

For the counting of counter tube pulses and pulse rates as well as time and 

frequency measurements in students' experiments and practical courses; 

6-digit LED display; built-in loudspeaker, counter tube input with integrated 

high voltage supply; start/stop and reset buttons 

Operational modes: pulse, time and frequency measurements 

Display: 5-digit LED 

Digit height: 12 mm 

Counter tube input: coaxial socket 

Voltage supply: + 500 V 

Pulse input and output: 4 mm sockets 


Frequency: 0 ... 99.999 kHz 

Time: 0 ... 99.999 s, 0 ... 99.999 ms 

Events: 0 ... 99.999 pulses 

Gate times for counter tube: 10 s, 60 s, 100 s, manual 

Power supply: 12 V AC/DC via coaxial socket 

(not included in the scope of delivery) 

Dimensions: 16 cm x 10 cm x 6.5 cm; 

front panel at an angle of 15° to the horizontal. 



1 Plug-in unit with female plug. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562 791

� 

� 

� � � � � � � � � 

Cat. No. Article Range [°C] Deg. [K] Length [cm] Dia [mm] Description 

382 20 

382 21 

382 36 

382 35 

382 34 

382 33 

666 160 

666 161 

666 156 

666 171 

382 48 

382 49 

382 82 

666 157 

666 176 

666 179 

666 173 

382 41 

666 180 

383 19 

387 51 

382 90 

388 05 

388 19 

666 195 

measuring equipment - temperature 

Thermometer 

Stirring thermometer - 30 ... + 110 ungrad. 27 6 With blue petroleum filling and white lined capillary. 

� - 30 …+ 110 1 27 6 

� Thermometer - 10 …+ 40 0.2 30 9 With opaque glass scale, blue petroleum filling and non capillary. 

- 10 …+ 50 0.1 45 10 

- 10 …+ 110 0.2 40 10 

- 10 …+ 150 1 25 9 

� Chemical - 10 …+ 110 1 26.0 7 Alcohol filled, coloured background, 

thermometer - 10 …+ 220 1 30.0 7 fused scale, protective case 

� Straight-stem 0 …+ 120 1 40.0 8 Inclusion thermometer, mercury filled, 

thermometer - 10 …+ 160 1 34.5 8 with milk glass scale, in protective case, stem length: 100 mm 

� Thermometer - 10 …+ 250 1 30 7 Thermometer with mercury filling and glass eyelet. 

Thermometer - 10 …+ 360 1 32 8 Thermometer with mercury filling and glass eye. 

� Thermometer - 200 …+ 30 1 35 9 With pentane filling, blue reflecting capillary and opaque glass scale. 

for low - 110 …+ 30 1 29.5 8 Inclusion thermomter, toluene filled, 

temperatures white milk glass scale, prismatic capillary 

� Precision - 10 …+ 50 0.1 44.5 8 Inclusion thermometer, mercury filled, white shell background, 

thermometer - 10 …+ 105 0.2 40.0 7 fused scale division, insertion depth. 50 mm 

� Beckmann 5 K 0.01 61 10 For the boiling point method, 

thermometer zero point at the bottom, submersion tube length. 165 mm 

� Large - 60 …+ 160 5 50 25 With one coloured block after every 50 °C for better 

demonstration thermometer thermometer visibility from a distance; blue petroleum filling. 

� Wall - 40 …+ 50 1 40 - On board, 25 cm x 6 cm, with eye for hanging, 

thermometer 230 K…320 K on a nail and coloured filling. 

Min/max. 

thermometer 

- 30 …+ 50 1 20 - 

Freezing point 

thermometer 

- 25 …+ 60 1 22 - 

Clinical 

thermometer 

+ 35,2 …+ 42 0.1 13.5 10 With mercury filling; thermometer in plastic container. 

Thermometer 

for the calorimeter 

+ 15 …+ 35 0.2 19 6 Including rubber scaling ring and two metal rings. 

Thermometer 

for the hot-air engine 

- 50 …+ 120 1 27 11 

� Contact - 10 …+ 250 2 46 9 Used for temperature regulation in baths, etc. Rod-shaped, 

thermometer with milk glass scale. Set-point temperature can be set with 

rotary magnet. Mercury filled. 


191


666 185 

Mini-thermometer 

Fast, inexpensive electronic immersion/insertion 

thermometer for measuring temperature in 

the air, in soft or powdered solids and in 

liquids. 

Measuring range: -50 ... 150 °C 

Accuracy: ± 1 °C (-10 ... +99.9 °C) 

Resolution: 

0.1 °C (-19.9 ... +150 °C), 

1.0 °C (remaining range) 

Response time: t 99 = 12 s 

Probe dimensions: l = 120 mm, dia. = 3 mm 

606 020 

666 169 


Thermometer holder 

For secure attachment of glass thermometers, 

glass tubes, etc. to beakers, graduated cylinders, 

flasks, etc. 

Material: stainless steel 

Clamp span: 6 to 15 mm 

Length: 55 mm 

606 023 

382 02 

Thermometer modul 

Free calibration, for demonstrating the function 

and operation of a thermometer. 

Erlenmeyer flask: 200 ml 

Glass tube: 50 cm, dia. 3 mm 

Scale: 1 to 100 

Division: 1 

606 020 

Electronic thermometer testo 925 

All-purpose thermometer for daily use in classroom, 

workshop and factory, for NiCr-Ni measurement 

sensors, in shock-proof plastic housing, 

with battery indicator. 

Measuring range: -50 ... 1000 °C 

Accuracy: ±1 °C or ±0.5% of measured value 

(at -40 ... 900 °C) 

Resolution: 0.1 °C; 1 °C (from 200 °C) 

Display: LCD, number height 14 mm 

Toggle functions: °C/°F/, hold function 


Battery life: > 150 hours (alkali-manganese) 


Weight: 0.3 kg (incl. battery) 

606 023 

Immersion/insertion sensor NiCr-Ni 

for > 606 020, waterproof, with 1.2 m lead. 

Please inquire for additional sensors. 

Measuring range: -60 ... 400 °C class 2 

Length: 110 mm

Digital thermometer 

Measuring temperatures is one of the most 

important and most frequent measuring 

procedures in scientific teaching. The new 

thermometers combine the specific requirements 

which arise from demonstration experiments with 

the performance of high-precision measuring 

instruments. As a result of the built-in 

microprocessor, many practical functions are 

666 209 

realized, which can be easily activated using 

the clearly laid out contact keypad: 

· Connection of up to three different temperature sensors. 

· Wide measurement range from -200 to + 1200 °C. 

· Excellent resolution: up to 0.1 K 

· Relative temperature measurement from 0 … 199 K with 0.01 K resolution 

· Automatic storage of min/max values for each selected input, accessible 

for display at any time. 

· Measurement of temperature in Celsius, Kelvin or Fahrenheit (°C, K, °F) 

· Differential temperature measurement between inputs 1 and 2. 

· Manual or automatic selection of measuring input: display interval selectable 

1/5/10/30 s in automatic selection (Auto-Scan function). 

· Built-in data logger stores up to 14,400 measured values 

· Serial interface (RS 232) for connecting to a computer (device supplied 

including software) 

Display: 

7 numeric LED, 4 1 / 2 digits, 26 mm high, 7 segment alphanumeric LED, 

2 digits, 18 mm high automatic negative indicator 

Inputs: 4 x DIN sockets, 8 pin 

Measurement ranges: NiCr-Ni: -200...+1200 °C, NTC: - 20...+ 120 °C 

Resolution: -200...+1200 °C: 0.1 K 

0 … 199.9 K: 0.01 K (relative temperature measurement with NTC) 

Measurement accuracy: 0.2 °C or 0.2 % of the measured value 

Analog output: 12 bit conversion -200 °C ... +200 °C: 0.1 K (1 digit � 1 mV) 

>200 °C: 1 K (10 digits � 1 mV), selectable resolution 

Serial output: RS 232 

Data logger function: storage of up to 14,400 measured values 

Power supply: 12 V AC/580 mA, via plug-in mains supply unit 

Dimensions: 200 x 140 x 150 mm (> 666 209) 

Weight: 1.2 kg (> 666 209) 

666 209 

666 454 


Digital thermometer, CPS version 




666 454 

193


Temperature sensors 

666 212 

666 214 

666 193 

666 193 

Temperature sensor 

NiCr-Ni thermocouple. With connection cable 

(1.5 mm) and DIN plug. 

Measurement range: - 200 to + 1100 °C 

(intermittently to 1200 °C) 

Tolerance classes: 1/3 DIN (DIN IEC 584 Part 2) 



666 212 


NTC resistance element for more precise 

measurement. With coiled cord (1.5 m) and 

DIN plug. 


Tolerances: - 20 to + 70 °C: 0.2 K 

+ 70 to + 120 °C: 0.4 K 



666 214 


Temperature sensor, Pt 100 

For use in connection with instruments 

> 667 420 and > 666 450 for temperature 

compensation in connction with > 667 439 

and > 666 451. Pt 100 resistent element, 

with connection cable and DIN connector. 

Measurement range: -50 ...+200 °C 

Tolerance: DIN IEC 751, class A 

Cable length: 1.5 m 

Dimensions: 280 mm long, 3 mm dia. 

666 194 

Protective sleeves for temperature sensors 

Glass protective sleeves required when using 

the temperature sensor > 666 193 to 

measure temperatures in aggressive media. 

Set of 5. 



Demonstration of fractional crude oil distillation 

Using the digital thermometer, the temperatures at four points (the sump, 

two bubble caps, transition) can be automatically registered and stored concurrently. 

The temperatures can be displayed consecutively on the built-in display at 

user-definable intervals or transmitted to a computer for graphical generation 

of the temperature curve via the device-internal serial interface. 


Demonstration of fractional crude oil distillation 



1 Apparatus for the demonstration of fractionated 

oil distillation (without heating mantle). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 501 

1 Heating mantle, 500 ml, 200W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 753 

1 Protective tube for 666 193, set of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 194 

1 Rubber tubing, 10 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 181 

4 Temperature sensor, NiCrNi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 193 

666 213 

666 217 

666 216 

666 194 

666 213 

Surfaces temperature sensor 

NiCr-Ni thermocouple. With connection cable 

(1.5 m) and DIN plug. 


Tolerance classes: 1/3 DIN (DIN IEC 584 Part 2) 

Diameter (tip): 8 mm 


666 217 

Paddle surface temperature sensor NiCr-Ni 

Measuring range: -40 ... + 400°C 

Tolerance class: 2 (± 2.5 C°) 

666 216 

Thermocouple NiCr-Ni 

Temperature sensor for very quick surface and 

gas measurements. 

Range: -200...+400°C 

729 769 

V24 connection cable, 9-pole 

Connection cable (1:1) with a 9-pole sub-D 

connector and a 9-pole sub-D socket

666 190 


For simple but accurate temperature measurements 

in physics, chemistry and biology. 

Display: 

3 1 / 2 digit, 7-segment display, with automatic 

minus signal 

Height of digits: 26 mm 

Range: - 50 °C to 1200 °C 

Inaccuracy: up to + 200 °C: 0.1 K 

above + 200 °C: 1 K 

Input: multi-way socket 

Recorder output: 

1 mV K-1, via 4-mm sockets 

Supply voltage: 

12 V/0.6 A, via 230 V/50 Hz 

mains plug-in power supply unit (included) 


Weight: 1 kg 


Temperature probe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 193 

666 198 

Digital temperature controller and indicator 

For keeping heat baths, ovens or other electrical 

heaters at constant temperature. Special 

Features: 

· Measurement and display of temperatures 

· Control of external heaters to maintain a 

given temperature 

· Display of actual and set temperature 

Display: 

3 1 / 2 digit, 7-segment display, 

with automatic minus signal 

Height of digits: 26 mm 

Range: - 50 °C to + 1200 °C 

Inaccuracy: 

to + 200 °C: 0.1 K above + 200 °C: 1 K 

Inaccuracy between 0 °C and + 1000 °C: 

±1 % ±1 digit 

Recorder output: 

1 mV K-1 , via 4-mm sockets 

Rating of switching contact: 

220 V/6 A or 40 V/10 A max. 

Response time: 1 s max. (in water) 

Supply voltage: 12 V/0.6 A via 230 V/50 Hz 

mains plug-in power supply unit (included) 



Temperature sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 193 


Hand-held pH meter (> 666 221) 

with temperature sensor (> 666 241) 

Temperatures can also be measured using the 

hand-held measuring instruments > 666 221, 

> 666 222 and > 666 224 with the 

corresponding sensors. In addition to the temperature, 

it is also possible to measure other 

quantities such as pH, conductivity and oxygen 

content concurrently. 

> 

For more information on 


see page 3 


195

measuring equipment- pH 

pH meters and accessories 

Digital pH meter 

666 450 

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC offers a new, user-friendly device with automatic 

calibration and temperature compensation. 

The information provided in the display and via the LEDs guides the user 

easily through all functions. 


· Measurement of pH (0.00 ... 14.00), potentials (0…2000 mV) and 

temperature (-50 … +200 °C) 

· Automatic/manual calibration (selectable) 

The automatic calibration of the pH probe is carried out with calibration 

buffers at pH 7 and pH 4 or 9 (automatic sensing). The instrument 

prompts the user for the appropriate buffer solution. For manual 

calibration, it is possible to calibrate with any buffer solution. 

· Automatic/manual temperature compensation (selectable) 

An NTC or Pt 100 sensor is additionally connected for automatic 

temperature compensation. The measured temperature can be shown in 

the display. In "manual temperature compensation" mode, the 

temperature is entered via the display and the keypad. 

· Connection of any pH or redox electrode equipped with 13 mm DIN plug. 

· Simple retrofitting of the data output module for connecting a printer or 

computer, for convenient registration, display, storage and processing of 

measured values; all functions can be controlled via the computer. 


667 420 

Display: 

7 segment numeric LED, 3 1 / 2 digits, 

26 mm high 

14 segment alphanumeric LED, 2 digits, 

14 mm high 

Inputs: 

1 pH standard socket, 13 mm dia., 

1 DIN socket, 8 pin 


pH: 0.00 ... 14.00; 0 … 1000 mV 

NTC: -20 ... + 120 °C 

Pt 100: -50 ... +200 °C 

Resolution: 0.01 pH; 1 mV; 0.1 °C 


pH: ±0.02 pH 

NTC: ±0.1°C or ±0.3 % of measured 

value (>70 °C) 

Pt100: ±0.2°C 

Input resistance: 1012 � 


0 ... 140 °C (automatic or manual) 

Slope matching: 40...80 mV (pH) 

Zero point matching: pH 5 ... pH 9 

Analog output: 12 bit conversion, 1 digit �1 mV 

Data outputs: via plug-in module (data output 

module, > 666 211), for retrofitting 

· Serial interface (RS 232) 

· Parallel interface (Centronics) 


Weight: 1.5 kg (> 666 451) 

667 420 

666 450 

Benchtop apparatus 

CPS version


pH-Titration 


1 Digital pH-meter for demonstration purposes . . . . . . . . . . . 667 420 

1 single rod pH electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 424 


1 Stand rod for Bunsen stand, 450 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 523 

1 Burette clamp for 2 burettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 558 

1 Bosshead S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 09 

1 Miniature clamps, 0 ... 25 mm dia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 551 

1 Stirring bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 851 

1 Beaker, 400 ml, ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 114 

1 Burette, 25 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 845 

Chemicals 

1 Hydrochloric acid, 1mol/l 500 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674 690 

1 Caustic soda, 1 mol/l 500 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673 842 

Accessories 

667 417 



use, with DIN plug, 13 mm dia. 

667 418 

667 415 667 417 667 418 667 424 

Single-rod pH measurement electrode 

with conical diaphragm 

Insertion electrode for pH value measurements 

in paste-like and solid materials such as food, 

creams etc.; with DIN connector, 13 mm dia. 

667 419 


with flat diaphragm 

For measuring pH value on flat surfaces such 

as skin or leather; in plastic shaft; with DIN 

connector, 13 mm dia. 

667 424 


Glass electrode for pH measurements, 


Measuring pH during titration 


667 421 


with integrated temperature sensor 

For pH measurements 

with automatic temperature compensation; 

with DIN connector; 13 mm dia. 

667 415 

Redox probe 

For oxidation-reduction measurements, with 

platinum pin and Ag/AgCl reference system; 


667 422 

Ag/AgCl reference electrode 

Standard reference electrode for measuring 

potentials; with DIN connector, 13 mm dia. 

667 423 

Measurement electrode with platinum pin 

For measuring potentials; with DIN connector, 

13 mm dia. 

667 425 

Buffer solutions 

pH 4 and pH 7 (250 ml each), KCI solution 

(3M, 100 ml) for filling single-rod electrodes. 


197


Inserting the data output module 

666 221 

Hand-held pH-meter 

For measuring pH, temperature and redox 

values. If a temperature sensor > 666 241 

is connected, temperature compensations are 

carried out automatically; otherwise the temperature 

is entered manually on the keypad. 


pH: 0 ... 14 pH ±0.05 pH 

-1999 ... +1999 mV ±5% 

Temperature: 

-199,9 ... +199.9 °C ±0.5 °C 

(Pt 1000) 

-10 ... +110 °C ±0.2 °C (NTC) 

Input resistance: 1019 ohm 

Inputs: pH DIN socket (DIN 19 262) 

DIN socket, 8 pins (for temperature sensor) 



666 238 

Storage case for 


For storage and safe transportation of a handheld 

measuring instrument with accessories 

(battery, sensors, etc.). With foam inlay. 


Weight: 450 g 

666 211 



For connection of meters > 666 450 , 

> 666 451>, > 666 452, > 667 420, 

> 667 439, > 666 210 and > 667 347 to 

a printer and computer. 


1 Serial interface (RS 232): 

selectable 2400/9600 bps, 8 data bits, 

1 stop bit, no parity. 

Output intervals: continuous, 1 s, 10 s, 1 min, 

10 min, 30 min, 60 min; selectable via pushbuttons, 

time interval displayed on front panel 

of module, 

Alpha-numeric data output (ASCII characters) 




667 931 



pins 2 - 3, 4 - 5, 6 - 20 crossed. 

728 069 

PC printer cable 

With 25 pin sub-D-plug for the connection 

of a printer with parallel (Centronics) interface 

to the PC.

667 414 

Laboratory pH measurement set 

Rugged, battery-powered pH meter with 

manual temperature compensation. 

Display: 

LCD, 3 12-digits, 13 mm high (7-segment, 

numeric) 

Range: pH 0.0 ... 14.0 

Temperature compensation: 0 ... + 100°C 

Dimensions (case): 145 x 80 x 40 mm 



1 pH-meter 

1 Set of buffer solutions pH 4 and pH 7 

1 Distilled water 

1 Single-rod pH electrode (> 667.412) 

PH testers 

The low-cost alternatives for pH measurement. 

Available with single-point calibration and in 

waterproof models with two-point calibration 

and optional additional temperature compensation. 

All models complete with protective cap 

and batteries. 

667 4051 

667 4052 

667 4053 

Water-proof models 

pHep pHep1 pHep2 

Measuring range 0.0 to 14.0 pH 0.0 to 14.0 pH 0.0 to 14.0 pH 

Resolution 0.1 pH 0.1 pH 0.1 pH 

Accuracy (20 °C) ±0.1 pH ±0.1 pH ±0.1 pH 

Manual calibration Single-point calibration Single-point or Single-point or 

two-point calibration two-point calibration 

Temperature compensation none none automatic 0 to 50 °C 

Battery 3 x 1.4 V 3 x 1.4 V 3 x 1.4 V 

approx. 700 battery hours approx. 350 battery hours approx. 350 battery hours 

Ambient conditions 0 to 50 °C; RH 95 % 0 to 50 °C; RH 100 % 0 to 50 °C; RH 100 % 

Dimensions 150 x 30 x 24 mm 150 x 30 x 24 mm 150 x 30 x 24 mm 

Weight 85 g 85 g 85 g 



199

measuring equipment - conductivity 

Conductivity meters and accessories 

Digital conductivity meter 

666 451 

The new demonstration digital conductivity meter unites ease of use with 

state-of-the-art measuring technology. 


· Can be matched to measuring cells with cell constants 

of between 0.7 and 1.3 cm-1 · Calibration of probes with unknown cell constant 

using standard solutions 

· Automatic/manual temperature compensation (selectable): 

an NTC or Pt 100 sensor is additionally connected for automatic temperature 

compensation. In “manual temperature compensation” mode, the 

temperature is entered via the keypad, 

· Temperature coefficient adjustable between 0% and 6% to compensate 

the temperature dependency of conductivity measurements for different 

measurement solutions. 

· Measuring ranges: 2/20/200/2000 mS x cm-1 · Automatic/manual ranging (selectable) 

· Display in µS x cm-1 , mS x cm-1 or °C. 

· Simple retrofitting of the data output module for connecting a printer or 

computer, for convenient registration, display, storage and processing of 

measured values; all functions can be controlled via the computer. 


Display: 7 segment numeric LED, 3 1 / 2 digits, 26 mm high 

14 segment alphanumeric LED, 2 digits, 14 mm high 

Inputs: 2 x sockets, 4 mm dia. 1 x DIN socket, 8 pin 


0 ... 200 µS/cm 

0 ... 2 mS/cm 

0 ... 20 mS/cm 

0 ... 2000 mS/cm 

NTC: -20…+120 °C 

PT100: -50…+200 °C 

Resolution: 0.1-1-10-100 µS/cm-1mS/cm, 0.1 °C 


Conductivity: ±2 % (70 °C) 

Pt 100: ±0.2% 

Measurement range selection: automatic or manual 

Cell constant: 0.7 ... 1.3 cm -1 

Temperature coefficient: 0 ... 6% K 

Temperature compensation: 0 ... 150 °C (automatic or manual) 

Analog output: 12 bit conversion, 1 digit �1 mV 

Data outputs: via plug-in module (data output module, > 666 211), 

for retrofitting 

· Serial interface (RS 232) 

· Parallel interface (Centronics) 



667 439 

666 451 

667 439 

Digital conductivity meter 

Digital conductivity meter, CPS version

Conductiometric titration 

In a neutralization reaction, the conductivity initially decreases, as virtually 

undissociated water is formed. Conductivity subsequently increases due to a 

surplus of titrant. The point of lowest conductivity corresponds to the equivalence 

point of the titration. Precipitation and complexometric titrations 

can also be conducted in a similar manner. 


Conductiometric titration 


1 Digital conductivity meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 439 

1 Conductivity measurement cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 426 


1 Stand rod for Bunsen stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 523 

1 Bosshead S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 09 

1 Miniature clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 551 

1 Burette clamp for one burette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 559 

1 Burette, 25 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 845 

1 Beaker, 250 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 103 

667 426 


In plastic holster with cable and plug for connection 

to the conductivity box (> 524 037) 

Cell constant 1.0 1/cm 

666 214 

Temperature sensor, Pt 100 

For use in connection with instruments 

> 667 420 and > 666 450 for temperature 

compnsation in connction with > 667 439 

and > 666 451. Pt 100 resistent element, 

with connection cable and DIN connector. 

> 

666 222 


see page 636 

Hand-held conductivity meter 

For measuring the conductivity (conductance) 

of solutions and Temperatures. 

Detailed description see page 5. 

666 212 


NTC resistance element for more precise. measurement. 

With coiled cord (1.5 m) and DIN plug. 


Tolerances: 

- 20 to + 70 °C: 0.2 K 

+ 70 to + 120 °C: 0.4 K 



667 4101 

Watercheck pH and conductivity tester 

Combination meter for pH and conductivity. 

With single-point calibration and automatic 

temperature compensation for conductivity, 

rapid response time. 

Measuring range: 

0.0 to 14.0 pH, 0 to 1999 µS/cm 

Resolution: 0.1 pH, 10 µS/cm 

Accuracy (20 °C): ± 0.2 pH/±2 % 

Calibration: single-point via trimmer 


automatic for conductivity 

Ambient conditions: 0 to 50 °C, RH 95 % 

Battery (included): 3 x 1.5 V/approx. 290 h 


Weight: 70 g 

667 4101 

measuring equipment - conductivity 

667 4272 

Conductivity tester DiST 3 

With integrated temperature sensor for automatic 

temperature compensation and manual 

calibration option. 

Complete with protective cap and batteries. 

Measuring range 1999 µS/cm 

Resolution: 1 µS/cm 

Accuracy (20 °C): ±1 % 

Calibration: manual via trimmer 


automatic from 5 to 50 °C 

Ambient conditions: 0 to 50 °C, RH 95 %, 

RH 100% waterproof version 

Battery: 4 x 1.5 V/approx. 350 h 


Weight: 85 

667 4271 

Conductivity tester DiSTWP 3 

Waterproof. 

667 4271 


201

energy supply 

Batteries, accumulators 

Batteries, monocells, mignon cells, babycells 

Cat. No./ 

Replacement part No. Designation Voltage Type Dimensions* 

685 44 

685 47 

503 11 

503 09 

685 45 

* Length including the battery terminal 

522 71 

Ni-Cd accumulator 

Mignon cell 1.5 V IEC R 6 50 mm x 14 mm dia. 

Baby cell 1.5 V IEC R 14 50 mm x 25 mm dia. 

Monocells (Set 20) 1.5 V IEC R 20 60 mm x 33 mm dia. 

Flat battery (normal) 4.5 V IEC 3 R 12 65 mm x 62 mm x 21 mm 

Block battery (block type) 9.0 V IEC 6 F 22 48 mm x 25 mm x 16 mm 

562 791 

With lengthened terminals ending in 4-mm 

sockets. The accumulator is supplied completely 

discharged and unfilled. The required potash 

solution is included in a separate container. 

Connection: 4-mm sockets each cell 

Terminal voltage: 6 V (5 x 1.2 V) 

Charge: 30 Ah 

Number of cells: 5 


Charging device, e.g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 35 

522 91 

503 11 503 09 

Potash solution 

For refilling the Ni-Cd accumulators > 522 71. 

Amount: 2 ltr. in plastic bottle. 

562 791 


Plug-in power supply 12 V AC 

Primary: 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 

Secondary: 12 V AC, 20 VA 

Connection: flat connector 

576 86 with monocell 

576 86 

Monocell holder STE 2/50 

Housing for correctly inserting a 1.5 V monocell 

battery. The battery contacts are linked with 

both the plug pins, allowing integration of the 

low-voltage source into the circuit. 

Housing dimensions: 7 cm x 3.8 cm x 4.7 cm 

576 89 

Battery case, 2 x 4.5 V 

For 6 monocells 1.5 V, specially suitable in 

connection with the plug-in board > 503 11, 

for students' experiments, 

Without batteries. 

Output voltages: 2 x 4.5 V or 1 x 9 V 

via 4-mm sockets 

Dimensions: 

21.5 cm x 10 cm x 4.5 cm 

576 89

energy supply 

Supply units 

Power supply program 

> Fulfills all the requirements of modern 

natural-science education 

> Clear separation of function fields for easier use 

> State-of-the-art technology 

> Meets all electromagnetic-compatibility 

(EMC) requirements 

> -seal for all units according to regulations applicable 

as of 1 January 1996 

> Modern, elegant design 

For example: 

AC/DC power supply 

0 ... 15 V/5 A (521 50) 


203

energy supply 

Variable extra-low voltage transformers 

522 32 

AC/DC regulator 

For producing regulated, smoothed, adjustable 

DC voltage when only AC voltage is available. 

Input voltage: min. 12 V AC to max. 25 V AC 

Output voltage: 1.5 V DC to 12 V DC 

continuously adjustable, regulated 

Output current: max. 0.5 A, short-circuit proof 

Connection: via 4-mm sockets 

Dimensions: 11.5 cm x 6.5 cm x 4 cm 


522 16 

521 25 

Transformer 2 to 12 V; 120 W 

For supplying experiment lamps (> 450 60) 

and (> 450 64), or as general-purpose supply 

unit for practical experiments. With automatic 

circuit breakers for all outputs. 

Output voltages: 

2/4/6/8/10/12 V AC via safety sockets 

Maximum load capacity: 10 A 

Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz 


Protection: T 1.0, primary 3 x overcurrent circuit 

breakers10 A, secondary 



Low-voltage power supply 3, 6, 9, 12 V AC/DC, 3 A 

Power supply for experiments on electricity and simple electronics experiments. 

Output voltage adjustable in steps; overload-protected with bimetallic 

switch. 

Output voltage: 3/6/9/12 V AC/3 A; 3/6/9/12 V DC/3 A 

Maximum load capacity: 3 A 



Protection: thermal overload protection 

Dimensions: 18 cm x 10.5 cm x 7.5 cm 


562 73 

522 16 

Transformer, 6/12 V; 30 W 

562 73 

Particularly suited for supplying experiment lamps (> 450 60), 

the timers (> 337 18 /19) and the function generator S (> 522 62); 

overload protected. 

Output voltage: 6 V/ 5 A and 12 V/2.5 A via two 4- mm socket pairs 



Protection: thermal overload protection 


Weight: 1 kg

667 827 

Variable extra-low voltage transformer D 

Power supply unit for continuously adjustable 

DC and AC voltage. With analog RMS meters 

for indicating the output voltage and tapped 

current, as well as switch for toggling between 

DC and AC voltage mode. Additionally equipped 

with two fixed-voltage outputs. All outputs electrically 

isolated from mains and earth-free. 

Output voltage: 

0 to 25 V AC continuous 

0 to 20 V DC continuous 

6 V AC 

12 V AC 

via 4-mm safety sockets 

Maximum load capacity: 

10 A 

10 A 

bridge rectification 

10 A 

10 A 

total max. 10 A 


Power consumption: max. 300 VA 

Protection: T 2.5 primary 3 overcurrent circuit 

breakers, secondary 



Ideal for all chemistry and 

biology applications 

521 39 

521 39 

energy supply 

667 827 

Variable extra-low voltage transformer 

Power supply unit with high load capacity for 

continuously adjustable DC and AC voltage. All 

outputs with overload protection by means of 

automatic circuit breakers, thus particularly 

suitable for students' experiments. Additionally 

equipped with two fixed-voltage outputs. All 

outputs electrically isolated from mains and 

earth-free. 




6 V AC 

12 V AC 



10 A 

10 A 

Bridge rectification 

10 A 

10 A 

total max. 10 A 



Protection: T 2.5 primary 

3 overcurrent circuit breakers, secondary 




205

energy supply 

52129 

Three-phase extra-low voltage transformer 

For supplying electrical machine teaching models 

(> 563 480 ff.) as well as for experiments 

on three-phase current and analog power electronics 

which require three-phase voltages. All 

phases are electronically protected. 

Outputs: 

6 V/10 V 3 AC star/delta 

23 V/40 V 3 AC star/delta 

output via 4-mm safety sockets 

Maximum load capacity: 4 A/2.3 A each 

Connection: 

230 V 3 AC with neutral conductor, 50/60 Hz 

via cable with 5-pin CEE-type plug 

Protection: T 1.25 D (3x) all phases 

with additional electronic protection 





521 35 

Variable extra-low voltage transformer S 

Power supply unit for continuously adjustable 

DC and AC voltage. All outputs with overload 

protection by means of overcurrent circuit 

breakers, thus particularly suitable for students' 

experiments. Additionally equipped with two 

fixed-voltage outputs. 




12 V AC 



6 A 

6 A, bridge rectification total max. 6 A 

1.8 A 



Protection: T 1.25 B, primary 

2 overcurrent circuit breakers, secondary 


Weight: 6 kg 

521 29

726 84 

Stabilized power supply 5 V/3 A 

For supplying the SIMULOG LS-TTL logic elements 

in vertical assemblies in panel frames or 

demonstration-experiment frame. Rated-voltage 

monitor via LED. 


+ 5 V DC via 4-mm sockets or 

6-pin DIN socket 


3 A (short-circuit proof) 


Fuse: T 1.0 




726 86 

Stabilized power supply ± 15 V/3 A 

Laboratory power supply with two separate 

and stabilized fixed voltages for vertical assemblies 

in panel frames or demonstration- experiment 

frame. Rated-voltage monitoring via two 

green LED's. 

Output voltage: ± 15 V DC via 4-mm sockets 

Maximum load capacity: 1.4 A, short-time 3 A 


Fuse: T 1.0 



Weight: 5 kg 

energy supply 

Extra-Low voltage power supplies 

521 45 

DC power supply 0 to ± 15 V 

Symmetrical, adjustable DC voltage source for 

electronics circuits, 5 V DC voltage source for 

digital circuits; current-limited. With 2 1 / 2 -digit 

display of adjustable DC voltage, including 

overload indicator (LED). 


0 to ± 15 V DC, 0 to 30 V DC 

5 V via 4-mm safety sockets 


1.5 A (short-circuit proof) 

0.5 A (short-circuit proof) 

Residual ripple at full load: ≤ 5 mV pp 

Stabilization at full load: 0.3% 

Stabilization for ± 10% fluctuation in 

mains voltage: 0.1 % 

Connection voltage: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz 

Protection: 

115 V: T 1.0 primary 

230 V: T 0.5 primary 




522 33 

Regulated power supply 5 V DC, 1 A 

Energy supply specially for the logic elements 

of the SIMULOG LS-TTL system at one or two 

work places or for one circuit with a higher 

power requirement. 


2 x 5 V DC (parallel) via one 6-pin DIN socket 

each for SIMULOG LS-TTL 


1 A (short-circuit proof) 

Residual ripple at full load: 10 mV pp 

Stabilization at full load: 2% 

Stabilization for ± 10% fluctuation in 

mains voltage: 0.2 % 


Protection: 

T 0.315 for 230 V 

T 0.63 for 115 V 



Weight: 1 kg 


207

energy supply 

521 50 

AC/DC power supply 0 ... 15 V/ 5 A 

High-performance power supply which can 

also be used as a constant-current source. AC 

voltage is electrically isolated from the DC voltage 

and can be adjusted in seven steps from 

2 to 15 V/5 A. Overload protection via overcurrent 

circuit breakers; capable of supporting full 

load while simultaneously supplying DC. Stabilized 

and regulated DC voltage continuously 

adjustable, 0...15 V, 0...5 A. With two 2 1 / 2 -digit 

displays for current and voltage; permanent 

electronic short-circuit protection and protection 

against interference voltages. Separate 

LED indicators for constant current and constant 

voltage operation. 


2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15 V AC 

0 to 15 V DC continuously adjustable, 



5 A; 

0 to 5 A, adjustable, short-circuit proof 

Residual ripple at full load: � ≤ 50 mV 

Stabilization at full load: � 0.2 % 

Display: 2 1 / 2 digit, 12.5 mm 


Protection: 

115 V: T 3.15, primary 

230 V: T 1.6, primary 

1 overcurrent circuit breaker, secondary 



Weight: 8 kg 


521 48 

AC/DC power supply, 0...12 V 

Adjustable extra-low voltage power supply with illuminated analog 

display meter for stabilized and regulated DC output voltage, 

permanent electronic short-circuit protection and protection against 

interference voltages; additionally equipped with four electrically isolated 

AC voltage outputs. Overload protection via four overcurrent circuit 

breakers, thus particularly suitable for students' and practical experiments 

as well as demonstrations. 

Output voltages: � 0 to 12 V DC continuously adjustable 

� 3, 6, 9, 12 V AC via 4-mm savety sockets 

Maximum load capacity: � 3 A, short-circuit proof 

� 3 A 

Residual ripple at full load: � ≤ 2 mV rms 

Stabilization at full load: � ≤ 20 mV 

Display instrument: analog, class 2.5 


Protection: T 1.4, primary; 1 overcurrent circuit breaker, secondary 


Weight: 3.5 kg

521 54 

DC power supply 0...20 V 

All-purpose regulated extra-low voltage 

power supply with illuminated output voltage 

and output current meters, electronically 

short-circuit proof. 

Output voltage: 0...20 V continuously adjustable, 



5 A, short-circuit proof 

Stabilization at full load: ≤ 20 mV 

Residual ripple at full load: ≤ 2 mV rms 

Display instruments: analog, class 2.5 


Protection: T 1.4, primary 



521 53 

DC power supply 2 x 0...15 V 

energy supply 

Extremely versatile double power supply, particularly suitable for electricity 

and electronics experiments. Two identical, continuously adjustable, regulated 

DC power supplies, each of which can be tapped independently of the 

other. The two outputs are electrically isolated from each other and can be 

connected in parallel and in series. The output current and voltage for each 

output are indicated on one illuminated voltmeter and ammeter, respectively. 


2 x 0...15 V DC continuously adjustable, via 4-mm safety sockets 

Maximum load capacity: 2 · 5 A, short-circuit proof 

Stabilization at full load: ≤ 30 mV 

Residual ripple at full load: ≤ 3 mV rms 

Display instruments: analog, class 2.5 


Protection: T 2.0, primary 


Weight: 6 kg 


209

energy supply 


521 70 

521 70 

High-voltage power supply 10 kV 

Earth-free high-voltage source with center tap, 

continually adjustable or controllable via an 

external voltage, for electrostatic experiments, 

Wulf electroscope, experiments on radioactivity, 

as well as operation of spectral tubes, 

gas discharge tubes and field-emission microscope. 

With built-in high-voltage proof 

transformer for tapping a heating voltage 

(6.3 V/2 A) for electron tubes. The integrated 

2 1 / 2 digit instrument permits display of the 

voltage present at any of the output sockets. 

Passive current limiting ensures that no 

dangerous contact voltages can occur. 


0 to + 5 kV 

0 to - 5 kV 

0 to 10 kV 

6.3 V AC, high-voltage proof up to 10 kV 


Load capacity: 

max. 2 mA (short-circuit current) 

max. 100 µA (short-circuit current) 

max. 200 µA (short-circuit current) 

2 A 

External control voltage: 

0 - 5 V DC 

0 - 5 Vp up to 1 Hz 

Voltage indicator: 2 1 / 2 digit LED, 12.5 mm 


Protection: T 0.5 for 230 V; T 1.0 for 115 V 




667 818 

Purticularly suitable for experiments 

on water synthesis 

Spark-gap supply unit 

This unit supplies a DC voltage of 

approx.10,000 V and a current of up to 2mA. 

Input: 230V / 50Hz 

Output: 

DC voltage approx. 10,000V and up to 2mA 

Power consumtion: 50A 


Weight: 3.0 kg

Connecting leads 

For use in extra-low voltage circuits; flexible PVC lead; 

plug with fully insulated axial socket; non-tension. 

Plug and socket: 4 mm dia. (nickel-plated) 

Conductor cross-section: 2.5 mm 2 

Continuous current: 32 A max. 

Contact resistance: 1.8 mΩ 

Length 25 cm 50 cm 100 cm 200 cm 

red 

blue 

green 

black 

yellow 

yellow/green 

501 20 

501 21 

501 22 

501 23 

501 24 

501 40 

Safety connecting leads 

For use in low-voltage circuits; flexible; safety plug 

with axial safety socket at both ends. 

Cross-section: 2.5 mm 2 

Current: 32 A max 

501 25 

501 26 

501 27 

501 28 

501 29 

501 41 

501 30 

501 31 

501 32 

501 33 

501 34 

501 42 

501 35 

501 36 

501 37 

501 38 

501 39 

501 43 

Length 10 cm 25 cm 50 cm 100 cm 200 cm 

red 

500 601 500 611 500 621 500 641 500 661 

blue 

500 602 500 612 500 622 500 642 500 662 

black 500 604 500 614 500 624 500 644 500 664 

yellow/green 500 600 500 610 500 620 500 640 - 

500 851 

auxiliary equipment · electricity 

Connecting leads and small accessories 

Set of 32 safety connecting leads 


2 x red 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 641 

2 x blue 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 642 

2 x red 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 621 

2 x blue 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 622 

2 x red 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 611 

2 x blue 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 612 

4 x black 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 644 

6 x black 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 624 

6 x black 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 614 

4 x black 10 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 604 

501 05 

High voltage cable 

Experiment cable with safety plug for 

voltages which are non-hazardous 

Length: 1 m 


211


Connecting leads 

For extra-low voltage circuits; copper lead, 

equipped at both ends with a plug and fully insulated 

axial socket for connecting further cables. 

Plug and socket: 4 mm dia. 

Cross-section of conductor: 1 mm 2 

Max. continuous current: 19 A 

Length 25 cm 50 cm 100 cm 

red 500 411 500 421 500 441 

blue 500 412 500 422 500 442 

green 500 416 500 426 - 

black 500 414 500 424 500 444 

yellow 500 415 500 425 500 445 

yellow/green 500 410 500 420 500 440 

Sets of cables 

501 44 

Pair of cables, red/blue, 

(> 500 411/412) 25 cm Set of cables. 

501 441 

Pair of cables, black 

Set of cables (> 500 414) 25 cm. 

501 45 


Set of cables (> 500 421/422) 50 cm. 

501 451 

Pair of cables, black, 


501 96 

Cable rack 

For tidy storage of test leads. Rail with attached 

hanger arms. Hanger arms made of plastic. Intermediate 

spaces can be set as required to suit 

cable thickness. Includes mounting materials. 

Number of hanger arms: 26 

Dimensions: 40 cm x 7.5 cm x 3.5 cm 


501 46 


Set of cables (> 500 441/442) 100 cm. 

501 532 

Set of 30 connecting leads 1 mm 2 


2 x red 100 cm ....................................500 441 

2 x blue 100 cm...................................500 442 

2 x black 100 cm.................................500 444 

4 x red 50 cm ......................................500 421 

4 x blue 50 cm.....................................500 422 

4 x black 50 cm...................................500 424 

3 x red 25 cm ......................................500 411 

3 x blue 25 cm.....................................500 412 

6 x black 25 cm...................................500 414 

501 461 

Pair of cables, black 


501 531 

Set of 42 connecting leads 1 mm 2 


4 x red 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 441 

4 x blue 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 442 

6 x black 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 444 

4 x red 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 421 

4 x blue 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 422 

6 x black 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 424 

4 x red 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 411 

4 x blue 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 412 

6 x black 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 414

501 16 


With 6-pole plugs at both ends. 

Current: max. 1 A per lead 

501 18 

Adapter cable, 4-pole, 1.5 m 

For connecting, for example, a light barrier (> 313 10 , out of stock) to a 

digital counter (> 575 50, out of stock), stop-clock (> 313 01 /03, 

out of stock) or gate control (> 575 51, out of stock). Also for connecting 

the forked light barrier (> 337 46) with the counter P (> 575 45). 

With a 6-pole plug at one end and four 4 mm plugs at the other end. 

501 19 

Adapter cable, 3-pole, 0.75 m 

501 16 501 18 

For connecting the power supply (> 522 30) and plug-in units 

with a 6-pole socket from the B 4 set from automatic control engineering. 

With a 6-pole plug at one end and three 4 mm plugs at the other end. 

BNC lead 

BNC/BNC plug 

Impedance: 50 Ω 

501 01 

501 02 

501 022 

501 031 

BNC lead, 25 cm long 



Connecting lead, screened 

With two 4 mm plugs at either end. 

Length: 8 m 

501 19 

575 35 

Adapter BNC/4 mm, 2-pole 

501 09 


Adapter BNC/4 mm, single-pole 

501 10 

Straight (BNC) 

501 091 

575 35 

BNC T adapter 

575 24 

Screened cable BNC/4 mm 

501 09 

501 10 

Coaxial cable with a separate connecting plug for screening. 

Impedance: 50 Ω 

Cable capacitance: 120 pF 

Length: 1.15 m 

501 01 - 022 575 24 

501 091 

501 031 


213


Set of 6 laboratory plugs 

Used for making tailor-made leads; only for 

extra-low voltages; solder connection 

Pin diameter: 4 mm 

Wire diameter: max. 2 mm 

501 521 

501 522 

501 523 

501 524 

501 525 

501 47 

red 

blue 

green 

black 

yellow 

Insulated twin wire 

Material: copper 

Diameter: each 1 mm 

Length: 20 mm 

501 84 

501 511 

Connector with small grips, red 

501521-525 

501 47 

501 84 

Grip tongs countersunk in a flexible stem. 

When pushing the button, the grip tongs slide 

out of the stem tip and small parts of up to 4 

mm diameter can be attached to the grip 

tongs. For extra low voltage. 

Socket: for 4-mm-plug 

Lateral screw: for attaching a connecting lead 

Total length: 16 cm 

501 512 

501 511 


Set of 10 bridging plugs, black 

4-mm bridging plugs with 19 mm spacing; 

max. current 32 A. 

501 512 

Set of 10 bridging plugs with tap, black 

4-mm bridging plugs with 19 mm spacing; with 

4-mm tap, max. current 32 A. 

Set of 6 two-way plug adapters 

Two-way plug adapters.For safe connections 

between two 4-mm plugs. 

501 641 

501 644 

501 83 

red 

black 

Set of 6 insulated crocodile-clips 

For reliable connection of 4-mm plugs to bare 

wires, only for extra-low voltages. 

Length: 50 mm 

501 641 

501 644 

501 83 

501 861 

590 011 

501 861 

Set of 6 crocodile-clips, polished 

For reliable connection of 4-mm plugs to bare 

wire; only for extra-low voltages. 

Length: 40 mm 

590 011 

Clamping plug 

For mounting of rods of a maximum diameter of 

4 mm and wires of a maximum diameter of 1 mm 

Pin diameter: 4 mm 

Sockets: 1 axial, 1 lateral 4-mm socket 

Colour: black

501 50 

Set of 10 adaptors for components 

For use with rastered socket panels, e.g. 

> 576 74/75 as contact points for assembling 

circuits with commercially available electrical 

and electronic components. 

Connectors: on 4-mm-plug, one 2-mm socket 

and six 1-mm sockets with contact springs 

(all electrically interconnected) 

Dimensions: 35 mm x 12 mm dia. 

50148 

Set of 10 bridging plugs 

For use in extra-low voltage circuits on the 

rastered socket panel, with imprinted line to illustrate 

connection; in storage block. 

Plugs: 4 mm dia. 

Pin spacing: 19 mm* 

Load capacity: 25 A 

Set of 10 safety bridging plugs,black 

For use in low-voltage circuits. 

Plugs: 4 mm dia 

Pin spacing: 19 mm* 

Load capacity: 25 A 

500 59 

500 591 

591 21 

Large clip plug 

black 

yellow/green 

For fastening tubular components having a 

diameter of 14 to 25 mm. 

Plug: 4 mm dia. 

590 02 

Small clip plug 

For mounting of rods of diameters between 

8 mm and 12 mm. 

Plug: 4 mm dia. 

501 50 

501 48 

500 591 

500 59 

*The plugs are designed such that 

they cannot be inserted into earthed sockets 

of German type 


Set of 6 safety adapter sockets 

For converting apparatus equipped with 4 mm 

safety sockets and operated in the low-voltage 

range, e.g. power supplies, measuring 

instruments and rheostats; with Allan wrench 

for fast, easy installation. 

500 95 

500 96 

500 98 

590 02 591 21 

501 50 with components on plug-in board 

red 

blue 

black 


215


502 06 

Safety connecting box 

502 05 

For safe electrical connections between open laboratory set-ups and 

the mains supply via safety connecting leads. 

Output: 2 pairs of safety sockets with protective shrouds, wired in parallel 

Mains switch: 2-pole 


Connection: via Euro plug 

Supply voltage: 250 V max. 

Current: max. 16 A 



502 04 

Distribution box 

502 05 

Measuring junction box 

For connecting an ammeter and a voltmeter 

into circuits whose loads are connected directly 

to the mains supply via earthed plugs; 

complete with safety connection plugs. 

Outputs: 1 earthed socket, 4 safety sockets 


Connection: via earthed plug 

Supply voltage: 240 V 

Current max. 15 A 

Connected load: 3600 VA 


663 615 

Schuko socket strip, 

5 sockets (safety mains sockets) 

With switch and 5 sockets, turned by 90°, 

especially for connection of plug-in power units. 

With 4 earthed sockets and separate, 4 mm earthing socket. 


Current: max. 10 A 

Connection: via earthed plug 

698 50 

502 06 

663 615 

Set of fuses in storage box 

Contains 18 of the most common fuses in 

the Leybold equipment program; 

in packages of 10 each. 


1 Storage box, 1 Package: 

T 0.08B T 2.5D 

T 0.125B T 6.3D 

T 0.2B M 0.5C 

T 0.315B M 5.0E 

T 0.5B F 1.6G 

T 063B F 6.3E 

T 1.0B F 10G 

T 1.25B FF 1.6G 

T 1.6D FF 2.0G 

502 04

598 15 with material 

598 11 

Large trolley 

For transporting equipment and for experiment 

set-ups; with two intermediate shelves. Can be 

extended to a mobile, vertical, experiment 

stand with the demonstration-experiment 

frame (> 301 300). Substructure made of varnished 

steel tube with four rotatable rubbercoated 

rollers, two of which are lockable. The 

steel substructure is provided with holes for 

screws for attaching an electric panel for AC 

supply (> 598 14). The table is supplied 

disassembled. The screws, nuts and an Allen 

key necessary for assembly are included. 

Top plate: 100 cm x 75 cm (plastic coated) 

Top edge height: 90 cm 

Intermediate shelves: 82 cm x 55 cm 

598 12 

Small trolley (not shown) 

For transporting apparatus, experiment set-ups, 

projectors etc.; with two intermediate shelves. 

The substructure is made of varnished steel 

tubing and four rubber-coated rotatable wheels, 

two of them lock-able. The steel substructure is 

provided with holes for screws for attaching 

the electric panel for AC supply (> 598 14). 

The table is delivered disassembled. 

The screws, nuts and an Allen key necessary 

for assembly are included. 

Top plate: 75 cm x 50 cm (plastic-coated) 

Top edge height: 90 cm 

Intermediate shelves: 59 cm x 33 cm 

598 13 

Pump trolley (not shown) 

Designed like > 598 12, but only with one 

intermediate shelf for supporting a gas ballast 

pump, and with a borehole in the top plate for 

inserting the intake port (> 379 20). 

598 14 

Panel for AC supply 

Plastic-coated, with three earthed sockets, fully 

enclosed, connecting lead with earthed plug, 

complete with screws for mounting to the trolleys 

(> 598 11, > 598 12, > 598 13). 

598 15 

Trolley 

598 11 

For clear storage and easy transport of accessories. 

Three plastic trays, cable retainer, and 

drilled boards for vertical storage of 24 stand 

rods. Four fully rotatable castors (two brake 

castors). The trolley is delivered disassembled. 

The screws, nuts and Allen key necessary for 

assembly are included. 




Trolleys 

217


Stand bases 

300 01 

Stand base, V-shape 

For assemblies which require a high degree of 

stability, also when subjected to loads on one 

side. Bore with longitudinal slot and tommy 

screw on the bridge and the vertex. Bores provided 

for levelling screws. Including pair of 

levelling screws and a rivit-shaped insertion 

providing a third support point. 

Jaw width for stand rods: 8 to 14 mm 

Material: cast iron 

Length of sides: 28 cm 

Weight: 4 kg approx. 

Levelling screws: adjustment range 17 mm 

301 06 

Bench clamp 

300 01 

Screw-on clamp for mounting rods, panels and 

optical benches (> 460 43) to bench tops. 

With two threaded bores, through which the 

clamping screw can be inserted according to 

requirement. 

Material: solid cast-iron 

Jaw width for stand rods: 27 mm 

Jaw width for panels: 20 mm 

Max. jaw width 

(bench top thickness): 47 mm approx. 

301 07 


300 11 

Simple bench clamp 

300 02 

For vertical clamping of rods to bench tops. 

Jaw width: 14 mm 

Max. jaw width (bench-top thickness): 60 mm 

300 02 

Stand base, V-shape 

Same features as the > 300 01 stand base, 

but with smaller length side. Including pair of 

levelling screws and a rivet-shaped insertion 

providing a third support point. 

Material: cast iron 

Length of sides: 20 cm 

Weight: 1.3 kg approx. 

Levelling screws: Adjustment range 17 mm 

300 11 

Saddle base 

Cylindrical base with clamping screw for fastening 

rods and plates. The rectangular groove 

at the bottom allows the device to be shifted 

along a linear scale (e.g. > 311 02) or a ruler. 

The groove in the middle serves as a fixture for 

clamping a linear scale (e.g. > 311 03). 

Jaw width for rods: up to 14 mm 

Jaw width for plates: up to 9.5 mm 

Dimensions: 5.5 cm x 6 cm dia. 


300 06 300 07 300 05 

301 05 

Bench clamp with pin 

For securing devices with a horizontal bore to 

bench tops. 

Pin dimensions: 5.5 cm x 8 mm dia. 

Max. jaw width 

(bench top thickness): 60 mm approx.

Base rail 

Anodized aluminium, made of solid T profiles with a foot on each end to 

facilitate assembly and for safe and easy movement of complete setups. 

Cat. No. Length Width Height Weight 

666 601 

666 602 

666 603 

Setup for soil testing 

Parallelogram of forces 

11 cm 20 cm 6.5 cm 0.3 kg 

55 cm 20 cm 6.5 cm 1.0 kg 

95 cm 20 cm 6.5 cm 1.6 kg 

Experiment tray with support table 

666 623 

Angle strip 

Base rails (666 601-603) 

with 3 knurled screws for attachement to the 

frame of experiment tray. 

Lenght: 48 cm 


Stand base made of plastic 


301 21 

301 23 

301 25 

666 622 

666 623 

666 622 

Experiment tray 


Stable frame in which a base panel is inserted; 

watertight seal. Fisnished with white, chemicalresistant 

plastic, with two cut-outs in the frame 

to serve as carrying handles. Can be used sa a 

carrying try or as a base for experiments. 



Distillation setup with experiment tray 

Stand base MF, 

span width for vertical rods: max. 13 mm or 1/2 inch. 

Bore for base rods: 10 mm dia. each. 

Plug-in bores: 4 mm dia. each. 

Dimensions: 18.5 cm x 4 cm x 3.5 cm 

Pair of stand feet for stand arrangements with stand base MF 

Support block, 

plug-in bores number: 8. 

Diameter: 4 mm each. 

Span width for rods and tubes: max. 13 mm or 1/2 inch. 


666 603 

666 602 

666 601 


219


Stand rods 

Stand rods 

Made of solid, corrosion-resistant, special steel. 

Cat. No. Diameter (mm) Length (mm) 

301 26 

301 27 

300 40 

300 41 

300 42 

608 040 

300 43 

300 44 

300 46 

590 12 

301 26 

Perforated stand rod 

With insulated end piece and 

additional axial 4-mm-bore. 

10 250 

10 500 

12 100 

12 250 

12 470 

12 600 

12 750 

12 1000 

12 1500 

Material: nickel-plated steel 


Length: 47 cm 

Number of bores: 8 lateral, 1 axial 

Bore diameter: 4 mm 

Bore spacings: 19 and 50 mm respectively 

590 13 

Insulated stand rod 

� � � � � � � 


For simple mounting of plug-in components 

and parts. 

Material: plastic 


Length: 25 cm 

Number of bores: 1 axial, 6 lateral 

Bore diameter: 4 mm 

Bore spacings: 19 mm and 50 mm respectively 

� 

301 27 

300 41 

666 626 

Clamps and bossheads 

301 01 

301 03 

301 08 

608 060 

301 09 

301 10 

301 11 

666 543 

608 062 

666 615 

608 063 

666 613 

300 42 


300 51 

Stand rod 

Bent at right angles, for mounting the highpressure 

mercury lamp (> 451 15) into the 

small optical benches (> 460 42/43). 

Material: nickel-plated steel 


Arm lengths: 10 and 17 cm respectively 

666 626 

Stand rod with mounting holes 

Used to mount the > 590 02 and > 591 21 

spring clips. 

Length: 45 cm 

7 mounting holes 

2 stand tube joints 50 x 10 mm for mounting in 

stand bases, bossheads etc. 

� LEYBOLD multiclamp. Jaw width for stand rods: 14 mm. 

Jaw width for panels: 12 mm 

Rotatable clamp, with 2 T-screws for mounting of stand rods 

and panels. Complete with knurled screw, enabling rods and 

panels to be set at an angle. Precision-cast light metal alloy. 

Jaw width for stand rods: 14 mm, width for panels: 12 mm 

� Clamp with hook, for suspending thread pendulums, spring 

balances and simple rope machines (pulleys etc.). Length of 

the base rod: 9 cm. Span width of the clamp: max. 14 mm 

Bosshead, aluminium. Jaw width: 16 mm 

� Bosshead S, for perpendicular connection of rods and 

tubes. Jaw width: 16 mm 

� Clamp with ring, funnels and alike. Ring diameter: 5.5 cm. 

Length of base rod including ring: 11 cm. 

Span width of the clamp: max. 14 mm 

� Clamp with jaw clamp, suitable for use with stand material for 

fixing of tubes, flasks and other cylindrically shaped parts. 

Length: 16 cm approx. Jaw width: 20 to 80 mm. 

Span width to the clamp: max. 14 mm 

Double, crossed boss head 

Universal bosshead, aluminium 

� Universal bosshead. Die-cast aluminium, 50 mm long, 

28 mm dia., clamping width 13 mm 

Half bosshead with bolt 

With universal bosshead; can be used as swivel bosshead. 

� Pin, stainless steel, 50 mm long, with two annular grooves. 

This pin makes it possible to join two universal bossheads to 

form a swivel bosshead.

Stand tubes 

Stainless steel tubes, straight; the 13 mm tubes 

can be slid over the 10 mm tube so that when 

used in conjunction with the universal bosshead 

(> 666 615) the tubes can be telescoped. This 

provides for continuous height adjustment. 

Cat. No. Diameter (mm) Length (mm) 

608 050 

666 609 

608 051 

608 052 

666 605 

666 606 

666 607 

608 053 

666 608 

608 054 

590 02 

666 620 

Universal clamp 

Clamps with cork padding 

666 555 

301 72 

666 551 

10 300 

10 450 

10 750 

10 1000 

13 50 

13 150 

13 400 

13 500 

13 750 

13 1000 

666 619 

591 21 

666 621 

Clip plugs 

For attaching rods, tubes and test tubes, for 

use with STM stand rod with mounting holes 

> 666 626. 

Cat. No. Range 

590 02 

591 21 

Spring clamp 

8...12 mm 

14...25 mm 

For support table > 666 617. 

Cat. No. Width 

666 618 

666 619 

Plug clamp 

22 mm 

32 mm 

For attaching connecting leads to support table 

> 666 617. 

666 620 

666 621 

666 609 

666 607 

Cat. No. Width 

red 

black 

Cat. No. Range Length Stem Finish Weight 

0...80 mm 28 cm 12 mm bright 0.1 kg 

0...120 mm 30 cm 12 mm bright 0.3 kg 

0...25 mm 23 cm with 3 rubber-covered claws 0.2 kg 

666 606 

666 605 

Stand ring with stem 


Used to support wire gauge, etc.; 

stainless steel. 

Cat. No. Ring-dia. (mm) Length (mm) Weight (g) 

666 572 

666 573 

302 68 

666 572 

Stand tubes 

Clamps/accessories 

302 68 

666 573 

70 280 80 

100 300 170 

130 280 

301 72 

666 555 

666 551 


221


Stands 

Bunsen burner stand 

Complete, comprising: base plate, (hammered enamel finish) and a stainless 

steel stand rod (M 10) 

Cat. No. Dimensions Height 

666 502 

666 504 

666 506 

Base plate 

100 x 175 mm 450 mm 

130 x 210 mm 750 mm 

130 x 210 mm 1000 mm 

Base plate for Bunsen burner, steel (hammer-effect enamel) 

Cat. No. Dimensions 

666 501 

666 503 

Stand rod 

100 x 175 mm 

130 x 210 mm 

Stand rod for Bunsen burner, stainless steel, M 10 thread 

Cat. No. Dimensions Length 

666 523 

666 525 

666 526 

666 588 

666 557 

666 502 

666 559 

666 504 

666 584 

666 506 

666 558 

666 617 

12 mm 450 mm 

12 mm 750 mm 

12 mm 1000 mm 


666 617 

Support table 

Filtration Stands 


608 030 

666 584 

Filtration stand, wood, for 2 funnels 

Filtration stand, for 2 funnels; plastic, adjustable, on iron plate 

stand. Can also be used without the funnel holders as a 

Bunsen burner support. 

Burette holders and burette stand 


666 588 

666 557 

666 558 

666 559 

300 75 

13 mm tube, work surface 28 x 21 cm, made 

of white plastic, with two slots for clamp holders. 

May be used either horizontally or veritcally. 

300 73 

Mountable stage 

With clamp for easy mounting to a horizontally 

or vertically placed stand rod. 


Weight: 2 kg 


Stand rod, e.g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 42 

Stand base, e.g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 01 

300 73 

300 75 

Laboratory stand I 

300 76 

Height-adjustable stand for elevated positioning 

of demonstration devices and continuous 

height-adjustment of individual devices forming 

part of an experiment set-up. With four tommy 

screws for fastening equipment. 

Usable area: 32 x 22 cm 

Maximum load: 30 kg approx. 

Height: continuously variable between 65 mm 

and 250 mm. Weight: 1.8 kg 

300 76 

Laboratory stand II 

Description as for > 300 75, but smaller and 

with a cork lining on side, for preventing slippage. 

Usable area: 16 cm x 13 cm 

Maximum load: 50 kg approx. 

Height: continuously variable between 60 mm 

and 250 mm. Weight: 1.8 kg 

666 583 

Laboratory stand III 

with 4 knurled screws to fix the height. 

Surface area: 20 x 20 cm 

Adjustable height: 7 to 26 cm. Weight: 1.8 kg 

Burette stand, with two contrast panels. 

Dimensions: 180 x 300 mm. Height: 600 mm 

Burette clamp, for 2 burettes, with rubber-cushioned clampjaws 

Burette clamp, for two burettes, with rubber rollers; 

clamping width 10 to 30 mm 

Burette clamp simple, for one burette, with two rubber 

rollers, clamping width 0 to 20 mm

667 050 

Test tube rack 

Plastic, for 9 test tubes of up to 17 mm dia. 

The plastic holders have inspection slits so that 

the contents of the test tubes can be seen right 

down to the bottom. 

> 

667 052 

667 059 

Storage aids: 

see page 282 

667 067 

Drying rack 

667 059 

Contrast panel 

18 x 18 mm; one side white, one side black. 

667 065 

Pipette stand 

Plastic-coated steel wire. Drying rack for bottles 

and glassware, for use at the wash basin. 

37 pins, 11 support loops, with drip tray. 

Dimensions: 63 x 55 cm 

Weight: 2 kg 

Bottle basket 

Plastic-coated steel wire with hinged carrying 

handle; for safe transportation of bottles of chemicals 

to the laboratory bench and for orderly 

storage in the chemicals cabinet. Stackable. 

667 060 

667 061 

667 050 

Cat. No. Capacity 

12 100 ml bottles, 

18 test tube holders 

12 250 ml bottles, 

24 test tube holders 

Plastic, with two plates to accept numerous 

pipettes of different sizes. 

667 054 

667 053 

Test tube racks, wooden 

667 052 

667 053 

667 054 

667 055 

* With 6 drying pegs 

667 065 


Cat. No. Capacity Diameter 

12* 18 mm 

10 22 mm 

10 32 mm 

6* 22 mm 


Racks 

223

heaters and stirrers 

Burners and accessories 

666 714 

Cartridge burner DIN type 

With air regulation and needle valve, T= 1400 °C. 

Delivery incl. 400 ml cartridge (> 666 715) propane/butane mix. 

666 715 

Cartridge 

Replacement cartridge with safety valve for cartridgeburner (> 666 714). 

Capacity 3 h, contents: 400 ml, weight: 220 g 

666 711 

Butane gas burner 

with valve and air control, without cartridges (> 666 712). 

Height: 22 cm. Weight: 0.3 kg 

666 712 

Butane cartridges 

For butane gas burner (> 666 711) and soldering torch (> 666 713). 

Set of three, each 0.2 kg 

Burners and accessories 

Gas Gas Gas Dimensions 

Burner typ Natural Propane universal Height Weight 

Bunsen burner with air regulation 

Bunsen burner with air regulation, 

- 160 mm 0.3 kg 

needle valve and gas selection 

Bunsen burner air regulation, 

- - 160 mm 0.35 kg 

needle valve, pilot flame inside * * - 160 mm 0.3 kg 

Teclu burner air regulation, needle valve 

Teclu burner air regulation, 

* * - 160 mm 0.4 kg 

needle valve and gas selection 

Teclu safety burner 

- - 180 mm 0.25 kg 

with heavy base 1) 666 695 

666 693 

656 016 

666 6961 

666 6941 

666 7051 

666 7031 

656 017 

666 709 

666 708 

- 220 mm 0.7 kg 

1) The safety burner is equipped with a thermocouple monitoring device which will automatically stop the flow of gas if the flame should go out. 

The burner can be relit immediately by pressing the red ignition safety knob. 

* to DVGW and DIN 30 665 part1 

Wide-flame attachment 

666 724 

666 725 

666 724 

Cat. No. fitting burner 

666 714, 656 016, 

656 017, 666 6901 

666 7051, 666 7031 

666 695, 

666 693, 666 6941 


Safety gas hose according to 

DIN 306 64 and DVGW 

For all laboratory gas burners and gas types, 

flexible, non-kinking. 

Cat. No. Length Wall thickness Inside diameter 

[m] [mm] [mm] 

666 729 

607 020 

667 187 

666 714 

666 715 

666 7051 

666 695 

1.0 2.0 10 

0.5 2.0 10* 

1.0 2.0 10* 

* with non-kinking, elastic end sleeve, no hose clamps required 

666 713 

Butane soldering torch 

With basic torch, valve and air control. 

Also suitable for glass work; 

can achieve a temperature of approx. 1600 °C. 

Gas supplied from interchangeable cartridges. 

Height: 20 cm 


666 709 

666 729 

666 712 

667 187 

666 713 

666 6961

666 733 

Gas igniter 


666 731 

666 7321 

666 733 

Cover plate 

Asbestos-free! 

667 100 

667 104 

666 7321 

20 cm x 20 cm 

50 cm x 50 cm 

Replacement flints, set of 3 

Gas igniter, mechanical, with spare flints 

Replacement flints, set of 6, fitting gas igniter 

Piezoelectric gas igniter, length: 

If gas burners are used with liquefied petroleum 

gas (propane, butane or a mixture of the two) the 

burner must be connected to the gas supply in 

compliance with DIN 306 64 and in accordance 

with the instructions given by the local school authority; 

the pressurized gas hose (> 666 729) 

may have to be used. 

Rubber tubing for gas burner 

Not suitable for liquefied gas. 

Cat. No. Length Wall thickness Internal diameter 

[m] [mm] [mm] 

307 67 

667 183 

666 682 

Four-legged stand 

With raised edges to accept the heat 

protection plate (> 666 686). 


Height: 21 cm 

666 686 

Ceran ® cover plate 

Made of a glass-ceramic material which is resistant 

to high temperatures and thermal shocks. 

Fits the four-legged stand (> 666 682 ). 

Dimensions: 15.5 cm x 15.5 cm 


666 685 

Wire gauze 

1.0 2.0 10 

1.0 2.0 8 

With ceramic material applied to a circle at 

the center for thermal protection; contains no 

asbestos! 


666 686 

667 184 

Tubing clamps 


Set of 10, for gas tubing, 10 to 16 mm. 

666 682 666 681 

666 681 

Tripod 

Hammered enamel finish. 

Ring diameter: 14 cm 

Height: 22 cm 

666 683 

Tripod 

666 687 


Height: 26 cm 

Wire triangles 

with clay sleeves. 

Cat. No. Length of the clay sleeves 

666 687 

666 688 

666 689 

50 mm 

60 mm 

80 mm 

666 685 


225


Electrical heating devices 

303 22 

Alcohol burner, metal 

With knurled wheel to raise the wick and cap to 

extinguish the flame. 


Dimensions: 65 mm x 70 mm dia. 

666 692 

Alcohol burner 

Glass vessel with wick and ground cap to 

extinguish the flame. 


Heating mantles 

666 692 

303 22 

667 823 

Power controller 


For ohmic and inductive loads, for continous 

adjustment of the energy supply for electric 

appliances, fitted with mains cable and 

connector. 

Max. continous load: 2000 W (for ohmic load), 

500 W (for inductiv load) 

Connection voltage: 230 V / 50 Hz 



666 777 

Stand 

Used with the electric burner (> 666 776) 

when heating larger vessels. 

666 776 

Electric burner 

Heating mantles for round-bottom flasks 

Used to heat cylinders, beakers,dishes, 

crucibles, dry and melt, all without an open 

flame. The draft tuble is made of a ceramic 

material which is resistant to heat, acids and 

bases. 

The coils inside serve as heat exchangers for 

the heating elements, which are therefore not 

charged. The fully enclosed design of the 

heating eliminates problems if liquids should 

splash or overflow. 

Complete with power cord and plug. 

For setting and keeping the intermediate 

temperatures we recommend our power 

cntroller (> 667 823). 

Overall height: 17 cm 

Power drawn: 590 W 

Heat-up period, approx.: 1.5 min 



· With clamp for mounting to stand rods and tubes up to 14 mm dia. 

For heating highly flammable substances which may not be exposed 

to open flames. 

· Optimized heat transfer through superior fit and flexible heater. 

· Fiberglass mesh insulation for minimum heat build-up on outside surface. 

· Plastic-coated housing resistant to numerous chemicals. 

· 2 switch positions - 2 heating zones with different power levels, additional 

control of heating power possible using power controller > 667 823. 

Heating temperature: max. 450 °C 

Rated voltage: 230 V AC 

Heating zones: 2 

Size of round-bottom flask Heating power Two-level control Continuous control 

100 ml 85 W 

250 ml 130 W 

500 ml 220 W 

1.000 ml 330 W 

2.000 ml 500 W 

*With connecting cable 3.5 m 

666 751 

666 752 

666 753 

666 754 

666 777 

666 776 

666 7511 

666 7521 

666 7531 

666 7541 

666 7551*

666 767 

Hotplate 

Rapid-heating hotplate with continnous 

adjustment switch. 


Heating power: 1500 W 



607 070 

Hot plate 

Ceran ® , with square heating plate 


Power: 1800 W 


666 781 

Muffle furnace 

For temperatures up to 1100 °C. The heating 

power is adjustable within a range of 10 to 

100% by means of voltage control. Temperature 

measurement with an NiCr-Ni sensor; digital 

temperature indicator in the lower section of 

the furnace. The unit is equipped with a ground 

fault interrupter. 

The housing is made of galvanizied steel sheet 

with cream white textured enamel finish for longterm 

corrosion protection. Heat is generated by 

two heating panels, located at the sides and designed 

for easy replacement. The unit is equipped 

with high-quality fiber insulation. A viewing 

port in the top provides visibility into the furnace 

chamber. Supplied with power cord and plug. 

Max. temperature. 1100 °C 

Power drawn: 1200 W 


Volume of the furnace chamber: 3 l 

Dimensions: 

Furnace chamber: 16 x 15 x 10 cm 

Housing: 34 x 34 x 38 cm 

Weight: 16 kg 

666 767 

666 786 

Crucible furnace 

After Simon-Müller, for annealing, incinerating, 

melting and vaporizing substances at temperatures 

up to 1000 °C. Ceramic furnance; the 

inner section of the furnance is made of hard 

porcelain, with lid and power cord. 

Height: 80 mm 





607 070 

664 463 

Mild iron dish 


150 mm dia., shallow, may also be used as a 

sand bath heater. 


227


303 25 

Safety immersion heater 

With thermal-cutout (as per VDE 0720). 

Mains supply: 230 V, 50 Hz, via power cord 

Power rating: 1000 W 

666 735 

303 28 666 735 303 25 

Hot-air blower 

With overheating cut-out. 

Complete with nozzle, power cord and plug. 


Power rating: 600/1200 W 

Quartz heating element 

With ST 29, 

fitting the flat ground beaker > 664 340. 

Cat. No. Length Heating power 

666 757 

666 756 

30 cm 100 W 

30 cm 1.000 W 

303 28 

Steam generator 


For generation of steam used in experiments 

on thermal expansion or for operation of 

a miniature turbine. 

Capacity: 300 cm 2 , approx. 

Steam exit pipe diameter: 8 mm 

Rating: 230 V, 50 W, via cable 

Rating: 550 W 

Dimensions: 12.5 cm x 12.5 cm x 14 cm 

Weight: 2 kg 

667 491 

Heating mantle for gas sampling syringe 

Hard glass, complete with stand section and 

sockets for 4 mm plugs; low voltage heating 

coil in inside tube. 


· Determination of molar mass after Victor Meyer 

· Gas laws after Gay Lussac 

Heating power: 

50 W (10 V AC / 5 A approx. 130 °C) 


Openings: 40 mm dia 



Power supply for 

demonstration experiments . . . . . . . . 667 827 

590 50 

Lid with heater 

Complete with stirrer, thermometer bore and 

2 rubber stoppers. 

Main applications: 

safe source of heat in experiments on heat 

radiation, immersion heater. 

Material: plastic 

Number of heating filaments: 2 

Filament resistance: 2.4 Ω each 

Connection: parallel and series 

Max. ratings: 12 V, 120 W 

Accessories: 

Aluminium calorimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 52 

384 52 

Aluminium calorimeter 

Beaker, for experiments on heat energy 

(e.g. mixtures) in conjunction with the heat 

insulating container (> 384 51). 

Capacity: approx. 350 ml 

Dimensions: 10 cm x 7 cm dia. 

590 48 

590 48 

Immersion heater 

384 52 

For quantitative experiments on the conversion 

of energy and for determination of the specific 

thermal capacity of liquids. 

Connection: via cable with 4-mm plugs 

resistance material: ceramics 

Resistance: 15 Ω, ±5 % 

667 494 

Silicone stopper 

with 1 hole for heater jacket. 

590 50

666 760 

Temperature bath 

For water and oil baths up to 200 °C, whereby 

the set temperature is reached quickly. Protection 

against burns in case the bath is touched 

inadvertently due to optimum insulation of the 

bath. With safety limiter for protection in case of 

malfunctions. 


Total capacity:4.4 l 

Temperature stability: 

± 3 K (90 °C) 

Diameter:20 cm 



Available accessories: 

· Set of rings 

· Intermediate shelf 

· Lid 

666 768 

Thermostat C10-P5/U 

Small compact circulator with powerful pump; 

flow rate selectable. Integral bath out of highly 

resistant polymer with handles. Pump connections 

and water cooling coil. analog temperature 

setting with fine adjustment. Adjustable overtemperature 

cutout. 

Temperature range: 25 ... 100 °C 

(with add. cooling): 0 to 100 °C 

Temperature accuracy: ± 0,04 K 

Heater power: 1500 W 

Pump flow rate: 12.5 l/min /300 mbar 

Bath opening/-depth: 130 x 170/160 mm 

Temperature setting: analog 

Temperature display: thermometer 

Mainsconnection: 230 V/50-60 Hz 

Total wattage max.: 1550 VA 

666 771 

Heating bath 

May be used either as an oil or a water bath. 

Bath vessel made of chromium steel, heated 

from the bottom. Infinitely variable temperature 

adjustement from romm temperature to 

+ 350 °C. Additional control via a commercially 

availablle contact thermometer (> 666 195 for 

example) is possible. 


Temperature range: up to 350 °C 

Total capacity: 2 l 


Weight: 4 kg 

> 

For more accessories for 666 771 

see page 232 


Heating baths/thermostats 

666 742 

Submersible thermostat 

Small, compact circulator with powerful pump; 

flow rate selectabel. 

Analog temperature setting with fine adjustment. 

Adjustable overtemperature cutout. 

Temperature range: 25 to 100 °C 

(with add. cooling): -30 to 100 °C 

Temperature accuracy: +/- 0.04 °C 


Pump flow rate: 17 and 10 l/min 

Temperature setting: analog 

Temperature display: thermomter 

Mains connection: 230 V/50-60 Hz 

Total wattage: 1550 VA 

Dimensions: 9.5 x 15 x 32 cm 



229


666 766 

Circulation cooler 


Quiet, space-saving device for maintaining 

temperature in external systems in 

the temperature range –10 to +30 °C 

(e.g. refractometer, heat exchanger). 

Working-temperature range: -10 to +30 °C 

Temperature constancy: ± 0.7 °C 

Cooling performance: 230 W (at 20 °C) 

Coolant: R 134 a 

Pump capacity: 300 mbar, 12 l / min. 

Filling volume: 3 L 

Filling opening: 45 mm dia. 

Mains connection: 230 V, 50 Hz 

Dimensions: 

200 x 490 x 340 mm (W x H x D) 

Weight: 20 kg 

Power consumption max.: 450 VA 

Permissible ambient temperature: 5 to 40 °C 

666 7701 

Bath circulator 

Bath circulator with powerful pump and 

TRS (Turbulence Reduction System). Integral 

bath out of highly resistant polymer incl. handles. 

Digital temperature setting and PID-control; 

temperature display: 0.1/0.01 ° C, 

three selectable fix temperatures. 

Temperature range: 22 to 100 °C 

(with add. cooling): 0 to 100 °C 

Temperature accuracy: +/- 0.02 °C 


Pump capacity: 17 l/min 

Bath opening/depth: 30 x 19/16 cm 

Temperature setting: digital 

Temperature display: digital 

Mains connection 230 V/50 –60 Hz 

Total wattage: 2050 VA 


accessories 

for 666 7701 

666 7702 

Water line cooling coil 

Accessory for bath thermostat 

with integrated bath. 

666 7703 

Pump set 

For refitting as circulation thermostat. 

666 7704 

Bath cover 

For integrated bath of bath thermostat. 

666 7705 

Lifting platform 

For bath thermostat 

666 7706 

Test-tube holder with insert 

For bath thermostat with insert for 

46 test tubes, dia. 16 mm.

Speedsafe TM magnetic stirrer 

Magnetic stirrer without heater for 

mixing smaller quantities up to 1 liter. 

Continuously adjustable speed. 

Stirring qty. w.r.t. H 2 O: 1 l 

Speed range: 100 – 1000 rpm 

Dimensions (W x D x H): 120 x 120 x 45 mm 



dark blue 

light blue 

green 

666 845 666 841 

666 845 

Magnetic stirrer 

Without heating; work plate made of stainless 

steel. Attachment points for stand rods with 

M10 thread; complete with magnetic stirring 

bars, power cord and plug. 

Speed: 0 to 2000 rom (infinte) 

Working surface: 14 x 14 cm 



607 090 

607 101 

607 102 

666 841 

Magnetic stirrer with hot plate 500 W 

With white glass-ceramic hot plate for simple 

stirring and heating tasks. Integrated DIN 

12878 socket for connecting an electronic 

contact thermometer. 


Stirring qty. w.r.t. H 2 O: up to 15 l 

Speed range: 150 - 1200 rpm 

Hot plate temperature range: room temp. -450°C 

Footprint: 140 x 140 mm 

Motor power: consumption/output watts: 15/2 

Supply voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz 



607 095 


MONO electronic magnetic stirrer 

Without heater, for stirring quantities up to 3 l 

Low-voltage operation for maximum safety 

No motor, wear-free stirrer drive 

Gentle startup and predefinable stirrer performance 

thanks to built-in electronics. 

Speed range: 100 – 1000 rpm 



Supply voltage: 7.5 – 12 V 

via plug-in supply unit, 230 V 

607 096 

KOMET magnetic stirrer bar 

Stirrer bar made of high-energy magnet material 

for medium to large stirring quantities. 

Octagonal shape. 

Including stirrer bar holder for 

attaching the stirrer bar to the magnetic stirrer. 

Length: 50 mm 


Magnetic stirrers 


231


666 847 

Magnetic stirrer with hotplate 

Stainless steel hotplate, heating control via 

relay. Wth fitting for attaching the M 10 stand 

rod. Temperature is automatically limited to 

350 °C, so that the unit cannot be destroyed if 

accidentally left on for long periods of time. 

The unit is equipped with connector sockets 

for contact thermometers (e.g. > 666 195), 

making possible external control of heating 

power. The status of the heater and stirring 

motor is indicated by LEDs. Complete with 

power cord and plug. 

Rotation speed: 0 to 1250 rpm (continuous) 

Plate: stainless steel, 14.5 cm dia. 

Heating power: 600 W, relay control 

Temperature constancy: ± 1 K 



666 195 

Contact thermometer 

Used for temperature regulation in baths, etc. 

Rod-shaped, with milk glass scale. Set-point 

temperature can be set with rotary magnet. 

Mercury filled. 

Range: -10 ... 250°C 


Shaft diameter: 9 mm approx. 

666 848 

Heating dish 


For round-bottom flasks up to 1 l volume, 

fitting > 666 847. 

666 849 

Heater bath 

2 l, fitting > 666 847. 

666 844 

666 844 

666 848 

Heater bath insert 

Stainless steel, 135 mm diam., 

for 12 test tubes, fitting > 666 849. 

666 849 

666 859 

Stirring bar retriever 

350 mm long, with strong magnet; 

with eyelet for hanging. 

Magnetic stirrers 

Magnetic core jacketed with PTFE 

Cat. No. length [mm] dia. shape 

666 850 

666 851 

666 854 

666 809 

Laboratory refrigerator 

15 5 rund 

25 6 rund 

50 8 rund 

Laboratory refrigerator with explosionprotected 

inside space, in accordance with 

laboratory guidelines and German accident 

prevention regulations. 

Complete with inside fittings 

(2 shelves, 1 drawer). 

Inside space: impact-resistant white plastic. 

Capacity: 80 l 

Recommended temperature setting: 

+2 to +12 °C approx. 

Bosch refrigeration unit: statically vented 


Dimensions: 

outside: 470 x 510 x 740 mm 

inside: 380 x 410 x 630 mm 

Weight: 35 kg

607 175 

Lab Egg miniature stirrer 

Stirrer for low-viscosity solutions up to 2 liters, 

with exceptional design. The bottom half, 

which is exposed to the vapor chamber of 

the working medium, is made of high-quality 

borosilicate glass. This device can be used 

around the world with any voltage in 

the range 100...240 V. 

Complete with mains power lead, leaf stirrer 

and stand. 

Color: salmon 

Power consumption/output: 8 W / 1 W 

Viscosity range: 0 ... 100 mPas 

Speed range: 0 ... 2000 rpm 




For stirrer IKA RW 11 basic “Lab egg” 

607 180 

607 181 

Helical stirrer 

for (> 607 175). 

Stand R103 

666 821 

Stirring motor 

High-torque design for mechanical mixing of 

solutions with low and medium viscosity. 

Mechanical drive with friction wheel gearing. 

Switch with indicator lamp. Thermal overload 

protection. 

Rotation speed: 40 ... 2,000 min –1 

Chuck: for round rods, 0.5 ... 8 mm dia. 





Accessories for stirring motor 

666 826 

666 823 

666 825 

666 824 

666 828 

666 827 

666 826 


666 827 

666 823 


666 828 

666 824 

Stirrer, with PFTE shaft and paddles, 

Length: 370 mm fitting > 666 824 / 825 

Stirrer, with adjustable stainless steel paddles, 

Length: 400 mm, Diameter: 7.5 mm 

Stirrer sleeve, with ST 29/32 standard ground joint core, 

10 mm nominal width. Length: 175 mm 

Stirrer sleeve, 100 mm, with ST 29/32 standard ground 

joint core, 10 mm nominal width. 

Stirrer, with glass shaft and PTFE blades 

Replacement blades for stirrer > 666 826 


Stirrers 

666 825 

233


Desalinization of water 

666 905 

Mixed-bed full demineralization unit 

With disposable cartridge; black light-protected 

cartridge to prevent the growth of algae. Easily 

exchangeable disposable cartridge. 

In order to ensure a continous supply of highpurity 

water the purchase of a further replacement 

cartridge (> 666 906 ) is recommended. 

Complete with wall mount, filled cartridge, to 

connection hoses and adapter for all common 

tap fittings. 

Capacity: 4000 “hardness litres” 

666 906 

Replacement cartridge 

666 905 

666 906 

Disposable cartridge for mixed-bed full demineralization 

unit (> 666 905) 

Capacity: 4000 “hardness litres” 

666 903 


Mixed-bed full demineralization unit 

Stand unit for producing water which is equivalent 

to destilled water. With attached electrical 

conductance meter (0...20 mS). Including a 

cartridge which may be regenerated. When the 

conductance meter indicates a conductance of 

over 20 mS the cartridge will have to be 

returned to the manufacturer for the regeneration 

(shipping documents are enclosed). In 

order to ensure a continuous supply of highpurity 

water the purchase of a further exchange 

cartridge (> 666 904) is recommended. 

Complete with 1.5 m long hose and R 3/4” fitting 

for immediate connection to the water 

supply, with mains cable and mains plug. 

Capacity: 

6000 “hardness litres” = 600 l at 10° hardness 

Capacity per hour: 80 l max. 

Power supply: 230 v / 50 Hz 



666 904 

Exchange cartridge 

For mixed-bed full demineralization unit 

(> 666 903). 

Capacity. 6000 “hardness litres” 


Weight. 4.5 kg 

664 547 

666 903 

Container 

For fully deionized water; 

with carrying handle and stopcock. 

Material: polyethylene 

Volume: 10 l 

666 904 

666 911 

Water distillation unit 

Fully automatic unit with solenoid valve for 

production of distilled water which is free of 

germs and pyrogens. Conductivity of the 

produced water is about 2.3 uS at 20 °C. All 

parts which come into contact with water or 

water vapour are made of stainless steel. The 

built-in elec-tronic level switch shuts off the 

supply to the heater and also interrupts the 

cooling water and the feed water supply as 

soon as the reservoir vessel is full. When 

drawing distilled water the unit comes on again 

automatically. with protection against low water 

(overtemperature switch), to prevent the heater 

from overheating. 

The unit also switches itself off automatically 

in case the distillation section becomes 

contaminated. 

May be used either as a table-top unit, 

or for wall mounting. 

Feed water line: 11 mm dia. 

Water drain: 12 mm dia. 

Distillate supply line: 

cock at the front of the lower section 

Capacity: 4 l/h 

Reservoir vessel: 8 l 

Cooling water consumption: 48 l/h 

Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz; 3 kW 



* Tubing for water inlet and outlet 

not included

666 800 

Incubator cabinet 

Drying cabinet 

With 24-hour timer, stainless-steel construction, with double door (glass 

inner door, stainless steel outer door). High-quality insulation isolates the 

interior from the outside housing. 

Digital (LED) display of current temperature. With overheating protection as 

per DIN 128 80. 

Protective class 3.1 = temperature selection monitor 

With factory calibration certificate for 37 °C 

Fresh air volume can be regulated with a slide. 

With 2 slide-in trays, 3 signal lamps and power cord and plug. 

Temperature range: 30 to 70 °C, infinite control 

Temperature fluctuations, max.: 

over time at ± 0.1 °C 

over space at ± 0.4 °C 

Volume: 32 l 

Inside dimensions: 40 x 32 x 25 cm 

Outside dimensions:55 x 60 x 40 cm 


Power supply: 230 V/ 50 Hz 

Weight: 31 kg 

Made entirely of stainless steel; high-quality 

thermal insultion for isolation of the interior compartment 

from the outside housing. Digital (LED) 

display for current temperature. With overheating 

protection as per DIN 128 80: Protective 

class 3.1 = temperature selection monitor. 

Fresh air volume can be regulated with a slide. 

With 2 slide-in trays, 3 signal lamps and power 

cord and plug. 

Temperaure range: 30...200 °C, infinite control 

Temperature fluctuations, max.: 

over time at 150 °C: ± 0.5 °C 

over space at 150 °C: 

better than + 2.7 of max. temp 

Power supply: 230 V /50 Hz 

666 804 

666 803 

666 805 


Drying cabinets, incubator 

666 808 

Volume 32 l 32 l 53 l 53 l 

Inside dimensions 40 cm x 32 cm x 25 cm 40 cm x 32 cm x 25 cm 40 cm x 40 cm x 33 cm 40 cm x 40 cm x 33 cm 

Outside dimensions 55 cm x 60 cm x 40 cm 55 cm x 60 cm x 40 cm 55 cm x 68 cm x 48 cm 55 cm x 68 cm x 48 cm 

Heater power 1,100 W 1,100 W 1,400 W 1,400 W 

Weight 28 kg 28 kg 35 kg 35 kg 

Timer, 0 to 24 hours - yes - yes 


235


666 861 

Hand-driven centrifuge 

For two centrifuge tubes, complete with crank 

handle and table clamp. 

Speed: max. 2000 rpm 

Weight: 2.1 kg approx. 

Centrifuge tubes 

Set of 10, ungraduated, conical. For centrifuge 

> 666 861, 666 863 and 666 864. 

Cat. No. Volume Extras 

664 070 

664 071 

15 ml with screw-on thread 

15 ml 

666 864 


Small electric centrifuge 

With angular rotor 8 x 15 ml and transparent 

cover. Construction: steel housing and angular 

rotor, glass fiber-reinforced polyamide sleeves, 

autoclavable, polycarbonate cover. 

Advantage: no rubber inserts required for 

cylindrical centrifuge tubes. 

Capacity: 8 x 15 ml angular rotor 

Maximum speed: 5500 rpm acc. to RZB 2875 

Continuously adjustable speed control for 

ease of use 

Radio interference suppression: VDE 0875 (N) 

Power: 220 V/ 50/60 Hz 

Power consumption: 0.06 kVA 

Power lead: 

profile plug (European), 3-pole, 2.0 m long 

Dimensions: 220 dia., height 180 mm 


666 863 

Laboratory centrifuge 

Centrifuges 

Unbreakable, shockproof plastic housing with 

angular steel rotor for 8 x 15 ml, preselectable, 

continuous speed control with speed display 

instrument, continuous run-time control up 

to 60 minutes, electric cover lock as standard 

feature. 

Advantage: no rubber inserts required for 

cylindrical centrifuge tubes. 

Maximum speed: 5500 rpm acc. to RZB 2875 

Continuously adjustable run-time control up 

to 60 min for ease of use 

Continuously adjustable speed control, 

speed display instrument 

Radio interference suppression: VDE 0875 (N) 

Power: 220 V/ 50/60 Hz 

Power consumption: 0.06 kVA 

Power lead: 

profile plug (European), 3-pole, 2.0 m long 


Weight: 3.8 kg

Glass 

the ideal material for experiments in chemistry 

Items made of glass are among the most commonly 

used pieces of demonstration equipment 

and aids in teaching chemistry. The special properties 

of glass or quartz glass make for a broad 

range of uses. These characteristics include: 

· complete transparency, 

· resistance to corrosive liquids and gases, 

in many cases highly resistant to temperature 

fluctuation. 

In so far as DIN standards have been issued for 

individual items of glassware, our products satisfy 

these requirements. 

Properties of types of glass commonly used in the laboratory: 

ST standard ground joint 

Conical, precision-ground connection for glassware 

(1:10 taper), for vacuum-tight assembly 

(comprising the socket and the cone). 

The standard sizes (e.g. ST 19/26) indicate the 

maximum diameter (19 mm) and the length of 

the cone (26 mm). 

The following standard sizes are commonly 

used: ST 14.5/23, ST 19/26, ST 29/32 

and ST 45/40. 

Especially to be recommended as standard for 

school use are: ST 19/26 for student experiments 

and demonstration equipment ST 29/32 for 

demonstration equipment. 

GL: screw thread connector 

Threaded connection on glassware, comprising 

the glass thread and a plastic screw cap with a 

seal or plastic nipple. The size (e.g. GL 18) indi- 

glass, plastic and porcelain ware 

Type of glass Manufacturer Softening point Thermal shock resistance Uses 

cates the outside thread diameter (18 mm). 

Uses: passage of glass tubing and thermometers; 

hose connections 

Beaded lip: 

A beaded lip protects against injuries 

SB: stopper seating 

Rugged, conical opening in glassware, unfinished 

state of the standard ground joint; suitable 

for inserting rubber stoppers. 

The size (e.g. SB 29) indicates the greatest diameter 

of the stopper seat in millimeters 

KPG: precision glass material 

Precision, core-drawn glass tubes and rods; 

cylindrical glassware with enhanced dimensional 

accuracy. 

Fiolax Glaswerke Schott, Mainz approx. 770 °C approx. 170 K Test tubes 

Hard glass (type 3.3 e.g: Duran Glaswerke Schott, Mainz approx. 820 °C approx. 250 K General reaction vessels, 

borosilicate glass) Pyrex Corning Glass, Wiesbaden approx. 820 °C approx. 250 K beakers 

Supremax Glaswerke Schott, Mainz approx. 940 °C approx. 205 K Melting tubes, reaction tubes 

Quartz W.C. Heraeus, Hanau approx. 1400 °C approx. 1000 K Reaction tubes, UV lamps 

Plastics 

In classroom work it is often possible to make use of plastic products, which are as a rule more economical. 

The following types of plastics are the ones most commonly used in school laboratories: 

Polyethylene (PE): Excellent resistance to many solvents, bases and non-oxidizing acids; low water absorption, high specific resistance; very high 

impact resistance, unbreakable. 

Polyvinyl chloride (PVC): Low flammability; polymers which do not include plasticizers are resistant to many acids, bases, alcohols and oils; good aging 

properties. 

Polystyrene (PS): Flammable, resistant to inorganic acids and bases, not resistant to most organic solvents; fully transparent, hard, brittle. 

Polypropylene (PP): Translucent, can be sterilized, unbreakable, resistant to a large number of chemicals. 

Polytetrafluorethylene (PTFE) 

(e.g. Teflon 

Resistant to almost all chemicals; with excellent non-stick characteristics; suitable for use at a wide range of temperatures. 

® ) 


237

Beaker 


Beakers 

With graduation and pouring lip, DIN 12 331, ISO 3819, hard glass. 

squat shape Volume tall shape 

664 109 

664 100 

664 101 

664 103 

664 104 

664 105 

664 107 

Erlenmeyer flasks 

Erlenmeyer flasks with beaded rim 

25 ml - 

50 ml 

664 110 

100 ml 

664 111 

250 ml 

664 113 

400 ml 

664 114 

600 ml 

664 115 

1000 ml 

664 117 

With graduation, DIN 12 380, ISO 1773 hard glass. 

Narrow neck Volume Wide-neck 

664 231 

664 232 

664 233 

664 234 

664 235 

50 ml 

100 ml 

250 ml 

400 ml 

600 ml 

664 240 

664 246 

664 238 

664 239 

664 236 


Beakers, polypropylene 

Squat shape, with graduation and pouring lip, as per DIN standards 

Cat. No. Volume 

664 120 

664 121 

664 123 

664 125 

664 127 

50 ml 

100 ml 

250 ml 

600 ml 

1000 ml 

Erlenmeyer flask with stopper seating 

Borosilicate glass, with graduation. 

Cat. No. Volume Stopper seating 

664 241 

664 242 

664 243 

664 244 

664 245 

Erlenmeyer flask with ground rim 

100 ml, narrow neck SB 19 

100 ml SB 29 

250 ml SB 29 

250 ml SB 45 

500 ml SB 29 

With graduation, borosilicate glass, narrow neck. 

Cat. No. Volume Grind joint 

664 258 

664 259 

664 256 

664 255 

664 257 

100 ml ST 19/26 

250 ml ST 19/26 

100 ml ST 29/32 

250 ml ST 29/32 

500 ml ST 29/32

Flat bottom flasks with beaded rim 

DIN 12 347, ISO 1773. 

Narrow-neck Volume Wide-neck 

664 263 

664 264 

664 265 

Round bottom flask with beaded rim 

Narrow-neck Volume Wide-neck 

664 276 

664 277 

664 278 

664 279 

Support rings 

For bottom flasks, made of solid cork. 


667 071 

667 072 

667 073 

250 ml 

500 ml 

1000 ml 

100 ml 

664 283 

250 ml 

664 284 

500 ml 

664 285 

1000 ml - 

For flasks 100 ml 

For flasks 250 ml 

For flasks 500…1000 ml 

664 268 

664 269 

664 270 


Flat-bottom and round-bottom flasks 

Round bottom flask with stopper seating 

Cat. No. Volume Stopper 

664 292 

664 293 

664 294 

664 295 

Round-bottom flask with ground rim 

664 332 

664 300 

664 301 

664 302 

664 303 

664 304 

664 305 

100 ml SB 19 

250 ml SB 29 

500 ml SB 29 

1000 ml SB 29 

Cat. No. Volume Grind 

50 ml ST 19/26 

100 ml ST 19/26 

250 ml ST 19/26 

100 ml ST 29/32 

250 ml ST 29/32 

500 ml ST 29/32 

1000 ml ST 29/32 

Support rings 


239


Triple-necked flasks 

Double-necked round-bottom flasks 

Distillation bridges 


Triple-necked flask 

With 2 side necks. 

Cat. No. Volume Main neck Side neck 

664 337 

664 338 

664 336 

664 314 

Double-necked, round-bottom flask 

Main neck straight, ST-groundjoint. 

664 310 

664 312 

664 313 

664 315 

664 316 

664 311 

100 ml ST 19/26 ST 19/26 

250 ml ST 19/26 ST 19/26 

250 ml ST 29/32 ST 14,5/23 

500 ml ST 29/32 ST 29/32 

Cat. No. Volume Main neck Side neck 

Distillation bridge (ether bridge) 

Distillation bridge after Claisen 

1000 ml ST 29/32 GL 18 angled 


250 ml ST 19/26 ST 19/26 angled 



500 ml ST 29/32 ST 29/32 straight 

Cat. No. Length Grind 

665 451 

665 452 

With cooler, 1 GL 18 threaded connector for thermometer and 2 GL 14 

threaded fittings with beads for cooling water. 


665 338 

665 340 

200 mm 2 ST 19/26, 1 GL 18 

200 mm 2 ST 29/32, 1 GL 18 

250 mm 2 ST 19/26, 2 GL 18 

300 mm 3 ST 29/32, 1 GL 18

Distillation top 

Cat. No. Grind Remark 

Double-neck top after Ansschütz. 

665 311 

665 312 

3 ST 19/26 

3 ST 29/32 

Distillation top after Claisen. 

665 313 

665 314 

Distillation top. 

665 316 

665 317 

665 318 

Distilling column after Vigreux 


665 444 

665 443 

2 ST 19/26 with 2 GL 18 threaded fittings for 

3 ST 29/32 thermometer and boiling capillary 

– Screw cap for thermometer 

and tubing 7...8 mm dia. 

2 ST 19/26 with 1 GL 18 thread connector 

2 ST 29/32 for thermometer 

300 mm 2 x 29/32 

200 mm 2 x 19/26 

665 450 

Bubble cap column 

Distillation tops 

Column without sleeve, suitable for packing 

with filler bodies (Raschig rings, glass beads). 


665 439 

665 440 

with 2 trays, for demonstration of fractional 

counterflow distillation. 



2 ST 29/32 fittings 

2 Stopcocks, St 14.5 for tapping the fractions 

2 GL 18 screw thread connectors for thermometers 

2 GL 18 screw thread connector with drain 

tube 

250 mm 2 ST 19/26 

250 mm 2 ST 29/32 


665 311 

Distillation tops 

665 313 

665 316 665 317 


241


Coolers 

Liebig cooler 

With ST groundjoint with 2 GL 14 threaded fittings with beads 

for cooling water. 

Cat. No. Length Grind Remark 

665 414 

665 416 

665 413 

200 mm 2 ST 19/26 2 GL 14 threaded fittings 

with beads for cooling water 

250 mm 2 ST 29/32 2 GL 14 threaded fittings 


250 mm 1 SB 29 2 GL 14 threaded fittings 


Distillation adapters 

665 344 

665 345 

Distillation adapter 

665 344 

665 345 

665 351 

665 352 

665 348 

665 349 

665 341 


Counter-flow coller after Dimroth 

With ST groundjoint and 2 GL 14 threaded fittings, with connectors 

for cooling water. 


665 421 

665 422 

665 423 

200 mm 2 ST 19/26 fitting extraction unit 

> 665 453 

250 mm 2 ST 29/32 

200 mm 1 ST 45/40 fitting extraction unit 

> 665 454 

665 348/9 665 351 

Cat. No. Grind Shape Remark 

2 ST 19/26 straight, with straight drain with 1 GL 14 threaded fitting 

2 ST 29/32 straight, with straight drain with bead for vacuum connection 

2 ST 19/26 bent, with bent drain with 1 GL 14 threaded fitting with 

2 ST 29/32 bent, with bent drain bead for vacuum connection 

2 ST 19/26 bent, with straight drain with 1 GL 14 threaded fitting with 

2 ST 29/32 bent, with straight drain bead for vacuum connection 

SB 29 bent, with angled tip 

665 352

Delivery adapter after Bredt (quadruple) 

For 4 round-bottom flasks with ST 19/26, with vacuum connection. 

Cat. No. Socket Core 

665 354 

665 355 

Adapter 

With core grind and GL thread. 

Adapter 

With core grind and socket. 

665 293 

665 295 

ST19/26 19/26 

ST19/26 19/26 

Cat. No. Core grind Thread 

665 303 

665 305 

665 306 

ST 14/23 GL 18 

ST 19/26 GL 18 

ST 29/32 GL 18 

Cat. No. Core Socket 

ST 19/26 ST 29/32 

ST 29/32 ST 19/26 

664 328 


Distillation adapters/pear-shaped flasks 

Pear-shaped flask 

with standard ground joint. Volume: 25 ml, 

Grind: ST 19/26. 

Extraction unit after Soxhlet 

Adapters/extraction units 

Cat. No. Volume Core grind Socket grind 

665 453 * 70 ml 1 ST 19/26 1 ST 29/32 

665 454 ** 100 ml 1 ST 29/32 1 ST 40/45 

* matching extraction socket: 661 050, ** matching extraction socket: 661 051 


243


Ground Joint Apparatus Kits 

for students’s experiments and demonstrations with ST 19/26 

661 510 

Ground joint apparatus kit I 

(basic kit), contains apparatus for inorganic preparative chemistry and 

simple distillations, test tubes with ground joint, reaction tubes (among 

others a quartz tube for very high temperatures) and round bottom flasks, 

stillheads, condenser, ect. 


1 Round bottom flsk, 250 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 301 

2 Round bottom, flask, 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 300 

2 Round bottom, flask, 50 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 332 

1 Stillhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 317 

1 Liebig condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 414 

1 Bend, 105°. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 367 

1 Receiver adapter, straight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 344 

1 Reaction tube, 20 x 300 mm quartz with 2 SB 19 . . . . . . . . 664 077 

2 Test tube, 22 x 165 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 060 

1 Test tube with side arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 061 

3 Heads for gas washing bottles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 809 

1 U-tube with side arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 093 

1 Adapter with screw thread connector GL 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 305 

1 Stopper, glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 227 

2 Stopper, polyethylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 223 

3 Silicone stopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 286 

1 Rod thermometer, -10...+250°C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 48 

2 Glass tubing, 8 mm dia., 300 mm long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 204 

3 Combustion boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 988 

6 Joint clip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 397 

1 Stopcock grease, 50 g jar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 082 

1 Boiling stones, 250 g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 091 


Leybold Didactic offers 3 different kits. Each 

individual part can be ordered separately. 

These ground joint apparatus kits are clearly and 

nonbreakably arranged in foam plastic inserts. 

The kits enable the assembly of various set-ups 

for organic and inorganic chemistry. 

· Prevention of glass breaking when taking out 

and replacing the individual pieces. 

· Easy check of completeness. 

· The size of the foam plastic inserts is well 

matched that of commonly available storage 

cabinets. 

· Drawers are available for the kits that match 

exactly with our cabinets. 

Each drawer can contain one kit. 

Storage: 

661 512 

Drawer 

Suitable for ground joint apparatus kit I and kit II 

> 661 510, 661 514 


Weight (incl. equipment): 5.1 kg 

661 519 

Drawer 

Suitable for ground joint apparatus kit II 

> 661 517 


Weight (incl. equipment): 3.3 kg 

> 

We supply set drawers for 

storage of one set each

661 514 

Ground joint apparatus kit II 

contains glassware for organic preparative chemistry. Apart from the 

round bottom flasks, the kit includes apparatus for distillation and rectification 

under normal and reduced pressure. Moreover, it contains various 

stillheads for the round bottom flasks with three necks. 

When working with a 250 ml flask, stirring with a magnetic rod is often 

necessary, even a heating mantle is used. For this reason, the kit includes 

two stirrer bars as well. 


1 Flask with three necks, 250 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 338 

1 Pear-shaped flask, 10 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 327 

3 Pear-shaped flask, 25 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 328 

1 Distillation bridge according to Claissen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 339 

1 Receiver adapter, bent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 351 

1 Distillate distributor according to Bredt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 354 

1 Distillation column according to Vigreux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 443 

1 Distillation column according to Hempel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 439 

1 Stillhead according to Anschütz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 311 

1 Dropping funnel with pressure compensation, 100 ml. . . . . 665 085 

1 Drying tube, straight, with nipple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 371 

1 Adapter with screw thread connector GL 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 305 

2 Stopper glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 227 

3 Stopper, polyethylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 223 



9 Joint clip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 397 

1 Glass ring, Raschig type, bag with 250 g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 442 

2 Capillary tube, 8 mm dia., 300 mm long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 205 

1 Gaskets,in package of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 306 

2 Sirrer bar, PTFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 850 

661 517 

Ground joint kit III 


supplementary kit for the kits I and II. It includes ground joint apparatus for 

special procedures such as extraction according to Soxhlet, reactions 

under reflux, ect. 


1 Flask with three necks, 100 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 337 

1 Distillation bridge (ether bridge) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 451 

1 Extractor according to Soxhlet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 453 

1 Aapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 295 

1 Dimroth condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 421 

1 Drying tube. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 370 

1 Bend 90° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 366 

1 Bend 75° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 365 

1 Test tube, Supremax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 060 

1 Test tube with side arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 063 

1 Head for gas washing bottles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 809 

1 U-tube with 2 side arms and sintered disc G4 . . . . . . . . . . . 664 087 

1 Cold finger condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 427 

1 Cone/rubber tubing adapter, with stopcock . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 304 

1 Joint clip, ST 29/32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 398 


245


Volume measurement 

Graduated cylinder 

Tall shape, as per DIN standards, made of glass; with interchangeable, 

unbreakable plastic base. With safety ring to prevent damage in case the 

cylinder should tip over. 

Cat. No. Volume Division 

665 751 

665 752 

665 753 

665 754 

665 755 

665 756 

665 757 

Volumetric flask 

As per DIN standards, made of glass, 1 mark, 

with stopper made of polyethylene. 


665 791 

665 792 

665 793 

665 794 

665 795 

665 796 

10 ml 0.1 ml 

25 ml 0.5 ml 

50 ml 0.5 ml 

100 ml 1 ml 

250 ml 2 ml 

500 ml 5 ml 

1000 ml 10 ml 

Volumetric flasks/bulb pipettes 

25 ml 

50 ml 

100 ml 

250 ml 

500 ml 

1000 ml 

Bulb pipette 


One mark, calibrated for delivery, glass. 


665 972 

665 974 

665 975 

665 976 

665 977 

665 978 

1 ml 

5 ml 

10 ml 

25 ml 

50 ml 

100 ml 

590 08 

Measuring cylinder 100 ml 

Made of SAN (Styrol-acrylnitrite) 

Graduation: 2 ml divisions 

Graduated cylinder 

Made of polyethylne. 


665 763 

665 764 

665 765 

665 766 

590 06 

Plastic beaker 

Volume: 1000 ml 

Graduation: 10 ml 

50 ml 1 ml 

100 ml 2 ml 

250 ml 5 ml 

500 ml 10 ml

666 003 

Pipetting ball 

For bulb and graduated pipettes. For use in 

pipetting aggressive and hazardous liquids. 

Pipetting aid 

666 008 

Pipetting stand 

Plexiglas, for 4 pipetting aids. 

Piston pipette 

Graduated pipette with suction piston to draw 

liquides safely. 

665 984 

665 986 

665 987 

665 988 

Made of polypropylene, with rubber opening 

for conventional pipettes. 

For safe pipetting of hazardous liquids. 


666 006 

666 005 

666 002 

666 007 


0,2 ml 

5,0 ml 

10,0 ml 

25,0 ml 

1 ml 0,01 ml 

5 ml 0,1 ml 

10 ml 0,1 ml 

25 ml 0,1 ml 

665 953 

Droppers 

Set of 10. 



665 954 

Rubber bulbs 


665 950 


Set of 250. 



Graduated pipette 


Calibrated from outlet, glass. 


665 991 

665 992 

665 994 

665 995 

665 996 

665 997 

665 998 

0,01 ml 0,0001 ml 2 pieces 

0,1 ml 0,001 ml 

1,0 ml 0,01 ml 

2,0 ml 0,1 ml 

5,0 ml 0,1 ml 

10,0 ml 0,1 ml 

25,0 ml 0,1 ml 


Pipettes 

Pipetting aids 

247


Burettes 

Gas syringes 

Gas syringe 

Burette 

ST pipette, side stopcock. 

Cat. No. Volume Division Description 

665 843 

665 844 

665 845 

665 847 

665 835 


10 ml 0,05 ml clear glass, with Schellbach line 

10 ml 0,05 ml amber glass 



Precision dispenser unit 

Used to measure and to draw off defined quantities of gas. The cylinders 

are graduated in steps of 1 ml. The KPG precision glass material used in 

the cylinder tube insures that the device is both extremely gas-tight and 

easy to move; the parts are interchangeable. 

665 910 

665 911 

665 912 

665 913 

665 914 

665 816 

Burette filling funnel 

As per DIN 12 445, 60° angle, plastic. 


Height: 50 mm 

Cat. No. Volume Stopcock 

25 ml - 

50 ml - 

100 ml - 

100 ml single-port 

100 ml 3-way 

Used to fill smaller vessels; infinitely adjustable 

for volumes of from 2 to 10 ml. All parts which 

are in contact with the medium being dispensed 

are manufactured from high-quality, 

chemical-resistant materials. This makes for 

easy refilling and distributing of concentrated 

acids and bases and organic solents. 

A 1000 ml amber glass bottle and three 

threaded adapters for standard chemicals bottles 

are included with the dispenser 

665 832 

Automatic burette 

With Schellbach line, complete with 2 l reserve 

container, clear glass 

Volume: 50 ml: 0.1 

665 918 

Gas syringe holder 

For 100 ml gas syringe, with stop slider. The 

glass-clear plastic material allows you to read 

the syringe graduation across the entire 

measurement range, without restriction. The 

stop slide (can be fixed in place) keeps the 

piston from falling out of the gas syringe.

665 647 

Gas generator after MAEY 

Used to prepare gases from solids (granulates) 

and liquids. The MAEY-type gas generator is 

economical, requires only small amounts of 

substances and is easy to clean. 

In addition, it is universal in its application 

(e. g. with dropper funnel > 665 649). 

- Hydrogen: H 2 from Zn and HCl 

- Carbon dioxide: CO 2 from CaCO 3 and HCl 

- Nitrogen oxides: NO x from Cu and HNO 3 

- Hydrogen sulfide: H 2 S from FeS and HCl 

- Sulfur dioxide: SO 2 from Cu and H 2 SO 4 


1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml ST 29/32 with 

stopcock 

1 Insert tube with filter and 2 ST 29/32 fittings 

1 Gas discharge stopcock with 

ST 29/32 fitting 

2 ST 29/32 joint clips 

1 User's manual with sample experiments 

Dropper funnel, with ST stopcock 

With ST stopcock 14.5, glass. 

Cat. No. Volume Length Grind Remark 

665 085 

665 086 

665 088 

665 649 

665 073 

665 072 

665 644 

665 649 

Dropper funnel 

With pressure equalization, 75 ml , ST stopper 

and 2 ST 29/32 fittings, with stopper. The ideal 

accessory for the MAEY-type gas generator. 

Combining these two units makes it possible to 

also produce gases from mixtures of liquids 

or powders with liquids: 

- Oxygen: O 2 from MnO 2 and H 2 O 2 

- Chlorine: Cl 2 from KMnO 4 and HCl 

- Hydrogen chloride: 

HCl from NaCl and H 2 SO 4 

- Ammonia gas: 

NH 3 from NaOH and NH 3 solution 

- Carbon monoxide: 

CO from H 2 SO 4 and HCOOH 

- Acethylene: 

Acethylen (Ethin): C 2 H 2 from CaC 2 and H 2 O 

- Methane: CH 4 from Al 4 C 3 and H 2 O 

Volume: 75 ml 


Grind: 2 ST 29/32 

100 ml 230 mm 2 ST 19/26 with pressure equalization, 

100 ml 270 mm 2 ST 29/32 with division 

250 ml 340 mm 2 ST 29/32 and plastic stopper 

75 ml 100 mm 2 ST 29/32 with pressure equalization, 

75 ml 280 mm - plastic SB 29 stopper 

100 ml 320 mm 1 ST 19/26 pear-shaped, with drip tip, stopper 

and long discharge tube 

100 ml 240 mm 2 ST 29/32 with pressure equalization and discharge 

tube, for constant-pressure gas generator 


665 072 665 085 665 122 

Separator funnel 

Glass , as per DIN 12 451, pear-shaped, with 

ST stopcock and stopper. 

Cat. No. Volume Length 

665 122 

665 123 

665 124 

665 310 

Water separator 

Gas generators 

Dropper funnels 

100 ml 210 mm 

250 ml 260 mm 

500 ml 350 mm 

For solvents which are lighter or 

heavier than water, with 2 ST 29/32 fittings 

and ST stopcock. 


249

Funnel 


Funnels 

As per DIN 12 445 , 60° angle, glass. 

Cat. No. Diameter Matching round filter Dia. 

665 002 

665 003 

665 004 

665 005 

Self-supporting cylinder 

With rolled, ground rim; glass. 

664 212 

664 214 

664 215 

664 216 

664 213 

664 220 

664 221 

30 mm - - 

50 mm 661 032 90 mm 

80 mm 661 034 110 mm 

100 mm 661 038 150 mm 

Self-supporting cylinders 

Cat. No. Volume Outside dia. Overall height 

100 ml 40 mm 100 mm 

200 ml 40 mm 200 mm 

400 ml 40 mm 400 mm 

450 ml 60 mm 200 mm 

670 ml 40 mm 300 mm 

2000 ml 80 mm 400 mm 

3000 ml 100 mm 400 mm 


Funnel 

As per DIN 12 445, 60° angle, plastic. 

Cat. No. Diameter Height 

665 008 

665 009 

665 010 

665 816* 

*Also serves as burette filling funnel 

50 mm 70 mm 

75 mm 110 mm 

100 mm 135 mm 

25 mm 50 mm 

665 041 

Analysis funnel 

For fast filtration, 80 mm dia, 

for round filter 11 mm diameter 

(> 661 034 bzw. > 661 043). 

665 025 

Powder funnel 

Plastic, 100 mm dia, height 95 mm, discharge 

23 mm dia. 

Cover plates 

For self-supporting cylinder, with hole, with one 

surface matt ground. 

Cat. No. Diameter 

664 219 

664 229 

Cover plates 

For self-supporting cylinder, with hole, with one 

surface matt ground. 


664 218 

664 228 

50 mm 

90 mm 

50 mm 

90 mm

Measures (conical beakers) 

For precipition experiments in demonstrations, 

for instance; graduated, 

with base and pouring lip. 


664 142 

664 143 

664 201 

250 ml 

500 ml 

Support insert for pneumatic tank 

Used to hold gas cylinders or test tubes to 

collect gas. Suitable for work with the 

pneumatic tanks 

(> 664 195 and > 666 194). 


Span: 20 cm 

Width. 6 cm 

664 196 

Cover plate for glass tank 


664 179 

Crystallization dishes 

Made of glass, with pouring lip. 




664 197 

Glass jar 

With tubulation, 5 l, for air analysis. 

Additionally necessary: 

Glass stopper ST 29/32 . . . . . . . . . . . 667 228 

Gas measurement jars 

665 893 

665 894 

600 ml 5 ml 664 220 

1000 ml 10 ml 664 221 


Cat. No. Volume Graduation Required self-supporting cylinder 

664 198 

Glass plate 


662 290 

Aquarium 

Glass, 54 l. 


Glass tanks 

(Pneumatic tanks) rectangular, with polished edges. 

Cat. No. Volume Dimensions 

664 192 

664 193 

664 195 

665 895 

664 194 

0.6 l 120 x 100 x 50 mm 

21.0 l 360 x 230 x 260 mm 

9.0 l 300 x 200 x 150 mm 

Gas measurement jars 

Stopcock attachment 

Fitting the gas measurement jars, with 2 ST 

stopcocks and rubber stoppers. 

Pneumatic tank, made of plastic 


Volume: 2.0 l 


Tanks 

251


Dishes 

Crystallization dishes 

Made of glass, with pouring lip. 

Cat. No. Diameter Height Volume 

664 174 

664 175 

664 176 

664 177 

664 178 

664 179 

664 463 

Mild iron dish 

150 mm dia., shallow, may also be used as a 

sand bath heater. 

Evaporating dish 

Half-height, with spout. 

60 mm 35 mm 60 ml 

95 mm 55 mm 300 ml 

115 mm 65 mm 500 ml 

140 mm 70 mm 900 ml 

190 mm 90 mm 2000 ml 

230 mm 100 mm 3500 ml 

664 187 


Petri dish with grid pattern 

Petri dishes 

Glass, with cover. 

Cat. No. Diameter Height 

664 181 

664 183 

664 185 

664 184 

Simplifies counting fungus and bacteria colonies; 

platic, 94 mm dia., 16 mm high; sterile 

packaging in plastic bag; set of 10. 

664 173 

Weighing dish 

Cat. No. Diameter Height Volume 

664 441 

664 442 

664 446* 

664 444 

664 445 

*Blue-glazed interior 

63 mm 24 mm 30 ml 

80 mm 30 mm 80 ml 

80 mm 30 mm 80 ml 

130 mm 52 mm 300 ml 

150 mm 63 mm 450 ml 

Plastic, 40 x 40 x 10 mm, set of 25. 

> 

60 mm 15 mm 

100 mm 20 mm 

150 mm 25 mm 

200 mm 50 mm 

664 186 

Petri dishes 

Weighing dish 

with ground cover, shape shallow. 

Cat. No. Height x Diameter 

664 160 

Watch glass dishes 

Borosilicate glass 3.3. 


664 152 

664 153 

664 154 

664 155 

664 157 

664 158 

For plastic Petri dishes see the section 

“Plastic ware” 

94 mm dia, 16 mm high, set of 10, sterile 

packaging in plastic bag. 

25 x 40 mm 

40 mm 

60 mm 

80 mm 

100 mm 

125 mm 

150 mm

Crucible 

Lid 

Cat. No. Diameter Height Volume Material 

664 002 

664 003 

664 004 

664 005 

664 027 

664 036 

40 mm 24 mm 17 ml porcelain 




60 mm 80 mm 70 ml Fire clay 

48 mm 36 mm 35 ml iron 

For porcelain crucible (> 664 002 to 

> 664 004, > 665 167 and > 665 168). 

Lid 

664 008 

664 029 

For fireclay crucible (> 664 027). 

667 091 

Pestle 

Grinding surface unglazed, suitable for 

> 667 092. 


667 095 

Pestle 

Grinding surface unglazed, suitable for mortars 

(> 667 093 and > 667 094). 


665 167 

Porcelain filter crucible 

for quantitative analysis, temperature-resistant 

up to 1000°C, porosity A1, 40 mm high, 

35 mm dia., ca. 25 ml capacity. 

665 168 

Porcelain filter crucible 

for quantitative analysis, temperature-resistant 

up to 1000°C, porosity A3, 40 mm high, 

35 mm dia., approx. 25 ml capacity. 

Lid 

664 009 

For porcelain crucibles (> 664 005). 


667 092 

Mortar 

Porcelain, with spout. 


Height: 35 mm 

667 094 

Mortar 

With spout, grinding surface unglazed. 



665 067 

Rubber collar 

With rim, fits adapter (> 665 068) for filtration 

with porcelain, Gooch and glass filter crucibles. 

665 060 

Rubber collars 

Set of 7, assorted, for filtration with 

Büchner funnels when using filter flasks 

(> 664 866 and > 664 867). 


Lid 

664 037 

For iron crucible (> 664 036). 


Büchner funnels, porcelain 

Cat. No. Filter plate dia. for round filter 

665 161 

665 162 

665 163 

665 068 

Adapter 

For filter crucible. 

Crucibles 

45 mm 661 030 

70 mm 661 031 

110 mm 661 034 


Mortars 

Funnels 

253


Suction bottle 

Glass, with side attachment, GL 14 screw 

thread and plastic connector. 

Cat. No. Volume Height 

664 865 

664 866 

664 867 

> 

Plate glass cells 

For optical measurements such as absorption and extinction, and for the 

projection of processes in liquids. Designed to withstand all liquids except 

acids that will attack the glass itself, e.g. hydrofluoric acid. 

Cat. No. Height x Width x Depth Wall thickness 

477 03 

477 14* 

667 521** 

477 20* 

477 25* 

250 ml 155 mm 

500 ml 180 mm 

1000 ml 230 mm 

* with projecting base plate, ** Duran-Glass 

Cells (cuvettes) for photometry: 

see page 61 

50 x 50 x 50 mm 2,0 bis 2,5 mm 

50 x 50 x 20 mm 

80 x 60 x 25 mm 

2,5 bis 3,5 mm 

100 x 100 x 10 mm 2,5 bis 3,0 mm 

100 x 80 x 25 mm 2,5 bis 3,0 mm 


Woulff flask 

As per DIN 12 480, glass. 

Cat. No. Volume Grind Remark 

664 904 

500 ml ST 19/26 triple tubulation 

664 925 

Vacuum dessicator 

200 mm dia. with PVC coating as implosion 

protection. 


1 Lower dessicator section, 200 mm dia 

1 Dessicator lid, 200 mm dia. with screw 

connection, without closure cap 

1 Screw cap, one hole, with seal for stopcock 

connection at dessicator lid 

1 Single-port stopcock with ST plug, 2.5 mm 

hole, angled with hose connector, fitting the 

screw cap 

1 Porcelain plate, 190 mm dia., with holes 

664 921 

Dessicator 

With interchangeable lid, 150 mm dia. 


664 922 

Porcelain plate 

With many tiny holes, 140 mm dia. 

Diameter: 140 mm fitting dessicator > 664 921

Wide-neck glass bottle 

Conical shoulder with ST poly stopper. 


Clear glass 

661 171 

661 172 

661 173 

Amber glass 

661 181 

661 182 

661 183 

Polyethylene bottle 

Narrow neck, with screw cap, natural colour, 

made of polyethylene. 

661 220 

661 221 

661 222 

661 223 

661 224 

50 ml 

100 ml 

250 ml 

500 ml 

1000 ml 

Wide neck, with screw cap, natural colour, 


661 230 

661 231 

661 232 

661 233 

661 234 

100 ml 

250 ml 

500 ml 

100 ml 

250 ml 

500 ml 

Conical shoulder with ST glass stopper. 


Clear glass 

661 176 

661 177 

661 178 

Amber glass 

661 186 

661 187 

100 ml 

250 ml 

500 ml 

100 ml 

250 ml 



50 ml 

100 ml 

250 ml 

500 ml 

1000 ml 

Narrow-neck glass bottle 

Conical shoulder with ST poly stopper. 


Clear glass 

661 151 

661 152 

661 153 

Amber glass 

661 161 

661 162 

661 163 

100 ml 

250 ml 

500 ml 

100 ml 

250 ml 

500 ml 

Conical shoulder with ST glass stopper. 


Clear glass 

661 150 

661 156 

661 157 

661 158 

Amber glass 

661 166 

661 167 

661 168 

50 ml 

100 ml 

250 ml 

500 ml 

100 ml 

250 ml 

500 ml 


661 203 

Reagent and shipping bottle 

With pouring ring and plastic cap made of 

PPN (blue). 


Thread: GL 45 

Wash bottle 

Made of polyethylene, with screw cap and 

spray tube. 


604 110 

661 242 

661 243 

661 244 

Flip-flap glass 

661 251 

661 252 

661 253 

100 ml 

250 ml 

500 ml 

1000 ml 

Cat. No. Volume Size 

20 ml 2.5 x 7 cm 

50 ml 3 x 10 cm 

100 ml 3.5 x 14 cm 


Bottles 

255


664 545 

Disposal container 

Wide-neck, with carrying handle. 

Volume: 10 l 

Gas scrubber bottles 

664 800 

Gas scrubber bottle, lower section 

Overall volume 200 ml, for 100 ml of rinsing 

liquid; with large, detachable plastic base, 

ST 29/32 female ground joint. 

Inserts for gas scrubber bottle lower section 

With ST 29/32 ground core; reduced danger of 

breakage and injury by using a head shaped in 

accordance with DIN 12 596. 

664 805 

Glass tube insert 

664 806 

Glass tube insert 

With filter G O, for gas drying. 

664 808 

Safety insert 

With enlarged glass tube, perforated at the 

lower end; in many cases eliminates the need 

to use an additional safety bottle upline from 

the setup. 

Container 


For fully deionized water; with carrying handle 

and stopcock. 

Cat. No. Volume Material 

664 547 

664 549 

10 l polyethylene 

25 l polyethylene 

Cooling finger 

For sublimation or direct cooling of the contents of cylinders. 


665 427 

665 428 

Cooling trap 

110 mm 1 ST 19/26 with 2 connectors 

120 mm 1 ST 29/32 with 2 connectors 

For freezing out volatile components. 


665 429 

664 809 

Gas scrubber bottle insert 

Installation length 115 mm, 1 ST 19/26, 2 

connectors fitting test tubes > 664 060, 

> 664 061 and > 664 063 and 

U-tubes > 664 087 and > 664 093 

200 mm 1 ST 29/32 with 2 connectors

665 643 

Fermentation tube 

Safety tube. 

220 mm long 

665 645 

Fermentation saccharometer 

After Eichhorn, with measurement cylinder, 

mark at 10 ml. 

Test tube made of Fiolax ® 

664 040 

664 041 

664 042 

664 043 

664 047 

664 044 

664 048 

664 049 

664 045 

664 052 

664 057 

664 058 

664 051 

664 054 

664 061 

664 063 

Drying tube 

665 370 

665 371 

665 372 

665 373 

665 374 


Cat. No. Description Thread/Grind Length x Diameter 

Angled ST 19/26 165 x 16 mm 

Straight, with connector (calcium chloride tube) 125 x 16 mm 

Angled, with connector 130 x 13 mm 

Angled 

For filling with granulated CaCl2 ST 29/32 120 x 16 mm 

CaCl2 for butane combustion 1 GL 25 + 1 GL 18 120 x 16 mm 

Cat. No. Diameter x Length Rim* Quantity Type of glass Remark 

10 mm x 100 mm B 100 Fiolax 




16 mm x 160 mm B 10 Supremax 


20 mm x 180 mm B 1 Supremax Thick-walled 

30 mm x 200 mm B 1 Borosilicate Thick-walled 


30 mm x 200 mm B 1 hard glass Thick-walled 

30 mm x 200 mm SB 29 1 Supremax Thick-walled 

20 mm x 180 mm B 1 hard glass Side tap 

20 mm x 180 mm SB 19 1 hard glass Side tap, thick-walled 

30 mm x 200 mm SB 29 1 hard glass Side tap, thick-walled 

20 mm x 165 mm ST 19/26 1 hard glass Side tap, thick-walled 

20 mm x 165 mm ST 19/26 1 hard glass Side tap, ST stopcock 

* beaded (B), stopper seating (SB), standard ground joint (ST) 

Drying tubes 

Test tubes 


257


Reaction tubes 

664 065 

664 068 

664 069 

664 072 

664 073 

664 074 

664 075 

664 076 

664 077 

664 080 

664 081 

664 082 

664 084 

664 085 

664 145 

664 146 

664 147 

664 148 

664 149 

664 205 

664 206 

664 207 

667 455 

664 074 

664 073 

664 075 

664 085 

Cat. No. Description Length x Diameter Grind Type of glass Remark 

Reaction tube with globe 200 x 20 mm Supremax Globe 40 mm dia 

Experimentation globe dia 100 mm 2 ST 29/32 Hard glass Electrodes (> 664 360) in a cross-shaped arrangement 

Reaction tube for butane combustion 220 x 25 mm Quartz Reaction area approx. 150 mm 

Reaction tube for fused-salt electrolysis 2 SB 19 DURAN V-shaped, arms 200 mm long, 2 side taps 

Reaction tube 300 x 30 mm 2 SB 29 Supremax 

Reaction tube 180 x 20 mm 1 SB 19 Supremax With connector 

Reaction tube 300 x 20 mm 2 SB 19 Supremax 

Reaction tube for air quality analysis 150 x 10 mm Quartz With 2 quartz stoppers for volumetric displacement 

Reaction tube 300 x 20 mm 2 SB 19 Quartz 

Bayonet tube 300 x 22 mm 2 SB 19 Supremax 

Bayonet tube 300 x 22 mm 1 SB 19 Supremax One end closed, 

suitable for thermal decomposition of mercury 

Cracking tube 250 x 22 mm 1 SB 19 Supremax One end closed 

Twin-arm tube 110 x 110 mm 

dia 20 

1 SB 19 Hard glass To demonstrate the laws of constant mass 

Reactor tube for fused-salt electrolysis 2 SB 19 Quartz with 2 necks for SB 19 stoppers and 2 lateral nip 

ples; with one pair of extra-length carbon electrodes 

Reaction tube 200 x 10 mm Quartz Wall thickness: 1 mm 





Reaction tube 160 x 20 mm 2 SB 19 DURAN 



Salt bridge 90 x 90 mm 1 SB 19 2 G4 filters, spacing between arms 50 mm. Filled with 

20 Ø electrolyte solution, serves as connection between 

two galvanic elements 


664 065 664 080 664 082 

667 455 

Accessories for reaction tubes 


664 078 

664 079 

664 068 

664 084 

Copper wire gauze roll for (> 664 074) 

Copper wire gauze roll for (> 664 076)

Stopcocks 

With ST stopcock 14.5 mm, tube diameter 8 mm, 

and tube length approx. 50 mm. 

Cat. No. Description Shape 

665 250 

665 251 

665 255 

Single-port angled 

Single-port straight 

3-way-valve T 

Brushes 

666 942 

666 943 

666 946 

666 947 

666 948 

666 949 



Test tube brush, with brush head 

length 260 mm, reach/diameter: 50/15 mm 

Test tube brush, with wool mop 

length 270 mm, reach/diameter 80/20 mm 

Test tube and bottle brush, with brush head 


Burette and pipette brush 


Beaker brush, with brush head 

length: 330 mm, reach/diameter: 130/50 mm 

Swivel-head brush, for wide-necked flasks 


259


Various tubes 


665 229 

665 230 

665 233 

665 231 

665 232 

665 234 

665 240 

665 241 

665 212 

665 213 

665 237 

665 238 

Steam delivery tube, angled, 90°, with hose connector, diameter 8 mm 

Gas delivery tube, angled, hook-shaped, diameter 8 mm 

Gas delivery tube, angled 120°, hook-shaped, diameter 8 mm 

Angled tube, arm lengths 50/250 mm, diameter 8 mm 

Angled tube, arm lengths: 50/50 mm, diameter 8 mm 

Manometer tube, 2 pieces, dimensions 200/150 mm 

Plastic tube for germination and growth experiments, length 250 mm, diamter 25 mm 

Plastic tube for germination and growth experiments, length 440 mm, diamter 12 mm 

Glass stirrer rod, dimensions 200 mm x 8 mm dia 

Glass stirrer rod, dimensions 300 mm x 8 mm dia 

Glass nozzle, dimensions 8 mm dia, straight 

Glass nozzle, dimensions 8 mm dia, angled 


Capillary tube 

Cat. No. Dimensions Comments 

665 196 

665 205 

667 510 

665 568* 

* For thin-layer chromatography 

Glass tube 

665 201 

665 204 

Glass tubing for bending 

665 202 

665 203 

Connector, with nipple 

Cat. No. Material Form Diameter 

665 221 

665 222 

665 226 

665 227 

665 223 

665 225 

665 228 

300 x 8 mm dia 2.0 mm dia 

300 x 8 mm dia 1.0 mm dia 

400 x 8 mm dia 

Microcapillaries, package of 250 pcs 

1.0 mm dia 

Cat. No. Dimensions Quantity 

80 x 8 mm dia 1 

300 x 8 mm dia 1 

Cat. No. Dimensions Quantity Remark 

480 x 8 mm set of 10 Soft glass 

750 x 8 mm 1 kg Soft glass 

glass straight 8 mm 

plastic straight 8 mm 

plastic straight 6 and 8 mm 

plastic straight 4 and 8 mm 

plastic T-shaped 8 mm 

plastic Y-shaped 8 mm 

glass straight 4 …12 mm

667 242 

Rubber bulb 

Twin bulb, with safety net. 

667 241 

Rubber bulb 

Simple, for reagent atomizer (> 665 578). 

665 216 

667 187 

Safety gas rubber tubing 

1 mm according to DIN 306 64. 

667 184 

Tubing clamps 

665 216 

Rubber wiper blade 

For glass rods, 7 - 8 mm dia. 

667 242 

667 241 

Set of 10, for gas tubing, 10 to 16 mm. 

Tubing clamp 

Hofmann. 

Tubing 

Cat. No. Clamping width 

667 175 

667 176 

20 mm 

30 mm 

667 184 


Cat. No. Internal diameter Wall thickness Length 

Rubber. � 

307 64 

667 180 

667 181 

307 65 

667 183 

307 67 

667 186* 

6 mm 1.5 mm 1 m 

7 mm 1.5 mm 1 m 

7 mm 1.5 mm 10 m 

7 mm 2 mm 1 m 

8 mm 2 mm 1 m 

10 mm 2 mm 1 m 

8 mm 5 mm 1 m 

PVC tubing (heat-resistant up to + 85 °C). � 

667 192 

307 641 

667 191 

307 70 

307 671 

3 mm 1 mm 5 m 

6 mm 1 mm 1 m 

7 mm 1.5 mm 5 m 

8 mm 1 mm 1 m 

10 mm 1 mm 1 m 

Silicone tubing (heat-resistant up to + 250°C). � 

667 194 

667 197 

667 198 

Gas hose. 

666 729** 

� � � 

7 mm 1.5 mm 1 m 

4 mm 1 mm 1 m 

2 mm 1 mm 1 m 

10 mm 2 mm 1 m 

* Vacuum tubing, ** Approved for liquid gases according to DIN 30 664 

666 729 


Tubing 

261


Rubber stoppers 

Cat. No. Dia. bottom Dia. top Height Hole Suitable for 

[mm] [mm] [mm] 7 mm 

667 251 

667 252 

667 253 

667 254 

667 255 

667 256 

667 257 

667 258 

667 260 

667 261 

667 262 

667 263 

667 264 

667 265 

667 266 

667 267 

667 268 

667 269 

* 4 mm dia 

9 13 20 – test tubes 100 x 12 mm 

9 13 20 1* test tubes 100 x 12 mm 

14 18 20 – test tubes 160 x 16 mm 

14 18 20 1 test tubes 160 x 16 mm 

16 21 25 – SB 19 vessels 

16 21 25 1 SB 19 vessels 

19 24 25 – test tubes 180 x 20 mm, 

Erlenmeyer flasks, 

narrow-neck 50 ml and 100 ml, 

19 24 25 1 test tubes, 180 x 20 mm, 


narrow-neck 50 ml and 100 ml 

25 31 30 – SB 29 vessels 

25 31 30 1 SB 29 vessels 

25 31 30 2 SB 29 vessels 

25 31 30 1* SB 29 vessels 

28 34 30 – for test tubes, 200 x 30 mm, 



28 34 30 1 for test tubes, 200 x 30 mm, 



28 34 30 2 test tubes, 200 x 30 mm, 



42 49 35 – SB 45 vessels 

42 49 35 1 SB 45 vessels 

42 49 35 2 SB 45 vessels 


664 812 

Bubble counter 

For monitoring the flow rates of gases. 

667 196 

Flow monitor “Aquamobile” 

Made of heat-resistant, transparent plastic. 

For monitoring cooling water flows, 

e.g. during distillation or reactions under reflux. 

Dimensions 50 x 50 x 15 mm. 

667 273 


Set of 13, assorted, diameter 14 - 25 mm. 

667 280 


Set of 60, assorted, diameter 9 - 45 mm. 

667 281 

Cork stoppers 

Set of 100, assorted, diameter 9 - 30 mm.

Silicone stoppers 

Temperatures up to 250 °C 

Cat. No. Bottom diameter Top diameter Height Suitable for Hole 7 mm dia 

667 285 

667 286 

667 290 

667 291 

667 292 

667 494 

16 mm 21 mm 25 mm SB 19 glassware - 

16 mm 21 mm 25 mm SB 19 glassware 1 

25 mm 31 mm 35 mm SB 29 glassware - 




Stopper for standard ground joints 

For standard ground joints, 


Cat. No. 

667 223 

667 224 

Made of glass. 

667 226 

667 227 

667 228 

ST 19/26 

ST 29/32 

ST 14.5/23 

ST 19/26 

ST 29/32 

Joint clip 

Plastic, heat-resistant up to 175 °C, 

for standard ground joints. 

Cat. No. Color 

665 391 

665 392 

ST 19/26 blue 

ST 29/32 red 


Joint clip 

Steel, for standard ground joints. 

Cat. No. 

665 396 

665 397 

665 398 

ST 14.5/23 

ST 19/26 

ST 29/32 


263


Screw caps 

Cat. No. ISO thread GL Hole dia. Remark 

667 300 

667 301 

667 304 

667 305 

667 302 

667 303 

667 308 

Silicone gasket 

Set of 10, with PTFE sleeve. 

667 306 

667 295 

667 296 

667 297 

667 298 

667 299 

667 307 

14 - cap 

14 9.5 mm 

18 - 

18 11 mm 

25 15 mm 

32 20 mm 

18 - with screw connector 

Cat. No. ISO thread GL dia x i.dia. for tube dia 

667 031 

18 16 x 6 5.5 - 6.5 

18 16 x 8 7.5 - 9.0 

18 16 x 10 9.0 - 11.0 

25 22 x 8 7.5 - 9.0 

32 29 x 16 15.0 - 17.0 

32 29 x 10 9.0 - 1.0 

18 16 without hole 

Test tube holder � 

For tubes up to 20 mm dia., wooden. 

Length: 20 cm 

667 032 

Test tube holder 

For tubes up to 40 mm dia., wooden. 

667 035 

Crucible tongs � 



667 633 

Mercury tongs � 

Stainless steel, for collecting mercury residue, 

length 220 mm 

667 038 


� 

Beaker and glass tongs � 

� 

For beakers of up to 1 l capacity, 

stainless steel, rubber-clad jaws. 

667 303 

667 306 

667 296 

� 

� 

666 169 

Thermometer holder 

For secure attachment of glass thermometers, 

glass tubes, etc. to beakers, 

graduated cylinders, flasks, etc. 


Clamp span: 6 to 15 mm 

Length: 55 mm 

667 305 

667 301 

667 300

310 02 

Tool set 

In wallet, useful for small repairs. 

Screwdriver: 0.5 x 3 x 75 mm 

Combination pliers: 160 mm 

Pliers: 140 mm 

Combination scissors: 150 mm 


1 File 

1 Screw driver 

1 Combination pliers, without insulation, chromium 

finish 

1 Pair of pliers, with insulation 

1 Pair of combination scissors 

1 Voltage tester 

1 Miniature screwdriver with 4 inserts 

361 03 

Spirit level 

Material wood, bubble horizontal and vertical. 

Length: 30 cm 

664 569 

Open jaw spanner, 30/32 mm 

For gas cylinders. 

310 05 

Round nose pliers 

With side snippers. 

Length: 14.5 cm 

Scissors 

310 04 

Universal pliers 

With hand protection. 

Insulation material: PVC 

Length: 17 cm 

667 018 

Laboratory knife 


Cat. No. Length Shape 

662 014 

662 026 

667 016 

667 017 

tools / aids 

110 mm pointed, stainless steel 

130 mm with one rounded tip 

200 mm heavy type 

125 mm rounded tips 

Tools 

667 016 662 026 667 017 662 014 667 018 


265

Spatula 

tools / aids 

Spatulas, tweezers 

� 

� 

� 

Cat. No. Width Length Material 

666 961 

666 962 

666 963 

666 967 

666 968 

666 966 

666 969 

666 960 

� 

Glass-working 

� 5 mm 180 mm Stainless steel 

(micro double ended) 


(double ended) 


(with spoon end) 

22 mm 150 mm Stainless steel 


22 mm 180 mm Stainless steel 


� 20 mm 180 mm Plastic 


� 9 mm 200 mm Horn (with capsule spoon) 


(micro-spoon) 

667 013 

� 

667 000 

667 630 

Glass tube cutter 


� 

667 013 

Tweezers 

Cat. No. Shape Length Material 

662 025 

662 034 

662 029 

667 026 

667 027 

667 033 

667 034 

With steel cutting wheel for glass tubing 

up to 30 mm dia. 

667 630 

Safety grip 

Made of tough rubber, prevents injury while 

sliding glass rods into through-bored stoppers. 

� � � � � � 

� pointed tips 100 mm Stainless steel 

� blunt 100 mm spring steel 

� gebogen 105 mm Stainless steel 

(cover slip) 

� pointed tips 130 mm Nickel-plated 

steel 

� blunt 130 mm Nickel-plated 

steel 

� pointed tips 145 mm Plastic 

� blunt 200 mm Stainless steel 

667 000 

Glass cutter 

Steel blade, hardened. 

667 002 

Replacement cutting wheel 

Set of 3, for > 667 013. 

667 003 

Diamond glass cutter 

�

667 021 

Hand cork borer 

For rubber and cork stoppers, set of 6. 

Diameter: 5 - 11 mm 

305 00 

Lens cleaner 

Especially soft material made of long plant fibres, 

chemically inactive. For gentle cleaning of 

lenses and other optical parts as well as valuable 

isolators. 

Amount: 100 sheets 

Sheet sizes: 20 cm x 30 cm 

309 42 

Soluble coloring 

Water soluble, non-toxic food colouring. 

Colour: red 

Amount: 25 g 

309 45 

Universal pencil 

For writing on paper, cardboard, glass, plastics 

and metal. 

663 615 

Schuko socket strip 

With switch and 5 sockets, 

turned by 90°, especially for connection of 

plug-in power units. 

661 084 

Wooden turnings 

100 pieces. 

309 48 

Fishing line 

Black and white, twisted Trevira line. 

Length: 10 m 

Diameter: 0.5 mm approx. 

Max. load: 6 kg 

667 019 

Felt pen 

Non-smear, non-water soluble. 

667 022 

Sharpener for cork borer 

309 50 

Demonstration cord 

tools / aids 

309 50 309 48 

Red and white twisted polyamide line. 

Length: 20 m 


Max. load: 10 kg 


267

consumables 

Filter paper 

Round filters 

661 050 


25 mm dia., 100 mm high, 25 pieces, 

suitable for extractor according to Soxhlet 

(> 665 453). 

661 051 


25 pieces, suitable for extractor according to 

Soxhlet (> 665 454). 


Folded filters 

Filter paper for qualitative analysis 

Cat. No. Filter Diameter Quantity 

609 080 

609 081 

661 066 

661 030 

661 031 

661 032 

661 034 

661 035 

661 038 

Folded filter 90 mm 100 



Round filter 40 mm 100 






661 063 

Filter paper 

580 mm x 580 mm, 10 sheet. 

661 054 

Surface protection paper 

Polyethylene-coated, for covering working 

surfaces, 100 sheets.

667 087 

666 988 

Mouth blowpipe 

661 084 667 085 

With wooden mouthpiece, 

for carrying out blowpipe tests. 

Charcoal for blowpipe analysis 

672 249 

Charcoal, small pieces, 500 g 

661 088 

Flame test salts 

Set of 9 in tray 

667 089 

Spotting tile 

12 dimples, porcelain, white glaze 

666 988 

Combustion boat 

667 089 667 087 

Dimensions: 13 x 80 mm, unglazed, with ring 

661 084 

Wooden turnings 

100 pieces 

667 084 

667 083 

Platinum wire for flame tests 

One end of the wire is bent to form a 

loop while the other is fused in a glass tube 

used as a holder. 

Length: approx. 30 mm 


667 084 

Magnesium rods 

For flame tests, 25 pcs. 

667 085 

Magnesia troughs 

Set of 10 

667 081 

Flame test glass 

667 083 


661 087 

Tips for microliter pipettes 

50 pieces 

666 011 

666 013 

666 982 

Melting ladle 

consumables 

Iron, with wooden handle and spout. 

Ladle diameter: 70 mm 

666 984 

Deflagrating spoon 

Iron. 

Spoon diameter: 18 mm 


667 086 

Carbon dioxide conductor 

Complete with 2 candles. 

Qualitative analysis 

666 984 666 982 667 086 

666 011 

666 013 

Cat. No. Volume Color Suitable for... 

100 µl yellow 666 010 

1000 µl blue 666 012 


269

consumables 

Syringes 

665 963 

665 955 

665 958 

pH papers and indicators 

661 070 

661 073 666 280 

661 071 

Syringe 

With Luer fitting 

665 957 

665 963 

665 955 

665 958 

375 21 

603 021 


Cat. No. Volume Graduation 

661 070 

pH indicator paper 

1 ml 0.1 ml 

2 ml 0.1 ml 

5 ml 0.2 ml 

10 ml 0.5 ml 

20 ml 1.0 ml 

50 ml 1.0 ml 

pH 1 ... 11, roll in plastic dispenser with colour 

indicator scale 

661 071 

pH paper 

Refill packet, 3 rolls, for > 661 070 

661 073 

pH multiple range sticks 

pH 0 .. 14, 200 sticks in plastic box with colour 

indicator scale. 

Scale: 1 pH 

Disposable needles 

With Luer fitting. 10 pieces 

Cat. No. Dia. Length 

665 956 

665 960 

666 280 

pH test sticks 

0.8 mm 38 mm 

0.45 mm 23 mm 

Universal indicator solution pH 1 - 13 


675 255 

661 076 

675 256 

661 075 

Litmus indicator paper 

pH 4.5 ... 10, 100 sticks in plastic box with 

colour indicator scale. 

Scale: 0.5 pH 

50 ml 

100 ml 

250 ml 

Neutral, book of 100 strips.

Test strips 

661 074 

Lead acetate test paper 

For detection of sulphide, book of 100 strips. 

661 080 

Cobalt chloride test paper 

Book of 200 strips. 

661 144 

Test strips, lead 

Set of 40, for rapid tests (semi-quantitative 

determination). 

Range/detection limit: 5 mg/l 

666 284 

Test strips, chlorine 



Range/detection limit: 1 mg/l 

666 286 

Test strips, oil/petrol 



Range/detection limit: 1-10 mg/l 

For rapid tests, semi-quantitatice determination 

Cat. No. Test Set of Range/detection limit 

666 281 

666 282 

666 283 

666 294 

666 287 

666 288 

666 293 

661 142 

661 143 

� Nitrate/Nitrite 100 10 - 500 mg/l 

1 - 50 mg/l 

� Iron 100 2 - 100 mg/l 

� Sulphite 100 10 - 1000 mg/l 

Ammonia 100 10 - 400 mg/l 

� Sulphate 100 200 - 1600 mg/l 

Copper 100 10 - 1000 mg/l 

� Peroxide 100 0.5 - 50 mg/l H2O2 � Water hardness 100 0 - 25 d 

Ascorbate 100 50 - 2000 mg/l 

� 

consumables 

Test papers, test strips 

661 075 

661 074 666 286 

� � 

� 

� 

� � 


� 

271

consumables 

Test kits 

Visocolor ® - water test kits 

Rapid tests for colorimetic determination of substances in water; the concentration of the test substance 

is determined through comparison with a color scale. 

Cat. No. Test substance Measuring range Quantity 

609 110 

609 111 

609 112 

609 113 

666 292 

609 115 

609 116 

661 131 

Ammonium (DEV*) 0.20…10.0 mg/l 100 

Iron 0.10…50.0 mg/l 200 

Nitrate 1.00…50.0 mg/l 100 

Nitrite 0.05…2.0 mg/l 60 

Phosphate (DEV*) 0.10…1.5 mg/l 100 

Oxygen 0.20…10.0 mg/l 100 

Sulfide 0.05…1.0 mg/l 100 

Ammoniun-iron-nitrate-nitrite-phosphate-oxygen-sulfide 

* Method according to the chemical principles of the German uniform methods (“Deutsche Einheitsverfahren”) 

Testing tubes 


666 292 661 131 

Tube for CO 2 test 

Cat. No. Test for Set of Range/sensitivity 

666 309 

666 311 

666 312 

666 319 

666 317 

666 315 

666 308 

666 313 

666 318 

666 316 

666 307 

666 314 

CnHm 10 0.002…0.3 Vol% 

CO2 10 0.1…7 Vol% 

CO 10 5.0…1000 ppm 

CO 10 0.5…7 Vol% 

Formaldehyde 10 0.2…2.5 ppm 

Alcohol 10 0.1…3.5 ‰ 

Alcotest 10 0.8‰…± 0.02 ‰ 

NOx 10 0.5…50 ppm 

NOx 10 10.0…300 ppm 

O2 8 5.0…23 Vol% 

O3 10 0.005…1.4 ppm 

SO2 10 0.5…25 ppm

661 085 

Melting point tubes 

One fused end, set of 100, for > 667 500 

661 094 

Detergent 

Concentrated, 1 l 

661 082 

Stopcock grease 

For stopcocks and 

ST standard ground joints, 60 g 

661 095 

Paraffin oil 

1000 ml, high-boiling, for use with the melting 

point apparatus > 667 500. 

661 097 

Lubricant 

100 ml, for rubber parts 

661 081 

Aluminium foil 

10 m roll, for fractional distillation 

667 243 

Rubber balloons 

Set of 10. 

665 394 

Teflon collars 

For standard ground joints ST 29, set of 1 

661 091 

Boiling stones 

100 g, class A 

661 093 

Silicone grease 

high vacuum grease, tube 75 g 

665 954 

Rubber bulbs 


665 950 


set of 250 


consumables 


273

safety 

Safety 

661 900 

Chemical cabinet, ventable 

Front coated with structured melamine resin. 

1 door, full height with air-vent (left or right hinged) 

with secure cylinder lock. 

Additional poison cabinet, 600 mm high, separately 

lockable, with 2 glass shelves. One 

adjustable shelf below. 

Small radial fan PP, ventilator capacity 280 

cbm/h, type of protection IP 54, with step 

switch (manual/automatic) 

Outside dimensions: 60 x 208 x 55 cm 

In order to connect the chemical cabinet 

(> 661 900) with the mobile fume exhaust 

(> 661 917) to the radial fan, a pressure hose 

and wall-mounted supports are additionally required. 

The length of the pressure hose depends on 

the local situation. Please supply the corresponding 

information with your order. 

A separate invoice will be issued for pressure hose 

and wall-mounted supports. 


661 917 

Mobile fume exhaust 

Mobile table, working height 90 cm, with tiled 

table-top 75 x 97 cm, intermediate level and 

4 castors (2 lockable). Profile aluminum frame, 

half-round surfaces can be supplied in a choice 

of colours. Three sides safety glass, working 

opening: acrylic glass slide with latch, 

acrylic upright tube for upwards and 

downwards suction. 

Suction via lattice tile with attached acid-resistant 

small radial fan. Ventilator capacity 

250-500 cbm/h, type of enclosure IP 54, with 

off-switch, plug and 3m cable. With electrical 

channel and two sockets. 

Dimensions: 97 x 195 x 75 cm

Personal protection 

610 030 

Protective face shield 

Acetate face shield with extremely high shock 

and chemical resistance; adjustable 7-position 

elastic head band for holding to head; 

with latching recessed shield holder. 

Weight: 160 g 

667 600 

Face shield 

Shield can be raised when not in use, 

protects against splinters and splashes from 

acids and bases. 

Dimensions: 28 x 20 cm 

667 603 

Safety goggles 

With darked lenses, for glass-blowing 

610 010 

Laboratory safety goggles with UV protection 

Polycarbonate frame and lenses, scatch-proof 

coating, integrated side shielding 

667 602 

Universal safety goggles 

667 605 

Safety screen 

With interchangeable lenses. With adjustable 

U-fit temple; with side shield. 

Made of acrylic glass. It has two side screens 

that can be opened, which give the structure 

the necessary stability when set up on a table 

Dimensions: 

front screen: 65 cm x 60 cm 

side screens: 25 cm x 60 cm 

thickness of screen: 3 mm 


667 603 

610 010 

667 613 

667 602 

667 613 

667 600 

safety 

Safety goggles for wearing over glasses � 

Fit over most glasses, comfortable all-round 

eye protection, transparent body made of soft 

PVC, perforated, therefore well-ventilated, no 

condensation. Comfortable fit, no squeezing 

thanks to wide frame, adjustable leather strap. 


275

safety 

667 614 

Heat protective gloves 

Mitts with recessed thumb, lined with wool felt 

and flame-resistant nettle cloth, 290 mm long, 

outer material Aramid. 

610 450 

610 050 

Heat-resistant holder “Hot Hand” 

610 061 

667 606 

Heat-resistant holder, silicone-rubber, protection 

from -50...250 °C 

Safety gloves 


Made of natural rubber 

Cat. No. Size Sleeve length Matrial thickness 

610 050 

610 051 

Safety gloves 

Made of natural rubber 

610 060 

610 061 

610 062 

medium 320 mm 1.3 mm 

large 320 mm 1.3 mm 

Cat. No. Size Sleeve length Matrial thickness 

667 607 

Apron 

PVC, white, 90 x 110 cm 

667 610 

667 610 

Safety cage 

small 330 mm 0.85 mm 

medium 330 mm 0.85 mm 

large 330 mm 0.85 mm 

667 607 

667 630 

Iron, hot galvanized, 200 x 200 x 200 mm for 

protection against glass splinters. 

663 609 

Working gloves 

Gloves with five fingers, made of split chrome 

leather, lined, backs of hands made of sturdy 

cloth and elasticated. 

Size: 9-11 

Length: 35 cm 

667 630 

Safety grip 

Made of tough rubber, 

prevents injury while sliding glass rods into 

through-bored stoppers. 

667 606 

Disposable gloves 

Plastic, in dispenser box, 100 each

Disposal 

306 83 

Mercury adsorbent 

667 634 

Cabinet for toxic substances 

Lacquered sheet steel, with steel door and 

security lock, additional separately lockable 

poison drawer with second lock. 

Dimensions: 45.5 x 55.5 x 17.5 cm 


Set for fast, simple and safe collection of spilled 

mercury. 


Mercury adsorbent: 100 g 

1 Brush 

1 Broom and dustpan 

3 Pair disposable gloves 

1 Special breathing mask 

1 Instructions for use 

667 631 

Mercury adsorbent, 100 g 

Refill package for > 306 83. 

667 633 

Mercury tongs 

Stainless steel, for collecting mercury residue 


667 636 

Chemical emergency set 

Assortment of chemicals and aids for chemistry 

instruction, for cleaning up spilled chemicals as 

quickly and completely as possible. All chemicals 

and equipment are stored in a sturdy wallmounted 

holder. 




safety 

1 Adsorbent for acids 

1 Adsorbent for bases 

1 Adsorbent for solvents 

1 Set plastic bags for receiving chemicals 

1 Set disposable gloves 

1 Dustpan, broom and scoop 

1 Roll paper towels 

1 Mounting screws and wall plugs 


277

safety 

667 635 

Chemical waste disposal set 

This set provides a reliable and approved solution 

to the problem of collecting and eliminating 

leftover chemicals and residues which require 

special handling (special wastes, solvent incineration 

plant etc.). Also included is advice on how 

to deal with hazardous chemical residues. 


7 storage containers for different chemical residues 

to ensure safe and proper collection for 

approved disposal: 

5 l plastic container for inorganic and organic 

solids 

10 l plastic container for acidic and alkaline 

wastes as well as solutions of heavy metal 

salts 

2.5 l amber glass bottle for solvents of material 

class A of the relevant German regulations 

regarding flammable liquids (aliphatic and 

aromatic hydrocarbons which do not mix 

with water) 

2.5 l amber glass bottle for solvents of material 

class B of the relevant German regulations 

regarding flammable liquids (organic solutions 

which mix with water) 

2.5 l amber glass bottle for halogenated hydrocarbons 

2.5 l plastic container for carcinogenic and toxic 

solutions 

0.25l plastic container for metallic mercury 

wastes 

1 Plastic funnel 

1 Set of labels for the disposal containers 

(> 667 617) 

661 077 

Warning labels 

Matched to 661 078 ; “Extremely toxic” and 

“Explosive” 8 each, and 16 each of the other 

seven warning labels. 

128 labels in all, self-adhesive 


Label set 

Cat. No. Description Quantity 

667 618 

667 619 

667 623 

667 620 

667 629 

Label set for basic chemicals 26 pieces* 

Supplementary label set I, inorganic chemistry 48 pieces* 

Supplementary label set II, inorganic chemistry 32 pieces* 

Supplementary label set I, organic chemistry 24 pieces* 

Supplementary label set II, organic chemistry 31 pieces* 

*Dimensions: 105 x 36 mm and 105 x 54 mm 

Blank labels 

661 078 

667 616 

Blank labels, for bottles, with space for R and S-type warnings, self-adhesive, 32 pieces. 


Protective sheet for labels, for > 661 078 and > 667 615. 

Resistant to chemicals, 40 pieces. Dimensions: 90 x 54 cm 


667 615 

Labels for chemical bottles 

For 30 of the most frequently used chemicals, 

32 pieces. (Fits protective sheet > 667 616). 

667 617 

Labels for disposal containers 

Seven self-adhesive labels on plastic A4 size 

sheets; with disposal code; the labels must be 

cut out individually to label the respective containers 

for chemical residues and environmentally 

hazardous waste.

667 622 

First aid kit 

According to DIN 13 157, the work shop stipulations 

and regulations of the German Ministers 

of Culture, Education and Church Affairs. 

Weight: 3,5 kg 


1 Roll of adhesive plaster, 

DIN 13 019-A 5 x 2.5 roll with cover 

3 First aid dressings, DIN 13 019-E 

50 x 6 cm, dust-proof packaging 

3 First aid dressings, DIN 13 019-E 

10 x 6 cm, dust-proof packaging 

5 Finger-tip plasters, individual dust-proof 

packaging 

5 Finger plasters, DIN 13 019-E 18 x 2 

2 Packages of plasters DIN 13 151-K 

2 Packages of plasters DIN 13 151-M 

1 Package of plasters DIN 13 151-G 

1 Bandaging material DIN 13 152-A 

1 Bandaging material DIN 13 152-BR 

6 Cellulose gauze compresses, 

100 x 100 mm sterile 

1 Metallized polyester sheet, used as blanket, 

aluminium surface, 2100 mm x 1400 mm 

2 Finger protection pouches, leather with ribbons, 

assorted 

2 Gauze bandages DIN 61 631-MB-8 ZW/BW 

1 Gauze bandage DIN 61 631-MB-6 ZW/BW 

1 Fixing bandages 4 m x 8 cm, elastic 

1 Fixing bandages 4 m x 6 cm, elastic 

1 Net bandaging, for unjuries to head and 

extremities, stretches to 4 m 

2 Triangular cloths DIN 13 168-D 

1 Pair of first aid scissors, DIN 58 279-A145 

or DIN 58 279-B145 

10 Lint cloths 200 mm x 300 mm 

2 Polyethylene bags, sealable, 300 x 400 mm 

4 Pairs of disposable PVC gloves, large, in 

dust-proof package 

1 First aid instruction leaflet 

1 Contents list 

667 625 

Fire blanket 

According to DIN 14 155, pure wool, low 

flammability, with two grips, 

asbestos-free! 

Dimensions: 160 cm · 200 cm 

667 621 

First aid cabinet 

(Wall pharmacy), made of plastic, white, with 

lock, without contents. 



667 626 

Storage canister 

For rapid access to fire blanket (> 667 625 ), 

box made of red, painted steel plate with the 

designation “Fire Blanket” on it. 

Dimensions (W x D x H): 28 cm x 23 cm x 40 cm 

667 627 

Fire extinguisher 

CO 2 -filling, including wall mounting 

Content: 2 kg 


safety 


279

laboratory gases 

Compressed gas bottles 

There are three ways of obtaining the gases 

required for common laboratory experiments: 

· One can make small quantities oneself by 

means of chemical reactions, e.g. zinc with 

hydrochloric acid as a demonstration of hydrogen, 

in a gas generator. 

A suitable device for this is the gas generator 

according to MAEY, equipped with either a 

tube with sintered disk or a dropping funnel, 

permitting gas generation from either solid 

Gas bottle 

Cat. No. Type of gas Colour Gas content* 

661 010 

661 011 

661 012 

661 013 

661 014 

hydrogen red 2,0 m3 oxygen blue 2,0 m3 carbon dioxide gray 7,5 kg 

nitrogen green 2,0 m3 helium gray 2,0 m3 * with reference to standard temperature and pressure 

661 019 

Trolley 

For one gas bottle 10 l, 

with safety chain 


or liquid materials. Self-production 

of gases is recommended only when occasional 

small quantities (up to approx. 100 ml) 

are required. 

· Smaller quantities of gas in gas cans. This type 

of gas supply is ideal for small requirements of 

pure gases, which can be drawn from the easyto-use 

aluminum containers without preparation. 

With a volume of 1 l, the gas cans contain 

between 12 1 (compressed gas) and 200 1 

(liquefied gas). 

Our gas bottles are approved by the West German 

Technical Inspection Agency (TUeV); 

additionally, the hydrogen bottles are also ultrasonically 

tested. The required hardness certification 

has been issued (manufacturer's certificate 

supplied). 

The gas bottles are supplied full and are property 

of the school (not returnable bottles). They can 

be refilled by local suppliers. When necessary, 

these will also carry out any testing of the bottles 

required by local regulations. 

Please note that gas can only be withdrawn using 

suitable pressure reducing valves. In addition, 

the gas bottles must be secured against falling 

over, and must be removed from the classroom 

after the lesson using suitable (tip-proof) trolleys 

according to applicable laboratory regulations. 

Gas bottle 

Steel, according to DIN, TÜV-tested, with valve 

protection cap and base. The gas bottle is 

labelled with the name of the school or institution. 

Filled. 

Volume: 10 l 

Filling pressure: max. 200 bar 

Length: 85.5 cm 


Weight empty: approx. 18 kg 

661 020 

Trolley 

For two gas bottles 10 l, 

with safety chain. 

· Larger gas quantities in 10 l gas bottles (2 m 3 

content). This is the most cost-effective way of 

covering large gas requirements. It is primarily 

recommended for the supply of the most commonly 

used gases, hydrogen and oxygen

Minican gas cans 

Geometrical volume: 1 l 


Outside diameter: 80 mm 

Empty weight: ca. 250 g 

660 984 

660 985 

660 987 

660 988 

660 989 

660 994 

660 997 

660 998 

660 999 

661 000 

Pressure reducing valve 

According to DIN, 2 pressure gauges, standard 

thread, fits gas bottle > 661 010…661 013 

as well as common commercial gas bottles, 

control range 0 ... 10 bar. 

Cat. No. Type of gas fits gas bottle 

661 015 

661 016 

661 017 

661 018 

664 569 

Open jaw spanner 

Hydrogen > 661 010 

Oxygen > 661 011 

Carbon dioxide, > 661 012 

helium, argon > 661 014 

Nitrogen > 661 013 

30/32 mm, for gas cylinders 

Cat. No. Type of gas Purity Gas content 1) 

Helium 2) 99.999 % 12 l 

Neon 2) 99.995 % 12 l 

Methane 99.95 % 12 l 

Ethane 99.0 % 12 l 

n-Butane 99.5 % approx. 200 l 

Ethylene 99.8 % 12 l 

Hydrogen 99.999 % 12 l 

Oxygen 2) 99.995 % 12 l 

Carbon dioxide 2) 99.995 % 12 l 

Nitrogen 2) 99.999 % 12 l 

1) with reference to standard temperature and pressure · 2) Postal shipment possible 

Minican gas cans 

The Minican gas cans were developed for filling 

requirements of smaller amounts of pure gases 

and gas mixtures. These one-way aluminum 

containers are much easier to use than corresponding 

high-pressure gas bottles. The fine 

> 

regulating valves (> 660 680) described on this 

page fits all Minican gas cans. A self-sealing valve 

built into the gas can prevents inadvertent gas 

loss when changing valves. 

660 980 

Fine regulating valve 

With nipple, fits all Minican gas cans. 

Nipple diameter: 7 mm 

664 812 

Bubble counter 

For monitoring the flow speeds of gases 


laboratory gases 

For laboratory burners and cartridges 

see page 224 

Before screwing on the fine regulating valve, 

make sure that the valve is closed; in other words, 

the valve head must be turned to the right as 

far as possible. To reduce costs, we recommend 

ordering several gas bottles and gas types at once, 

as rail express shipment is mandatory for certain 

types of gas. 


281

Tray 

storage 

Equipment boxes, storage trays 

648 01 

648 03 

648 05 

648 07 

For storage of equipment and collections of equipment. Sturdy construction, 

made of 4-mm drawn plastic material, available in three different sizes. 

A large number of subdivisions are possible in conjunction with the storage 

trays (> 649 11 - 23). The size of the trays is matched to the bottom 

shelves of the trolleys. 

Cat. No. Size [RE]* Outside dimensions 

649 42 

649 43 

649 45 

Tray 6 x 2 552 mm x 197 mm x 48 mm 



* Sizes (inner surfaces) in rastered unit (RE) from 86 mm x 86 mm. 

Equipment tray 


For storage of equipment, especially equipment 

used in students' experiments. Sturdy construction, 

made of 4 mm thick drawn material, 

available in 4 different widths; with grooves for 

partitions, can be subdivided into ten sections. 

Cat. No. Outside dimensions Fits partition Description Width 

Storage trays 

80 mm x 460 mm x 80 mm 648 02 Partition ZW 8 80 mm 

120 mm x 460 mm x 80 mm 648 04 Partition ZW12 120 mm 



For storage of small parts and accessories, drawn from 2 mm plastic material; 

available in 6 different sizes. The storage trays may be placed on 

shelves, in the other trays and in drawers. 

Sizes (inner surfaces) in rastered unit (RE) from 86 mm x 86 mm. 

Cat. No. Size [RE]* Outside dimensions 

649 11 

649 12 

649 13 

649 16 

649 22 

649 23 

Set of 6 trays 1 x 1 86 mm x 86 mm x 26 mm 






* Sizes (inner surfaces) in rastered unit (RE) from 86 mm x· 86 mm. 

Partition 

For dividing the equipment tray

452 11 

Overhead projector NV-A 4/315 

For projecting foil rolls, DIN A4 transparencies, projection models and 

suitable experiment setups. Low-volt lamp with metal-coated mirror,glass 

lens and Fresnel lens condenser. Working-surface frame with two retractable 

pin pairs for standard perforations and two pairs of grooves for foil roll 

fittings. With two carrying grooves and mains cable compartment. Includes 

foil roll fittings and halogen lamp. 


· Complete illumination of DIN A4 format 

· Glare-free Fresnell lens - no antiglare device necessary 

· Lamp externally adjustable for even image illumination 

· Economy switch to extend lamp life 

· Cooling system with low-noise fan and automatic overload protection 

switch for lamp 

· Safety switch between frame and lower section for switching off mains 

voltage when changing lamps and cleaning condenser. 

Lamp: 24 V, 250 W 

Spare lamp: > 442 99 

Working surface: 

Dimensions: 28.5 cm x 28.5 cm, pin spacing for binder holes: 80 mm 

Projection head: 

Swivel range (lateral): ± 90° 

Objectivelens: three-element (wide angle), Focal length: 315 mm 

Connection: 230 V, 50 Hz via mains cable 

Dimensions: 30 cm x 34 cm x 61 cm (including column) 


667 545 

Compact slide projector 250 afs 

Automatic magazine projector for 35 mm slides 

in 5 x 5 cm frame for common LKM and CS 

magazines. 


· Extremely bright 24 V/250 W halogen lamp, 

lens 2.8/90 mm 

· Selective autofocus: once the first slide is 

focused manually, the projector focuses all 

other slides automatically. 

· Cable remote control for changing slides, 

toggling autofocus, manual focusing and light 

pointer. 

· Automatic slide changing possible using 

built-in timer. Slide change interval continuously 

adjustable from 5 to 30 seconds. 

· Slide viewer for presorting in the form of an 

illuminated matte pane. 

· Single-slide loading to let you change the 

order during projection. 

Power rating: 230 V /50 Hz 

Safety: interference-suppressed, protection 

class II, thermal circuit breaker, cooling via 

quier-running fan. 

Dimensions (L x B x H): 278 x 258 x 133 mm 


Supplied complete with: cable remote control, 

power lead, common magazine for 36 slides. 

visual aids 

Projectors and accessories 

442 99 

Incandescent lamp V 24 

452 10 

Foil roll, 26 cm 

Acetate foil, washable, fits overhead projector 

(> 452 11). 

Width: 26 cm 

Length: 23 m 

Thickness: 0.08 mm 

Overvoltages up to 6.5 V are acceptable. 

For > 443 02 and > 452 11. 

Voltage in V: 24 

Power in W: 250 

Socket: G 6.35-15 

442 89 

Magazine box 

For slides and other optical objects of similar 

sizes, such as colour filters, gratings etc. 

Capacity: 

30 framed slides 

Dimensions: 

50 mm x 50 mm x 3,5 mm 


283

visual aids 

443 15 

Base plate with sockets 

Fits the experiment projectors (e.g. > 443 10) 

for the vertical projection of experiment setups, 

for which an electrical voltage is supplied, 

for example, glass plates with electrodes 

(> 442 63). With circular-shaped aperture and 

clamping springs. Voltage supply via short 

wires attached in the terminal screws. 

Aperture diameter: 47/50 mm 

Terminal screws-span width: 2 mm 

Connection: 4-mm sockets 



443 14 


Vertical projection stand 

Fits FANTEX multipurpose projector 

(> 443 10). Made of steel plate with handle 

for easy transport and when setting up the 

projector in the stand. 



443 10 

FANTEX multi-purpose projector 

Experiment projector for 35 mm slides and for 

demonstrating physical and chemical 

processes using projectable experiment 

setups. With pre-adjusted halogen lamp 

(> 443 01), equipment holder, slide carrier; 

objective adjustable on guide rods. Step switch 

with economy circuit for extending lamp life. 

Lamp: 24 V, 150 W 

Objective: 

Focal length: 100 mm 

Aperture ratio: 1:2.8 

Slide carrier: 

Slide format: 50 x 50 mm 

Aperture: 40 x 40 mm 

Connection: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz 

(switchable), via mains cable 




443 01 

Incandescent lamp V 24 

Overvoltages up to 6.5 V are acceptable. 

For > 443 10. 

Voltage in V: 24 

Power in W: 150 

443 12 

Inverting and deviating prism 

Fits FANTEX multipurpose projector 

(> 443 10 ). For image inversion or ray 

deviation, e. g. for vertical projection. 

Isosceles right angle prism, reflective hypotenuse 

surface. With adjustable swivel axis. 

In clamp mount. 

443 13 

Microobjective 20 mm 

Fits the FANTEX multipurpose projector 

(> 443 10 ). For horizontal or vertical projection. 

Tube in holder with clamping screws for 

mounting on the guide rods of the projector. 

Image detail: approx. 10 mm dia. 

Magnification: 

100 : 1 (for 2 m projection distance and 

1 m image diameter) 


Weight: 0.1 kg

661 870 

Basic set chemicals for demonstration 


1 l Ammonia solution 25% 

500 g Ammonium chloride 

1 kg Calcium carbonate, precipitated 

1 kg Calcium chloride, granulated 

500 g Calcium oxide, powder 

250 g Iron, powder 

1 kg Iron(II) sulfate heptahydrate 

1 kg Dextrose 

10 pcsWood charcoal, pieces for blow pipe 

100 g Iodine 

100 g Potassium iodide 

500 g Potassium nitrate 

500 g Potassium permanganate 

250 g Copper, sheet 

500 g Copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate 

25 g Magnesium, strip 

250 g Ammonium sodiumhydrogen 

phosphate 

1 kg Sodium chloride 

1 kg Sodium hydrogen carbonate 

1 kg Sodium hydroxide 

500 g Sodium thiosulfate pentahydrate 

1 l Hydrochloric acid, 25% 

1 kg Sulfur, powder, sublimed 

1 l Sulfuric acid, 95-98% 

1 kg Sea sand, cleaned 

500 g Zinc, granulated 

661 113 

Set of chemicals, ecology I 


250 ml Acetone 1 roll Aluminum, foil 

250 ml Ammonia, 25% 

100 g Calcium sulfate 

250 ml Chloroform 

1 g Dithizone 50 g Iron(III) chloride 

500 ml Acetic acid, 2 mol/l 

250 ml Ethanol, pure 100 g Urea 

100 g Ion exchanger, acidic and 50 g alkaline 

50 g Potassium bromide 

100 g Potassium chloride 

100 g Magnesium sulfate 

250 g Sodium chloride 

250 g Sodium hydrogen carbonate 

100 ml Sodium monooxochlorate solution 

50 g Sodiumn-dodecyl sulfate 

100 g Sodium sulfate 

500 ml Sodium hydroxide solution, 0.1 mol/l 

100 ml Petroleum 

100 ml Phenol, liquefied 

250 ml Orthophosphoric acid 

500 ml Hydrochloric acid, 0.1 mol/l 

250 ml Sulfuric acid, conc. 

250 ml Soap solution after Pellet 

250 ml Toluene 

500 ml Titriplex-A solution 

500 ml Titriplex-B solution 

10 ml Test dye mixture 

5 g Sodium diethyldithiocarbamate 

1 g Diacetylmonoxim 

1 g Cetyltrimethyl ammonium bromide 

50 ml Tetrapropylene benzene sulfanate 

solution 5% 

661 871 

Supplementary set I, inorganic chemistry 


500 g Filter charcoal, granulated 

Roll Aluminium, foil 

250 g Aluminium, powder 

1 kg Aluminium sulfate octadecahydrate 

100 g Ammonium molybdate 

500 g Barium chloride dihydrate 

100 ml Bromine 

250 g Calcium carbide 

1 kg Calcium chloride 6 hydrate 

1 kg Calcium sulfate dihydrate 

100 g Iron, wire 

100 g Iron, wool 

1 kg Iron(III) chloride hexahydrate 

1 kg Iron(III) oxide 

1 kg Iron(II) sulfide, rods 

500 g Glass wool 

1 kg Wood charcoal, powder 

250 ml Iodine/potassium iodide solution 

500 g Potassium aluminium sulfate 

500 g Potassium bromide 

500 g Potassium chlorate 

500 g Potassium hexacyanoferrate(II) 

250 g Potassium thiocyanate 

100 g Cobalt(II) chloride x 6 H2O 

500 g Copper(I) oxide 

250 g Copper(II) oxide 

100 g Lithium chloride 

100 g Magnesium, powder 

1 kg Manganese(IV) oxide 

1 kg Marble, pieces 

100 g Sodium 

1 kg Sodium acetate 3 hydrate 

1 kg Sodium carbonate, anhydrous 

1 l Sodium silicate solution 

250 g Nickel chloride 6 hydrate 

250 g Phosphorus, red 

500 ml Orthophosphoric acid 

1 g Platinum on aluminium oxide fibres, 

5% Pt 

500 g Pyrite 

1 l Nitric acid, 65% 

100 g Sulfur, crystals 

50 g Silver nitrate 

250 g Strontium nitrate 

250 ml Hydrogen peroxide 

100 g Cotton wool 

500 g Zinc, powder 

250g Zinc sulfate heptahydrate 

1 kg Tin, foil 

661 123 

Chromatography of amino acids 


1 Dansyl chloride, 1 g . . . . . . . . . . . 663 970 

1 Set of 10 micropolyamide films . . . 661 064 

1 Set of 250 microcapillaries . . . . . . 665 568 

1 Set of 100 disposable gloves . . . . 667 606 

661 873 

sets of chemicals 

Supplementary set II, inorganic chemistry 


250 g Aluminium, grit 

500 g Aluminium oxide 

500 g Ammonium nitrate 

1 l Ammonium sulfide solution, 40% 

250 g Antimony, pieces 

100 g Antimony(III) oxide 

1 kg Barium nitrate 

100 g Calcium, granulated 

500 g Calcium fluoride 

500 g Chromium(III) chloride x 6 H 2 O 

500 g Potassium hydrogen phosphate 

250 g Potassium hexacyanoferrate(III) 

500 g Dipotassium hydrogen phosphate 

500 g Potassium hydrogensulfate 

500 g Potassium hydroxide 

100 g Potassium iodate(V) 

500 g Tripotassium tetraoxophosphate 

500 g Silica gel 

100 g Cobalt(II) nitrate (hexahydrate) 

250 ml Carbon disulfide 

250 g Copper, shavings 

100 g Copper(I) chloride 

250 g Copper oxide, wire 

1 kg Magnesium chloride 6-hydrate 

500 g Magnesium oxide 

250 g Sodium nitrite 

1 kg Sodium sulfate 10-hydrate 

250 g Sodium sulfide 5-hydrate 

1 kg Sodium sulfite 

500 ml Perchloric acid, 70% 

500 g Phosphorus(V) oxide 

100 g Tin(II) chloride 

661 114 

Chemical set ecology II 

air and soil experiments 


100 g Ammonium nitrate 

250 g Potassium hydroxide, pellets 

50 g Copper, shavings 

250 g Marble 

500 g Sodium carbonate 

100 g Sodium sulfate 

500 ml Sodium hydroxide solution 0.1 mol/ 

100 ml Paraffin, viscous 

100 ml Phenolphthalein solution, 1% 

5 g Pyrogallol 

500 ml Hydrochloric acid, 0.1 mol/l 

250 ml Sulfuric acid, conc. 

50 ml Silver nitrate solution, 5% 

100 g Granulated zinc 

50 g Glycerin gelatine 


285

sets of chemicals 

661 872 

Supplementary set I, organic chemistry 


1 l Acetone 

500 ml Formic acid, 98-100% 

1 l 1-butanol 

1 l Ethanol, absolute 

1 l Diethyl ether 

1 l Acetic acid, 100% 

500 ml Fehling's solution I 

500 ml Fehling's solution II 

1 kg Dextrose 


1 kg Urea 

250 ml Litmus solution 

1 l Methanol 

1 kg Naphtalene 

500 g Oxalic acid 2-hydrate 

1 kg Paraffin, solid 

1 l Petroleum spirit, 40-70 °C 

250 g Phenol 

500 ml Phenolphtalein solution, 1% 

100 g Resorcin 

250 g D(+)-saccharose 

250 g Starch, soluble 

1 l Toluene 

1 kg L(+)-tartaric acid 

661 874 

Supplementary set II, organic chemistry 


1 l Ethanal 

100 g DL-alanine 

100 ml Aniline 

100 g L(+)-ascorbic acid 

1 l Benzaldehyde 

500 g Benzoic acid 

100 g 1,2-benzenediol 

1 l n-butyric acid 

500 g Citric acid 1-hydrate 

1 l Cyclohexane 

25 g Eosine, yellow 

1 l Ethyl acetate 

25 g Fluorescein 

100 g D(-)-fructose 

25 g Fuchsine 

500 g Glycine (Glycocoll) 

100 g Indigo blue 

1 kg D(+)-lactose 

100 g D(+)-maltose 

25 g Methylene blue 

500 ml Lactic acid 

1 l Oleic acid 

1 l Paraffin, viscous 

500 ml 1-pentanol 

1 l Petroleum spirit, 90-100 °C 

1 kg Phtalic acid anhydride 

1 l 2-propanol (isopropanol) 

100 g Pyrogallic acid 

1 kg Salicylic acid 

1 kg Stearic acid 

250 g Tannin 

661 109 


Set of chemicals for electrophoresis 

For production of agarose gels in the 

“SepBloc” separating chamber (> 665 509) 

and for the experiments described in the 

manual (> 668 372). 


150 µg Antibody, goat, in 150 µg 1 x SDS 

sample buffer 

10 ml b-mercaptoethanol 

10 ml Bromophenol blue (0.1 %) 

500 mg Coomassie brilliant blue 

250 ml Acetic acid, conc. 


50 g Glycine 

500 µg Lysozyme in 50 µl 1 x SDS 

sample buffer 

200 µl Marker protein, 40 µl filled to 200 µl 

with 1 x SDS sample buffer 

1000 ml Methanol 

50 µg Ovalbumin, goat, in 50 µl 1 x SDS 

sample buffer 

30 ml Collecting agarose 

200 µg Serum, goat, in 50 µl 2 x SDS 

sample buffers 

120 µg Serum albumin, goat, in 120 µl 

1 SDS sample buffer 

25 ml Sodium duodecylsulphate solution 

(10% w/v) 

120 ml Separating agarose 

10 g Tris base 

5 ml 0.5 M tris HCI pH 6.8 

661 125 

Electrochemistry chemicals set 

Contains 17 of the most important chemicals 

for experiments in the field of electrochemistry. 

The contents are sufficient for about five 

groups (for a list of chemicals see appendix). 


250 ml Ammonia solution, 25% 

250 g Ammonium chloride 

50 g Graphite, powder 

250 ml Hydrazine hydrate solution, 24% 

250 ml Potassium bromide solution, 1 mol/l 

250 g Potassium hydroxide 

250 ml Potassium iodide solution, 1 mol/l 

250 ml Copper sulfate solution, 1 mol/l 

250 ml Magnesium chloride solution, 1 mol/l 

500 g Manganese(IV) oxide 

250 ml Sodium chloride solution, 1 mol/l 

500 ml Hydrochloric acid, 1 mol/l 

250 ml Sulfuric acid, 95-97% 

250 ml Silver nitrate solution, 0.1 mol/l 

250 ml Hydrogen peroxide, 30% 

250 g Zinc chloride 

250 ml Zinc sulfate solution, 1 mol/l 

661 118 

Set of chemicals for gas chromatography I 

26 reference substances (particularly alkanes), 

mixtures and other chemicals, created especially 

for use with experiment manual > 668 681 

and the set of micropreparations > 661 116. 

661 119 

Set of chemicals for gas chromatography II 

22 reference substances (particularly aromates), 

mixtures and other chemicals, created especially 

for use with experiment manual > 668 681 

and the set of micropreparations > 661 116.

numerical - index 

Kat.-Nr. Seite Kat.-Nr. Seite Kat.-Nr. Seite 

index 

numerical 287 

alphabetical 295 


287


Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page 

200 00… 

200 26440 Grooved mat...............................86 

300 00… 

300 02 Stand base ...............................218 

300 11 Saddle base..............................218 

300 40-51 Stand rods ................................220 

300 73 Mountable stage 

with clamp .............................222 

312 1/2 Laboratory stands ...................222 

301 01 Leybold multiclamp...................220 

301 03 Rotatable clamp........................220 

301 05-07 Bench clamps...........................218 

301 08 Clamp with hook.......................220 

301 09 Bosshead S ..............................220 

301 10/11 Clamps .....................................220 

301 21 Stand base MF .........................219 

301 23 Pair of stand feet.......................219 

301 25 Clamping block MF...................219 

301 26-27 Stand rods ................................220 

301 312 Console ..............................84, 119 

301 72 Universal clamp.........................221 

302 61 Clamp .......................................221 

302 68 Ring with stem ..........................221 

303 22 Alcohol burner...........................226 

303 25 Immersion heater ......................228 

303 28 Steam generator .......................228 

303 25 Lens tissue................................267 

306 83 Mercury adsorbent....................277 

307 64 Rubber tubing...........................261 

307 641 Plastic tubing ............................261 

307 64-67 Rubber tubing...................225, 261 



309 42 Colouring, red ...........................267 

309 45 Universal pencil .........................267 

309 48 Cord..........................................267 

309 50 Demonstration cord ..................267 

310 02 Tool set ....................................265 

310 04 Universal pliers ..........................265 

310 05 Round-nose pliers.....................265 

311 02 Metal scale................................164 

311 03 Wooden ruler ............................164 

311 22 Vertical scale.............................164 

311 27 Model of a vernier .....................165 

311 52/4 Vernier callipers.........................165 

311 77 Steel tape measure...................164 

311 83 Precision micrometer ................165 

311 86 Spherometer.............................164 

313 031 Electronic stopclock P ..............166 

313 05-17 Stopclocks................................165 

314 01/2 Dynamometer ...........................175 

314 04 Support clip ..............................175 

314 081-201 Precision dynamometer ............175 

314 261 Force sensor.............................156 

314 44-47 Spring balance..........................175 

315 01 Hydrostatic precision 

balance ..................................169 

315 05/6 School and lab. balance ..........168 

315 07 Single-pan balance ...................169 

315 22 Laboratory balance ...................167 

315 23/24 School and lab. balance ..........168 


315 25 Additional weights ....................168 

315 31/34 Set of weights ...........................167 

315 36 Set 7 weight..............................167 

315 38-40 Iron weight ...............................167 

337 16 Pair of 

recording pulleys on rider.......156 

337 46 Forked light barrier ....................155 

337 461 Spoked wheel...........................155 

337 631 Motion sensing element............156 

341 13 Set of 3 spring balances 

for parallelogram of forces......175 

361 03 Spirit level..................................265 

362 351 Leadshot in can ........................167 

367 46 Apparatus for 

measuring surface tension .......65 

375 21 Syringe..............................122, 270 

382 02 Thermometer model .................192 

382 20/1 Stirring thermometer .................191 

382 33-6 Thermometer ............................191 

382 41 Demonstration 

thermometer .........................191 

382 48/9 Thermometer ......................65, 191 

382 82 Thermometer ............................191 

382 90 Clinical thermometer .................191 

383 19 Maximum-minimum 

thermometer ..........................191 

384 52 Aluminium calorimeter...............228 

387 51 Freezing point thermometer......191 

388 05 Thermometer for calorimeters...191 

388 19 Thermometer for 388 18...........191 

388 24 Weight with hook ......................167 

400 00… 

442 89 Magazine box 

for slides.................................283 

442 99 Halogen lamp............................283 

443 01 Halogen lamp............................284 

443 10-15 FANTEX multi-purpose 

projector with accessories .....284 

452 10 Foil roll ......................................283 

452 11 Overhead projector ..................283 

460 97 Scaled metal rail........................164 

471 23 Copy of 

a Rowland grating ....................57 

477 03-25 Plate glass cells.........................254 

500 00… 

500 410-45 Connection lead........................212 

500 59/591 Safety connectors.....................215 

500 600-64 Safety connection leads............211 

500 851 Safety connection leads............211 

500 95-98 Safety adapter sockets .............215 

501 01/2 BNC cable ................................213 

501 022 BNC cable ................................213 

501 031 Connecting lead........................213 

501 05 High voltage cable ....................211 

501 09 BNC adapter 

for 4-mm socket ....................213 

501 091 T-Adapter..................................213 

501 10 Straight BNC.............................213 

501 16 Multicore cable..........................213 

501 18/9 Adapter cable ...........................213 

501 20-43 Connecting lead........................211 

501 44-46 Pair of cables ............................212 

501 47 Insulated twin wire ....................214 

501 48 Bridging plugs...........................215 

501 50 Adapters 

for components......................215 

501 511/12 Bridging plugs...........................214 

501 521-25 Laboratory plugs.......................214 

501 531/2 Connection leads ......................212 

501 641/4 Two-way plug adapters ............214 

501 83 Insulated croc-clips...................214 

501 84 Connector 

with small grips ......................214 

501 861 Set of 6 croc-clips.....................214 

501 96 Cable rack.................................212 

502 04 Distribution box .........................216 

502 05 Measuring junction box.............216 

502 06 Safety connecting box ..............216 

503 09 Battery .....................................202 

503 11 Batteries ...................................202 

505 051 Lamps ........................................35 

505 052 Halogen lamp..............................35 

516 60 Tangential B-probe ...................159 

516 61 Axiale B-probe ..........................159 

521 25 Transformer ..............................204 

521 29 3 phase extra low 

voltage transformer ................206 

521 35/9 Variable extra low 

voltage transformer ...............206 

521 45 DC power supply .....................207 

521 48/50 AC/DC power supply ...............208 

521 53/4 DC power supply .....................209 

521 68 High voltage 

power supply ........................210 

522 16 Low-voltage 

power supply .........................204 

522 32 AC/DC regulator .......................204 

522 33 Regulated 

power supply .........................207 

522 71 Ni-Cd accumulator....................202 

522 91 Potash solution 

for Ni-Cd accumulators..........202 

524 010 Sensor-CASSY.....36, 50, 101, 146 

524 010 K1 CASSY 

Comfort package K1..............162 

524 010 K2 CASSY 


524 010 K3 CASSY 


524 010 S CASSY-Starter..........................162 

524 011 Power-CASSY ..........................147 

524 020 CASSY-Display .........................148 

524 031 Current supply box ...................155 

524 032 Motion transducer box..............156 

524 033 GM box.....................................157 

524 034 Timer box..................................155 

524 035 pH box......................................151 

524 036 KTY box....................................150 

524 037 Conductivity box .......................151 

524 038 B box ........................................157 

524 040 µV-Box......................................159 

524 041 Bridge box ................................156 

524 043 Sensor box - 

30 Amperes ...........................159

524 045 Temperature-box 

(NiCr-Ni/NTC).........................150 

524 046 Reaction test box......................153 

524 047 Pulse box..................................153 

524 048 Skin resistance box...................153 

524 049 ECG/EMG box..........................154 

524 050 Blood pressure box ..................154 

524 051 Lux box.....................................152 

524 052 Oxygen box ..............................152 

524 054 Electrometer box ......................159 

524 056 Spirometer box .........................154 

524 057 

524 200 

Climate box...............................150 

CASSY Lab .....50, 101, 145, 149 

524 202 Software manual 

for CASSY Lab.......................145 

529 031 Displacement sensor ................155 

529 038 Pressure sensor........................158 

529 040 Pressure sensor .......................158 

529 042 Vacuum sensor ........................158 

529 057 Humidity sensor ........................150 

531 090 Multimeter 

METRAmax 12.......................183 


METRAmax 2.........................181 

531 109 Shunt for 531100......................181 

531 16-19 Multimeter, 

analog/digital ..................185, 186 


METRAHit 24 S......................184 


METRAHit 25 S......................184 


METRAHit 26 S......................184 


MA 1 H...................................182 


METRAport 3E.......................182 

531 581 Mulitmeter 

METRAport 32.......................183 


METRAmax3..........................182 

531 900 Demo-Multimeter......................177 

559 01 End-window counter for 

Alpha-, Beta-, Gamma-, 

and X-rays; with cable............157 

562 73 Transformer ..............................204 

562 791 Plug-in unit ...............................202 

575 24 Screened cable BNC/4 mm .....213 

575 35 BNC/4 mm adapter ..................213 

575 45-47 Counter ...........................189, 190 

575 662 XY-Yt-recorder..........................188 

575 70/1 Yt-recorder................................187 

575 73 Graph chart paper ...................187 

576 86 STE Mono cell holder................202 

576 89 Battery case .............................202 

579 06 STE Lamp holder .......................35 

579 37 STE Micromotor .........................35 

579 43 STE Motor 

tachogenerator......................155 

586 26 Multi-purpose 

microphone............................155 

590 011 Clamping plug...........................214 

590 02 Small clip plug...........................215 

590 06 Plastic beaker ...........................237 

590 08 Measuring cylinder ....................237 

590 12 Perforated stand rod.................220 

590 13 Insulated stand rod ...................220 

590 27 Set of weights ...........................167 

590 48 Immersion heater .....................228 

590 50 Lid with heater ..........................228 

591 21 Large clip plug ..................215, 221 

591 501 Electrochemistry set....................26 

591 53-61 Electrode plates ..........................40 

598 11/2 Trolley .......................................217 

598 13 Pump trolley.............................217 

598 14 Panel for A.C.............................217 

598 15 Trolley .......................................217 

603 021 Syringe......................................270 

604 110 Washing bottle ..........................255 

605 010-12 Portable school balance, 

Scout ....................................172 

605 030 Power supply 

for balances ..........................172 

605 031 Transport case .........................172 

605 032 Anti-theft device 

for balances ...........................172 

605 033 Polycontainer 

for balances ...........................172 

605 042-47 Precision balances ....................173 

605 056 Security device..........................173 

605 057 Carrying case 

for Navigator ..........................173 

605 058 In-use cover 

for Adventurer ........................173 

605 059 Draft shield 

for Adventurer ........................173 

605 070-75 Precision balances ....................173 

606 020 Electronic thermometer.............192 

606 023 Submersible/ 

insertable sensor....................192 

606 040 Radio-controlled 

weather station.........................16 

606 043 Radio-controlled weather 

station data processing ...........17 

607 020 Safety gas tubing with clamp....224 

607 070 Hotplate ....................................227 

607 090 Magnetic stirrer Speedsafe .......231 

607 095 VARIOMAG electronic stirrer.....231 

607 096 Stirring magnet KOMET 

for 607 095 ....................118, 231 

607 101/2 Magnetic stirrer Speedsafe .......231 

607 175 Stirrer RW 11 basic ..................233 

607 180 Stand R 103 .............................233 

607 181 Screw stirrer R 1002 ................233 

608 030 Filtration stand...........................222 

608 040 Stand rod..................................220 

608 050-54 Stand tube ................................221 

608 060-63 Bosshead..................................220 

609 080/1 Folded filter ...............................268 

609 110-16 Test kits 

for water experiment ..............272 

610 010 Laboratory safety goggles.........275 

610 030 Face shield................................275 

610 050-62 Safety gloves.............................276 



600 00… 

610 450 Heat-resistant holder ................276 

648 01-7 Storage trays.............................282 

648 02-8 Partitions ..................................282 

649 11-23 Small trays ................................282 

649 42-45 Trays .........................................282 

656 016 Bunsen burner ..........................224 

656 017 Teclu burner..............................224 

657 590 Polarimeter P1000 ......................62 

660 700-76 Atomic models after 

Stuart and Briegleb ................129 

660 790 Dual bonds ...............................129 

660 791 Clamping springs ......................129 

660 796 Ejector 

for dual bonds connectors .....129 

660 980-84 Fine regulating valve .................281 

661 000 MINICAN gas cans ...................281 

661 005 Metal hydride reservoir................34 

661 010-14 Gas bottle .................................280 

661 015-18 Pressure reducing valves ..........281 

661 019/20 Trolley ......................................280 

661 030-38 Round filter................................268 

661 049 Ready-to-use foil 

for TLC: cellulose .....................45 

661 050/1 Extraction thimbles ...........103, 268 

661 052 Filter paper ..................................45 

661 054 Surface protection paper ..........268 

661 055 Chromatography paper...............45 

661 057 Cellulose powder ........................47 

661 058 Silica gel ......................................47 

661 059-62 Ready-to-use foil for TLC............45 

661 063 Filter paper ................................268 

661 065 Ready-to-use foil 

for TLC: Silica gel ....................45 

661 066 Folded filter ...............................268 

661 070/1 pH-indicator paper....................270 

661 073 pH multiple range paper ...........270 

661 074 Lead-acetate test paper............271 

661 075 Litmus indicator paper ..............270 

661 076 Universal indicator solution .......270 

661 077 Warning labels ..........................278 

661 078 Blank labels...............................278 

661 080 Cobalt chloride test paper.........271 

661 081 Aluminium foil............................273 

661 082 Stopcock grease.......................273 

661 084 Wooden turnings ..............267, 269 

661 085 Tubes 

for melting point detection........65 

661 088 Salts for flame tests...................269 

661 091 Boiling stones............................273 

661 093 Silicon grease............................273 

661 094 Detergent ..................................273 

661 095 Paraffin oil ...........................65, 273 

661 097 Lubricant...................................273 

661 108 Set of chemicals 

for superconductor ..................44 


for electrophoresis ...........67, 285 

661 113 Set of chemicals Ecology I ........286 

661 114 Set of chemicals Ecology II .......286 

661 116 Set for micropreparations............54 

661 118 Set of chemicals for 

gas-chromatography I .....54, 285 

661 119 Set of chemicals for 

gas-chromatography II.....54, 285 


289



661 122 Plastic samples .........................125 

661 123 Set of chemicals for chromatography 

of amino acids ..46, 286 


for electrochemistry ........25, 285 

661 131 Test kits for water analysis ........272 

661 142 Water hardness test..................271 

661 143 Determintion 

of Ascorbic acid .....................271 

661 144 Lead test...................................271 

661 150-187 Conical shoulder bottle .............255 

661 203 Reagent and shipping bottle.....255 

661 220-34 Polyethylene bottle....................255 

661 242-44 Wash bottle...............................255 

661 251-3 Flip-flap glass ............................255 

661 510 Ground joint apparatus kit I.......244 

661 512 Drawer 

for 661 510 and 661 514.......244 

661 514 Ground joint 

apparatus kit II........................245 

661 517 Ground joint 

apparatus kit III.......................245 

661 519 Drawer for 661 517...................244 

661 540 Thermite experiment ................126 

661 541 Blast furnace model ..................126 

661 542 Glass shaft 

for blast furnace .....................126 

661 543 Safety tape for 

glass shaft for blast furnace ..126 

661 870 Basic set of chemicals 

for demonstration...................286 

661 871 Supplementary set 

of chemicals I, 

Inorganic chemistry................286 


of chemicals I 

Organic chemistry..................285 


of chemicals II 

Inorganic chemistry................286 


of chemicals II 

Organic chemistry..................285 

661 900 Chemical cabinet, 

ventable .................................274 

661 917 Mobile fume exhaust.................274 

662 014 Preparation scissors .................265 

662 025 Tweezers ..................................266 

662 026 Preparation scissors .................265 

662 029 Cover slip tweezers...................266 

662 034 Tweezers ..................................266 

662 148 Push-button .............................153 

662 149 Foot switch ..............................153 

662 290 Glass aquarium.........................251 

662 308 Plancton net................................13 

662 309 Extension stick 

for 662 308 .............................13 

662 323 Compost trunk............................13 

662 381 Consumables 

for spirometer.........................154 

662 383 Accessories 

for spirometer box .................154 

662 403 Osmosis apparatus...................123 

663 615 Schuko socket strip..........216, 267 


664 002-5 Crucible.....................................253 

664 008 Lid 

for porcelain crucibles ............253 

664 009 Lid for 664005 ..........................253 

664 020/1 Clay cell.................................27, 41 

664 027 Crucible.....................................253 

664 029 Lid ............................................253 

664 036 Crucible, iron.............................253 

664 037 Lid ............................................253 

664 040-63 Test tubes.................................257 

664 065 Reaction tube 

with globe ..............................258 

664 068 Experimentation globe ..............258 

664 069 Reaction tube 

for burning of butane..............258 

664 072-7 Reaction tube 

V-shaped .........................28, 258 

664 078/9 Copper wire gauze....................258 

664 080/1 Bayonet tube ............................258 

664 082 Cracking tube ...........................258 

664 084 Twin-arm tube...........................258 

664 085 Reactor tube 

for fused-salt electrolysis...28, 258 

664 086-88 U-Tube........................................41 

664 089 Reaction tube..............................28 

664 090/3 U-Tube........................................41 

664 097 Stoichiometric 

reaction vessel .........................71 

664 100-27 Beaker ......................................238 

664 142/3 Measures ..................................251 

664 145-49 Reaction tube............................258 

664 152-8 Watch glass dish.......................252 

664 160/73 Weighing dish ...........................252 

664 174-79 Crystallization dish.....................252 

664 181-7 Petri dish ...................................252 

664 192/3 Glass tank.................................251 

664 194 Plastic tank................................251 

664 195 Glass tank.................................251 

664 196 Cover plate ...............................251 

664 197 Glass bell jar..............................251 

664 198 Glass plate ................................251 

664 201 Support insert 

for the pneumatic tanks ........251 

664 205-7 Reaction tube............................258 

664 212-16 Self-supporting cylinder ............250 

664 218/9 Cover plate................................250 

664 220/1 Self-supporting cylinder ............250 

664 228/9 Cover plate................................250 

664 231-59 Erlenmeyer flasks ......................238 

664 263-65 Flat-bottom flasks .....................239 

664 276-305 Round-bottom flasks ................239 

664 310-16 Double-necked 

round-bottom flasks...............240 

664 321 Flat ground cover......................119 

664 325 Quick closure ............................119 

664 326 O-ring........................................119 

664 328 Pear-shaped flask .....................243 

664 332 Flask .........................................239 

664 336-8 Triple necked flasks ..................240 

664 340 Flat ground beaker....................119 

664 346 Flat ground cover......................119 

664 347 Adapter 

for flat ground cover ..............119 

664 350 Water electrolysis unit .................26 

664 352 Topping-up reservoir...................26 

664 355 Glassware 

for 664 350 and 666 446.........26 

664 356 Corrosion set ..............................27 

664 358 Fuel cell ......................................27 

664 359 Rod electrodes .....................28, 40 

664 368 Nickel 

wire mesh electrode.................40 

664 369 Rod electrodes .....................26, 40 

664 370-79 Rod electrodes............................40 

664 381 Clear PVC cover .........................24 

664 382 Copper electrodes ................25, 40 

664 383 Zinc electrodes .....................25, 40 

664 385 Iron electrodes ............................40 

664 387 Carbon electrodes ................25, 40 


wire mesh electrodes..........25, 40 

664 389 Silver electrodes....................25, 40 

664 390 Platinum 

mesh electrodes ................25, 40 

664 394 Measuring instrument .................24 

664 395 Electrochemistry workplace ........24 

664 397 Daniell cell ...................................27 

664 398 Leclanche cell .............................27 

664 400 Electrochemistry 

demonstration unit ...................22 

664 401 Accessories set 

for electrochemistry..................23 

664 406 Adjustable load unit.....................23 

664 407 CPS electrochemistry 

demonstration unit ...........22, 100 

664 408 Cell trough 

with air electrode......................37 


wire mesh electrodes ...............40 

664 420 Platinum 

mesh electrodes.......................40 

664 421 Silver plate electrodes .................40 

664 422 Brass plate electrode ..................40 

664 423 Aluminium-zinc electrode............37 

664 424 Formiate electrode .....................37 

664 430 Windmill on base.........................39 

664 431 Solar cells on base......................39 

664 432 Electrolysis cell on base ..............39 

664 433-39 Rod electrode .............................40 

664 441-46 Evaporating dish .......................251 

664 463 Mild iron dish.....................227, 251 

664 470-4 Photometric cell ..........................61 

664 475 Photometric 

flow-trough cell.........................61 

664 477 Round cuvette ...........................61 

664 545 Disposal container ....................256 

664 547/49 Container ..........................234, 256 

664 569 Open jaw spanner ............265, 281 

664 700 Reel...........................................125 

664 701 Spinning nozzle.........................125 

664 703 Miniature plastic press ..............125 

664 704 Casting mould...........................125 

664 705 Plastic processing device..........125 

664 800 Gas scrubber bottle, 

bottom section.......................256 

664 805/6 Glass tube insert .......................256 

664 808 Safety insert ..............................256 

664 809 Gas scrubber bottle insert.........256

664 812 Bubble counter .................262, 281 

664 865-7 Suction bottle............................254 

664 904 Woulff flask................................254 

664 921 Desiccator.................................254 

664 922 Porcelain plate ..........................254 

664 925 Vacuum desiccator...................254 

665 002-10 Funnel .......................................250 

665 025 Powder funnel...........................250 

665 041 Analysis funnel ..........................250 

665 060 Rubber collars...........................253 

665 067 Rubber sleeve ..........................253 

665 068 Adapter (tulip) 

for filter crucibles ....................253 

665 072-88 Dropper funnel ..........................249 

665 122-24 Separator funnel .......................249 

665 161-3 Büchner funnel..........................253 

665 167/8 Filter crucible.............................253 

665 196 Capillary tube ............................260 

665 201-4 Glass tube.................................260 


665 212/3 Glass stirring rod.......................260 

665 216 Rubber wiper blade 

for glass rods .........................261 

665 221-8 Connector.................................260 

665 229 Steam delivery tube ..................260 

665 230 Gas delivery tube ......................260 

665 231/2 Angled tube ..............................260 

665 233 Gas delivery tube ......................260 

665 234 Manometer tube .......................260 

665 237/8 Glass nozzle..............................260 

665 240/1 Plastic tube ...............................260 

665 250/1 Stopcock ..................................259 

665 255 Stopcock ..................................259 

665 293/5 Adapter.....................................243 

665 296 Adapter .......................................75 

665 303 Adapter.....................................243 

665 305/6 Core/threads ST 19/26.............243 

665 310 Water separator .......................249 

665 311/12 Distillation top............................241 

665 313/4 Distillation top, 

Claisen ...................................241 

665 316-18 Distillation top............................241 

665 338/40 Distillation bridge, 

Claisen ...................................240 

665 341-52 Distillation adapter.....................242 

665 354/5 Delivery adapter 

after Bredt..............................243 

665 370-4 Drying tube ...............................257 

665 391-8 Joint clip....................................263 

665 413-6 Liebig cooler .............................242 

665 421-3 Cooler after Dimroth..................242 

665 427/8 Cooling finger............................256 

665 429 Cooling trap ..............................256 

665 439/40 Distilling column 

after Hempel ..........................241 

665 443/4 Distillation column 

after Vigreux ...........................241 

665 450 Bubble-cap column 

with 2 trays.............................241 

665 451/2 Distillation bridge.......................240 

665 453/4 Extraction unit 

after Soxhlet...........................243 

665 478 HPLC column .............................49 

665 4791 Separating column RP-18 ..........49 

665 4801 HPLC basic kit ............................50 

665 481 CPS-HPLC 

column support........................49 

665 485 CPS HPLC pump .......................49 

665 486 CPS Flow-throughphotometer 

for HPLC ......49, 110 

665 487 CPS HPLC reservoir ...................50 

665 488 Set of hoses 

and septa for HPLC .................49 

665 490 Demonstration gas 

chromatograph ........................52 

665 491 Disposable cartridge NO2 .........103 

665 492 CPS 

holder for gas cartridge....52, 103 

665 493 Disposable cartridge CO2 .........103 

665 495 Gas sensor..................................52 

665 496 Heat conductivity detector ..........52 

665 497 CPS 

mains distributor.....................110 

665 498 CPS 

peristaltic pump PM 2....108, 118 

665 509 Flat bed 

electrophoresis chamber..........67 

665 510 Pipetting kit ................................67 

665 531 Dual column gas chromatograph 

TECHNOCHEM 277 ................54 

665 532-5 Separating column......................54 

665 536 Set of septa and Teflon seals .....54 

665 537 APL-column ...............................54 

665 553 Flow meter 

for gas chromatographs...........54 

665 560 Separating tank...........................46 

665 563 Miniature separating tank............46 

665 565 Support 

for paper chromatograms ........46 

665 566 Ribbed clamps............................46 

665 568 Micro capillaries ..................46, 260 

665 570 Application and 

RF value template 

after MAEY................................46 

665 578 Reagent atomizer 

without CFC's ..........................46 

665 590-3 Chromatography column ............47 

665 600/1 High-performance 

gas chromatograph .................55 

665 615 Microliter syringe .........................54 

665 616 Replacement cannula ................54 

665 634 Stand for 665 635................46, 67 

665 635 UV analysis lamp...................46, 67 

665 643 Safety tube 

(fermentation tube)..................257 

665 644 Dropper funnel ..........................249 

665 645 Fermentation saccharometer ...257 

665 647 Gas generator 

after MAEY.............................249 

665 649 Dropper funnel ..........................249 

665 751-66 Graduated cylinder....................246 

665 791-96 Volumetric flasks .......................246 

665 816 Burette filling funnel ...................250 

665 832 Automatic burette .....................248 

665 835 Precision dispenser unit ............248 

665 843-47 Burette ......................................248 

665 893/4 Gas measurement jar................251 

665 895 Stopcock attachment ...............251 



665 906 Falling ball viscometer 

after Hoeppler ..........................64 

665 910-14 Gas syringe...............................248 

665 918 Gas syringe holder ...................248 

665 944 Spring manometer ....................106 

665 950 Pasteur pipettes .......122, 247, 273 

665 953 Droppers...................................247 

665 954 Rubber bulbs............122, 247, 273 

665 955 Syringe..............................122, 270 

665 956 Disposable needles...........122, 270 

665 957/8 Syringes............................122, 270 

665 960 Disposable needles...................270 

665 963 Syringe......................................270 

665 972-78 Bulb pipette...............................246 

665 984-8 Piston pipette............................247 

665 991-8 Graduated pipette.....................247 

666 002-7 Pipetting aid ..............................247 

666 008 Stand for 4 pipetting aids..........247 

666 010/12 Microliter pipettes......................122 

6660 11/13 Tips ..................................122, 269 

666 095 Time switch, electric..................166 

666 096 Timer.........................................166 

666 156-71 Thermometer ............................191 

666 173 Beckmann differential 

thermometer ..........................191 

666 176/9 Precision thermometer..............191 

666 180 Wall thermometer .....................191 

666 181 Soil thermometer.........................13 

666 185 Mini-thermometer .....................192 

666 190 Digital thermometer 

with one input.........................195 

666 193 Temperature sensor, 

NiCr-Ni.......................9, 150, 194 

666 194 Protective tube..........................194 

666 195 Contact 

thermometer..........118, 191, 232 

666 198 Dig. temperature controller 

and indicator for 

demonstration experiments ...195 

666 209 Digital thermometer...................193 

666 211 Data output module .....58, 99, 198 

666 212 Temperature sensor, 

NTC ...................9, 150, 194, 201 

666 213 Surface 

temperature sensor.............9, 194 

666 214 Pt 100 sensor ...............9, 194, 201 

666 216 NiCr-Nitemperature 

sensor................194 

666 217 Paddle surface 

temperture sensor NiCr-Ni .....194 

666 221 Hand-held pH meter ............5, 198 

666 222 Hand-held 

conductivity meter..............5, 201 

666 224 Hand-held oxygen 

measuring instrument ................5 

666 225 Hand-held photometer ...........6, 61 

666 230 Hand-held UV-IR luxmeter ............7 

666 231 Hand-held sound level meter 

(phonmeter)..........................8, 18 

666 238 Storage case 

for one hand-held 

measuring instrument ........9, 198 

666 240 Suitcase for environmental 

measurements ..........................3 


291



666 241 Temperature sensor 

Pt1000 ...................................5, 9 

666 242 Conductivity 

measurement cell...................5, 9 

666 243 Lux sensor ........................7, 9, 152 

666 244 UV-A sensor .............................7, 9 

666 245 UV-B sensor ............................7, 9 

666 246 UV-C sensor ............................7, 9 

666 247 IR sensor ..................................7, 9 

666 248 IR-CO2 sensor .........................7, 9 

666 250 Large digital display.......................9 

666 251 Computer connection cable .........8 

666 252 Data logger ...................................8 

666 260 Reagents case 

with basic set of reagents ..........6 

666 261 Basic set of reagents ...................6 

666 262 Reagents expansion set ...............6 

666 265 UV-IR-VIS experiment kit ..............7 

666 2651 IR-CO2 experiment kit ..................7 

666 270 Digital hygrometer 

and thermometer .....................17 

666 280 pH test paper............................270 

666 281-8 Test sticks ................................271 

666 292 Quick test, phosphate ..............272 

666 293 Test sticks for peroxide.............271 

666 294 Test sticks for ammonia............271 

666 300 Membrane filtration 

equipment set ..........................19 

666 301 Membrane filtration unit...............19 

666 307 Tubes for ozone test...........14, 272 

666 308 Alcotest tubes.....................14, 272 

666 309 Tubes for CnHn test ............14, 272 

666 310 Gas tester ...................................14 

666 311-19 Test tubes...........................14, 272 

666 325 Sampling case for chemical 

analysis of water and soil ........11 

666 326 Ecotest analysis case .................10 

666 327 Sampling case 

for aquatic organisms...............12 

666 328 Sampling case 

for organisms in the ground 

and bush region .......................12 

666 329 Environmental analysis case .......10 

666 330 Soil drill........................................13 

666 332 Sieves .........................................13 

666 335 Delta meter after Hellige..............13 

666 337 Soil analysis case ........................11 

666 340 Sampling beaker with rod ..........13 

666 343 Imhoff funnel with cock ...............13 

666 344 Elutriaton cylinder 

after Atterberg ..........................13 

666 345 Rain gauge 

after Hellmann..........................13 

666 346 Weather station 

(Meteorograph).........................17 

666 347 Chart paper.................................17 

666 360 Catalytic converter .....................14 

666 403 Special frame .............................85 

666 407 Electrochemistry 

demonstration unit ...................36 

666 410 CPS-Biological reactor .....111, 117 

666 411 CPS Ethanol sensor .........110, 117 

666 413 CPS-Metering unit ............108, 117 

666 416 Aeration ring .............................117 


666 418 CPS- 

Flow-through reactor .....108, 117 

666 420 Peristaltic pump ................108, 118 

666 421 Universal holder 

for glass containers........111, 119 

666 425-28 Panel frame.........................85, 119 

666 429 CPS Calorimeter .......................107 

666 430 CPS Gas washer ......................104 

666 432 CPS Gas collector ....................104 

666 433 CPS Air analysis........................105 

666 434 CPS Submersion 

tube manometer ....................106 

666 435 CPS Gas syringe.......................105 

666 436 CPS Gas generator...................103 

666 437 CPS Drop funnel.................47, 109 

666 438 CPS Woulff's bottle 

with manometer .....................104 

666 439 CPS Combustion chamber 

(water synthesis).....................105 

666 440 CPS Exhaust 

gas catalytic converter ...........107 

666 441 CPS Pedestal............................111 

666 442 CPS Distillation plant...........89, 102 

666 443 CPS 

Chromatography column...47, 109 

666 444 CPS Gel filtration..................47, 109 

666 445 CPS Extraction setup 

after Soxhlet ...........................103 

666 446 CPS Electrolysis setup........36, 102 

666 447 CPS Crude oil distillation...........102 

666 448 CPS Burette holder ..................109 

666 449 CPS Hose fastener ...................111 

666 450 CPS Digital pH-meter .........98, 196 

666 451 CPS 

Digital conductivity meter ..98, 200 

666 453 CPS 

Digital multimeter .......36, 99, 178 

666 454 CPS 

Digital thermometer..........99, 193 

666 455 CPS Stoichiometry....................107 

666 457 CPS Contact process...............105 

666 458 CPS Holder, 

for pressurized gas cans ........103 

666 460 CPS Combustion chamber 

with incandescent wire...........105 

666 461 CPS Storage box........................86 

666 462 CPS Metal label plates..............111 

666 463 CPS 3-way valve.......................104 

666 464-8 CPS Blank panel.......................112 

666 465 CPS Plastic labelling plates .......111 

666 470 CPS Holder 

with bosshead ...............110, 119 

666 471 CPS Voltage supply ..................110 

666 472 CPS Table ................................111 

666 473 CPS 

Gas syringe for gas laws .......106 

666 474 CPS 

Basic unit for gas laws ...........106 

666 475 CPS 

Displacement transducer ......106 

666 476 CPS DENOX Process ...............107 

666 477 SCR-DENOX 

Catalytic converter .............15, 93 

666 478 CPS Wash bottle ......................104 

666 479 CPS Metal 

hydride reservoir (H2 )...........34, 36 

666 4791 Charging adapter 

for metal hydride reservoir .......34 

666 4792 Regulating valve 

for metal hydride reservoir .......34 

666 481 CPS PEM fuel cell .......................32 

666 4811 CPS PEM-Fuell Cell Stack ..........32 

666 482 Controllable aeration 

pump (CPS) .............52, 104, 117 

666 483 Electric load (CPS) ................35, 36 

666 484 PEM electrolysis unit 

(CPS)..................................34, 36 

666 486 Adapter plug ..............................35 

666 487 Motor with propeller ....................35 

666 501 Base plate 

for Bunsen stand....................222 

666 502/4/6 Bunsen stand............................222 

666 503 Base plate 


666 523-26 Stand rod 


666 543 Cross socket.............................220 

666 551 Miniature clamps.......................221 

666 555 Universal clamp.........................221 

666 557-9 Burette clamp 

for burettes............................222 

666 572/3 Stand ring .................................221 

666 583 Labjack .....................................222 

666 584 Filtration stand ..........................222 

666 588 Burette stand ............................222 

666 601-3 Base rail ....................................219 

666 605-9 Stand tube ................................221 

666 613 Pin.............................................220 

666 615 Universal bosshead...................220 

666 617 Support table ............................222 

666 618/9 Spring clamp.............................221 

666 620/1 Plug clamp................................221 

666 622 Experiment tray.........................219 

666 623 Angle strip ................................219 

666 626 STM stand rod 

with mounting holes ...............220 

666 681/3 Tripod........................................225 

666 682 Four-legged stand ....................225 

666 685 Wire gauze................................225 

666 686 Ceran cover plate......................225 

666 687-9 Wire triangle 

with clay pipes........................225 

666 692 Alcohol burner...........................226 

666 693/5 Bunsen burner ..........................224 

666 6941/61 Bunsen Burner DIN type ...........224 

666 7031/51 Teclu Burner DIN type...............224 

666 708/9 Safety burner, Teclu..................224 

666 711 Butane gas burner ....................224 

666 712 Butane cartridges......................224 

666 713 Butane soldering torch .............224 

666 714 Cartridge burner DIN type.........224 

666 715 Cartridge ..................................224 

666 724-26 Wide flame attachment .............224 

666 729 Gas hose ..........................224, 261 

666 731 Gas lighter.................................225 

666 7321 Replacement flints.....................225 

666 733 Piezoelectric gas lighter.............225 

666 735 Hair-dryer .................................228

666 742 Submersion 

temperature control unit.........229 

666 751-4 Heating mantles........................226 

666 7511-51 Heating mantles........................226 

666 756/7 Quartz heating element.....119, 228 

666 760 Controlled 

temperature bath ...................229 

666 766 Circulation cooler 

WKL 25..................................230 

666 767 Hot plate ...................................227 

666 768 Circulation thermostat...............229 

666 7701 Open-bath circulat ....................230 

666 7702-6 Accessories 

to open-bath circulat..............230 

666 771 Heating bath .............................229 

666 776 Electric burner...........................226 

666 777 Stand 

for large vessels .....................226 

666 781 Muffel furnace ...........................227 

666 786 Crucible furnace........................227 

666 803-8 Drying cabinet...........................235 

666 809 Laboratory refrigerator ..............232 

666 819 Stirring top ................................107 

666 821 Stirrer motor......................118, 233 

666 823 Stirrer ................................118, 233 

666 824/5 Stirrer sleeve .....................118, 233 

666 826 Stirrer ................................118, 233 

666 827 Stirrer-replacement blades .......233 

666 828 Stirrer ........................................233 

666 841 Magnetic stirrer ........................231 

666 844 Heater bath insert ....................232 

666 845/7 Magnetic stirrer.........118, 231, 232 

666 848 Heating dish 

for round bottom flasks..........232 

666 849 Heater bath...............................232 

666 850-4 Stirring bars...............................232 

666 859 Stirring bar retriever...................232 

666 861-4 Centrifuges................................236 

666 903 Demineralization unit ................234 

666 904 Exchange cartridge...................234 

666 905 Demineralization unit ................234 

666 906 Replacement cartridge .............234 

666 911 Water distillation unit .................234 

666 942-9 Test tube brush.........................259 

666 960 Micro-spoon .............................266 

666 961-8 Spatula......................................266 

666 969 Spatula 

with capsule spoon................266 

666 982 Melting ladle..............................269 

666 984 Deflagrating spoon....................269 

666 988 Combustion boat......................269 

667 000 Glass cutter...............................266 

667 002 Replacement cutting wheel.......266 

667 003 Diamond glass cutter................266 

667 013 Glass tube cutter ......................266 

667 016/17 Scissors ....................................265 

667 018 Laboratory knife ........................265 

667 019 Felt tip pen ................................267 

667 021 Hand cork borers......................267 

667 022 Sharpener 

for cork drill ............................267 

667 026/7 Tweezers ............................19, 266 

667 031/2 Test tube holder........................264 

667 033/4 Tweezers ..................................266 

667 035 Crucible tongs...........................264 

667 038 Beaker and glass tongs ............264 

667 050-55 Test tube racks .........................223 

667 059 Contrast panel ..........................223 

667 060/1 Bottle basket.............................223 

667 063 Bottle tray....................................25 

667 065 Pipette stand.............................223 

667 067 Drying rack................................223 

667 071-3 Support ring 

for round-bottom flasks..........239 

667 081 Flame test glass ........................269 

667 083 Platinum wire 

for flame test ..........................269 

667 084 Magnesia rods ..........................269 

667 085 Magnesia troughs .....................269 

667 086 Carbon dioxide conductor ........269 

667 087 Mouth blowpipe ........................269 

667 089 Spotting tile ...............................269 

667 091/5 Pestle ........................................253 

667 092/4 Mortar .......................................253 

667 100/4 Thermal protection plate ...........225 

667 175/6 Tubing clamp ............................261 

667 180-3 Rubber tubing...................225, 261 

667 184 Tubing clamps ..................225, 261 

667 186 Vacuum rubber tubing ........19, 261 

667 187 Safety gas 

rubber tubing .................224, 261 

667 191/2 PVC tubing................................261 

667 194 Silicone tubing...........................261 

667 196 Flow monitor 

“Aquamobile” .........................262 

667 197 Silicon hose...............................261 

667 198 Silicone tubing...........................261 

667 199 Dialysing tubing.........................124 

667 223/4 Polyethylene stopper.................263 

667 226-8 Glass stopper............................263 

667 241/2 Rubber bulb........................46, 261 

667 243 Rubber balloons........................273 

667 251-80 Rubber stopper.........................262 

667 281 Cork stoppers...........................262 

667 285-92 Silicone stopper ........................263 

667 293 CPS glass connector ................112 

667 295-99 Silicone gaskets ........................112 

667 300-5 Screw caps...............................264 

667 306 Silicone gaskets ...............112, 264 

667 307 Gaskets.....................................264 

667 308 Screw coupling .........................264 

667 312/3 CPS glass connector ................112 

667 319/20 Dewar flasks................................71 

667 321 Plastic cap 

with hole for thermometer ........71 

667 322 Calorimeter..................................70 

667 325 Calorimeter 

for solids and liquids.................70 

667 326 Calorimeter for gases..................70 

667 347 Digital diode array photometer ....58 

667 349 Digital spectral photometer .........60 

667 351 Digital grating photometer...........59 

667 352 Computer connection cable 

with Software ...........................60 

667 3531 Analog grating 

spectrophotometer S104.........59 

667 355 Laboratory refractometer ............63 

667 356/7 Refractometer .............................63 



667 360 Student's balance.....................169 

667 397 Overhead display 

for Sartorius balances ............171 

667 400 Combustion chamber 

for water synthesis ...................74 

667 401 PEM fuel cell ...............................32 

667 4011 PEM fuell cell stack .....................32 

667 4021 Methanol reformer.......................33 

667 4022 CO Adsorber...............................33 

667 403 Combustion chamber 

with incandescent filament.......74 

6674051-3 pH tester ..................................199 

667 4101 pH and conductivity tester 

“Watercheck” .........................201 

667 414 Student set 

pH measurement ...................199 

667 415 Redox probe.....................5, 9, 197 

667 417-19 pH single rod 

electrode .................5, 9, 25, 197 

667 420 Digital pH-meter for 

demonstration purposes ....9, 196 

667 421 pH single rod electrode ........9, 197 

667 422 Ag/AgCl 

reference electrode..............9, 197 

667 423 Measurement electrode 

with platinum pin.................9, 197 

667 424 pH single rod 

measurement cell 

(glass electrode).........9, 151, 197 

667 425 Buffer solutions ........................197 

667 426 Conductivity 

measurement cell ......9, 151, 201 

667 4271/2 Conductivity tester ...................201 

667 429 Conductivity tester ......................26 

667 430 Lamp socket...............................26 

667 439 Dig. conductivity meter for 

demonstration experiments ....200 

667 451 Accessories kit .............................5 

667 455 Salt bridge...........................41, 258 

667 457 Set for ion migration, 

after Nernst ..............................28 

667 458 Oxygen electrode .............5, 9, 152 

667 491 Heating mantle 

for gas syringe........................228 

667 493 Flask with 2 GL 14 ......................75 

667 494 Silicon stopper ..................228, 263 

667 495 Gas diffusion apparatus ............124 

667 496/7 Apparatus 

for determining molar mass......75 

667 500 Melting point 

determination device................65 

667 501 Scale.........................................123 

667 503 Pig bladder ...............................123 

667 509 Osmosis demonstration 

apparatus ..............................124 


667 512 Semipermeable 

membranes............................123 

667 513 Cation-permeable 

membrane..............................123 

667 521 Glass cell...................................254 

667 535 U-tube.........................................41 

667 537 U-tube, with filter.........................41 

667 538 Double U-tube ............................41 


293



667 545 Slide projector 

compact 250 afs....................283 

667 546 Spectral set 

for overhead projector..............57 

667 547 Spectral set 

for FANTEX projector ..............57 

667 550 Exp. kit for producing 

a superconductor.....................44 

667 551 Exp. kit for 

Meissner-Ochsenfeld effect .....44 

667 552 Exp. kit 

for transition temperature .........44 

667 600 Face shield................................275 

667 602/3 Universal safety goggles ...........275 

667 605 Safety screen ............................275 

667 606 Disposable gloves.....................276 

667 607 Apron........................................276 

667 610 Safety cage...............................276 

667 613 Safety goggles .........................275 

667 614 Heat protective gloves ..............276 

667 615 Labels 

for chemical bottles ...............278 

667 616 Protective sheet 

for labels.................................278 

667 617 Labels 

for disposal containers ...........278 

667 618 Label set 

for basic chemicals ................278 

667 619 Supplementary label set I, 

IC ..........................................278 

667 620 Supplementary label set I, 

OC .........................................278 

667 621 First aid cabinet ........................279 

667 622 First aid kit ................................279 

667 623 Supplementary label set II, 

IC ...........................................278 

667 625 Fire blanket ..............................279 

667 626 Storage box .............................279 

667 627 Fire extinguisher ........................279 

667 629 Supplementary label set II, 

OC .........................................278 

667 630 Safety grip.........................266, 276 

667 631 Mercury adsorbent....................277 

667 633 Mercury tongs...................264, 277 

667 634 Cabinet 

for toxic substances ..............277 

667 635 Chemical waste disposal set ....278 

667 636 Chemical emergency set .........277 

667 641 Orbital models kit ......................136 

667 642 Fullerene C-60 ..........................136 

667 6451 The plastics school, 

transparency files ...................125 

667 650 Mohs hardness scale................140 

667 651 Rock collection, basic ...............139 

667 652 Pig-iron production, collection ..140 

667 653 Ores, 

collection................................139 

667 654 Minerals, 

collection................................139 

667 655 Crystals, 

collection................................141 

667 678 Periodic table of the elements, 

for overhead projector............138 

667 7062 Isotope chart ............................138 


667 7102 Spectrum chart.........................138 

667 7112 Spectrum chart.........................138 

667 712 Periodic table of the elements, 

wall chart................................138 

667 713 Periodic table 

of the elements, 

10 sheets for student use .....138 

667 750 Molecular model sets 

for students............................135 

667 751 Set of 700 bonds sticks ...........135 


for inorganic & 

organic chemistry....................135 


for biochemistry......................135 

667 757 Molecular building system 

MINOR...................................134 

667 758 Molecular building system.........134 

667 759 DNA model ...............................135 

667 760 Bravais lattices ..........................137 

667 763-9 Crystal lattices...........................137 

667 7780-88 Balances BL series0 .................170 

667 7790-6 Accessories to 

balances BL series.................170 

667 7797-9 Balances 

BP series................................171 

667 7881 Electronic Analytical 

Balance..................................171 

667 793/4 Electronic balance ....................172 

667 795 Electronic precision 

balance B 502........................174 

667 7961 Electronic precision balance 

College B 203-S.....................174 

667 7962 Electronic Analytical Balance 

BP154S .................................174 

667 818 Spark-Gap supply unit........74, 210 

667 821 Electrophoresis 

power supply ...........................67 

667 823 Power controller for 

ohmic and inductive loads .....226 

667 824 CPS power supply..............52, 110 

667 827 Variable extra low 

voltage transformer D.............205 

667 908 Digital multimeter ......................178 

667 909 Data output module............99, 178 

667 917 Anemometer ...............................18 

667 918 Geiger counter ............................19 

667 919 Pulse counter .............................19 

667 920 Case ...........................................19 

667 922 Digital field meter.........................18 

667 931 Connection cable 

for computer ....................58, 198 

667 932 Adapter lead .......................58, 178 

668 082 Biotechnology ............116, 122 

668 102 Biochemical methods, 

biochemistry S II .....50, 112, 122 

668 111 Introduction to 

Electrochemistry ...............24, 42 

668 132 Demonstration 

experiments in 

electrochemistry.....22, 42, 95, 113 

668 222 From crude oil 

to fuels and lubricants 

(manual for 661 500)........90, 113 

668 311 Determination 

of water quality by 

indicator organisms .................12 

668 332 Ecological experiments 

with the case for 

environmental measurements...20 

668 391 Examination of organisms 

of the soil and bush region .......12 

668 422 Electrochemistry, 

students' experiments........24, 42 

668 432 Fuel cells 

and air cells................42, 95, 113 

668 632 Photosynthesis, fundamentals 

and experiments.........20 

668 642 Ecology, teacher's manual....20 

668 652 Ecology I, water analysis.......20 

668 662 Ecology II, 

soil and air analysis...................20 

668 681 Gas chromatography............54 

668 732 Electrophoresis, 

experiments with the flat-bed 

electrophoresis chamber..........66 

668 802 Demonstration Experiments 

Chemistry: General chemistry 

....71, 72, 87, 88, 89, 94, 97, 112 

669 040 Precision dynamometer ............175 

669 202 Ring binder for holding 

STM Chemistry literature........122 

669 272 Chemistry of foodstuffs.......122 

670 291 Aluminium oxide..........................47 

670 401 Ammonium chloride....................27 

671 382 Carboxymethylcellulose ..............47 

671 383 IRA 93 .........................................47 

671 793 Dowex .......................................47 

672 361 Ion exchanger, 

stronly acidic ............................47 

672 362 Ion exchanger, 

strongly basic ...........................47 

672 366 IRA 93 .........................................47 

672 429 Charcoal, 

small pieces ...........................269 

673 100 Magnesium ribbon ......................25 

673 221 Manganese (IV)-dioxide...............27 

674 829 Sephadex G 25...........................47 

674 830 Sephadex G 50...........................47 

675 255/6 Universal indicator ....................270 

683 10/1 Iron weights ..............................167 

685 44-47 Batteries....................................202 

686 13 Set of 3 felt tips, red..........187, 188 

686 14 Set of 3 felt tips .........................187 

698 50 Set of fuse in storage box .........216 

700 00… 

724 800 Cabinet .......................................86 

724 831/2 Shelf with grooved mat ...............86 

726 01-14 Panel frame.................................85 

726 153-73 Panel frame.................................85 

726 21/2 Equipment platform ............84, 119 

726 84/6 Stab. power supply ..................207 

728 069 PC Printer cable................178, 198 

729 769 V24 connection cable, 

9-pole ............................174, 194 

734 83 P/U Converter...........................106

A 

AC/DC power supply .......................................208 

AC/DC regulator................................................204 

Accessories for spirometer box ........................154 

Accessories kit ......................................................5 

Accessories set 

for electrochemistry .......................................23 

Accessories to balances BL series ...................170 

Accessories 

to open-bath circulator ................................230 

Accumulators ....................................................202 

Adapter .......................................................75, 243 

Adapter (tulip) 

for filter crucibles..........................................253 

Adapter cable ....................................................213 

Adapter 

for flat ground cover ....................................119 

Adapter lead................................................58, 178 

Adapter plug .......................................................35 

Adapters 

for components ...........................................215 

Additional weights ............................................168 

Adjustable load unit .............................................23 

Aeration ring .....................................................117 

Ag/AgCl reference electrode..........................9, 197 

Air analysis...........................................................87 

Air analysis, CPS ..............................................105 

Air pollution..........................................................14 

Alcohol burner ...................................................226 

Alcotest tubes .............................................14, 272 

Alternative energies..............................................38 

Alternative energy sources ...........................29 - 39 

Aluminium air element .........................................37 

Aluminium calorimeter .......................................228 

Aluminium foil ....................................................273 

Aluminium oxide ..................................................47 

Aluminium-zinc electrode ....................................37 

Ammonium chloride ............................................27 

Analog grating 

spectrophotometer S104 ..............................59 

Analysis funnel...................................................250 

Anemometer........................................................18 

Angle strip ........................................................219 

Angled tube .......................................................260 

Anti-theft device 

for balances .................................................172 

APL-column ........................................................54 

Apparatus 

for determining molar mass ...........................75 

Apparatus 

for measuring surface tension........................65 

Application and RF value template 

after MAEY.....................................................46 

Apron.................................................................276 

Atomic models 

after Stuart and Briegleb..............................129 

Automatic burette..............................................248 

Axiale B-probe...................................................159 

B 

B box (CASSY) ..................................................157 

Balances ...................................................167 -174 

Balances BL series ............................................170 

Balances BP series............................................171 

Base plate for Bunsen stand .............................222 

Base rail.............................................................219 

Basic set of chemicals for demonstration..........286 

Basic set of reagents ............................................6 

Basic unit for gas laws, CPS ............................106 

Batteries ............................................................202 

Battery case .....................................................202 

Bayonet tube .....................................................258 

Beaker ...............................................................238 

Beaker and glass tongs.....................................264 

Beckmann differential thermometer...................191 

Bench clamps ...................................................218 

Biochemical methods, 

biochemistry S II .....................50, 112, 122 

Biological water testing........................................12 

Biotechnology....................................................114 

Biotechnology .....................................116, 122 

Blank labels .......................................................278 

Blank panel, CPS .............................................112 

Blast furnace model...........................................126 

Blood pressure box (CASSY) ............................154 

BNC adapter for 4-mm socket..........................213 

BNC cable.........................................................213 

BNC/4 mm adapter...........................................213 

Boiling stones ....................................................273 

Bosshead ..........................................................220 

Bottle basket .....................................................223 

Bottle tray ............................................................25 

Bottles ...............................................................255 

Brass plate electrode...........................................40 

Bravais lattices...................................................137 

Bridge box (CASSY) ..........................................156 

Bridging plugs ...........................................214, 215 

Brushes .............................................................259 

Bubble counter..........................................262, 281 

Bubble-cap column with 2 trays........................241 

Büchner funnel ..................................................253 

Buffer solutions .................................................197 

Bulb pipettes .....................................................246 

Bunsen burner...................................................224 

Bunsen burner DIN type ....................................224 

Bunsen stand ....................................................222 

Burette...............................................................248 

Burette clamp....................................................222 

Burette filling funnel............................................250 

Burette holder, CPS ........................................109 

Burette stand.....................................................222 

Burettes.............................................................248 

Burners..............................................................224 

Butane cartridges ..............................................224 

Butane gas burner.............................................224 

Butane soldering torch .....................................224 

C 

Cabinet ................................................................86 

Cabinet 

for toxic substances ....................................277 

Cable rack .........................................................212 

Calorimeter..................................................70, 107 

Calorimetry.....................................68 - 71, 94, 107 

Capillary tube.....................................................260 

alphabetical - index 

Article Page Article Page Article Page 

Carbon dioxide conductor.................................269 

Carbon electrodes.........................................25, 40 

Carboxymethylcellulose .......................................47 

Carrying case 

for Navigator ................................................173 

Cartridge ...........................................................224 

Cartridge burner DIN type .................................224 

Case ....................................................................19 

CASSY 

and accessories .................................144 - 162 

CASSY Comfort package K1- K3 .....................162 

CASSY Lab ...........................50, 101, 145, 149 

CASSY-Display..................................................148 

CASSY-Starter ..................................................162 

Casting mould ...................................................125 

Catalytic converters...............................14, 92, 107 

Cation-permeable membrane ...........................123 

Cell trough 

with air electrode............................................37 

Cellulose powder.................................................47 

Centrifuges ........................................................236 

Ceran cover plate ..............................................225 

Charcoal ............................................................269 

Charging adapter 

for metal hydride reservoir .............................34 

Chart paper .........................................................17 

Chemical cabinet, 

ventable .......................................................274 

Chemical emergency set ..................................277 

Chemical engineering model ...............................80 

Chemical waste disposal set .............................278 

Chemistry of plastics .........................................125 

Chemistry Panel System......................................81 

Chromatography column.....................................47 

Chromatography column, CPS ..................47, 109 

Chromatography paper .......................................45 

Circulation cooler WKL 25.................................230 

Circulation thermostat .......................................229 

Clamp................................................................221 

Clamp with hook ...............................................220 

Clamping block MF ...........................................219 

Clamping plug ...................................................214 

Clamping springs...............................................129 

Clamps ..............................................................220 

Clay cell .........................................................27, 41 

Clear PVC cover .................................................24 

Climate box (CASSY).........................................150 

Clinical thermometer..........................................191 

CO Adsorber .......................................................33 

Cobalt chloride test paper .................................271 

Colouring, red....................................................267 

Column chromatography ......................47, 96, 109 

Combustion boat...............................................269 

Combustion chambers........................................74 

Combustion chambers, CPS.............................105 

Compost trunk ....................................................13 

Composting process ...........................................13 

Compressed gas bottles ...................................280 

Computer assisted experiments ..............144 - 162 

Computer connection cable .................................8 

Computer connection cable 

with Software.................................................60 

Conductometric titration ....................................201 

Conductivity.........................................................26 


295



Conductivity box (CASSY) .................................151 

Conductivity 

measurement cell ........................5, 9, 151, 201 

Conductivity meter ............................................200 

Conductivity tester.......................................26, 201 

Conical shoulder bottle......................................255 

Connecting lead ........................................211, 213 

Connection cable 

for computer..........................................58, 198 

Connection leads...............................................212 

Connector .........................................................260 

Connector 

with small grips ............................................214 

Console.......................................................84, 119 

Consumables 

for spirometer ..............................................154 

Contact process, CPS .....................................105 

Contact thermometer........................118, 191, 232 

Container...................................................234, 256 

Contrast panel...................................................223 

Controllable aeration pump 

(CPS) .............................................52, 104, 117 

Controlled temperature bath .............................229 

Cooler after Dimroth ..........................................242 

Coolers..............................................................242 

Cooling finger ....................................................256 

Cooling trap.......................................................256 

Copper electrodes.........................................25, 40 

Copper refining....................................................23 

Copper wire gauze ............................................258 

Copy of a Rowland grating..................................57 

Cord ..................................................................267 

Core/threads ST 19/26 .....................................243 

Cork stoppers....................................................262 

Corrosion set .......................................................27 

Counter ...................................................189, 190 

Cover plate ........................................................250 

Cover slip tweezers ...........................................266 

CPS (Chemistry panel system) 

and accessories ....................................81- 113 

CPS 3-way valve ...............................................104 

CPS Air analysis ................................................105 

CPS Basic unit 

for gas laws .................................................106 

CPS Biological reactor ..............................111, 117 

CPS Blank panel ...............................................112 

CPS Burette holder ..........................................109 

CPS Calorimeter................................................107 

CPS Chromatography column ....................47, 109 

CPS Combustion chamber 

(water synthesis) ..........................................105 

CPS Combustion chamber 

with incandescent wire ................................105 

CPS Contact process .......................................105 

CPS Crude oil distillation ...................................102 

CPS DENOX Process........................................107 

CPS Digital 

conductivity meter .................................98, 200 

CPS Digital multimeter ..........................36, 99, 178 

CPS Digital pH-meter..................................98, 196 

CPS Digital thermometer.............................99, 193 

CPS Displacement 

transducer ..................................................106 

CPS Distillation plant ...................................89, 102 


CPS Dropper funnel ....................................47, 109 

CPS Electrochemistry 

demonstration unit.................................22, 100 

CPS Electrolysis setup 

after Hofmann........................................36, 102 

CPS Ethanol sensor .................................110, 117 

CPS Exhaust gas 

catalytic converter........................................107 

CPS Extraction setup 

after Soxhlet.................................................103 

CPS Flow-through reactor ........................108, 117 

CPS Flow-through-photometer 

for HPLC................................................49, 110 

CPS Gas collector .............................................104 

CPS Gas generator ...........................................103 

CPS Gas syringe ...............................................105 

CPS Gas syringe 

for gas laws ................................................106 

CPS Gas washer...............................................104 

CPS Gel filtration .........................................47, 109 

CPS Glass connector ........................................112 

CPS Holder 

for gas cartridge.....................................52, 103 

CPS Holder 

for pressurized gas cans..............................103 

CPS Holder 

with bosshead .....................................110, 119 

CPS Hose fastener............................................111 

CPS HPLC column support ................................49 

CPS HPLC pump ................................................49 

CPS HPLC reservoir............................................50 

CPS Mains distributor........................................110 

CPS Metal hydride 

reservoir (H2)............................................34, 36 

CPS Metal label plates.......................................111 

CPS Metering unit .....................................108, 117 

CPS Pedestal ....................................................111 

CPS PEM fuel cell................................................32 

CPS PEM fuel cell stack ......................................32 

CPS peristaltic pump PM 2.......................108, 118 

CPS Plastic 

labelling plates .............................................111 

CPS Power supply ......................................52, 110 

CPS Stoichiometry ............................................107 

CPS Storage box.................................................86 

CPS Submersion 

tube manometer ..........................................106 

CPS Table ........................................................111 

CPS Voltage supply...........................................110 

CPS Wash bottle...............................................104 

CPS Woulff's bottle 

with manometer...........................................104 

Cracking tube ....................................................258 

Cross socket .....................................................220 

Crucible .............................................................253 

Crucible furnace ................................................227 

Crucible tongs ...................................................264 

Crucible, iron .....................................................253 

Crude oil distillation, CPS ..................................102 

Crystal lattices ...................................................137 

Crystallization dish .............................................251 

Crystals, collection.............................................141 

Current supply box ............................................155 

Cuvettes ..............................................................61 

D 

Daniell cell......................................................23, 27 

Daniell element ....................................................95 

Data logger ............................................................8 

Data output module ......................58, 99, 178, 198 

DC power supply .....................................207, 209 

Deflagrating spoon ............................................269 

Delivery adapters ...............................................243 

Delta meter after Hellige.......................................13 

Demineralization unit .........................................234 

Demo-Multimeter...............................................177 

Demonstration cord...........................................267 

Demonstration Experiments 

Chemistry: General 

chemistry ....71, 72, 87, 88, 89, 94, 97, 112 

Demonstration experiments 

in electrochemistry ...............22, 42, 95, 113 

Demonstration 

gas chromatograph .......................................52 

Demonstration thermometer ............................191 

DENOX Process ..................................................93 

DENOX Process, CPS ......................................107 

Desalinization of water .......................................234 

Dessicator .........................................................254 

Desulfurization 

of stack gas ...................................................15 

Detection 

of microorganisms .........................................20 

Detergent...........................................................273 

Determination 

of Ascorbic acid...........................................271 

Determination 

of the molar mass ..........................................75 

Determination 

of the relative atomic mass ............................72 

Determination of 

water quality by indicator organisms .......12 

Determining molar combustion enthalpies...........69 

Dewar flasks ........................................................71 

Dialysing tubing .................................................124 

Diamond glass cutter.........................................266 

Diffusion.............................................................124 

Dig. conductivity meter 

for demonstration experiments ....................200 

Dig. temperature controller and 

indicator for demonstration experiments .....195 

Digital conductivity meter, CPS ..................98, 200 

Digital diode array photometer.............................58 

Digital field meter .................................................18 

Digital grating photometer ...................................59 

Digital hygrometer and thermometer ...................17 

Digital multimeter ...............................................178 

Digital multimeter, CPS ........................36, 99, 178 

Digital pH-meter 

for demonstration purposes ....................9, 196 

Digital pH-meter, CPS ................................98, 196 

Digital spectral photometer..................................60 

Digital thermometer ...........................................193 


with one input ..............................................195 

Digital thermometer, CPS ...........................99, 193 

Dishes................................................................252 

Displacement sensor .........................................155

Displacement transducer, CPS ........................106 

Disposable cartridges CO2 , NO2 .......................103 

Disposable gloves .............................................276 

Disposable needles ...................................122, 270 

Disposal.............................................................277 

Disposal container .............................................256 

Distillation.............................................................89 

Distillation adapter .............................................242 

Distillation bridge................................................240 

Distillation column 

after Vigreux.................................................241 

Distillation plant, CPS .................................89, 102 

Distillation top ....................................................241 

Distilling column 

after Hempel ................................................241 

Distribution box..................................................216 

DNA model........................................................135 

Double U-tube.....................................................41 

Double-necked 

round-bottom flasks ....................................240 

Dowex ...............................................................47 

Draft shield 

for Adventurer..............................................173 

Drawer for 

661 510, 661 514 and 661 517 ..................244 

Drop funnel, CPS .......................................47, 109 

Dropper funnels.................................................249 

Droppers ...........................................................247 

Drying cabinet....................................................235 

Drying rack ........................................................223 

Drying tubes ......................................................257 

Dual bonds ........................................................129 

Dual column gas chromatograph 

TECHNOCHEM 277......................................54 

Dynamometer....................................................175 

E 

ECG/EMG box (CASSY)....................................154 

Ecological experiments with the 

case for environmental measurements ....20 

Ecology ..........................................................3 - 20 

Ecology I, 

water analysis ..........................................20 

Ecology II, 

soil and air analysis ..................................20 

Ecology, 

teacher's manual .....................................20 

Ecotest analysis case .........................................10 

Ejector 

for dual bonds connectors...........................129 

Electric burner ...................................................226 

Electric heaters ........................................................ 

Electric load (CPS).........................................35, 36 

Electrochemistry...........................................21 - 44 

Electrochemistry demonstration unit ...................22 

Electrochemistry demonstration unit, 

CPS ......................................................22, 100 

Electrochemistry set ............................................26 

Electrochemistry workplace.................................24 

Electrochemistry, 

students' experiments .......................24, 42 

Electrode plates...................................................40 

Electrodes..............................................................9 

Electrolysis cell on base.......................................39 

Electrolysis of water .............................................26 

Electrolysis setup, CPS ..............................36, 102 

Electrometer box (CASSY) ................................159 

Electronic Analytical Balance .............................171 

Electronic Analytical Balance 

BP154S .......................................................174 

Electronic balance ............................................172 

Electronic precision balance 

B 502...........................................................174 

Electronic precision balance 

College B 203-S ..........................................174 

Electronic stopclock P .......................................166 

Electronic thermometer .....................................192 

Electrophoresis....................................................66 

Electrophoresis power supply .............................67 

Electrophoresis, experiments with 

the flat-bed electrophoresis chamber ......66 

Electrosmog ........................................................18 

Elutriation cylinder 

after Atterberg................................................13 

End-window counter for Alpha-, Beta-, 

Gamma-, and X-rays ...................................157 

Environmental analysis case ................................10 

Equipment boxes ..............................................282 

Equipment platform.....................................84, 119 

Erlenmeyer flasks...............................................238 

Ethanol sensor, CPS ...............................110, 117 

Evaporating dish................................................251 

Examination of organisms 

of the soil and bush region ......................12 

Exchange cartridge............................................234 

Exhaust gas catalytic converter, CPS ...............107 

Exp. kit 

for Meissner-Ochsenfeld effect ......................44 

Exp. kit 

for producing a superconductor ....................44 

Exp. kit 

for transition temperature...............................44 

Experiment tray..................................................219 

Experimentation globe.......................................258 

Experiments with gases.....................................103 

Extension stick 

for 662 308 ...................................................13 

Extraction 

after Soxhlet...........................................96, 120 

Extraction setup 

after Soxhlet, CPS ......................................103 

Extraction technology ..........................................78 

Extraction thimbles ....................................103, 268 

Extraction units ..................................................243 

F 

Face shield ........................................................275 

Falling ball viscometer 

after Hoeppler ................................................64 

FANTEX multi-purpose projector 

with accessories ..........................................284 

Felt tip pen.........................................................267 

Fermentation .....................................................115 

Fermentation saccharometer ............................257 

Filter crucible......................................................253 

Filter paper ..................................................45, 268 

Filtration stand ..................................................222 

Fine regulating valve .........................................281 

Fire blanket .......................................................279 

Fire extinguisher.................................................279 

First aid cabinet ................................................279 

First aid kit ........................................................279 

Flame test glass.................................................269 

Flask ..................................................................239 

Flask with 2 GL 14...............................................75 

Flat bed electrophoresis chamber .......................67 

Flat bottom flasks ..............................................239 

Flat ground beaker ............................................119 

Flat ground cover...............................................119 

Flat-bottom flasks..............................................239 

Flip-flap glass.....................................................255 

Flow meter 

for gas chromatographs ................................54 

Flow monitor 

"Aquamobile"...............................................262 

Flow-through-photometer 

for HPLC, CPS .....................................49, 110 

Foil roll ..............................................................283 

Folded filter ........................................................268 

Foot switch .......................................................153 

Force measurement ..........................................175 

Force sensor......................................................156 

Forked light barrier.............................................155 

Formiate cell ........................................................37 

Formiate electrode ..............................................37 

Four-legged stand .............................................225 

Fractional crude oil distillation ..............................90 

Freezing point thermometer ..............................191 

From crude oil 

to fuels and lubricants .....................90, 113 

Fuel cells ......................................................29 - 39 

Fuel cells and air cells ......................42, 95, 113 

Fullerene C-60 ...................................................136 

Fume exhaust, mobile .......................................274 

Funnels..............................................249, 250, 253 

Fused-salt electrolysis..........................................28 

G 



Gas bottle..........................................................280 

Gas chromatography ...................................51 - 56 

Gas chromatography ....................................54 

Gas collector, CPS ...........................................104 

Gas delivery tube...............................................260 

Gas diffusion apparatus.....................................124 

Gas generation ....................................................87 

Gas generator, CPS .........................................103 

Gas generators..................................................249 

Gas hose...................................................224, 261 

Gas lighter .........................................................225 

Gas measurement jars ......................................251 

Gas scrubber bottles .........................................256 

Gas sensor ..........................................................52 

Gas syringe 

for gas laws, CPS .......................................106 

Gas syringe holder ............................................248 

Gas syringe, CPS .............................................105 

Gas syringes......................................................248 

Gas tester............................................................14 

Gas washer, CPS .............................................104 


297



Gaskets .............................................................264 

Geiger counter.....................................................19 

Gel filtration..................................................96, 120 

Gel filtration, CPS .......................................47, 109 

General gas laws .................................................94 

Geoscience sets................................................139 

Glass aquarium .................................................251 

Glass bell jar ......................................................251 

Glass cell ...........................................................254 

Glass connector, CPS ......................................112 

Glass cutter .......................................................266 

Glass nozzle ......................................................260 

Glass plate.........................................................250 

Glass shaft 

for blast furnace...........................................126 

Glass stirring rod................................................260 

Glass stopper ....................................................263 

Glass tank .........................................................251 

Glass tube .........................................................260 

Glass tube cutter ...............................................266 

Glass tube insert................................................256 

Glassware for apparatus 

after Hofman..................................................26 

Glass-working ...................................................266 

GM box (CASSY)...............................................157 

Graduated cylinder ............................................246 

Graduated pipette .............................................247 

Graph chart paper ............................................187 

Grooved mat .......................................................86 

Ground joint apparatus kits ...............................244 

H 

H2O2 fuel cell .......................................................95 

Hair-dryer .........................................................228 

Halogen lamp ......................................................35 

Hand cork borers ..............................................267 

Hand-held 

conductivity meter ...................................5, 201 

Hand-held 

measuring instruments ...............................4 - 9 

Hand-held oxygen 

measuring instrument .....................................5 

Hand-held pH meter ....................................5, 198 

Hand-held photometer ....................................6, 61 

Hand-held sound 

level meter (phonmeter) .............................8, 18 

Hand-held UV-IR luxmeter.....................................7 

Heat conductivity detector...................................52 

Heat protective gloves.......................................276 

Heater bath .......................................................232 

Heater bath insert .............................................232 

Heating bath......................................................229 

Heating dish 

for round bottom flasks................................232 

Heating mantle 

for gas syringe .............................................228 

Heating mantles.................................................226 

Heat-resistant holder ........................................276 

High voltage cable.............................................211 

High voltage power supply ...............................210 

High-performance 

gas chromatograph ......................................55 

Holder for gas cartridge, CPS ....................52, 103 


Holder 

with bosshead, CPS ...........................110, 119 

Holder, 

for pressurized gas cans, CPS ...................103 

Holders..............................................................111 

Hose fastener, CPS ..........................................111 

Hot plate............................................................227 

HPLC (High Performance 

Liquid Chromatography) ................................48 

HPLC basic kit.....................................................50 

HPLC column ......................................................49 

HPLC pump, CPS ..............................................49 

HPLC reservoir, CPS ..........................................50 

Humidity sensor.................................................150 

Hydride storage ...................................................30 

Hydrostatic precision balance ...........................169 

IJK 

Illustrative media..............................................129 ff 

Imhoff funnel 

with cock .......................................................13 

Immersion heater ..............................................228 

Incubator cabinet...............................................235 

Instruments 

for length measurement...............................164 

Instruments 

for time measurement..................................164 

Insulated croc-clips............................................214 

Insulated stand rod............................................220 

Insulated twin wire .............................................214 

Introduction to Electrochemistry ..............24, 42 

In-use cover 

for Adventurer ..............................................173 

Ion exchanger......................................................47 

Ion migration........................................................23 

IR sensor ..........................................................7, 9 

IRA 93..................................................................47 

IR-CO2 experiment kit ...........................................7 

IR-CO2 sensor ..................................................7, 9 

Iron electrodes.....................................................40 

Iron weights .......................................................167 

Isolating nucleic acids........................................121 

Isotope chart ....................................................138 

Joint clip ............................................................263 

KTY box (CASSY)..............................................150 

L 

Label set 

for basic chemicals ......................................278 

Labels 

for chemical bottles .....................................278 

Labels 

for disposal containers.................................278 

Labjack..............................................................222 

Laboratory balance............................................167 

Laboratory knife.................................................265 

Laboratory plugs................................................214 

Laboratory refractometer.....................................63 

Laboratory refrigerator .......................................232 

Laboratory safety goggles .................................275 

Laboratory stands ...........................................222 

Lamp holder, STE ..............................................35 

Lamp socket........................................................26 

Lamps ................................................................35 

Large clip plug...........................................215, 221 

Large digital display ...............................................9 

Lead test ...........................................................271 

Lead-acetate test paper ....................................271 

Leadshot in can.................................................167 

Leclanche cell ......................................................27 

Lens tissue ........................................................267 

Leybold multiclamp ...........................................220 

Lid .....................................................................252 

Lid with heater ...................................................228 

Liebig cooler ......................................................242 

Literature .......................................20, 42, 112, 142 

Litmus indicator paper.......................................270 

Low voltage 

power supplies ............................................204 

Lubricant ...........................................................273 

Lux box (CASSY)...............................................152 

Lux sensor.................................................7, 9, 152 

M 

Magazine box 

for slides ......................................................283 

Magnesia rods...................................................269 

Magnesia troughs..............................................269 

Magnesium ribbon...............................................25 

Magnetic stirrer .................................118, 231, 232 

Mains distributor, CPS ......................................110 

Manganese (IV)-dioxide .......................................27 

Manometer tube................................................260 

Maximum-minimum 

thermometer ................................................191 

Measurement electrode 

with platinum pin......................................9, 197 

Measurement 

of sound levels .................................................8 

Measures...........................................................250 

Measuring cylinder.............................................237 

Measuring instrument ..........................................24 

Measuring junction box .....................................216 

Measuring the evaporation cooling, 

heat of solution and neutralization heat..........69 

Measuring the heat 

of reaction of gases .......................................69 

Melting ladle.......................................................269 

Melting point determination device ......................65 

Membrane filtration equipment set ......................19 

Mercury adsorbent ............................................277 

Mercury tongs ...........................................264, 277 

Metal hydride reservoir.........................................34 

Metal hydride 

reservoir (H2 ), CPS ..................................34, 36 

Metal label plates, CPS .....................................111 

Metal scale ........................................................164 

Meteorology.........................................................16 

Methanol reformer ...............................................33 

Micro capillaries...........................................46, 260 

Microbiological desulfurization ...........................116 

Microliter pipettes ..............................................122 

Microliter syringe..................................................54 

Micromotor, STE ...............................................35 

Micro-spoon ......................................................266

Mild iron dish .............................................227, 251 

Minerals, collection ............................................139 

Miniature clamps ...............................................221 

Miniature plastic press.......................................125 

Miniature separating tank ....................................46 

MINICAN gas cans............................................281 

Mini-thermometer..............................................192 

Mobile fume exhaust .........................................274 

Model of a vernier..............................................165 

Mohs hardness scale ........................................140 

Molecular building system .................................134 

Molecular models ......................................134, 135 

Mono cell holder, STE ......................................202 

Mortars..............................................................253 

Motion sensing element ....................................156 

Motion transducer box (CASSY)........................156 

Motor tachogenerator, STE ..............................155 

Motor 

with propeller .................................................35 

Mountable stage 

with clamp ...................................................222 

Mouth blowpipe.................................................269 

Muffel furnace....................................................227 

Multicore cable ..................................................213 

Mulitmeter 

METRAport 32.............................................183 

Multimeter 

MA 1 H ........................................................182 

Multimeter 

METRAHit....................................................184 

Multimeter 

METRAmax 12 ............................................183 

Multimeter 

METRAmax 2 ..............................................181 

Multimeter 

METRAmax3 ...............................................182 

Multimeter 

METRAport 3E.............................................182 

Multimeter, analog/digital ..........................185, 186 

Multimeter, demonstration.................................176 

Multimeters, digital/analog.................................177 

Multi-purpose microphone ................................155 

N 

Ni-Cd accumulator ............................................202 

Nickel 

wire mesh electrodes...............................25, 40 

NiCr-Ni temperature sensor...............................194 

Nitrogen scrubbing 

of stack gas ...................................................15 

Noise pollution .....................................................18 

O 

Open jaw spanner .....................................265, 281 

Open-bath circulator .........................................230 

Optical activity .....................................................62 

Orbital models ...................................................136 

Ores, collection..................................................139 

O-ring ................................................................119 

Osmosis ............................................................123 

Osmosis 

demonstration apparatus ...........................124 

Overhead display 

for Sartorius balances ..................................171 

Overhead projector ...........................................283 

Oxygen box (CASSY) ........................................152 

Oxygen electrode .....................................5, 9, 152 

P 

P/U Converter....................................................106 

Paddle surface temperature 

sensor NiCr-Ni .............................................194 

Pair of cables.....................................................212 

Pair of recording pulleys on rider .......................156 

Pair of stand feet................................................219 

Panel for A.C. ....................................................217 

Panel frame .................................................85, 119 

Paraffin oil....................................................65, 273 

Partitions ...........................................................282 

Pasteur pipettes ................................122, 247, 273 

PC Printer cable ........................................178, 198 

Pear-shaped flasks............................................243 

Pedestal, CPS ..................................................111 

PEM electrolysis unit (CPS)............................34, 36 

PEM fuel cell ........................................................32 

PEM fuel cell stack...............................................32 

PEM fuel cell stack, CPS ....................................32 

PEM fuel cell, CPS ..............................................32 

Perforated stand rod .........................................220 

Periodic table.....................................................138 

Peristaltic pump.........................................108, 118 

Personal protection ...........................................275 

Pestle.................................................................253 

Petri dish............................................................251 

pH and conductivity tester 

"Watercheck"...............................................201 

pH box (CASSY)................................................151 

pH indicators .....................................................270 

pH papers .........................................................270 

pH single rod electrode ......................5, 9, 25, 197 

pH single rod measurement cell 

(glass electrode)...............................9, 151, 197 

pH tester ...........................................................199 

Photometric cell...................................................61 

Photosynthesis, 

fundamentals and experiments ...............20 

Pictograms ..........................................................84 

Piezoelectric gas lighter .....................................225 

Pig bladder .......................................................123 

Pig-iron production, collection ...........................140 

Pin ....................................................................220 

Pipette stand .....................................................223 

Pipettes .............................................................247 

Pipetting aids.....................................................247 

Pipetting kit .........................................................67 

Piston pipette ....................................................247 

Plancton net ........................................................13 

Plastic beaker ....................................................237 

Plastic cap with hole 

for thermometer.............................................71 

Plastic labelling plates, CPS ..............................111 

Plastic processing device ..................................125 

Plastic samples..................................................125 

Plastic tank ........................................................250 

Plastic tube........................................................260 

Plastic tubing .....................................................261 

Plate glass cells .................................................254 

Platinum mesh electrodes .............................25, 40 

Platinum wire for flame test................................269 

Plug clamp ........................................................221 

Plug-in unit ........................................................202 

Polarimeter P1000...............................................62 

Polycontainer for balances ................................172 

Polyethylene bottle...............................................25 

Polyethylene stopper .........................................263 

Porcelain plate ...................................................254 

Portable school balance, 

Scout ..........................................................172 

Potash solution 

for Ni-Cd accumulators ...............................202 

Powder funnel ...................................................250 

Power controller 

for ohmic and inductive loads ......................226 

Power supply for balances ...............................172 

Power supply, CPS ....................................52, 110 

Power-CASSY...................................................147 

Precision balances.............................................173 

Precision dispenser unit.....................................248 

Precision dynamometer.....................................175 

Precision micrometer.........................................165 

Precision thermometer ......................................191 

Preparation scissors ..........................................265 

Pressure reducing valves...................................281 

Pressure sensor ................................................158 

Projector............................................................283 

Protective sheet for labels..................................278 

Protective tube ..................................................194 

Pt 100 sensor........................................9, 194, 201 

Pulse box (CASSY)............................................153 

Pulse counter ......................................................19 

Pump trolley .....................................................217 

Push-button ......................................................153 

PVC tubing ........................................................261 

Q 

Qualitative analysis.............................................269 

Quartz heating element .............................119, 228 

Quick closure.....................................................119 

Quick test, 

phosphate ..................................................272 

R 



Racks ................................................................223 

Radioactivity ........................................................19 

Radio-controlled weather station.........................16 

Radio-controlled weather station 

data processing ............................................17 

Rain gauge 

after Hellmann................................................13 

Reaction test box (CASSY)................................153 

Reaction tube ..............................................28, 258 

Reaction tube 

for fused-salt electrolysis .......................28, 258 

Reaction tube V-shaped..............................28, 258 

Reaction tube with globe...................................258 

Ready-to-use foil for TLC.....................................45 

Reagent and shipping bottle..............................255 


299



Reagent atomizer without CFC's.........................46 

Reagents case with basic 

set of reagents .................................................6 

Reagents expansion set .......................................6 

Recorders..........................................................187 

Redox probe .............................................5, 9, 197 

Reel ...................................................................125 

Refractive index ...................................................63 

Refractometer......................................................63 

Regulated power supply....................................207 

Regulating valve 

for metal hydride reservoir .............................34 

Replacement cannula .........................................54 

Replacement cartridge .....................................234 

Replacement cutting wheel ...............................266 

Replacement flints .............................................225 

Ribbed clamps ....................................................46 

Ring with stem...................................................221 

Rock collection, basic........................................139 

Rod electrodes..............................................28, 40 

Rotatable clamp ................................................220 

Round cuvette ....................................................61 

Round filter ........................................................268 

Round-bottom flasks.........................................239 

Round-nose pliers .............................................265 

Rubber balloons ................................................273 

Rubber bulbs ......................46, 122, 247, 261, 273 

Rubber collars ...................................................253 

Rubber sleeve ...................................................253 

Rubber stoppers ...............................................262 

Rubber tubing ...........................................225, 261 

Rubber wiper blade 

for glass rods ...............................................261 

S 

Saddle base ......................................................218 

Safety adapter sockets......................................215 

Safety burner, Teclu ..........................................224 

Safety cage .......................................................276 

Safety connecting box.......................................216 

Safety connection leads ....................................211 

Safety connectors .............................................215 

Safety gas rubber tubing ..........................224, 261 

Safety gas tubing with clamp ............................224 

Safety gloves .....................................................276 

Safety goggles ..................................................275 

Safety grip .................................................266, 276 

Safety insert.......................................................256 

Safety screen.....................................................275 

Safety tape 

for glass shaft for blast furnace ...................126 

Safety tube (fermentation tube)..........................257 

Salt bridge ...................................................41, 258 

Salts for flame tests ...........................................269 

Sampling beaker with rod ...................................13 

Sampling case 

for aquatic organisms ....................................12 

Sampling case 

for chemical analysis of water and soil ..........11 

Sampling case for organisms 

in the ground and bush region.......................12 

Scale .................................................................123 

Scaled metal rail ................................................164 


School and lab. balance ...................................168 

Schuko socket strip...................................216, 267 

Scissors.............................................................265 

SCR-DENOX Catalytic converter...................15, 93 

Screened cable BNC/4 mm ..............................213 

Screw caps .......................................................264 

Screw coupling..................................................264 

Screw stirrer R 1002 .........................................233 

Security device ..................................................173 

Self-supporting cylinders ...................................250 

Semipermeable membranes .............................123 

Sensor box - 30 Amperes .................................159 

Sensor boxes ....................................................150 

Sensor-CASSY .............................36, 50, 101, 146 

Sensors .............................................................150 

Sensors, probes ....................................................8 

Separating columns.......................................49, 54 

Separating tank ...................................................46 

Separation of chlorphylls ...................................120 

Separator funnel ................................................248 

Sephadex ...........................................................47 

Set for ion migration, 

after Nernst ....................................................28 

Set for micropreparations ....................................54 

Set of 3 felt tips..........................................187, 188 

Set of 3 spring balances 

for parallelogram of forces ...........................175 

Set of 6 croc-clips .............................................214 

Set of 7 weights.................................................167 

Set of 700 bond sticks .....................................135 

Set of chemicals Ecology I.................................286 

Set of chemicals Ecology II................................286 

Set of chemicals 

for chromatography of amino acids.......46, 286 


for electrochemistry ...............................25, 285 


for electrophoresis .................................67, 285 


for gas chromatography I ......................54, 285 


for gas chromatography II......................54, 285 


for superconductor ........................................44 

Set of fuse in storage box..................................216 

Set of hoses and 

septa for HPLC ..............................................49 

Set of septa and Teflon seals .............................54 

Set of weights....................................................167 

Sets of chemicals ..............................................285 

Setup 

for filling level control ......................................79 

Sharpener for cork drill ......................................267 

Shelf with grooved mat........................................86 

Shunt for 531100 ..............................................181 

Sieves ..................................................................13 

Silica gel...............................................................47 

Silicone gaskets ........................................112, 264 

Silicone grease ..................................................273 

Silicone hose .....................................................261 

Silicone stopper.........................................228, 263 

Silicone tubing ...................................................261 

Silver electrodes ............................................25, 40 

Silver plate electrodes..........................................40 

Single-pan balance............................................169 

Skin resistance box (CASSY).............................153 

Slide projector compact 250 afs........................283 

Small clip plug ...................................................215 

Small trays.........................................................282 

Software ............................................................149 

Software manual 

for CASSY Lab ......................................145 

Soil analysis case.................................................11 

Soil drill ................................................................13 

Soil thermometer .................................................13 

Solar cells on base...............................................39 

Spark-Gap supply unit ................................74, 210 

Spatula ..............................................................266 

Special frame ......................................................85 

Spectral set 

for overhead projector....................................57 

Spectrophotometer......................................58 - 61 

Spectrum chart..................................................138 

Spherometer......................................................164 

Spinning nozzle .................................................125 

Spirit level ..........................................................265 

Spirometer box (CASSY) ...................................154 

Spoked wheel....................................................155 

Spotting tile........................................................269 

Spring balance...................................................175 

Spring clamp .....................................................221 

Spring manometer.............................................106 

Stab. power supply ..........................................207 

Stack gas desulfurization.....................................93 

Stand bases ..............................................218, 219 

Stand for 4 pipetting aids ..................................247 

Stand for large vessels ......................................226 

Stand for stirrer "Lab egg" .................................233 

Stand for UV lamp .........................................46, 67 

Stand ring..........................................................221 

Stand rod ..........................................................220 

Stand rod 

for Bunsen stand .........................................222 

Stand tubes.......................................................221 

Stands ...............................................................222 

STE Lamp holder ................................................35 

STE Micromotor .................................................35 

STE Mono cell holder ........................................202 

STE Motor tachogenerator ................................155 

Steam delivery tube...........................................260 

Steam generator................................................228 

Steel tape measure............................................164 

Stirrer.........................................................118, 233 

Stirrer motor ..............................................118, 233 

Stirrer reactor cascade ........................................77 

Stirrer RW 11 basic ..........................................233 

Stirrer sleeve..............................................118, 233 

Stirrer-replacement blades ...............................233 

Stirring bar retriever ...........................................232 

Stirring bars .......................................................232 

Stirring magnet KOMET ............................118, 231 

Stirring thermometer..........................................191 

Stirring top.........................................................107 

STM Chemistry..................................................127 

STM stand rod with mounting holes..................220 

Stochiometry .....................................................107 

Stoichiometric reaction vessel .......................71, 88 

Stoichiometry, CPS ..........................................107

Stopclocks ........................................................165 

Stopcock attachment........................................250 

Stopcock grease ...............................................273 

Stopcocks .........................................................259 

Storage................................................................86 

Storage box ......................................................279 

Storage box, CPS ..............................................86 

Storage case 

for hand-held measuring instrument........9, 198 

Storage trays .....................................................282 

Straight BNC .....................................................213 

Student set pH measurement ...........................199 

Student's balance .............................................169 

Submersible/insertable sensor ..........................192 

Submersion temperature control unit ................229 

Submersion tube manomete, CPS ..................106 

Suction bottle ..............................................254 

Sugar membranes.............................................121 

Suitcase 

for environmental measurements ....................3 

Superconductor ..................................................43 

Supplementary label set ....................................278 

"Supplementary set 

of chemicals I Organic chemistry"................285 


of chemicals I, Inorganic chemistry".............286 


of chemicals II Organic chemistry"..............285 


of chemicals II Inorganic chemistry".............286 

Supply units.......................................................203 

Support clip .......................................................175 

Support 

for paper chromatograms..............................46 

Support insert 

for the pneumatic tanks ..............................250 

Support ring 

for round-bottom flasks ...............................239 

Support table.....................................................222 

Surface protection paper...................................268 

Surface temperature sensor..........................9, 194 

Surface tension....................................................65 

Synthesis 

of sulfuric acid (contact process) ...........92, 126 

Synthesis of water .........................................73, 88 

Syringes ....................................................122, 270 

T 

Table, CPS ......................................................111 

T-Adapter ..........................................................213 

Tangential B-probe............................................159 

Tanks.................................................................251 

Teclu burner ......................................................224 

Temperature measurement...............................191 

Temperature sensor, 

NiCr-Ni ............................................9, 150, 194 


NTC........................................9, 150, 194, 201 


Pt1000.........................................................5, 9 

Temperature sensors ........................................194 

Temperature-box (NiCr-Ni/NTC) 

for CASSY ...................................................150 

Test kits .............................................................272 

Test papers .......................................................271 

Test sticks ...................................................10, 271 

Test sticks for ammonia ....................................271 

Test sticks for peroxide......................................271 

Test tube brush .................................................259 

Test tube holder ................................................264 

Test tube racks..................................................223 

Test tubes ...................................................14, 257 

Testing tubes.....................................................272 

Testing tubes 

for CnHn .................................................14, 272 

Testing tubes 

for ozone ...............................................14, 272 

The plastics school, 

transparency files.........................................125 

Thermal protection plate....................................225 

Thermite experiment .........................................126 

Thermometer model..........................................192 

Thermometers.............................................65, 191 

Thermostats ..............................................229, 230 

Thin-layer chromatography..................................46 

3 phase extra low 

voltage transformer......................................206 

3-way valve, CPS .............................................104 

Time switch, electric ..........................................166 

Timer .................................................................166 

Timer box (CASSY)............................................155 

Tips ..........................................................122, 269 

Titration stand......................................................96 

Tools..................................................................265 

Topping-up reservoir ...........................................26 

Transformer .......................................................204 

Transport case .................................................172 

Trays..................................................................282 

Triple-necked flasks...........................................240 

Tripod ................................................................225 

Trolley........................................................217, 280 

Tubes ................................................................260 

Tubes 

for melting point detection .............................65 

Tubing ...............................................................261 

Tubing clamps...........................................225, 261 

Turbidity 

in samples of water..........................................6 

Tweezers.....................................................19, 266 

Twin-arm tube ...................................................258 

Two-way plug adapters.....................................214 

U 

Universal bosshead ...........................................220 

Universal clamp .................................................221 

Universal holder 

for glass containers..............................111, 119 

Universal indicator ............................................270 

Universal pencil..................................................267 

Universal pliers...................................................265 

Universal safety goggles ....................................275 

U-tube, 

with filter.........................................................41 

U-tubes................................................................41 

UV analysis lamp ...........................................46, 67 

UV-A sensor .....................................................7, 9 

UV-B sensor .....................................................7, 9 

µV-Box (CASSY)................................................159 

UV-C sensor .....................................................7, 9 

UV-IR-VIS experiment kit .......................................7 

V24 connection cable, 

9-pole ..................................................174, 194 

V 

Vacuum desiccator............................................254 

Vacuum rectification ............................................76 

Vacuum rubber tubing.................................19, 261 

Vacuum sensor ................................................158 

Variable extra low 

voltage transformer .............................205, 206 

VARIOMAG 

electronic stirrer ...........................................231 

Vernier callipers..................................................165 

Vertical scale......................................................164 

Viscosity...............................................................64 

Voltage supply, CPS .........................................110 

Volumetric flasks................................................246 

W 

Wall thermometer .............................................191 

Warning labels ...................................................278 

Wash bottle, CPS .............................................104 

Washing bottle...................................................255 

Waste gas purification .........................................14 

Watch glass dish ...............................................251 

Water distillation unit..........................................234 

Water electrolysis unit..........................................26 

Water hardness test ..........................................271 

Water separator ................................................248 

Weather station 

(Meteorograph) ..............................................17 

Weighing dish ....................................................251 

Weight with hook...............................................167 

Wide flame attachment......................................224 

Windmill on base .................................................39 

Wire gauze.........................................................225 

Wire triangle 

with clay pipes .............................................225 

Wooden ruler.....................................................164 

Wooden turnings.......................................267, 269 

Woulff flask ........................................................254 

Woulff's bottle 

with manometer, CPS ................................104 

Writing fields ........................................................84 

XYZ 



XY-Yt-recorder ..................................................188 

Yt-recorder ........................................................187 

Zinc electrodes ..............................................25, 40 


301

✃ 

order form 

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GMBH 

Leyboldstrasse 1 

D-50354 Hürth 

Federal Republic of Germany 

□ additional 

information on: 

□ special requests: 

catalog no. quantity designation 

GCH 2000 

schule date 

institute/university 

kunden - nr. 

fachbereich department 

fachlehrer(in) 

street / p.o. box 

straßecity 

plz & schulort country 

fortsetzung auf der rückseite 

ja □ nein □ 

telefon phone 

telefax telefax 

T +49 (0) 2233-604 222 

□ order/request for offer 

□ request for visit of LEYBOLD representative

catalog no. quantity designation 

GCH 2000

General Catalogue Chemistry - BECO Internacional LTDA.

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?